<rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom">
  <channel>
    <title>Shopify Changelog RSS</title>
    <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/</link>
    <description>The Shopify Changelog RSS feed.</description>
    <language>en-us</language>
    <ttl>40</ttl>
    <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 08:31:00 -0400</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 11:32:57 -0400</lastBuildDate>
    <category>Changelog</category>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/feed"/>
    <item>
      <title>Updates is now Posts — publish shoppable content to the Shop feed</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Updates is now <strong>Posts</strong> — a more powerful way to create shoppable content that reaches both followers and new shoppers in the Shop feed.</p>

<p>With Posts, you can:</p>

<ul>
<li>Add images or videos (up to 2 min) with a caption and optional headline</li>
<li>Tag up to 10 products or a collection to make your content shoppable</li>
<li>Schedule posts for later and set an optional expiration date</li>
<li>Connect apps like Tolstoy, Videowise, and others to automatically sync shoppable video content</li>
</ul>

<p>Unlike Updates, Posts aren't limited to your followers — they appear in the main Shop feed and are ranked by relevancy, giving your content broader reach.</p>

<p>To get started, go to the new <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/shop-72/merchant/posts">Posts</a> page within the Shop channel. You can also connect supported apps from the Posts page to sync video content automatically.</p>

<p>Learn more about Posts in the <a href="http://help.shopify.com/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/marketing/posts">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 08:31:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-is-now-posts-publish-shoppable-content-to-the-shop-feed</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Key B2B features now available on non-Plus plans</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants on Basic, Grow, and Advanced plans can start selling wholesale using native B2B features, available in their admin. This includes up to 3 active B2B catalogs (assigned via Markets), company profiles, payment terms, volume pricing, ACH payments (U.S. only), and vaulted credit cards. </p>

<p>These features are available to use at no additional cost. Unlimited catalogs for customer-specific pricing, direct catalog assignment to companies and locations, partial payments, and deposits remain exclusive to Plus. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b">Learn more about Shopify B2B</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2026 13:18:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/key-b2b-features-now-available-on-non-plus-plans</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Cash Management Foundations for Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We rebuilt cash management across POS and the POS channel in Admin, and added new register extension targets and APIs. Track, control, and reconcile cash with register sessions, reason codes, and a new cash drawer and ledger model.</p>

<h6>What’s new in POS</h6>

<ul>
<li><strong>Updated Register UX:</strong> See a clear summary of each register session on device, including improved cash tracking, a breakdown of payments, and granular cash activity that shows when a drawer was opened and by which staff member.</li>
<li><strong>Native cash reason codes:</strong> Require a reason code for any non‑order cash activity (for example, opening the drawer or making adjustments). Enable and customize codes from the POS channel to get the audit trail you need.</li>
<li><strong>Open drawer setting:</strong> Control whether a device automatically opens the cash drawer after an order—useful for staff using mobile devices on the sales floor.</li>
</ul>

<h6>What’s new in Admin (POS channel)</h6>

<ul>
<li><strong>Register sessions tab:</strong> A dedicated tab in Admin shows sessions opened and closed, and expected cash balances across locations and per location. Improved filtering and export make accounting and reconciliation faster.</li>
</ul>

<h6>New Foundation, APIs, Extensions</h6>

<ul>
<li><strong>Cash drawer and ledger model:</strong> Multiple devices can contribute to a single cash drawer. Move beyond “one device = one session” with sessions across devices that roll up to one drawer via an updated data model and APIs. Payment reporting stays device‑level; cash reporting can span contributing devices with a ledger that provides full auditability of every cash event.</li>
<li><strong>Register extension targets:</strong> New POS targets let apps plug into open/close procedures, show alerts when balances exceed float/min/max thresholds, and enrich session details with custom logic or reporting.</li>
<li><strong>Automated workflows via API:</strong> Use APIs to open and close sessions programmatically, create cash drawers and reason codes, assign devices to a drawer, and pull custom reports.</li>
</ul>

<p>If you run multiple registers, share drawers across staff and devices, or need tighter control over how cash moves in and out of stores, these features give you more accountable, end‑to‑end cash tracking.</p>

<h6>Get started</h6>

<ul>
<li>See <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/cash-register-management">Help Center</a> for in‑app workflows.</li>
<li>Read the developer <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/new-retail-cash-management-capabilities">changelog</a></li>
<li>Explore <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/pos-ui-extensions/latest/targets/register-details">POS UI extension targets</a></li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-cash-management-foundations-for-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>See which apps use Extensions and Functions to power your checkout, online store, and more</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now see exactly which app features are active across your store, which features are inactive, and which ones are collecting data through Pixels, so you can more confidently manage your apps. </p>

<p>Go to Settings &gt; Apps and select any installed app to see:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Extensions:</strong> See which Extensions are active on your checkout, online store, customer accounts, and POS.</li>
<li><strong>Functions:</strong> See which Functions are powering your checkout, discounts, shipping and delivery, and payments and resolve errors before they impact your customers.</li>
<li><strong>Inactive Extensions and Functions:</strong> You can also see which Extensions and Functions an app offers but haven't been activated yet so you can get more out of apps you already use.</li>
<li><strong>Pixels:</strong> See which apps collect customer data through Pixels, including the connection status and data access mode.</li>
</ul>

<p>These features build on the <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/track-app-activity-and-permissions-from-settings">app activity and permissions</a> updates from March. Together, you now get a clearer understanding of how apps work across your store and your data, so you can make informed decisions about your app stack.</p>

<p>To learn more, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/apps/extensions-and-functions">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2026 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/see-which-apps-use-extensions-and-functions-to-power-your-checkout-online-store-and-more</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Capital Remittance via Shopify Payments Expands to all states of the US</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve expanded Capital remittance via Shopify Payments to merchants across the rest of the U.S. This enhancement enables a smoother and more efficient remittance experience. With this rollout, eligible merchants will no longer need to make remittance payments via ACH debit (unless the remittance failed after 3 times with Shopify Payments), creating a more seamless and unified financial experience. Stay tuned for further updates as we continue improving our financial operations.</p>

<p>Learn more about this improvement in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-capital/united-states#managing-your-repayments-with-shopify-capital-for-the-united-states">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify capital</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/capital-remittance-via-shopify-payments-expands-to-all-states-of-the-us</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product bundles and their components now represented on draft order status page in customer accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve improved bundled product representation on the draft order status page in Customer Accounts. Customers using can see their draft orders more clearly and consistently represented by the bundle and its components, improving the buyer experience in Customer Accounts. See the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/customize-customer-accounts/index">Help Center</a> for more information on customizing customer accounts.</p>

<p>For more information on the API improvements available for this feature, see the <a href="http://shopify.dev/changelog/line-item-components-draft-orders-customer-account-api">Developer changelog</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customer-account</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-bundles-and-their-components-now-represented-on-draft-order-status-page-in-customer-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Visual updates to Checkout Blocks app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, we’re upgrading the Checkout Blocks app to the latest API version. As part of this upgrade, stores that are using this app to customize your checkouts may notice some minor visual changes — your checkout functionality, data collection, and order processing are not affected.</p>

<h3>What’s changing</h3>

<ul>
<li><strong>Text sizing</strong>: Custom text sizes in Static Content, Dynamic Content, and Line Item Content blocks will now map to a simplified range of small and default. Extra small text maps to small, and medium, large or extra large text maps to the default text size.</li>
<li><strong>Divider thickness</strong>: Custom divider thickness settings in Dynamic Content blocks will reset to the default thickness. Divider width remains full-width.</li>
<li><strong>Accordion icon color</strong>: The accent color option for accordion icons in Dynamic Content blocks is being removed. Icons will use the default automatic color, which inherits from your checkout branding.</li>
</ul>

<p>These changes will roll out gradually across block types over the next two weeks. For stores using the Checkout Blocks app, no action is needed on your part. You can continue to adjust any of your checkout customizations by editing the app blocks in the checkout and accounts editor.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/visual-updates-to-checkout-blocks-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Schedule and test storefront changes with Rollouts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Rollouts bring experimentation and scheduling directly into your admin. With Rollouts, you can:</p>

<ul>
<li>Save theme changes and schedule them to go live at a specific date and time. </li>
<li>Set an end date for limited-time events like flash sales and your store automatically reverts when the promotion ends. </li>
<li>Run an A/B test to compare your changes against your current theme with real traffic, review the impact on conversions, and select the winning version.</li>
</ul>

<p>Target a Rollout to a specific market to run a regional promotion or test changes for a particular audience like a localized homepage for European buyers or a seasonal campaign for North America. Market-specific targeting is available for merchants on Advanced and Plus plans.</p>

<p>Rollouts is available for merchants on Basic plans and above. Get started by visiting Markets &gt; Rollouts in your admin, or learn more about Rollouts in our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets-new/rollouts">help documentation</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2026 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/schedule-and-test-storefront-changes-with-rollouts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create pickup orders in Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify POS v11.3 introduces the ability to create orders for future pickup directly in-store. Retail staff can now select Pickup as the delivery method when creating an order in POS, making it easier to sell items that customers will collect at a later date.</p>

<p>This new workflow helps merchants support common retail scenarios like made-to-order products, tailored items, customized goods, or items that need to be transferred before fulfillment. Once a pickup order is created, staff can use Shopify POS’s existing pick and pack workflow to prepare and fulfill the order when it’s ready.</p>

<p><strong>Updates include:</strong></p>

<ul>
<li>*<em>Pickup as a delivery option in POS: *</em>Staff can now create pickup orders directly from the POS device. </li>
<li>*<em>Built into existing fulfillment workflows: *</em>Pickup orders can be fulfilled using the current pick and pack workflow in POS. </li>
<li>*<em>Supports future fulfillment: *</em>Staff can sell items that are in stock now or expected to be available later. </li>
<li>*<em>A more consistent retail workflow: *</em>Store teams can manage pickup orders in POS without relying on Shopify Admin or workarounds. </li>
</ul>

<p>This update closes a key gap between in-store selling and omnichannel fulfillment, giving retail teams a more reliable way to create and manage customer pickup orders directly from the sales floor.</p>

<p>*<em>Access: *</em>Available in POS v11.3 when the “Pickup in store” fulfillment method is enabled in the store. Admins can also set the “Fulfill shipping and pickup orders” staff permission in their admin under Sales channels &gt; Point of Sale to control which staff can manage pickup orders. This release supports pickup orders for the current location in POS.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/pickup-in-store-for-online-orders">Learn more about creating and fulfilling pickup orders in the Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-pickup-orders-in-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated list of tax inclusive countries when dynamic tax-inclusive pricing is used</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/pricing/dynamic-tax-inclusive-pricing">Dynamic tax-inclusive pricing</a> helps you offer a localized experience to customers in different countries. It does so by automatically updating your storefront prices to include the local tax rate in countries where tax-inclusive pricing is commonly used, if you are collecting taxes there. This change adds 17 additional countries where customers expect taxes to be included in prices.</p>

<p>The countries that are being added to the list are Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Egypt, Indonesia, Israel, Kazakhstan, Mexico, Peru, Philippines, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, United Arab Emirates, and Vietnam.</p>

<p>If you are not collecting tax in these countries, nothing will change for you or your customers.</p>

<p>If your shop address is in any of these countries, nothing will change for your domestic customers, since dynamic tax-inclusive pricing only affects cross-border sales.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-list-of-tax-inclusive-countries-when-dynamic-tax-inclusive-pricing-is-used</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to setting up shipping options</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Setting up shipping options, previously called rates, is now simpler and gives you more control and flexibility. Each option can now include a separate transit time and description. This allows you to give customers more details at checkout. You can now also offer free shipping by setting a minimum order value on a shipping option.</p>

<p>This update lets you:<br>
* Set weight or price range conditions in a single shipping option<br>
* Add a custom description for each shipping option to display at checkout<br>
* Offer free shipping automatically when an order reaches a specified threshold</p>

<p>For more details, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/setup/shipping-rates/setting-up-shipping-rates">learn about setting up shipping options</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-to-setting-up-shipping-options</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Run a deep analysis on your online store theme with SimGym</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>SimGym now lets you analyze any single theme on its own. Instead of setting up a comparison between two themes, you can run a deep analysis and get feedback from AI-shoppers who browse your store like real customers would. You can focus the analysis on specific areas of your store, like your homepage, product pages, collection pages, or cart. Each analysis gives you findings that are specific to your store, not generic advice. You'll see what's working well and where there's room to improve, along with clear next steps you can act on right away. </p>

<p>To get started, go to the SimGym app in your Shopify admin, select "Analyze a theme," choose any live or draft theme, and optionally pick the site areas you want to focus on. Learn more about analyzing a single theme using SimGym in our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/simgym">help documentation</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/run-a-deep-analysis-on-your-online-store-theme-with-simgym</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize your product detail pages on Shop with blocks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added blocks in the Shop Editor so you can now add rich, branded sections below your product details — the same kind of customization you're used to on your online store.</p>

<p>There are 5 different block types that you can add to your product detail pages via sections (max 2 per PDP):</p>

<ul>
<li>Image - lifestyle shots, size guides, or brand visuals</li>
<li>Video - show your product in action</li>
<li>Slideshow - a carousel of images and videos with text overlays</li>
<li>Product Group - cross-sell up to 4 related products</li>
<li>Shoppable Video - video with tagged products buyers can purchase directly</li>
</ul>

<p>You can also set up product templates to apply these customizations to specific products, so running shoe PDPs can feature a sizing chart while hat PDPs highlight a style guide.</p>

<p>Your customizations appear on both the Shop mobile app and shop.app on the web.</p>

<p>To get started, open the Shop channel in your Shopify admin and go to <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/shop-72/merchant/editor">Shop Editor</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about blocks in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/manage-shop-store/customize/product-page">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-your-product-detail-pages-on-shop-with-blocks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Redesigned theme editor navigation</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The theme editor has a new layout that puts your site preview front and center. The left navigation has moved to the top bar, giving you more horizontal space to see your storefront as you edit. You can now collapse the right sidebar when you don't need it - so you spend less time managing panels and more time designing your store.</p>

<p>On laptops and smaller screens, the editor works differently too. When you select a section or block, the settings panel slides up from the bottom of the screen instead of covering your page tree. You can drag the divider to adjust the split, keeping both the page structure and your settings visible at all times. No more losing track of where you are.</p>

<p>To learn more about navigating the theme editor, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-editing">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/redesigned-theme-editor-navigation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: New actions to get data about workflow runs, abandoned checkouts, inventory items, catalogs, and pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now has more actions to fetch data from your Shopify store to use in workflows. These "Get data" actions call a query with a set of filters and return a list of data that matches. Like other similar actions, these actions return a list of up to 100 resources.</p>

<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-workflow-run-data">Get workflow run data</a> action retrieves information about a workflow run, including the workflow it belongs to, the event that triggered it, retry attempts, and timing details. Use this to build workflows that monitor or report on other workflow activity — for example, to track retry patterns or audit trigger sources.</p>

<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-abandoned-checkout-data">Get abandoned checkout data</a> action retrieves abandoned checkout information from your Shopify store. Abandoned checkouts are carts that a customer started but didn't complete. Use this to build workflows that follow up on lost sales, generate reports, or trigger recovery campaigns.</p>

<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-inventory-item-data">Get inventory item data</a> action retrieves inventory item information from your Shopify store. Inventory items represent the physical goods that you track stock for. Use this to build workflows that monitor stock changes, and flag recently updated items.</p>

<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-page-data">Get page data</a> action retrieves page information from your Shopify store. Pages are standalone content like About Us, Contact, or FAQ pages. Use this to build workflows that audit published content, track page updates, or manage your online store's static pages.</p>

<p>For more information, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-new-actions-to-get-data-about-workflow-runs-abandoned-checkouts-inventory-items-catalogs-and-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: More fields from Shopify Admin API are available </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Nearly all of Shopify's Admin API fields are now available natively in Flow, including those that requirement arguments to use, such as <code>product.inCollection</code>, which requires a collection ID to access. </p>

<p>Previously, fetching these fields required building a "Send HTTP request" action manually. Since natively supported fields are managed by Flow as the API changes, we recommend you adopt these fields where possible, but you can migrate at your own pace. Existing configurations will remain working.</p>

<p>For more information, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/getting-started/concepts/fields-arguments">documentation</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-more-of-shopify-s-admin-api-is-now-a-native-action</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shipping and delivery settings are now easier to scan</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shipping and delivery settings page has been refreshed to help you find what you need faster. Related settings are now grouped, profile rows are cleaner, and all your profiles appear in one easy-to-scan list—no workflow changes, just a smoother experience.</p>

<p><strong>What's new:</strong><br>
- Organized by delivery method: Shipping methods appear first, followed by additional delivery options and general settings<br>
- Cleaner profile rows: Products, locations, and zones now display in a three-column layout with icons<br>
- Unified profile list: Default, custom, and app shipping profiles live together in one list<br>
- Quick-glance context: Section headers show key counts like active carriers for faster scanning<br>
- Same configuration flows: All modals, forms, and settings work just as before</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/setup">Shipping and delivery settings</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shipping-and-delivery-settings-are-now-easier-to-scan</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collect marketing consent on the customer sign-in page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The customer sign-in page now supports marketing consent collection. If you've already enabled marketing consent at checkout, the same checkbox now appears during customer sign-in, using the same preselected region settings you've already configured. Customers can also manage their marketing preferences anytime from their account profile page.</p>

<p>This improvement enables our merchants to grow your subscriber list by capturing high-quality marketing opt-ins earlier in the customer journey.</p>

<p>If you haven't enabled marketing consent, go to <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/checkout">Checkout settings</a> in your Shopify admin and adjust Marketing opt-in.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/customer-contact-information#collect-customer-emails-from-checkout-and-sign-in">email marketing consent settings</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customer-account</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collect-marketing-consent-on-the-customer-sign-in-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quick sale is now available in every country</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Quick sale now works in every country where Shopify operates. All merchants get payment links and cash. Build a cart in the Shopify mobile app, add products, and collect payment on the spot in cash or send a link for the customer to pay from their phone.</p>

<p>In markets where Tap to Pay is available, card payments are also accepted in person. One tool, everywhere. No separate version for different regions.</p>

<p>For more information, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/quick-sale">documentation</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/quick-sale-is-now-available-in-every-country</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: New actions to get data about markets and articles</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now has more actions to fetch data from your Shopify store to use in workflows. These "Get data" actions call a query with a set of filters, for example to get resources updated in the last day, and return a list of data that matches. Like other similar actions, these actions return a list of up to 100 resources.  </p>

<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-market-data">Get market data</a> action retrieves market information from your Shopify store. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets">Markets</a> let you customize your online store for customers in different regions, with localized content, pricing, and domains.  </p>

<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-article-data">Get article data</a> action retrieves blog article information from your Shopify store. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/blogs">Articles</a> are blog posts that you can create to share news, updates, and other content with your customers.</p>

<p>For more information, visit the documentation. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow/304">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 13:40:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-new-actions-to-get-data-about-markets-and-articles</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collect Credit remittances through Shopify Payments in Texas</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Due to new legal requirements in Texas, Shopify Credit began collecting remittances through Shopify Payments for all financings repaying from sales with the "Pay over Time from Sales" repayment method, starting January 12, 2026. </p>

<p>For these financings, the repayment amount is automatically deducted from each day’s Shopify Payments payout before the payout is deposited into the merchant’s bank account.</p>

<p>Please note:<br>
This change applies only to "Pay over Time from Sales" repayments. "Pay in Full" monthly repayments will continue to be collected through ACH direct debit.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collect-credit-remittances-through-shopify-payments-in-texas</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Faster discount entry in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Discounts are one of the most common actions at the POS - now they’re faster and easier to apply, even during your busiest moments.</p>

<p>We’ve streamlined the Manage discount experience in the Shopify POS app so staff can quickly find and apply the right discount without slowing down the line. Whether it’s a promo code or quick % off, everything is easier to access and faster to enter.</p>

<p><strong>What’s improved:</strong><br>
* Improved number pad: Quickly enter custom discount amounts or percentages with more responsive input<br>
* Faster access to discount codes: Recently used codes are surfaced so staff can reapply common discounts instantly<br>
* Fewer taps to apply discounts: A simplified flow reduces friction during checkout</p>

<p>Update to version 11.2 of the Shopify POS app to get started. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/faster-discount-entry-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automatically sync customer data from your identity provider</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using their own identity providers for customer sign-in can now automatically retrieve and store key customer profile data within their Shopify customer records. This keeps customer records complete and up to date without manual data entry or custom integrations.</p>

<p>When a customer signs in through your identity provider, the following attributes are automatically synced to their Shopify customer record:</p>

<ul>
<li>First and last name</li>
<li>Email address</li>
<li>Phone number</li>
<li>Addresses (including multiple addresses)</li>
<li>Customer tags</li>
</ul>

<p>This update removes the need for manual data entry or data synchronization through custom webhook and API integrations, making it easier for merchants to keep customer records complete and up-to-date across Shopify and their own identity provider.</p>

<p>Availability: <strong>Plus merchants</strong></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/sign-in-options/identity-provider/sync-customer-data">syncing customer data from your identity provider</a> in the Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customer-account</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enrich-customer-records-with-data-from-external-identity-providers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize checkout and customer accounts by market</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The checkout and accounts editor now lets merchants on Advanced and Plus customize settings, branding, and blocks by market. Tailor the buyer experience for specific countries or B2B buyers by selecting a market in the editor and making changes that apply only to that market.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/customize-checkout-configurations/markets">Learn more</a> about customizing your checkout and accounts experience by market in our help docs.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-checkout-and-customer-accounts-by-market</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Storefront filter URLs now use stable identifiers instead of text values</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting March 16, 2026, storefront filter URLs use stable group identifiers instead of text values when filtering by a filter group. Previously, filtering a collection or search results page using a text-based filter like product option "Color" produced a URL like this for filter group values:</p>

<p><code>yourstore.com/collections/all?filter.v.option.color=Blue</code></p>

<p>These URLs now use a stable group identifier:</p>

<p><code>yourstore.com/collections/all?filter.v.option.color=gid://shopify/FilterSettingGroup/123</code></p>

<p>We made this change because stable identifiers make links with filters more reliable across languages and when filter labels are renamed. This brings text-based filters in line with how all other filter types already work.</p>

<p>Please note that all former storefront filter URLs you have created will continue to work as expected.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/storefront-filter-urls-now-use-stable-identifiers-instead-of-text-values</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easier Smart Grid setup for discount tiles</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now, when creating a Discount tile in the Smart Grid editor, you can select from available discount codes using a drop down instead of manually typing them, reducing typos, mismatches, and failed tiles. Each tile is now directly linked to a valid discount code from Admin, ensuring the correct logic, eligibility rules, and values are applied instantly at checkout.</p>

<p>Head to <strong>Shopify admin &gt; Point of Sale &gt; Settings &gt; Configure &gt; POS app</strong> to add or update Discount tiles and try the improved discount flow on your next transaction.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/easier-smart-grid-setup-for-discount-tiles</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sign in with Shop now works on more lead capture forms</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've rebuilt Sign in with Shop for lead capture forms to deliver the seamless, 1-tap experience buyers expect.</p>

<p>What's new:</p>

<ol>
<li><strong>Works on more forms</strong> - Sign in with Shop now supports forms that don't offer a discount, and on storefronts that do not have Shop Pay enabled. </li>
<li><strong>True 1-tap recognition</strong> - Recognized buyers with an existing Shop account can subscribe instantly without filling out form fields.</li>
<li><strong>Account sign-ups</strong> - New buyers can create a Shop account directly from the form.</li>
<li><strong>Storefront sign-in &amp; Faster checkout</strong> - Completing a lead capture form now creates a storefront session, so buyers are already signed in when they reach checkout.</li>
</ol>

<p>This experience is enabled on Shopify forms by default with the use of Sign in with Shop. To disable, simply navigate to your form in the Forms app and toggle off the Sign in with Shop feature. For more details on Lead Capture with Shop, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/sign-in-features#lead-capture-with-shop">help center</a>. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/25-41-pi2e2-dj0sk.png" width="300"><br>
  <img src="https://screenshot.click/13-57-9iajr-0ej3q.png" width="600"><br>
     <img src="https://screenshot.click/25-42-cvly9-uzywh.png" width="300"></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-forms-update-with-sign-in-with-shop</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shipping in quick sale</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h3>What's new</h3>

<p>*<em>Shipping in quick sale. *</em><br>
Add shipping to any quick sale cart.  The delivery address can be entered by you or your buyer at checkout - they pay for shipping. The order shows up in your Orders tab, ready to ship. Useful for selling to friends before your store is ready, replying to DMs with a payment link, or shipping custom orders without building a catalog. No store needed.</p>

<p>*<em>Payment links now support shipping. *</em><br>
Create a cart, add shipping, share the payment link. Works anywhere: text, email, Instagram DM, WhatsApp.</p>

<h3>How it works</h3>

<ul>
<li>Add products to your quick sale cart</li>
<li>Choose "Add shipping" from the menu</li>
<li>Share the payment link via text, DM, or email</li>
<li> You or your buyer enters the delivery address at checkout, and they pay for shipping</li>
<li>Ship from your Orders tab</li>
</ul>

<h3>Availability</h3>

<p>Available wherever Quick Sale is available. Requires the Shopify mobile app.</p>

<p>Learn more at <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/shopify-app/quick-sale/create-quick-sale#quick-sale-shipping">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shipping-in-quick-sale</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Returns metrics renamed to reversals</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve updated the names of certain Returns fields in analytics to Sales reversals and Reversed quantity. These fields still capture the same order adjustments as before, including refunds, returns, order edits, and cancellations, but now have names that more accurately reflect their scope.</p>

<p>This change helps distinguish between:<br>
* Sales reversals / Reversed quantity: Captures all adjustments to orders (refunds, returns, edits, cancellations)<br>
* Quantity returned / Return line item reason: Shows only physical items returned, with return reasons now tracked for each line item</p>

<p>The meaning of these metrics hasn’t changed—only the names and descriptions have been updated for clarity. This update makes it easier to understand the difference between overall order adjustments and actual physical returns.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/sales-report">Learn more about the updated fields.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 20:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/returns-metrics-renamed-to-reversals</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize settings and app embeds per Market for Themes</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released the ability to customize theme settings and app embeds per Market for Themes. This will help Merchants to tailor their storefront experience for different markets without being limited to a single global configuration. Market-specific theme setting and app embed overrides will let merchants customize colors, typography, app embeds, custom CSS, and more for each Market or Rollout directly in the Online Store Editor. It's now available for all merchants with plans that have access to Market customizations for Themes. 🎨🌍</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-settings-and-app-embeds-per-market-for-themes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Track discounts with marketing campaigns</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When generating a shareable link for a discount code, you now have the option to select an existing marketing campaign. Selecting a campaign automatically adds its UTM identifier and source to the shareable link. </p>

<p>This change streamlines the process of adding tracking parameters, allowing you to easily monitor the performance of your discount promotions in your marketing campaign reports. The new option is available under <strong>Promote &gt; Get a shareable link</strong> on your saved discount code page.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/managing-discounts#promote-a-discount-using-a-shareable-link">shareable links</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/track-discount-promotions-with-marketing-campaigns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Address Autocomplete and Validation Improvements for US, AU, CA, NL, FR</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>New release:</strong> As of today, we've improved our address autocomplete and validation systems for the US, Australia, Canada, the Netherlands, and France. Customers in these countries will now experience faster response times and more accurate address suggestions and validations, fully powered by Shopify.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/address-autocomplete-and-validation-improvements-for-us-au-ca-nl-fr</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Scripts can no longer be edited or published starting April 15, 2026</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting April 15, 2026, you will no longer be able to edit or publish new Shopify Scripts. Your existing published Scripts will continue to run until June 30, 2026, when all Shopify Scripts will stop executing. We strongly encourage you to migrate to Shopify Functions as soon as possible. To help with your migration planning, use the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/script-editor/migrating#functions-migrate">Shopify Scripts customizations report</a> to identify which customizations can be replaced with Shopify Functions or public apps.</p>

<p>Learn more about migrating from Shopify Scripts to Shopify Functions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/script-editor/migrating">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-scripts-can-no-longer-be-edited-or-published</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Track app activity and permissions from Settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now see what your apps are doing and make more informed decisions about your app stack.</p>

<p>Go to Settings &gt; Apps to view activity and permission information for each app:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Admin API activity:</strong> See how many requests each app made across different areas of your store in the last 30 days. </li>
<li><strong>Data privacy:</strong> Understand which apps have access to sensitive customer data or other personal data. </li>
<li><strong>App history:</strong> See when staff have granted updated app permissions. </li>
</ul>

<p>To learn more about app activity and permissions, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/managing-apps#review-app-permissions">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 15:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/track-app-activity-and-permissions-from-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify SimGym is now available in AI Research Preview for all eligible merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>SimGym is now available to all eligible merchants with no waitlist required. Install the app and start running simulations right away.</p>

<p>SimGym uses AI shoppers with human-like profiles to simulate how real buyers would interact with your storefront. Select an unpublished theme from your theme library, run a simulation against your current theme, and get a detailed report covering:</p>

<p>Navigation and product discovery<br>
Add-to-cart flow and friction points<br>
Directional performance indicators for add-to-cart, navigation and more</p>

<p>Each simulation surfaces what's working, what's not, and recommends which theme performs better so you can make storefront decisions backed by data, not guesswork.</p>

<p>Install the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/simgym">Shopify SimGym app</a> from the Shopify App Store to get started. Learn more about SimGym in our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/simgym">help documentation</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-simgym-is-now-available-in-ai-research-preview-for-all-eligible-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pickup in store can now transfer from multiple locations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Orders placed for pickup in store can now be fulfilled using transfers from multiple locations. If a customer selects a store that doesn’t have enough inventory and no single location can fulfill the order, transfers will be created from several locations to complete the fulfillment.</p>

<p>Learn more about setting up transfers for pickup in store in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/setup/delivery-methods/pickup-in-store">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/in-store-pickup-can-now-transfer-from-multiple-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Document workflows with notes</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Add a note to any workflow from the workflow editor's "More action" menu. Use it to describe what the workflow does, note any dependencies, list fields that need to be configured, and link to external documentation. A new person can open the workflow and immediately understand it, without digging through Slack threads or asking the person who built it.</p>

<p>Notes are copied with the workflow when it's duplicated and persist when it's moved between stores. Anyone with edit access to a workflow can update the note.</p>

<p>For more information, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/create/create-workflow">documentation</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-document-any-workflow-with-notes-that-stay-with-it</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved visual hierarchy for line items in orders and returns</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've released a streamlined line item design for orders and returns in admin. This improvement gives merchants a consistent layout, clearer pricing and fee details, and a cleaner display of item details, simplifying the process of scanning, comparing, and managing orders and returns.</p>

<p>Key changes include:<br>
* Consistent layout for line item information across all relevant pages for quicker visual scanning<br>
* Pricing is now grouped in the price column, with discount details available on hover or tap<br>
* Line item metadata has moved to a collapsible footer row that remembers your display preference across pages</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Mar 2026 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-visual-hierarchy-for-line-items-in-orders-and-returns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marketing automations are moving on March 24</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re making changes to where your marketing automations show under ‘Marketing’ &gt; ‘Automations’ in Shopify. </p>

<p>On March 24, 2026: </p>

<ul>
<li><p>Marketing automations that use Shopify Messaging emails will move to the Shopify Messaging app. </p></li>
<li><p>Automations that have marketing activities from other apps will be available in the Shopify Flow app. </p></li>
</ul>

<p>You don't need to take any action, and your marketing automations will keep working as expected. </p>

<p>Learn more about managing <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/marketing-automations?utm_source=mozart&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_campaign=marketingautomations&amp;utm_term=notice">marketing automations</a> in the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2026 14:45:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/marketing-automations-are-moving-on-march-24</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smarter international pricing with Managed Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Adaptive pricing for Managed Markets automatically adjusts your international product prices to include duties, taxes, currency conversion, and merchant of record fees. This means customers see transparent, localized prices at checkout with no surprise charges, and your payout amounts stay consistent with your domestic orders.</p>

<p>Learn more about adaptive pricing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/managed-markets/adaptive-pricing">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>

<h2>How it works</h2>

<p>When you turn on adaptive pricing, we start from your domestic prices and automatically derive international prices for each market. Here's what we do behind the scenes:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Convert to local currency</strong> using a stabilized exchange rate that we guarantee for a week - so your customers see consistent, predictable prices instead of numbers that change every hour</li>
<li><strong>Include duties and import taxes</strong> directly in the product price, so your customers pay one clear price at checkout with no surprise fees later</li>
<li><strong>Include Managed Markets and FX fees</strong> in the price, so your margins stay predictable</li>
<li><strong>Apply smart rounding</strong> to keep prices looking clean and natural in every currency</li>
</ul>

<p>The result: your international customers see localized, all-inclusive prices that feel just like buying from a local store. And your payouts work just like they do domestically -- you get your domestic price minus payment processing fees, and we handle the rest.</p>

<h2>What you see in your Shopify admin</h2>

<p>We've built new tools into your admin so you can see exactly what's happening with adaptive pricing:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>A toggle on each market's details page</strong> to turn adaptive pricing on or off per market</li>
<li><strong>A payout breakdown modal on the order details page</strong> that shows you how your payout amount is calculated - including the duties, taxes, FX, and fees that were included in the customer's price</li>
<li><strong>A pricing audit trail</strong> so you can see how each product's price was derived, from your domestic price through every adjustment</li>
</ul>

<h2>Getting started</h2>

<p>Adaptive pricing is available now for all Managed Markets merchants powered by Shopify Payments. If you're new to Managed Markets, adaptive pricing is enabled by default when you onboard.</p>

<p>If you're an existing Managed Markets merchant, you can turn it on from your admin:</p>

<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Settings &gt; Markets</strong>.</li>
<li>Click on a market managed by Managed Markets.</li>
<li>In the pricing section, toggle <strong>adaptive pricing</strong> on.</li>
</ol>

<p>That's it. We'll start deriving localized, all-inclusive prices for that market right away.</p>

<h2>A few things to keep in mind</h2>

<ul>
<li>Adaptive pricing is available on <strong>Managed Markets powered by Shopify Payments</strong>. Merchants that joined after October 14, 2025 have access today; those that joined prior will gain access March 26, 2026.</li>
<li>Prices are stabilized on a <strong>weekly cadence</strong>, so your customers see consistent pricing between updates.</li>
<li>If you've set <strong>fixed prices</strong> for specific products in a market, they will not be adapted. You are responsible for ensuring they leave you with sufficient margin after duties, taxes, and cross border fees.</li>
<li><strong>Gift cards</strong> are excluded from adaptive pricing adjustments.</li>
<li><strong>Refunds</strong> are handled automatically. Duties and taxes included in the price are returned to you when recoverable. FX and Managed Markets fees are not returned.</li>
<li><strong>Order edits</strong> are supported - if you modify an order before fulfillment, the included duties and taxes are recalculated and any difference is credited or debited accordingly.</li>
<li>You can turn adaptive pricing off at any time. When you do, your markets will revert to the standard duty-exclusive pricing model.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/smarter-international-pricing-with-managed-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhanced Payment Method Support for Merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added support for multiple payment methods to the Billing product. Now merchants can streamline their transactions by utilizing various payment options, reducing complexity in their billing processes. This is beneficial because it offers greater flexibility and convenience for managing payments effectively. Learn more about the enhanced payment methods in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/paying-your-bills/managing-payments/managing-payment-methods">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-payment-method-support-for-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>FedEx duties prepaid labels available on Managed Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added FedEx International Connect Plus to Managed Markets, giving you a fast, reliable way to ship international orders to 195 countries -- with full tracking, shipping coverage, and Delivery Duty Paid (DDP) support built in. </p>

<p>Here's what you get with FedEx International Connect Plus on Managed Markets:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>2-5 business day delivery</strong> to 195 countries and territories</li>
<li><strong>Delivery Duty Paid (DDP)</strong> -- your customers won't be surprised by duties or taxes at the door</li>
<li><strong>End-to-end tracking</strong> so you and your customers always know where a shipment is</li>
<li><strong>Shipping coverage</strong> included on every label you purchase</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about FedEx International Connect Plus in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/managed-markets/shipping/fedex">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>

<p>Managed Markets FedEx International Conect Plus labels are available for purchase in Shopify Admin and via <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/managed-markets/fulfillment#fulfillment-partners">our integrated external fulfillment partners</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fedex-duties-prepaid-labels-available-on-managed-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify POS Hub Now Available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shopify POS Hub is now generally available on the Hardware Store, and we’ll start shipping units to all merchants who pre-ordered.</p>

<p><strong>What’s important to know about the Hub?</strong><br>
POS Hub is a small countertop device that connects your POS iPad or Android tablet to essential checkout hardware. It solves the common pain point of peripherals, like card readers, receipt printers, barcode scanners, and cash drawers, dropping mid-shift due to flaky Bluetooth. By connecting supported devices over stable, wired USB, it keeps your checkout running smoothly and reliably.</p>

<ul>
<li><p><strong>Rock-solid, wired connectivity:</strong> POS Hub replaces Bluetooth connections with stable USB, keeping card readers, printers, scanners, and cash drawers reliably connected. </p></li>
<li><p><strong>Made for Shopify POS, Apple Certified:</strong> Built-in software actively monitors and manages connected devices, showing real-time status and alerts for your peripherals in POS. Apple MFi certification ensures reliable multi-device connectivity on iPad.</p></li>
<li><p><strong>Fast, simple setup:</strong> Plug in, connect hardware, and follow guided setup in Shopify POS. Ongoing maintenance is minimized, so staff can focus on serving customers, not worrying about hardware. </p></li>
</ul>

<p>You can order the POS Hub in the <a href="https://hardware.shopify.com/pages/poshub">Shopify Hardware Store</a>. Learn more about  how to set up your hardware in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/pos/hardware/hub">Shopify Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 11:45:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pos-hub-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Issuer memos now available for disputes</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made issuer memos available to view and download directly from the dispute details page in Shopify admin. Issuer memos are documents provided by the cardholder's bank that explain why a chargeback was opened or why it was decided in the cardholder's favor. When a memo is available you'll see a summary of the bank's decision along with a link to download the full document. Use these insights to better understand dispute outcomes and improve evidence for future chargebacks. This update is available to all merchants using Shopify Payments.</p>

<p>Learn more about issuer memos in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/chargebacks/chargebacks-in-admin#issuer-claims-responses">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/see-the-bank-s-reasoning-behind-chargebacks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS editor now supports editing Smart grid tiles and screen settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added editing to Smart grid tiles in the POS editor because it’s faster to update tiles than deleting and rebuilding them. Now you can change an assigned product and update tile input fields (like fee label and amount) directly using the Smart grid tile editor. This reduces setup time and makes layout changes easier to maintain.</p>

<p>Lock screen and customer display options in the POS editor are now available in dedicated layout sections instead of being tucked under Settings to make it easier to discover and understand what you’re customizing. Now you can customize backgrounds, colors, images, and logos more quickly using the Lock screen and Customer display layout options. This streamlines configuration and makes screen-specific changes clearer, especially when working across multiple POS surfaces.</p>

<p>Learn more about customizing Shopify POS with the POS editor in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-editor-now-supports-editing-smart-grid-tiles-and-screen-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>See how duties are calculated on your orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>New release:</strong> we've just released duty calculation breakdowns for merchants using Shopify duties and import taxes. You can now see exactly how duties are calculated on cross-border orders, including rates and tariffs. This is available directly on the order details page. You can now independently verify calculations yourself and confidently explain charges to your customers.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/duties-and-import-taxes/charging-duties">charging duties and import taxes</a> in our Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 18:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/see-how-duties-are-calculated-on-your-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DHL Kleinpaket now available for small package shipping in Germany</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now access DHL Kleinpaket when buying shipping labels in your Shopify admin. This service offers affordable rates for small packages with the reliability of DHL’s network. Ideal for small goods like accessories or cosmetics. </p>

<p>Package limits:<br>
* Minimum dimensions: Length 10.0 cm, Width 7.0 cm, Height 0.1 cm<br>
* Maximum dimensions: Length 35.3 cm, Width 25.0 cm, Height 8.0 cm<br>
* Maximum weight: 1,000 g</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/shipping-labels/shipping-carriers/dhl/dhl-de">DHL shipping options in our Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/dhl-kleinpaket-now-available-for-small-package-shipping-in-germany</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Legacy customer accounts are deprecated</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Legacy customer accounts are no longer available to new stores and existing stores not using it. Shopify will stop providing feature updates and technical support for this older version. A final sunset date for legacy customer accounts will be announced later in 2026.</p>

<p>We strongly recommend that merchants <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/admin/settings/customer_accounts?source=mer_changelog&amp;source_id=legacyannounce0226">upgrade</a> to the latest version of customer accounts as soon as possible to take advantage of the latest features and improvements: </p>

<ul>
<li><strong>More secure sign-in</strong>: Customers sign in with their email and a one-time code—faster, more secure, and no more password resets or support tickets from locked-out customers.</li>
<li><strong>Built-in features</strong>: Store credit, self-serve returns, B2B support, and more features are natively supported. You get new features automatically as we ship—no code editing required.</li>
<li><strong>No-code customizations with apps</strong>: Customize the functionality and appearance of your customer accounts using app blocks that are upgrade-safe, secure, and easy to manage from the visual editor. </li>
</ul>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/upgrade">View the upgrade guide</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 10:15:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customer-account</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/legacy-customer-accounts-are-now-deprecated</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>VAT number validation available in checkout </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h1>VAT Number Validation at Checkout</h1>

<p>Merchants using Shopify Tax in the European Union or United Kingdom can now enable VAT number validation at checkout to automatically apply the reverse charge exemption on eligible orders. </p>

<p>We will be increasing availability over the next few weeks as we roll this out. </p>

<h2>Who this is for</h2>

<p>This applies to merchants who use Shopify Tax in the European Union or United Kingdom and have at least one fulfillment location in the European Union. Reverse charge eligibility is based on the order's fulfillment location country, not your store address.</p>

<h2>How to enable it</h2>

<p>In your checkout settings, set the <strong>Company VAT number</strong> field to <strong>Optional</strong> if you sell B2B to customers in the EU or UK.</p>

<h2>How the reverse charge exemption works</h2>

<p>When the exemption applies, VAT is removed from the order at checkout, and the customer is responsible for reporting and paying VAT on their own tax return.</p>

<p><strong>The exemption applies to:</strong></p>

<ul>
<li>EU → EU shipments where the destination country differs from the fulfillment location country</li>
<li>EU → UK shipments</li>
</ul>

<p><strong>The exemption does not apply to:</strong></p>

<ul>
<li>UK → EU shipments</li>
<li>UK → UK shipments</li>
</ul>

<p><strong>Example:</strong> You fulfill from France and ship to a customer in Ireland with a valid VAT number — the reverse charge exemption applies.</p>

<h2>Validation and customer data</h2>

<p>VAT numbers entered at checkout are automatically validated. The VAT numbers will be saved to the customer profile for future orders.</p>

<h2>VAT invoices</h2>

<p>If you enable the <strong>Company VAT number</strong> field, you may want to also enable <strong>VAT invoices</strong> so customers receive correct documentation. When the exemption is applied, the invoice includes: <em>Reverse Charge Mechanism: Recipient responsible for VAT.</em></p>

<h2>Fraud prevention</h2>

<p>VAT number validation confirms formatting and validity at the time of check, but doesn't guarantee the customer is authorized to use the number. If you suspect fraudulent use — for example, the VAT number doesn't match the customer's company name or country — verify independently using the EU's VIES VAT number validation service and review the order before fulfilling. It's also possible that there have been too many attempts by a customer to validate a VAT number. In such cases, Shopify might enforce a rate limit to protect merchants from possible fraud.</p>

<h2>Multiple fulfillment locations</h2>

<p>If you have multiple locations, keep in mind that you can change which location fulfills an order, and this affects reverse charge eligibility since it's based on the fulfillment location country.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 09:50:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/vat-number-validation-available-in-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>California embedded battery fee supported with Shopify Tax</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h1>California embedded battery fee supported with Shopify Tax</h1>

<p>As of <strong>January 1, 2026</strong>, California requires a <strong>Covered Battery‑Embedded (CBE) recycling fee</strong> on certain products sold for use in California (as determined by the customer’s shipping address) that contain a battery not designed to be easily removed with common household tools.</p>

<p>To help you stay compliant, <strong>Shopify Tax</strong> will start automatically calculating and collecting this fee on eligible orders when specific product categories are assigned to your product. This change will take effect on March 12, 2026.  </p>

<h2>What you should do</h2>

<ul>
<li>Confirm product categorization in Shopify so eligible items are identified correctly.</li>
<li>Review California’s fee guidance and your filing/remittance obligations.</li>
<li>If you do not wish to collect this fee, you can change the product category to an option that is not listed below, and the fee will not be assessed.</li>
</ul>

<h2>What product categories trigger the fee?</h2>

<ul>
<li>Electronics &gt; Video Game Console Accessories &gt; Video Game Controllers</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Video Game Consoles</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Speakers &gt; Portable Bluetooth Speakers</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Headphones &amp; Headsets</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Headphones &amp; Headsets &gt; Headphones</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Headphones &amp; Headsets &gt; Headphones &gt; Bone Conduction Headphones</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Headphones &amp; Headsets &gt; Headphones &gt; DJ Headphones</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Headphones &amp; Headsets &gt; Headphones &gt; In-Ear Headphones</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Headphones &amp; Headsets &gt; Headphones &gt; On-Ear Headphones</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Headphones &amp; Headsets &gt; Headphones &gt; Over-Ear Headphones</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Headphones &amp; Headsets &gt; Headphones &gt; Over-Ear Headphones</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Components &gt; Headphones &amp; Headsets &gt; Headsets</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Players &amp; Recorders &gt; Voice Recorders</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Players &amp; Recorders &gt; Handheld Players &amp; Recorders</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Players &amp; Recorders &gt; Radios</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Players &amp; Recorders &gt; Radios &gt; AM/FM Radios</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Players &amp; Recorders &gt; Radios &gt; DAB Radios</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Players &amp; Recorders &gt; Radios &gt; Internet Radios</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Players &amp; Recorders &gt; Radios &gt; Satellite Radios</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Players &amp; Recorders &gt; Radios &gt; Shortwave Radios</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Audio Players &amp; Recorders &gt; Radios &gt; Weather Radios</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Audio &gt; Public Address Systems &gt; Portable Public Address Systems</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Communications &gt; Communication Radios &gt; Amateur Radios</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Computers &gt; Handheld Devices</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Computers &gt; Handheld Devices &gt; Data Collectors</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Computers &gt; Smart Glasses</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Electronics Accessories &gt; Power &gt; Power Adapters &amp; Chargers &gt; Power Banks</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Electronics Accessories &gt; Computer Components &gt; Input Devices &gt; Game Controllers</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Electronics Accessories &gt; Computer Components &gt; Input Devices &gt; Game Controllers &gt; Game Racing Wheels</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Electronics Accessories &gt; Computer Components &gt; Input Devices &gt; Game Controllers &gt; Game Remotes</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Electronics Accessories &gt; Computer Components &gt; Input Devices &gt; Game Controllers &gt; Gaming Pads</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Electronics Accessories &gt; Computer Components &gt; Input Devices &gt; Game Controllers &gt; Joystick Controllers</li>
<li>Electronics &gt; Electronics Accessories &gt; Computer Components &gt; Input Devices &gt; Game Controllers &gt; Musical Instrument Game Controllers</li>
</ul>

<hr>

<h1>How to break down tax lines on your order confirmation emails</h1>

<p>If you would like to break down tax lines on your order confirmation emails, here’s how:</p>

<ol>
<li>Navigate to your admin</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Settings &gt; Notifications &gt; Customer Notifications</strong></li>
<li>Go to your <strong>Order Confirmation</strong> template</li>
<li>Tap the <strong>edit code</strong> button</li>
<li>Find the below:</li>
</ol>

<p><code>liquid<br>
&lt;tr class="subtotal-line"&gt;<br>
  &lt;td class="subtotal-line__title"&gt;<br>
    &lt;p&gt;<br>
      &lt;span&gt;Taxes&lt;/span&gt;<br>
    &lt;/p&gt;<br>
  &lt;/td&gt;<br>
  &lt;td class="subtotal-line__value"&gt;<br>
      &lt;strong&gt;{{ tax_price | money }}&lt;/strong&gt;<br>
  &lt;/td&gt;<br>
&lt;/tr&gt;<br>
</code></p>

<p>Replace it with:</p>

<p><code>liquid<br>
{% for tax_line in tax_lines %}<br>
&lt;tr class="subtotal-line"&gt;<br>
  &lt;td class="subtotal-line__title"&gt;<br>
    &lt;p&gt;<br>
      &lt;span&gt;{{ tax_line.title }}&lt;/span&gt;<br>
    &lt;/p&gt;<br>
  &lt;/td&gt;<br>
  &lt;td class="subtotal-line__value"&gt;<br>
      &lt;strong&gt;{{ tax_line.price | money }}&lt;/strong&gt;<br>
  &lt;/td&gt;<br>
&lt;/tr&gt;<br>
{% endfor %}<br>
</code></p>

<p>Save. Make sure to test this to ensure you have the result you want.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 06:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/california-embedded-battery-fee-supported-with-shopify-tax</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enable Offline Checkout from POS Device Setting</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Store staff now have the ability to activate offline checkout mode per device, given proper permissions, with an event logged under Store activity log. This allows staff to continue making sales during outages or when your internet connection is spotty. In order to accept card payments during offline checkout mode, you first need to enable offline payments in POS settings.</p>

<p>To learn more about offline checkout, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/selling-offline/offline-payments">help center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enable-offline-checkout-from-pos-device-setting</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify POS version 11.0</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just launched Shopify POS version 11.0, bringing meaningful updates to the cart and core selling flow to help you and your staff work faster and stay focused during busy in-store moments. This release introduces improved cart interactions, add customer workflows, and smarter action handling, all built to make high frequency tasks easier and faster. The result is a more predictable staff experience that helps staff stay focused, oriented on the cart, and move faster through transactions with confidence, even if it's their first time using the POS.</p>

<p><strong>Here’s what’s new in version 11.0</strong> </p>

<p><strong>Improved cart and action workflows</strong> <br>
- A cleaner, more readable cart layout makes it easier to scan items, prices and totals at a glance<br>
- The More actions menu now includes only actions that apply to the cart as a whole. Other actions have moved closer to where they’re used, either in the Smart Grid or directly in the cart. <br>
- Multi-select in the cart lets staff edit or modify multiple items at once, reducing repetitive actions on larger orders <br>
- Key actions including Customers and Staff attribution now open in a dedicated left side panel, reducing pop ups and keeping staff oriented during checkout </p>

<p><strong>Smarter Add customer flows</strong> <br>
- A smarter Add customer flow with better customer matching and autofill, making it easier to attach the right customer and avoid duplicate customer entries  </p>

<p><strong>Faster, more consistent checkout</strong> <br>
- The cart remains visible throughout checkout, maintaining context from item selection through payment <br>
- Faster and clearer payment selection, so staff can move quickly between tender types <br>
- Larger number pads for cash and split payments, now displayed in the left side panel to reduce pop ups during checkout <br>
- Simplified split payment flow that’s easier to complete </p>

<p><strong>Refined post purchase experience</strong> <br>
- Clearer receipt selection and post purchase actions <br>
- Improved buyer facing screens and receipt selection on tablet and mobile, creating a more consistent experience for customers </p>

<p><strong>Performance and reliability improvements</strong> <br>
- Performance upgrades across search, product selection, and cart building <br>
- Faster checkout transitions and payment processing for a smoother end to end transaction </p>

<p>Shopify POS app v11.0 represents a foundational upgrade to how staff build carts, complete checkout, and handle post purchase actions. These improvements work together to reduce friction across the core selling flow, helping staff move confidently through transactions and deliver the best possible in-store experience. </p>

<p>See all the updates and more in the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/blog/retail-release-roundup">Retail Blog</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pos-version-11-0</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved United States sales tax reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We added data fields and fixed calculations in two US sales tax reports used for filing and exports: the state-level Detailed transactions report and the Jurisdiction report.</p>

<p>Detailed transactions report<br>
* Added full address details for each transaction: destination, origin, and billing.<br>
* Added product category and any tax exemptions applied to the transaction.</p>

<p>Jurisdiction report<br>
* Added new columns showing combined item and shipping totals.<br>
* Fixed a calculation error: columns intended to show item totals no longer include shipping.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/tax-reports">how each tax report is used</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/finances-report">the data fields in the report</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Feb 2026 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-us-sales-tax-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use metafields as dimensions and filters in Analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've released <strong>metafields in Analytics</strong> so you can use your custom data in reports. You can now group and filter by metafields on products, variants, customers, and orders, for example by material, loyalty tier, or ingredients, directly in <strong>Reports</strong> and <strong>Explore</strong>. No need to export to spreadsheets: your custom dimensions live in Analytics. Choose which metafields to use by turning on <strong>Use in Analytics</strong> in <strong>Settings → Metafields and metaobjects</strong> for each definition (Products, Variants, Customers, or Orders). We built this so you can segment and analyze the data that matters to your business without leaving Shopify.</p>

<p>For step-by-step guidance and supported types, see the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/custom-data/options#list-of-options-available-for-metafields">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 18:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-metafields-as-dimensions-and-filters-in-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create customers and companies with Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sidekick can now create customers and companies for you. Describe what you need in plain language, and Sidekick fills out the forms automatically.</p>

<p>What you can do:<br>
- Quick customer creation — "Create a customer named John Smith with email john@example.com and tag VIP"<br>
- B2B company setup — "Create Acme Corp company located at 1234 Holland Drive in Toronto with net-30 terms"</p>

<p>Any field on the customer or company creation form can be filled conversationally through Sidekick.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-customers-and-companies-with-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sell fixed bundles on Google</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Fixed bundles (a set bundle with fixed components) can now be published to Google.  Give customers more ways to discover your offers through the Google network, so you can turn that traffic into sales.</p>

<p>Whether you create bundles with <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-bundles?search_id=c796b692-b9f5-41a5-908d-87a88adfad45&amp;shallow_install_type=search&amp;surface_detail=shopify+bundle&amp;surface_inter_position=1&amp;surface_intra_position=1&amp;surface_type=search">Shopify Bundles</a> or the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/product-merchandising/bundles/start-building">bundles product API</a>, fixed bundles can be published across Google, appearing in search results, Shopping ads, YouTube, and more.</p>

<p>Go to your bundle product’s product detail page <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/products">in admin</a>, then enable "Google &amp; Youtube" in the Publishing section, just like you would for your online store or POS. No additional setup required. Updates to pricing, images, and inventory sync automatically. </p>

<p>Download the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/google?search_id=98ac3703-fa8e-4939-b148-a48478f62828&amp;surface_detail=google+shopping&amp;surface_inter_position=1&amp;surface_intra_position=14&amp;surface_type=search">Google &amp; YouTube app</a>. <br>
Learn more about creating and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles/shopify-bundles">publishing bundles</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:33:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sell-fixed-bundles-on-google</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collect Capital remittance through Shopify Payments in Texas</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Due to new legal requirements in Texas, Shopify Capital began collecting repayments through Shopify Payments for new financing originated on or after September 1, 2025.</p>

<p>For these financings, the repayment amount is automatically deducted from each day’s Shopify Payments payout before the payout is deposited into the merchant’s bank account.</p>

<p>Please note:<br>
This change applies only to new Shopify Capital loans or Capital Flex accounts originated on or after September 1, 2025. Repayments for financings originated before this date will continue to be collected through ACH direct debit.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Feb 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify capital</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collect-capital-remittance-through-shopify-payments-in-texas</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Australia Post account linking available on Grow and Basic plans</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants on Grow and Basic plans in Australia can now connect their Australia Post account to Shopify at&nbsp;no additional cost. </p>

<p>Once linked, you can purchase Australia Post domestic and international&nbsp;labels from your&nbsp;Shopify admin using your existing MyPost Business rates. </p>

<p>When you buy labels in Shopify, tracking numbers sync to orders automatically, keeping customers informed and helping you fulfill faster. </p>

<p>How to connect:<br>
1. Log in to your <a href="https://auspost.com.au/mypost-business/account-management/partners">MyPost&nbsp;Business dashboard</a>.<br>
2. Click your name in the top right, open Business Details, then, in eCommerce partners, select Shopify and generate a token.<br>
3. In your Shopify admin, open Settings, then Shipping and delivery. In <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/shipping/#carrier-accounts-section">Carrier accounts</a>, select Australia Post. <br>
4. Paste your token and save.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/setup/shipping-rates/third-party-carrier-calculated-shipping/australia-post#use-your-own-account">Learn more about Australia Post setup</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Feb 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/australia-post-account-linking-available-on-grow-and-basic-plans</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Auto-lock staff Balance or Credit cards</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released the ability to automatically lock staff Balance or Credit cards on a specific date in Cards. This will help Account Owners manage spending by ensuring staff can only use their cards up to a specific date of the Account Owner's choosing.</p>

<p>To learn more, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-credit/manage-cardholders">Help Center on Credit cards</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-balance/cards/card">Help Center on Balance cards</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Feb 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/auto-lock-staff-balance-or-credit-cards</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sending payment requests per fulfillment</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With payment requests per fulfillment, you can manage cash flow for orders with mixed lead times, collect payment on pre-orders as they arrive, and ship in-stock items without waiting for backordered products. Your buyers can pay through Customer Accounts, where unpaid requests appear directly, or via the payment link in email.</p>

<p>This is particularly valuable if you're managing pre-orders, custom products, or seasonal inventory where items ship at different times. Instead of manually tracking partial payments outside of Shopify, you can request payment for each shipment as it goes out, all tracked directly in your admin.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/payments/deferred-payments#payment-per-fulfillment">sending payment requests per fulfillment</a> in the Shopify Help Center. Exclusive to Plus.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Feb 2026 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sending-payment-requests-per-fulfillment</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fulfilling Transfers with Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify POS 10.20 introduces a complete inventory transfers workflow to the POS device. Retail staff can now fulfill (outgoing) and receive (incoming) inventory transfers between locations natively—no need to rely solely on Shopify Admin or external apps. Staff can now pick, pack and send shipments using Outgoing Transfers under the Orders tab. Verify and receive incoming shipments under the Products tab. Staff can scan items to confirm inventory movement, track transfer status in real time, and operate with improved accuracy right from the sales floor.</p>

<p>Updates include:<br>
- <strong>Outgoing transfers:</strong>  HQ can assign transfers in Admin; retail staff can pick, pack, and send transfers right from POS.<br>
- <strong>All-in-one workflow:</strong>  Outgoing transfers are under Orders and incoming under Products, all within POS.<br>
- <strong>Greater traceability:</strong>  Scan, verify, and track transfers for better control. Status is tracked in Shopify for reporting and auditing.<br>
- <strong>User permissions:</strong>  Easily choose which staff members can manage transfers.<br>
- <strong>Direct Integration:</strong>  Outgoing and incoming transfers are built directly into Shopify’s existing inventory management system—no additional apps or setup required.</p>

<p>These enhancements streamline in-store inventory operations, reduce the risk of overselling, and help your in-store teams maintain accurate stock levels across all locations. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/fulfilling-and-receiving-transfers">Learn more about fulfilling transfers with POS</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Feb 2026 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fulfilling-transfers-with-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Send emails using your sender email address</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/send-email">Send internal email</a> action in Shopify Flow will now display the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/intro-to-shopify/initial-setup/setup-your-email#change-your-sender-email-address">sender email address</a> for your store in the From field of the email. Before this change, the action would display “flow@shopify.com” in the From field.</p>

<p>To ensure emails are sent correctly, go to Settings &gt; <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/notifications">Notifications</a> in your Shopify admin and ensure the sender email is properly configured. If you use a third-party domain, then you may need to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/intro-to-shopify/initial-setup/setup-your-email#authenticate">authenticate your sender email address</a> to prevent your emails messages from being flagged as spam and ensure that your email messages are delivered.</p>

<p>Email recipients may also need to update their email filtering or forwarding rules to match the sender email address instead of "flow@shopify.com".</p>

<p>Update: this work has been completed as of March 11th, 2026.</p>

<p>For more information, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/send-email">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow/304">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 31 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-send-emails-using-your-sender-email-address</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated Chargeback Rate Calculation</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting Jan 28th, we're updating chargeback rate calculations across all of Shopify, including your admin dashboard, analytics, and notifications, to provide a more complete and consistent view of your chargeback risk.</p>

<p><strong>What's Changing</strong><br>
The updated chargeback rate metric now includes all disputes, including those resolved through programs like Visa's Rapid Dispute Resolution (RDR). You'll also be able to use the RDR filter in reports to see the traditional view (without RDR). This gives you a fuller picture of your chargeback activity and helps you track risk more accurately.</p>

<p>There are no changes to how Shopify evaluates risk. </p>

<p><strong>Why This Matters</strong><br>
With these updates, you'll have the accurate information to monitor chargeback risk and take action before elevated chargebacks impact your business.</p>

<p>Learn more about managing chargebacks in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/managing-chargebacks">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-to-chargeback-rates</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Control how your retail locations are classified </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added a physical storefront toggle to Locations in Shopify Admin, so retail locations are no longer inferred solely from POS activity and can be explicitly defined.</p>

<p>Now you can clearly separate customer facing stores from POS-only locations like pop-ups, test locations, or warehouses using a single control. This improves location discovery across channels like Shop and keeps analytics, reporting, and future location-based features accurate and reliable. </p>

<p>Location names shown to customers in Shop will match the location name in Admin, so we recommend reviewing your location names. The physical storefront toggle is enabled by default. </p>

<p>Learn more about managing physical storefronts and POS locations in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/getting-started/shopify-pos-from-admin/add-locations">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jan 2026 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/control-how-your-retail-locations-are-classified</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Change due calculator for cash payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a customer pays with cash in quick sale, you can now enter the amount they give you and instantly see the change due. No more mental math at the register.</p>

<p>The calculator also supports cash rounding for markets that have eliminated small coin denominations. It automatically rounds the total and calculates change based on the rounded amount.</p>

<p><strong>How it works:</strong><br>
* Complete a cash sale in quick sale<br>
* Enter the amount the customer gives you<br>
* See the change due instantly<br>
* Change amount appears on receipts and order confirmation</p>

<p>Available on iOS and Android in all quick sale markets. Learn more at <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-mobile/quick-sale">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/change-due-calculator-for-cash-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved clarity for managing Business details</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now manage your store’s business details in the General settings page with an updated Business details section. This makes it easier to keep the information Shopify needs for verification and financial services up to date—without having to wait for onboarding or remediation. </p>

<p>We’ve renamed the <strong>Billing address</strong> section in Store contact details to <strong>Store address</strong> to better reflect what that address represents. This does not change how your address is used.</p>

<p>Your store’s currency is now set based on the business country selected in Business details.</p>

<p>Note: If you have financial products such as Shopify Payments or Shopify Capital active you will need to deactivate these before making changes. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/business-details-section-in-admin-general-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved product availability for market-specific inventory </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of January 2026, products with available inventory in a buyer's market can now be purchased at checkout, even if inventory is negative or zero at other locations. Previously, negative total stock in all locations, including retail locations, could cause products to appear sold out and block checkout, even when the buyer's market had inventory in stock. Now, checkout considers only the inventory at locations that can actually fulfill orders for the buyer's market.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-product-availability-for-market-specific-inventory</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Offline payments for multi entity </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added offline payments support to multi-entity Shopify Payment setups, so offline transactions now work across all shops. Transaction limits are automatically inherited instead of configured per entity with no additional configurations required. Now you can keep selling during connectivity issues even if your business operates more than one operational entity across multiple shops. </p>

<p>Learn more about https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/selling-offline/offline-payments?mode=internal in the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jan 2026 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/offline-payments-for-multi-entity</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Better insights with category-specific return reasons</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Understanding why customers return products is key to improving your business. We've enhanced return reasons to give you richer, more actionable data about every return.</p>

<p><strong>What's new</strong></p>

<p>When processing returns, you'll now see suggested return reasons that are specific to the product being returned. Instead of generic options, you'll get relevant choices for each product category—like "Too big" or "Too small" for apparel, or "Taste," "Style," and "Weight" for items where those attributes matter.</p>

<p>These suggestions are powered by Shopify's Standard Product Taxonomy and are available everywhere you process returns:<br>
- Shopify admin<br>
- Point of Sale (POS)<br>
- Shopify self-serve returns<br>
- The Shop app</p>

<p><strong>Why it matters</strong></p>

<p>Better return reasons mean better data. With more specific and consistent return information, you can:<br>
- Reduce future returns by addressing product issues faster (like sizing problems or quality concerns)<br>
- Make informed decisions about inventory and product development</p>

<p>Return reasons are localized and standardized across your sales channels, so you'll get consistent insights whether returns happen online, in-store, or through self-serve customer accounts.</p>

<p><strong>Getting started</strong></p>

<p>Enhanced return reasons are available automatically—no setup needed. Buyers will see these new, product-specific options when creating returns through self-serve returns or the Shop app, while staff will see them in Shopify admin and POS. Simply process returns as usual to benefit from improved insights.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-return-reasons</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow adopts version 2026-01 of the GraphQL Admin API</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now uses version 2026-01 of the GraphQL Admin API, which includes new options for building automations. Some of the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2026-01&amp;api_type=admin-graphql">changes</a> in version 2026-01 of the GraphQL Admin API include:</p>

<ul>
<li><em>Advanced querying of metafields and metaobjects</em>: We've expanded the resources that you can query by metafield value to include Companies and Company Locations. We've also expanded how you can query metafield values on Products, Orders, and Metaobject entries to include greater than and less than comparisons, prefix matching, and boolean operators (AND, OR, NOT). (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/advanced-metafield-metaobject-querying">changelog</a>)<br></li>
<li><em>Access transactions on the</em> Return <em>object</em>: You can now access transaction data directly on the <code>Return</code> object that is included on triggers related to returns. (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/access-transactions-on-the-return-object">changelog</a>)<br></li>
<li><em>New return reason definitions</em>: You can now use the new <code>ReturnReasonDefinition</code> type to capture more granular, category-specific return reasons when managing returns. This replaces the previous <code>ReturnReason</code> on the <code>Return</code> object that is included on triggers related to returns. The <code>returnCreate</code> and <code>returnRequest</code> mutations also accept this field as an input when using the mutation in a Send Admin API request action. (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/new-return-reason-definitions-api-for-better-return-insights">changelog</a>)<br></li>
<li>orderUpdate <em>mutation now includes</em> phone <em>field</em>: This field allows merchants to update the customer phone number for an order, overwriting the existing phone number, when using the mutation in a Send Admin API request action. (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/order-update-phone-field-public">changelog</a>)</li>
</ul>

<p>For more information about how Flow uses the GraphQL, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/getting-started/concepts/admin-api">documentation</a>. To learn more about changes introduced in version 2026-01, visit the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2026-01&amp;api_type=admin-graphql">Developer changelog</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-adopts-version-2026-01-of-the-graphql-admin-api</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to how Shopify handles Liquid code</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting January 13, 2026, we're updating how Shopify handles Liquid code in your theme files. This happens automatically in the background to make your theme code more reliable.</p>

<p>Your store will continue working exactly as it does now—nothing about your storefront will change. You don't need to do anything.</p>

<p>If you edit your theme files, you might notice a small comment added to some files explaining what we updated. These comments are for informational purposes only. Your store's look, functionality, and performance remain exactly the same.</p>

<p>If you work with a developer and they have questions, they can learn more in our <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/themes/tools/strict-liquid-migration">migration guide</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2026 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/storefronts-are-getting-faster-and-ready-to-evolve</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New default setting for marketing pixel data sharing </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In order to protect your store from accidentally oversharing data, Shopify will soon default to automatic data sharing optimization that monitors your marketing pixels and only shares data with tools that are driving results for your store. We see many pixels that haven’t sent traffic or sales to a merchant in weeks, months, or even years, and this feature is designed to protect your store from that exact situation if you forget to turn off sharing with inactive tools.</p>

<p>We will look at multiple signals, including traffic and sales, to determine if sharing data back to a specific tool is helpful for your business. When we see zero signals coming from a pixel over days or weeks, we will pause data sharing until we see new signals, at which point data sharing turns back on.  </p>

<p>You’ll see the setting enabled immediately for all active marketing pixels, but it will not begin limiting data for pixels that aren’t driving results for at least the next seven days. To opt out of optimized data sharing, you can adjust pixel settings in <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/customer_events">Settings &gt; Customer events</a>, and set pixels to ‘always on’ to maintain full data sharing at all times.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2026 13:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-default-setting-for-pixel-data-sharing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Better way to match Shopify Payments payouts with bank deposits</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve made it easier to match payouts to bank deposits and transactions to payouts in the exports. Payout export now include <strong>Bank Reference</strong>, and order transactions export now include <strong>Payout ID</strong>, so it's easier to confirm which bank deposit a payout relates to and see which transactions were included in each payout. This update is available to all Shopify Payments merchants.</p>

<p>Learn more about exporting payouts and order transactions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/payouts/view-details">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jan 2026 18:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/better-way-to-match-shopify-payments-payouts-with-bank-deposits</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Euros (EUR) have replaced the Bulgarian Lev (BGN)</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On Jan 1 2026, Bulgaria changed its official currency for electronic transactions from the Bulgarian Lev (BGN) to the Euro (EUR).</p>

<p>As part of this change, markets that previously used the Bulgarian Lev have been updated to use Euros for stores that use Shopify's multi-currency feature. Customers previously paying in Bulgarian Lev will now pay in Euros.</p>

<p>Shopify strongly recommends that stores who do not use multi-currency and currently have Bulgarian Lev as their default currency update their default currency to Euros.</p>

<p>You can read more about this change on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/markets-new/bulgaria-currency-transition">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bulgarian-lev-bgn-is-now-replaced-with-euros-eur</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Greater flexibility for inventory transfers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Managing inventory should be straightforward. Now, inventory transfers give you more control:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Edit shipments anytime:</strong> Add, remove, or adjust items in a shipment—even after it’s in transit or received. Fix mistakes or update shipments as your plans change.<br></li>
<li><strong>Receive inventory without providing an origin:</strong> Leave the origin blank to record stock from sources outside Shopify—like purchase order suppliers, or unexpected deliveries. Use the reduced API restrictions and referenceName to link these transfers to external systems, so you can track and receive all your inventory through Shopify.<br></li>
<li><strong>Remove inventory to an unspecified destination:</strong> Write off, discard, or send inventory to places Shopify doesn’t track—like third-party warehouses, mobile teams, or suppliers—by leaving the destination blank. Keep track of your outbound inventory for later auditability.</li>
</ul>

<p>Every change appears in your adjustment history, so your records stay accurate and auditable.</p>

<p><strong>Important:</strong><br><br>
The Transfer Update API no longer requires both an origin and destination. Review your integrations to see if your setup can benefit from the relaxed requirements.</p>

<p>Learn more about inventory transfers in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/">Shopify Help Center</a> and see our <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api">API docs</a> for technical details.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/greater-flexibility-for-inventory-transfers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Payments and web performance data available in Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Simply describe what you want to know—like "Show me fulfillment times by carrier" or "What were my net payments for each payment method last quarter?" and Sidekick generates the query for you.</p>

<p>Learn more: <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/shopifyql-editor/generate-shopifyql-queries">Generate ShopifyQL queries with Sidekick</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/payments-and-web-performance-data-available-in-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>App generated and imported orders fully sync to Avalara Tax Compliance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of October 1, 2025, orders placed or modified through third party apps (such as Loop, Recharge, etc.) or imported into Shopify by a third party app (such as Matrixify) are automatically imported to Avalara Tax Compliance and will be recalculated.</p>

<p>If you use alternative methods to import third party orders to Avalara Tax Compliance, these must be disabled or there may be risk of recording duplicate orders. </p>

<p>If you do not wish these orders to flow from Shopify to Avalara Tax Compliance, contact Avalara support.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 20 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Partners</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/app-generated-and-imported-orders-fully-sync-to-avalara-tax-compliance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inter-Location Transfers Reporting</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update:</strong> Two new reports are now available in Analytics to help you track inter-location inventory movements.</p>

<h3>1. Transfer Orders and Shipments Report</h3>

<p>View detailed transfer and shipment data together. Track what was ordered, shipped, received, accepted, and rejected—all in one place.</p>

<p><strong>Filter</strong> by transfer ID, name, origin, destination, status (Draft, Ready, Shipped, Received), date ranges, tags, reasons, product, or variant.</p>

<p><strong>Access:</strong> Analytics &gt; Reports &gt; Inventory transfer orders and shipments </p>

<h3>2. Transfers Report</h3>

<p>A streamlined view focused on all transfers, including draft transfers. Ideal for tracking transfer status including inventory items in each transfer. </p>

<p><strong>Access:</strong> Analytics &gt; Reports &gt; Inventory transfers </p>

<p><strong>Both reports support:</strong></p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Export</strong> to CSV with one click. Exports use your current filters and support large datasets.<br></li>
<li><strong>Customize</strong> by adding or removing columns from multiple dimensions. Save custom views for different use cases.</li>
</ul>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/custom-reports/inventory-transfers-and-shipments">Learn more about these reports and how to customize them</a></p>

<p><em>Note: If you previously used the Stocky app, these reports provide similar functionality to what you had before for transfers and shipments, with additional dimensions and flexibility.</em></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Dec 2025 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/inter-location-transfer-order-shipments-reporting</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create Balance cards for staff</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released the ability to create Balance cards linked to Balance Main or any additional Balance account for staff users. This will help Account Owners to delegate business spending to staff without having to share their card information. Staff cards for Balance will let staff members, including business partners and employees, spend the funds in Balance accounts directly using their own cards.</p>

<p>To learn more, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-balance/cards/card">Help Center on Balance cards</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-balance-cards-for-staff</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Capital launches in Spain</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Eligible merchants in Spain can now access funding directly through their Shopify admin, with a streamlined application process and flexible repayment terms that align with their business cash flow. To see if you are eligible please visit <a href="http://www.shopify.com/capital">Shopify Capital</a>.</p>

<p>For more information on Shopify Capital in Spain, learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-capital/spain">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify capital</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-capital-launches-in-spain</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Refresh of the disputes evidence form</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The redesigned dispute evidence form in Shopify admin helps merchants save time and win more chargebacks by simplifying evidence submission and strengthening their defense.</p>

<p>The new experience includes:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Reorganized form layout</strong> that puts the most important fields front and center, making it faster to complete</li>
<li><strong>Full transparency</strong> into what gets sent to banks—merchants can now see the exact PDF document Shopify generates and submits to payment providers</li>
<li>*<em>AI-powered defense (optional) *</em>that uses merchant-provided evidence along with other Shopify data related to the chargeback to build a stronger case</li>
<li><strong>Flexible submission timing</strong> allowing merchants to submit their response earlier than the due date if they wish</li>
</ul>

<p>This is beneficial because it reduces the time spent preparing dispute responses while improving the quality of evidence submitted through AI-enhanced PDF documents, giving merchants a better chance at winning chargebacks.</p>

<p>Learn more about disputing chargebacks in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/managing-chargebacks/chargebacks-shopify-admin">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/uplift-disputes-evidence-form</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved in-store pickup experience with Shop</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Pickup orders are now faster and easier to fulfil. In the Shop app, we’ve added preparation status, clearer pickup instructions and a QR code so customers always know when an order is ready and staff have a faster and easier way to retrieve it. This is faster and more reliable because it removes manual lookups, reduces wait times, and keeps customers informed at every step of their pickup journey. </p>

<p><strong>What’s new:</strong><br>
 - Improved pickup status and instructions with Shop so customers can see exactly when their order is ready for pickup.<br>
 - QR codes are created in the Shop app so that staff can optionally scan in POS to instantly retrieve the order, no manual lookup needed.<br>
 - New enhanced retail location details help customers see exactly where to go with retail address and pickup instructions in Shop. </p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shop.app/en/shop/delivery-tracking/pickup-orders">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Dec 2025 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-in-store-pickup-experience-for-shop-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Switch between exploration methods in analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now switch between Freeform and Cohorts analysis methods without leaving your report — making it easier to explore your data from multiple angles in one place. Freeform lets you analyze trends over time and compare segments. Cohorts shows whether customers come back after their first purchase. Previously, cohort analysis required navigating to a specific report. Now, you can answer "how are sales trending?" and then switch easily to answer "are these customers coming back?" without needing to leave the report. </p>

<p>Learn more <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/reports-overview#configuration-panel">here</a> in the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Dec 2025 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/switch-between-exploration-methods-in-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create and edit resources directly in the theme editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create and edit key resources — products, collections, markets, and metaobjects — directly from the theme editor. When you select a resource in the editor, you'll see an edit button that opens an overlay where you can make changes. Your updates are reflected immediately in the editor preview, streamlining your workflow and reducing context switching.</p>

<p>For more information on using the theme editor to customize your online store, see <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/customizing-themes">Customize your online store with the theme editor</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-and-edit-resources-directly-in-the-theme-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automated transfers for Shopify Balance payouts </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve released Auto Transfers for Shopify Balance users in the US. This feature lets merchants automatically move incoming Shopify payouts across multiple accounts — such as setting aside funds for paying suppliers, savings, or operating expenses. With flexible rules and percentage-based allocations, merchants can now automate cash management, reduce manual transfers, and stay in control of how their money is budgeted each day.</p>

<p>To learn more, visit our <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-balance/managing-account/transfers#shopify-balance-automatic-transfers">Help Center guide on Auto Transfers</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automated-transfers-for-shopify-balance-payouts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create Flow automations with Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sidekick can now create Flow workflows. Open Flow, click the Sidekick icon, and describe what you want to automate. Sidekick generates a workflow with the appropriate trigger, conditions, and actions. The workflow opens in the editor where you can test it, make changes, and activate.</p>

<p>Works well for: customer and order tagging, email and Slack notifications, inventory alerts, scheduled automations. Workflows with advanced Liquid or custom code may require manual editing.</p>

<p>Requirements:<br>
Flow must be installed and open<br>
Desktop only<br>
Manual activation required</p>

<p>Available on Basic, Shopify, Advanced, and Plus plans. To learn more, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-flow/create/create-workflow#sidekick">Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Dec 2025 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-flow-automations-with-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Preview workflows safely with test runs</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today we’re introducing test runs in Shopify Flow — a safe way to see exactly how a workflow will behave before you activate it. Start a test directly in the editor by choosing an event from your shop and watch how your workflow evaluates in context.</p>

<p>With test runs, you can spot issues fast.</p>

<p>You can review the exact path your workflow would take through branches and for each loops:</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/03-42-madvo-cbvxf.png" alt="Screenshot of a workflow being tested"></p>

<p>You can inspect your shop’s real data, by previewing the output of your Conditions, Liquid code, and Run code steps:</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/03-52-n9tbj-4c2hh.png" alt="Screenshot of the details of a condition"></p>

<p>Running a test is quick (about 10 seconds) and isolated from your live store. Actions that change something outside the workflow run, such as Add order tags or Send Internal Email, will not run. Instead, the test will show you the output of any Liquid code in the steps. Other actions that only change data for the workflow, like Run code, Count, and Sum will run and display their output. </p>

<p>Learn more about testing workflows in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-flow/manage/test-workflow">Shopify Help Center</a> and discover automation best practices in our Flow testing guide.</p>

<p>For more information, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow/304">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-preview-workflows-safely-with-test-runs</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prevent accidental inventory overwrite in bulk editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Visual changes:</strong> The editor now shows what’s changing before you save. You’ll see the original value and your new value side by side. Increases appear in green and decreases in red, making it clear that you’re replacing quantities rather than adjusting them.</p>

<p><strong>Alert tooltips:</strong> Tooltips on the Available and On hand columns explain that new values override existing quantities.</p>

<p><strong>Conflict detection:</strong> If inventory changes while you’re editing (for example, when another staff member updates stock), you’ll see an inventory mismatch dialog. The dialog shows what changed and gives you options:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Save suggested:</strong> Uses the suggested value based on the current inventory</li>
<li><strong>Save original:</strong> Overrides it with the exact number you entered</li>
<li><strong>Discard:</strong> Closes the dialog and returns you to the bulk editor</li>
</ul>

<p>This prevents accidental overwrites and keeps your inventory accurate. Learn more <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/adjusting-inventory/bulk-editing-inventory#edit-properties">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Dec 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/prevent-accidental-inventory-overwrite-in-bulk-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Start Sidekick conversations from Shopify Home</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now start Sidekick conversations directly from Shopify Home. A new chat input lets you start every Shopify session with a Sidekick chat, without opening the Sidekick sidebar.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 15:55:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/start-sidekick-conversations-from-shopify-home</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sidekick conversation history moves to your sidebar</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sidekick conversation history is now available in the navigation sidebar. You can jump into past conversations with one click from anywhere in the admin, without opening the Sidekick sidebar.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 15:55:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sidekick-conversation-history-moves-to-your-sidebar</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sidekick fullscreen mode keeps sidebar visible</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sidekick fullscreen mode no longer covers the navigation sidebar. The view now fills the workspace up to the sidebar, allowing you to navigate the admin while keeping Sidekick’s open and expanded.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 15:55:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sidekick-fullscreen-mode-keeps-sidebar-visible</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: workflows now have a more compact vertical layout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Flow editor now arranges workflows top-to-bottom instead of left-to-right with the configuration panel on the left and Sidekick on the right, so more of the workflow fits on the screen and it's easier to scroll. Visual improvements include cleaner styling and more compact steps with clearly visible selection states. </p>

<p>When steps become scattered across the canvas, click "Arrange workflow" in the lower-left corner to auto-organize them into an organized vertical flow. New workflows will use vertical layout by default. Existing workflows can switch anytime using the "Arrange workflow" button. Your workflows keep working exactly as they do today—only the visual arrangement changes.</p>

<p>In early 2026, all workflows will automatically update to vertical layout. If you've organized steps in a specific way, switching now gives you time to adjust their placement manually.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new vertical layout in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-flow/create/workflow-editor">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-editor-now-uses-vertical-layout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Expand your catalog instantly with the Shopify Product Network</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Product Network gives your store instant access to products from other trusted Shopify brands, with no need to stock, ship, or source products. When customers browse or search, they see personalized recommendations alongside your own inventory—powered by data from hundreds of millions of buyers. </p>

<p>Everything happens on your store. Customers check out with you, you keep the customer record, and you earn commission when they buy. And when a network sale happens, it’s shipped directly from the seller. </p>

<p>You can enable Product Network on collections, search results, thank you page, or order status. </p>

<p>Install the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/product-network">Shopify Product Network</a> app to get started.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 10:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/expand-your-catalog-instantly-with-the-shopify-product-network</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Winter '26 Edition is live</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Announcing 150+ updates to Shopify.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/editions/winter2026?utm_source=changelog-merchant&amp;utm_medium=changelog-merchant&amp;utm_campaign=winter26edition-launch_Q425BACADO">See the updates</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-winter-26-edition-is-live</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edit emails faster with Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Get to your first email draft faster. Edit, add or delete parts of your email by simply telling Sidekick what to do. Sidekick makes the changes right in place, using your existing templates and brand settings so your emails always look like you. Keep iterating until you're happy—polish headlines, adjust CTAs, add or replace images, and make edits section by section or to the full email at once—all with Sidekick.</p>

<p><a href="http://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/generate-content#email-campaigns">Learn more</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/edit-emails-faster-with-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI block generation for all Theme Store themes</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>AI block generation, powered by Sidekick, now works with every theme from the Shopify Theme Store—not just Horizon themes. Describe what you want in plain language, and Sidekick will code it for you on the spot. And if Sidekick's first pass isn't just right, you can iterate on the design to refine your results.</p>

<p>Theme block generation is available on <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/">Theme Store</a> themes. Learn more about theme block generation in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/customizing-themes/theme-editor/shopify-magic/generate-blocks">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ai-block-generation-for-all-theme-store-themes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize your theme with Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Describe the theme changes you want to make, and Sidekick will apply them instantly. Tell Sidekick something like "make my store feel more premium with elegant typography and generous spacing" and it'll come to life before your eyes. You can also click any section or block in your theme preview and ask Sidekick to customize it directly.</p>

<p>Sidekick can customize all themes that are editable in the Online Store theme editor. More details and instructions are available in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/help-and-guidance#theme-editing">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-your-theme-with-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>B2B features now available in Horizon themes</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Horizon themes are now fully compatible with Shopify's B2B features. Wholesale merchants can display volume pricing tiers, enforce quantity rules, and offer quick order lists directly in any Horizon theme without custom development or third-party apps.</p>

<p>If you're already using a Horizon theme, B2B features will appear automatically when you enable them for your store. New to Horizon? Browse the full <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/collections/horizon-themes">Horizon theme collection</a> on the Shopify Theme Store.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/b2b-features-now-available-in-horizon-themes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage your store in the theme editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now manage products, collections, markets, metafields, and more directly in the theme editor. Changes happen in an overlay dialog, so you never lose your place.</p>

<p>When you're in the theme editor, click the edit button next to resource pickers like products, collections, metaobjects, metafields, or markets to modify them instantly. You can also create new ones on the fly. This same capability is available across other areas of admin, letting you manage resources wherever you're working without navigating away.</p>

<p>Learn more about adding and editing store resources in the theme editor in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/customizing-themes/theme-editor/add-and-edit-store-resources">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-your-store-in-the-theme-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accept payments in person or online with payment links</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create payment links when completing quick sale orders.</p>

<p>Payment links are unique, shareable URLs that let you accept payments instantly. Share it on social, through email, with a text, or in person with a QR code. The link takes buyers to checkout where they can pay with their Shopify account or credit card.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/shopify-app/quick-sale/accept-payment">Learn more</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/accept-payments-in-person-or-online-with-payment-links</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quick sale now supports tips and change due</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Quick sale now handles tips and automatic change calculations for smoother in-person transactions.</p>

<p>You can now enable tips in quick sale settings so that when completing a quick sale order, customers can add tips before payment. For cash transactions, the app automatically calculates and displays change due, making your in-person sales easier.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/shopify-app/quick-sale/create-quick-sale">Learn more</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/quick-sale-now-supports-tips-and-change-due</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Combine repeat bundle options </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just launched an update that allows you to combine repeat bundle options, leading to a more convenient customer experience.</p>

<p>Historically, in a scenario where you offer a bundle of 3 t-shirts that each come in size small, medium, and large, your customer would have to select their size for each individual t-shirt, a process that was repetitive and inefficient.</p>

<p>Now, you can bundle options like size or length so your customers will only have to select them once, instead of multiple times. What’s more, these grouped options are treated as one option, increasing the number of options available on the bundle.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles/shopify-bundles#track-your-bundles-performance">Learn more</a> about combining bundle options.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/combine-repeat-bundle-options</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Proactive business recommendations from Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Rolling out over the coming weeks, Sidekick Pulse proactively surfaces up to 5 tailored recommendations for your business. Instead of waiting for you to write a prompt, Sidekick runs deep research on your store’s data, market trends, and performance to identify opportunities, insights, and actions to take.</p>

<p>Each insight appears as a card in your admin with clear citations, so you can trust the data. When you’re ready to act, Pulse passes all context to Sidekick to help you execute immediately.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/help-and-guidance#pulse">Learn more about Sidekick Pulse</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/proactive-business-recommendations-from-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create custom apps with Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use Sidekick to generate simple, purpose-built apps for your store. Describe the functionality you need, and Sidekick will write the code, build the interface using <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/app-home/polaris-web-components">Polaris components</a>, and connect to the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/latest">GraphQL Admin API</a>.</p>

<p>Generated apps are single-page tools that live directly in your admin. You can preview the app, request changes to the code or design, and install it for your team to use. </p>

<p>Available now to merchants on Grow, Plus and Enterprise plans. Usage limits apply.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/generate-apps">Learn more about generating apps</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-custom-apps-with-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved AI image editing with Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The AI image editing features in the file editor have been enhanced with new capabilities and improvements that make editing product photos easier, faster, and more versatile.</p>

<p>What's improved:<br>
• <strong>Flexible prompting</strong>: Describe what you want to change in the new <code>Generate</code> panel..<br>
• <strong>Generative image expansion</strong>: Extend images beyond their original edges using the zoom slider in the <code>Crop and transform</code> panel.</p>

<p>Try out any of these new features by selecting an existing photo from your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/content/files">files</a> or learn more <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/shopify-magic/media-generation">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-ai-image-editing-with-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sidekick now remembers your preferences</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sidekick now remembers your history. When you start a new conversation, Sidekick will recall context, preferences, and details from your previous interactions. All memory is at a user level.</p>

<p>This allows you to pick up where you left off without re-explaining your aims or preferences. It applies to all new conversations moving forward.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/help-and-guidance#memory">Learn more about Sidekick memory</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sidekick-now-remembers-your-preferences</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sidekick now creates interactive to-do lists</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sidekick can now break down complex requests into interactive to-do lists. When you ask for help with a multi-step goal—like preparing for a sale or setting up a new feature—Sidekick can generate a structured list of tasks.</p>

<p>You can check off items as you complete them, or let Sidekick mark them as done when it detects that the action is complete. The list persists in your chat history, allowing you to pause and resume workflows without losing your place.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/help-and-guidance">Learn more about Sidekick to-do lists</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sidekick-now-creates-interactive-to-do-lists</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Select elements to give Sidekick context</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now select any component on your screen to focus Sidekick's attention.</p>

<p>Click the target icon in the Sidekick menu, then select any button, text, or section. Sidekick will use that specific element as the context for your next request, ensuring it understands exactly what you are referring to without needing a written description.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/set-up#input-features">Learn more</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/select-elements-to-give-sidekick-context</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Messaging now supports SMS marketing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added SMS marketing capabilities to <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-email">Shopify Messaging</a>, formerly known as Shopify Email. Now you can create, send, and track SMS directly from Shopify. </p>

<p>Subscribed customers can receive exclusive offers, helpful product tips, and timely updates. Use ready-made templates built by commerce experts or create your own, then customize your messages to fit your brand. All messages include built-in safeguards to meet regional compliance. </p>

<p>With flexible pricing, you can scale up SMS marketing communications during busy seasons and scale down when you need to—only paying for the messages you send.</p>

<p>You can find both email and SMS marketing capabilities in your Shopify admin within the Shopify Messaging app. SMS marketing is available to select regions.</p>

<p>To learn how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-messaging">create and send SMS marketing messages</a>, visit the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-messaging-now-supports-sms-marketing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New collection options in the Shopify Messaging email editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New collection features in the email editor help you build your emails more quickly and create targeted email campaigns. With this update, you can now:  </p>

<ul>
<li>Filter products by collections when manually building product sections. Start by choosing a collection and quickly find the products you want to include in your email. </li>
<li>Add dynamic product sections for a specific collection, and choose whether to feature its best selling or most recently added products. </li>
<li>Display multiple collections in a single email section. Each collection gets its own tile that customers can click to shop. </li>
</ul>

<p>To learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-messaging/email/create-email/templates#collection">adding collections in your Shopify Messaging emails</a>, please refer to the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-collection-options-in-the-shopify-messaging-email-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get to Shopify Support faster from the Shopify Help Center</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Support update: we made it easier to chat with a human.</p>

<p>We heard you. After trying self‑serve, it wasn’t always clear how to reach a person.</p>

<p>What’s new: we’ve added a “Chat with a human” button on Help Center pages that puts you directly into the lineup for an advisor. On a typical day, we reach most contacts within 5 minutes.</p>

<p>Need support? Try it out on the <a href="http://help.shopify.com">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Help-center</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/get-to-shopify-support-faster-from-the-shopify-help-center</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop now available in 10 additional languages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve expanded Shop’s language support. In addition to the four languages already available, Shop buyers globally can now view and purchase products from their favorite merchants in these newly enabled languages:<br>
* Czech<br>
* Danish<br>
* Dutch<br>
* Italian<br>
* Lithuanian<br>
* Norwegian<br>
* Polish<br>
* Portuguese<br>
* Romanian<br>
* Swedish</p>

<p>Display language is determined based on the user’s device settings, if available. Product pages and other merchant-owned content will continue to be displayed in the languages that you have enabled. You can enable translations on your product details pages (PDPs) by using the Translate &amp; Adapt app in the Shopify admin. </p>

<p>You can find more information about customizing your Shop Store <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/manage-shop-store/customize#displaying-your-shop-store-in-other-languages">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-now-available-in-10-additional-languages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apple Pay available as a payment method in Shop Pay checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants who have Apple Pay enabled as an express checkout option will now automatically have it enabled as a payment method in Shop Pay checkouts. Providing Apple Pay as a payment method expands your customer payment options while supporting your checkout customizations. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/apple-pay">Learn more</a> about enabling Apple Pay.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/apple-pay-available-as-a-payment-method-in-shop-pay-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sidekick Voice is now available in the Shopify Mobile App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now use Sidekick Voice in the Shopify Mobile App. Sidekick Voice is context-aware and you can chat with Sidekick Voice as you navigate and work in the admin.</p>

<ul>
<li>Voice conversations with Sidekick throughout the mobile admin</li>
<li>Persistent voice controls in navigation—mute and hang up buttons stay accessible during calls</li>
<li>Context-aware responses as Sidekick understands you're on mobile</li>
<li>Active conversations that continue as you move between tasks and screens until you end the call</li>
</ul>

<p>Start a voice conversation with Sidekick using the voice button in the Sidekick panel. You can open the Sidekick panel using the Sidekick button in the bottom navigation bar. Voice controls appear in your navigation bar so you can mute, unmute, or hang up while continuing to work between different admin sections.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/set-up#mobile">[Learn more]</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2025 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sidekick-voice-is-now-available-in-the-shopify-mobile-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhanced AI image generation and editing on the Shopify mobile app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Turn any product photo on your mobile device into high quality pack shots and marketing images using natural language prompts. <br>
* Crop and recenter<br>
* Remove background content<br>
* Change file names and alt text<br>
* Use AI image generation to place products in various marketing shots</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/media-editor">[Learn more]</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2025 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-ai-image-generation-and-editing-on-the-shopify-mobile-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Resource IDs in tax webhook summary section and calculation requests migrate to Global IDs</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tax Partner Apps now receive consistent identifiers that match Shopify's GraphQL Admin API. Starting with API version 2026-01, these apps will receive Global IDs (GIDs) for customers, products, line items, and sales agreements, aligning with Shopify's standard <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/usage/gids">guidance for using Global IDs</a> across all APIs.</p>

<p>This change makes the tax calculation API consistent with how partners interact with other Shopify APIs, using the same identifier format throughout the platform. Tax service providers can now use the same IDs they receive from other Shopify endpoints, eliminating the need to manage different ID formats for tax-specific integrations.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Partners</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/change-all-ids-to-global-ids-in-tax-summary-and-tax-calculation-request</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Released delegatable billing permissions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Delegatable billing allows merchants to grant specific team members permission to view invoices, manage payment methods, and handle billing-related information—without elevating them to full account ownership.</p>

<p>This feature is available for merchants within an organization. Permissions can be delegated directly in the Shopify Admin under Settings &gt; Users and permissions.</p>

<p>To learn more, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/users/roles/permissions/organization-permissions">Help Center on Balance cards</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Billing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/released-delegatable-billing-permissions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tax liability changes for Facebook &amp; Instagram sales channel orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting August 26, 2025, Meta (Facebook &amp; Instagram) is no longer acting as a marketplace facilitator for orders placed through the Facebook &amp; Instagram sales channel. This means that merchants are now responsible for tax collection and filing on these orders, rather than Meta handling tax obligations.</p>

<p><strong>What's changed:</strong><br>
- Orders placed on or after August 26, 2025 through Facebook &amp; Instagram will show <code>channel_liable: false</code> in your order data</p>

<p><strong>What stays the same:</strong><br>
- Orders placed before August 26, 2025 remain Meta's responsibility for tax filing (<code>channel_liable: true</code>)<br>
- No changes to your Facebook &amp; Instagram sales channel setup</p>

<p><strong>Resource links:</strong><br>
- <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes">Shopify Tax documentation</a><br>
- <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/facebook">Facebook &amp; Instagram sales channel documentation</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Nov 2025 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tax-liability-changes-for-facebook-instagram-sales-channel-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Duplicate user groups to speed up setup</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now duplicate user groups instead of rebuilding them from scratch.</p>

<p>Open any user group, click the actions menu at the top right, and select "Duplicate". All the roles and store assignments copy over to a new group instantly. Rename it, adjust what you need, and save.</p>

<p>Available only on Plus plans. Learn more in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/users/groups#duplicate-group">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Nov 2025 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/duplicate-an-existing-user-group-for-easier-new-group-creation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cash checks on the go with Shopify Balance. </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve released <strong>Add Checks</strong> for Shopify Balance users in the US. This update helps merchants who receive paper checks easily cash them into their Shopify Balance account without leaving the Shopify app. With <strong>Add Checks</strong>, merchants can capture both sides of a check using their phone camera, confirm the deposit amount, and submit instantly for review. The feature is now available to all eligible Balance accounts. </p>

<p>To learn more, visit our <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-balance/adding-checks">Help Center guide on depositing checks in Shopify Balance</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cash-checks-on-the-go-with-shopify-balance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pay US Suppliers Instantly with Same-Day ACH from Shopify Balance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve  released Same-Day ACH for eligible Shopify Balance users in the US. Merchants can now pay suppliers, contractors, or vendors directly from their Balance account and have the funds reach them on the same business day. This upgrade reduces waiting times tied to traditional bank transfers and ensures payments land quickly, helping merchants maintain trust and smooth supply chain operations.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pay-us-suppliers-instantly-with-same-day-ach-from-shopify-balance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Capital flex is now live in the US</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Capital has introduced Capital flex, a new funding option that gives you continuous access to working capital — with a dynamic limit that adjusts as your business grows. Draw funds whenever you need them, and as you repay, your available capacity automatically replenishes.<br>
No more over-borrowing upfront or waiting until 51% repayment to access additional capital.</p>

<p>With Capital flex, you get:<br>
* Funding exactly when you need it<br>
* A dynamic limit that grows with your business<br>
* Fees only on the amount you draw<br>
* One-time application with ongoing access — no need to re-apply for future draws<br>
* Control to repay faster to save on fees, or slower to preserve cash flow.</p>

<p>Learn more about Capital flex with Shopify Capital in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-capital/shopify-capital-flex">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify capital</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introduce-capital-flex-to-merchants-in-the-us</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exclude products by tag in smart collections</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use an “is not equal to” operator for product tags when setting smart collection conditions, automatically leaving out products with specific tags.</p>

<p>Use it to refine themed collections, omit recalled items, or exclude select products from promotions alongside other rules.</p>

<p>Learn more about this update in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/collections/smart-collections/conditions">help docs.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/exclude-products-by-tag-in-smart-collections</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Collection duplication</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now duplicate any collection to create an exact copy—including its title, description, image, conditions, and manual product list so you no longer have to rebuild them from scratch. </p>

<p>When you duplicate a collection, we keep the copy unpublished so you can review and edit before going live.</p>

<p>Learn more about this update in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/collections/smart-collections/create">help docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Nov 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-collection-duplication</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Receive weekly store order summary in your inbox</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Weekly store order summary gives you a new way to stay updated on your order activity. Each week, you'll receive an email with key metrics like total sales, orders, sessions, and conversion rate. The email also includes links to your analytics dashboard so you can dive deeper into your data. </p>

<p>If you have order and store management permissions, you can turn this on in your notification settings for yourself and your staff members.</p>

<p>To get started, go to Settings &gt; Notifications &gt; <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/notifications/staff">Staff notifications</a> and toggle on the weekly store order summary.</p>

<p>Learn more about order notifications in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/fulfillment/setup/notifications/staff-notifications">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Nov 2025 07:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/receive-weekly-order-summary-in-your-inbox</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create cards for additional accounts within Balance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added the ability to create cards for additional accounts within Balance in an improved Cards section. Now merchants with Balance can spend directly from their additional accounts using cards. Merchants with Credit and/or Balance can also create and manage their own and other staff cards in the new Cards section.<br>
To learn more, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-balance/cards/card">Help Center on Balance cards</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-cards-for-balance-additional-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Legacy custom apps can’t be created after January 1, 2026</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update:</strong><br>
Starting January 1, 2026, you can no longer create new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/app-types/custom-apps">custom apps</a> in the Shopify admin. This affects merchants and developers who create custom apps directly from the admin. Existing custom apps aren’t affected and will continue to work. To create a new custom app after this date, use the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/dev-dashboard">Dev Dashboard</a> to build the app, then install it on your store. This change improves security and long‑term support for custom apps.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/legacy-custom-apps-can-t-be-created-after-january-1-2026</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Faster Invoice Payment Confirmation for Indian Merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've improved the invoice payment experience for merchants in India. When you pay an invoice, you'll now be redirected directly to your payment provider to complete authentication, reducing payment confirmation time from over 30 hours to around 30 seconds. 🚀</p>

<p>Previously, you needed to wait for a notification from your bank, then navigate to your banking portal separately to enter your OTP and complete payment. Now, you'll get a notification from Razorpay and be redirected immediately to complete authentication in one seamless flow. Your payment will be confirmed within seconds.</p>

<p>This update applies to all manual invoice payments in your Shopify admin and is available to all merchants in India.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new payment flow in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/paying-your-bills/making-payments/account-billing-india/india-pay-bills">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Billing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/faster-invoice-payments-for-indian-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sidekick data visualization and export updates</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added the ability for Sidekick to create chart visualizations, make spreadsheet exports of analytics queries, and have added sidekick to the segmentation code editor.</p>

<p>Now you can visualize your analytics queries with bar, line, and donut charts and export and download reports to CSV, JSONL, XML, or Parquet. You can also access sidekick directly in the segmentation code editor to create customer segments with natural language.</p>

<p>Learn more about Sidekick capabilities in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/generate-content">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Oct 2025 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sidekick-data-visualization-and-export-updates</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Duties and Import Taxes: US Section 232 tariff customization</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The United States applies additional tariffs on all HTSUS codes that represent products that may contain steel and aluminum, depending on the amount of metal in the product. By default, US Customs and Border Control will assume these products contain 100% metal unless it is specified differently on the commercial invoice.</p>

<p>Previously, our duties and import tax calculations in checkout applied the same default - assume those products contain 100% metal. Now, duties and import taxes supports customizing the percentages of your product's value that Section 232 steel and aluminum tariffs apply to. </p>

<p>This new setting applies to all items in your store that fall under Section 232. To customize this amount, visit your admin's duty settings and enter the percentage in "United States Section 232 percentage".</p>

<p>To ensure you also recieve a reduced rate when shipping your orders, ensure you also update your commercial invoices to reflect your product's proportion of metal.</p>

<p>You can learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/duties-and-import-taxes/index">collecting duties and import taxes at checkout</a> on the help center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-duties-and-import-taxes-us-section-232-tariff-customization</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Control search engine indexing for your shop.app storefront</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, by default your shop.app storefront can be indexed by search engines like Google and Bing. This means customers searching for products like yours can discover your Shop storefront through organic search results, helping you reach new audiences and drive sales.</p>

<p>You can control this in your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/shop-72/merchant/settings">Shop channel settings</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about managing search engine indexing for shop.app in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/marketing#search-engine-indexing">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Oct 2025 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/control-search-engine-indexing-for-your-shop-app-storefront</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop now uses the Shopify Catalog </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shop app is now powered by the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/seo/shopify-catalog">Shopify Catalog</a>. This means that the Shop app, along with other AI-powered shopping experiences, makes all of your active online store products discoverable. Here's how it works:</p>

<ul>
<li>Products you've published to Shop will be available for direct sale within the Shop app</li>
<li>All your other active online store products will be discoverable in the Shop app, but customers will visit your online store product page to check out</li>
</ul>

<p>For more information on managing your presence on the Shop app, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/manage-shop-store/products-and-collections">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-now-uses-the-shopify-catalog</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Cancel in-progress workflow runs</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now cancel workflow runs while they're in progress, either while they are executing a wait step, or when they are retrying due to an error. </p>

<p>Because workflow runs can retry automatically for up to 36 hours after a transient error is encountered, before this update you could not rerun your workflow until the retries stopped. Now you can take control and cancel these runs immediately.</p>

<p>For any run that’s currently in progress, you can cancel workflow runs on the workflow run details page. You can also cancel one or more runs from the “Recent runs” section on the workflow’s summary page.  In addition, when you turn off a workflow, it will now cancel in progress runs. </p>

<p>Once cancelled, you can rerun the workflow with any fixes made to your workflow. This gives you faster feedback loops when building and testing automations, and ensures failures don't block your workflow development. </p>

<p>For more information, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/manage/monitor#cancelling-runs">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow/304">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Oct 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-cancel-in-progress-workflow-runs</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Filter out bot traffic in your sessions related reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now filter between human and bot traffic in your Shopify Analytics reports, giving you clearer insights into actual customer behavior.</p>

<p><strong>What's new:</strong><br>
* “Human or Bot session” filter separates real customers from automated traffic<br>
* “Human or Bot session” dimension to drill down into human or bot specific patterns <br>
* More accurate metrics by focusing on genuine visitor behavior</p>

<p>Get clearer conversion rates, identify which referral sources bring real customers, and measure true store performance without bot traffic skewing your data.</p>

<p><strong>How to use it:</strong><br>
Open any Shopify Analytics sessions report and use the "Human or bot session" filter to focus on the traffic type most relevant to your analysis. Filter to "Human" to see your customer conversion rates, or view both to understand your complete traffic composition. Or, add it as a dimension to analyze the differences. </p>

<p><strong>Coming soon:</strong><br>
Support for headless and Hydrogen stores<br>
Enhanced classification as the system continues learning from traffic patterns</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/intro-to-shopify/bots/bot-filtering">Learn more</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/filter-out-bot-traffic-in-your-sessions-related-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set compare-at prices in Catalogs</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now set and edit compare-at prices directly in Catalogs, giving you complete control over strikethrough pricing without complex CSV uploads or API calls. When you adjust product prices, the system preserves your existing compare-at values, preventing any accidental removal of compare-at prices. </p>

<p>You can use the View As feature to preview exactly how your pricing and discounts will appear to customers in different markets before you publish.</p>

<p>Learn more about configuring catalogs in <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets-new/catalogs">help docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-compare-at-prices-in-catalogs</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Test orders no longer sync to Avalara Tax Compliance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using Avalara Tax Compliance will no longer see test orders (orders created using a test payment gateway) appear in their Avalara AvaTax dashboard or reports. This change ensures that only production order data is synced to Avalara Tax Compliance for tax calculation and reporting purposes.</p>

<p>If your business workflows require test orders to be visible in Avalara AvaTax for validation or testing purposes, please contact Shopify Support.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Partners</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/test-orders-no-longer-sync-to-avalara-avatax</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments France gets new payment methods</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>What's new:</strong><br>
Klarna, Bancontact, iDEAL, BLIK, Przelewy24, TWINT, EPS, and MobilePay are available to merchants using Shopify Payments in France.¹</p>

<p><strong>Why it's great:</strong><br>
* More checkout options for local and international buyers<br>
* Your payouts are in one place<br>
* Automated dispute resolution in your admin</p>

<p><strong>How it looks in Payouts:</strong><br>
You may see more than one Shopify Payments payout entry per day when using these methods.</p>

<p>Visit your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/payments/shopify-payments/advanced-settings">Payments Settings</a> to enable new payment methods or learn more in our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/supported-countries/france/accepting-payments">Help Centre</a>.</p>

<p>We’re continuing to add more payment methods to give you and your customers more choice at checkout.</p>

<p>*1. Payment methods are subject to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/local-payment-methods">eligibility requirements</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Oct 2025 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-france-gets-new-payment-methods</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quick count extension in Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the new quick count extension in Shopify POS, you can now update your on hand inventory right from your POS app. Use your device’s built-in camera, a connected barcode scanner, or search for products by name—making the inventory process faster and less prone to errors. </p>

<p>Quick count lets you adjust up to 1,000 products per counting session, and all updates sync in real time with your Shopify Admin. Your staff can keep inventory accurate to avoid stockouts or overstocks—without ever leaving the POS environment.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/changing-inventory-quantities-pos">quick count POS extension</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Oct 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/quick-count-extension-in-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ACH bank payments for B2B </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>U.S. merchants can now accept ACH direct debit bank payments through Shopify Payments for B2B orders. This payment method is available to customers with U.S. bank accounts.</p>

<p>Your wholesale customers can pay directly from their bank accounts at checkout and save their payment details for future orders. Once saved, you can charge their accounts directly from the admin as payments become due, eliminating manual payment matching.</p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/payments/shopify-payments/advanced-settings?utm_source=mozart&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_campaign=pay_by_ach">Activate ACH bank payments</a> in your Shopify Payments settings or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/local-payment-methods/ach">learn more</a> in the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Oct 2025 09:50:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ach-direct-debit-bank-payments-for-b2b</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New reporting will give you insights into cross border sales profitability</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New reports called “Average profit margin by market” and “Profit margin by order” have been introduced to Shopify’s Reporting Platform.</p>

<p>“Average profit margin by market” helps you understand how much profit you’re earning, per market. It also helps you understand the costs your customers pay for orders, and any extra costs that you incur to fulfill them. </p>

<p>This new report is broken down per Market. When viewing the report, you can click a market’s name to drill-down to another report, “Profit margin by order”. This shows you the same metrics on an individual order basis, so you can get a detailed view of your profitability.</p>

<p>To visit this feature, open your admin and navigate to Analytics -&gt; Reporting. <br>
Then, search for “Average profit margin by market”.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Oct 2025 15:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-reporting-will-give-you-insights-into-cross-border-sales-profitability</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Unlisted product status</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve introduced a new product status called “Unlisted”.  It hides products from store search and collections, all sales channels, internet searches and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/seo/shopify-catalog">Shopify Catalog</a>—while still allowing access via a direct URL. It’s ideal for private sales, warranties, add-ons, or “free gift with purchase” items you don’t want discovered or used outside of their intended purpose.</p>

<p>Learn more about Unlisted product status in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/product-details-page#unlisted-products">help docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Oct 2025 12:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-unlisted-product-status-1</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accept more local payment methods </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added Pay by link to Shopify POS payments so you can now accept iDeal, Klarna, Swish, Twint, Mobilepay and USDC in your retail stores. Now you can activate these local payment methods in Shopify Payments and let customers pay on their own device with a secure QR code or link. This helps you expand your checkout options and reduces the need for manual entry. </p>

<p>To get started, update your Shopify POS app to version 10.13 and enable your payment provider in your payment methods available in your region in Shopify Admin &gt; Point of Sale &gt; Settings</p>

<p>Visit the <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/payment-management/accepting-local-payments">Help Center</a> to learn more.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/accept-more-local-payment-methods</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop channel updates: Shoppable videos and posts migration</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update:</strong> We've removed shoppable videos and shoppable posts from Shop product pages and Shop Stores as of October 15th, 2025. This change is part of our migration to a new web-based platform that will improve buyer discovery and shopping experiences. </p>

<p>For <strong>shoppable videos</strong>, your content will continue to be discoverable in Shop's home feed where it reaches more potential shoppers. Videos will return to product pages and Shop Stores soon with enhanced discovery features.</p>

<p>For <strong>shoppable posts</strong>, this functionality has been discontinued to focus our Shop Minis platform on buyer-first discovery experiences that drive more sales for merchants. Some shoppable post providers may become available as new standalone Shop Minis in the future.</p>

<p>Your main Shopify store and other sales channels are not affected by these changes, and shoppers can still complete purchases normally through Shop.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-channel-updates-shoppable-videos-and-posts-migration</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We’ve increased the product variant limit to 2048</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s now possible to create products with up to 2,048 variants in Shopify, a significant increase from our long-standing limit of 100 variants per product. This means you can showcase more of your product catalog and drive higher conversion with a more diverse product offering.</p>

<p>Everything related to setting up products and their variants in Shopify admin has stayed the same, simply <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/products?selectedView=all">log in to the Products section of admin</a> to get started.</p>

<p>Learn more about 2048 variants in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/variants/2048-variant-limit">help docs</a> and in <a href="https://www.shopify.com/blog/2048-variants">our blog</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Oct 2025 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/we-ve-increased-the-product-variant-limit-to-2048</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subscriptions now available in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now sell subscriptions in-store with Shopify POS using the Shopify Subscriptions app. This brings the same subscription options you offer online into your retail stores, so customers can start recurring purchases no matter where they shop. </p>

<p>With this update, staff can add subscription products directly at checkout in POS. Buyers can subscribe in-store to the same plans available online, helping you drive repeat revenue and build lasting customer relationships. </p>

<p>For developers, build custom subscription experiences using new properties added to the Cart API and LineItem interface. Learn more about API and extension updates in the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/subscription-selling-plan-support-with-pos-ui-extensions">developer changelog</a>. </p>

<p>Subscriptions on POS are available to all merchants using the Shopify Subscription app. Learn more about setup in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/payment-management/subscriptions">Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/subscriptions-now-available-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Refund screen for returns &amp; exchanges</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retail staff now have a dedicated refunds screen during the return and exchange checkout, designed to improve accuracy and revenue retention in the refund process.</p>

<p>With this new screen, staff are no longer defaulted to the original payment method for refunds. Instead, they are presented with revenue-retaining options such as issuing a gift card or store credit directly from the refund flow. This screen also allows staff to accurately direct refunds or gift cards to the correct recipient—crucial for preventing errors like refunding to the original buyer instead of the intended recipient, especially for gifted orders.</p>

<p>With this update:</p>

<ul>
<li>Staff can more easily promote revenue-retaining options to buyers, instead of always refunding to the original payment method.</li>
<li>Misdirected refunds—such as accidentally issuing refunds to the original buyer’s credit card or sending digital gift cards to the wrong email due to pre-populated fields—are eliminated.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/complete-refund-orders">processing refunds in POS.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/refund-payment-screen-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>View in-progress returns and cancel unfulfilled items in POS order details</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>POS staff now have enhanced visibility into return processes and better tools for managing unfulfilled orders. When viewing order details, staff can now see which items are currently involved in in-progress returns, providing clarity for customer service interactions. </p>

<p>A new dedicated flow also allows staff to cancel and refund unfulfilled items directly from the order view, streamlining operations and ensuring accurate inventory management. Enhanced timeline events now show exact fulfillment quantities and return statuses.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/complete-refund-orders">processing returns in Shopify POS</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/view-in-progress-returns-and-cancel-unfulfilled-items-in-pos-order-details</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Country-specific HS code management for international selling</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now enter country-specific Harmonized System (HS) codes for your products, giving you more control over customs classification and tariff calculations for each destination market. This lets you provide detailed codes beyond the standard 6 digits, ensuring tariffs are calculated accurately for every country you ship to.</p>

<p>If you use Managed Markets, you’ll see which HS codes Managed Markets has assigned for your market countries. Your codes and Managed Markets codes are kept separate, so you always know which rates and rules apply.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/country-specific-hs-code-management-for-international-selling</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved AI image background editing in the file editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added enhanced AI capabilities to image editing in the file editor so you can now prompt changes with greater flexibility. You can change scenes or update lighting by going to the <code>Generate</code> panel and simply prompting (like "change the background to a studio packshot style"). </p>

<p>Learn more about using AI in the file editor in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/shopify-magic/media-generation">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-ai-image-editing-features-in-the-file-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New heatmap visualization and Weekly Sales Patterns report within Analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Heatmaps enable two-dimensional analysis to spot patterns like peak sales times across hours and days, or top product and channel combinations. Beyond time-based insights, you can explore sales by products and channels to quickly see your strongest combinations at a glance.</p>

<p>We also launched a Weekly Sales Patterns report, which displays net sales by hour of day and day of week.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-heatmap-visualization-and-weekly-sales-patterns-report</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Duties and Import Taxes: USA postal tariff rate support</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Duties and import taxes now support a new option for postal tariff rate calculations for orders shipping into the United States. </p>

<p>Previously, tariff rates for parcels using commercial and postal carriers were the same. As such, for packages shipping into the United States, the Shopify duties and import tax calculator calculates duties based on individual Harmonized System Code and Country of Origin information applied to your products. This calculation scheme is used by US Customs for commercial carriers, and is the default option.</p>

<p>Now, with our new setting, merchants have the option to modify duties calculation towards postal tariff rates. When on, duty calculations are calculated Ad Valorem based on the Country Code of Origin of your products. This calculation scheme is appropriate if you ship with a postal carrier, like Canada Post. </p>

<p>This new setting applies to all international checkouts with United States as the destination, regardless of available shipping options.</p>

<p>To toggle the feature, visit your admin’s duty settings and click the box next to “Use postal duty rates into the United States”. </p>

<p>For more information on Shopify Duties and Import Taxes, please see the help center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-duties-and-import-taxes-usa-postal-rates-support</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Integrate accelerated checkout buttons (Shop Pay and Apple Pay) on your mobile app storefronts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Add Shop Pay and Apple Pay checkout buttons to product and cart pages using Checkout Kit for <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/mobile/checkout-kit/accelerated-checkouts">Swift</a> or <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/mobile/checkout-kit/accelerated-checkouts-react-native">React Native</a>. Give customers the quick payment options they expect, with just a few lines of code.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/integrate-accelerated-checkout-buttons-shop-pay-and-apple-pay-on-your-mobile-app-storefronts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Minute-level fine-grained control for Shopify Analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now better monitor time-sensitive events like product drops, flash sales, and promotional campaigns with minute-level control for Shopify Analytics. We now have finer time-grain selection and clearer partial interval treatment for you to monitor up-to-the-minute data. </p>

<p>Updates include: <br>
* New quick-pick time ranges<br>
* Advanced date picker with fine grain time inputs<br>
* Visual patterns that clearly distinguish incomplete data periods from complete ones<br>
* New "last refreshed" timestamps that show exactly when your data was updated. </p>

<p>The new time controls let you select custom ranges or quickly select "Last 30 minutes" or "Last 12 hours" to see live visual indicators showing when data is actively updating. </p>

<p>Learn more about using time controls and real-time data monitoring in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/custom-reports/time-ranges">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/real-time-analytics-new-time-controls-and-live-data-indicators</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Turn business questions into analytics reports with Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The analytics query editor now integrates with Sidekick and understands natural language, making advanced reporting accessible to everyone. Create and customize analytics reports by asking questions like "What was the best converting traffic source in September?" and Sidekick will build reports for you instantly. </p>

<p>Refine your queries with follow-up questions like "How many repeat versus new customers for each traffic source?" that build on your conversation history for more sophisticated insights. Sidekick remembers your conversation, so you can reference previous chats to dive deeper.</p>

<p>You can still write ShopifyQL directly, but now you can start with plain language and learn query building through practical examples. Sidekick translates your questions into ShopifyQL with business friendly explanations of what each report measures.</p>

<p>Get started: Create a "<a href="https://admin.shopify.com/analytics/reports/explore">New Exploration</a>" in Analytics or open any saved report to start asking questions.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/turn-business-questions-into-analytics-reports-with-natural-language-queries</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow adopts version 2025-10 of the GraphQL Admin API</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now uses version 2025-10 of the GraphQL Admin API, which includes new options for building automations. Flow can now access more detailed order, inventory, and payment information, letting you create workflows that respond to specific business conditions such as order totals and shipping dates.</p>

<p>Some of <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2025-10">changes</a> in version 2025-10 of the GraphQL Admin API include:</p>

<ul>
<li>Orders query now supports <code>current_total_price</code> and <code>total_weight filters</code> and <code>CURRENT_TOTAL_PRICE</code> as a sortKey in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-order-data">Get order data</a> actions. You can filter orders by total price and weight to create different fulfillment processes for high-value orders or heavy shipments. (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/orders-query-now-supports-currenttotalprice-and-totalweight-filters-and-currenttotalprice-as-a-sortkey">Developer changelog</a>)<br></li>
<li>New fields for inventory shipment timestamps including <code>dateCreated</code>, <code>dateReceived</code>, and <code>dateShipped</code>. You can track inventory shipment dates and set up alerts when inventory is created, received, or shipped to manage stock levels. (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/inventory-shipment-timestamp-fields">Developer changelog</a>)<br></li>
<li>New fields for PaymentSchedule including <code>balanceDue</code>, <code>totalBalance</code>, and <code>due</code>. You can monitor payment schedules and automate reminders to follow-up based on balance due and payment status. (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/new-balance-and-due-status-fields-for-paymentschedule">Developer changelog</a>)<br></li>
<li>Rerouting fulfillment orders is now possible with the <code>fulfillmentOrdersReroute</code> mutation. You can redirect orders to different locations based on your business rules. (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/rerouting-fulfillment-orders-via-api">Developer changelog</a>)<br></li>
<li>Some mutations now validate <code>inventoryQuantities</code> limits, including <code>productSet</code>, <code>productVariantsBulkCreate</code>, and <code>productVariantsBulkUpdate</code> (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/productset-limit-for-inventory-quantities">Developer changelog</a>, <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/inventoryquantities-limit-in-mutations">Developer changelog</a>)</li>
</ul>

<p>For more information about how Flow uses the GraphQL, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/concepts/admin-api">documentation</a>. To learn more about changes introduced in version 2025-10, visit the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2025-10">Developer changelog</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-adopts-version-2025-10-of-the-graphql-admin-api</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customers can securely update email addresses in their accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customers can now update their email addresses directly in their customer account profile, reducing the manual work you handle for email changes. When customers edit their email, they'll verify ownership through a secure one-time password sent to their new address, and they'll stay signed in throughout the process.</p>

<p>Available now for merchants using new customer accounts through the customer profile section.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 10:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customer-account</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/update-customer-emails-in-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Export user data in bulk for audits and compliance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Get all your user management data in one go. Export users, roles, groups, and user activity logs in bulk directly from Admin to CSV files for security audits and compliance reporting.</p>

<p>What you can export in bulk:</p>

<ul>
<li>Users with role, group, and store assignments</li>
<li>Roles with detailed permissions</li>
<li>Groups with role and store assignments</li>
<li>User activity logs with event types and details</li>
</ul>

<p>The Export button appears on the following pages in Shopify Admin under Settings:</p>

<ul>
<li>Users</li>
<li>Users &gt; Roles</li>
<li>Users &gt; Groups (Plus plan)</li>
<li>Users &gt; Security &gt; User activity logs</li>
</ul>

<p>This feature is available to owners and administrators of merchants on all plans. Learn more about the columns included in each export in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/users/csv-exports">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/csv-exports-for-users-roles-groups-and-user-activity-logs</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Save and share your best Sidekick prompts as skills</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now save your most useful Sidekick prompts as custom skills and reuse them whenever you need them. If you regularly ask Sidekick for yesterday's sales by product, a specific customer segment, or product descriptions in your brand voice, you can turn those prompts into shortcuts.</p>

<p><strong>Creating skills:</strong> Type / in Sidekick and select "Create new skill." You can also turn any message you want to reuse into a skill by clicking the action button on that message. Give your skill a shortcut name like yesterday-sales or product-description. You can manage up to 25 skills.</p>

<p><strong>Using and sharing skills:</strong> Access your skills anytime by typing / followed by your shortcut. Share skills with teammates or other merchants using a URL link. When someone clicks the link, they can review the skill and add it to their own collection. All shared skills go through safety checks to ensure they are secure.</p>

<p>Skills work well for tasks you do regularly, whether that's pulling specific reports, creating customer segments, writing content that matches your brand voice, or analyzing sales patterns. One team member might create a skill for weekly sales reporting, another for product descriptions that match your brand, and everyone can share and use them.</p>

<p>Learn more about using Sidekick skills in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/skills">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sidekick-skills</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unit pricing is now available globally</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now display how much products cost per unit of measurement, helping customers make informed purchasing decisions by showing:</p>

<ul>
<li>Price per weight (e.g. gram, ounce)</li>
<li>Price per volume (e.g. liter, gallon)</li>
<li>Price per length (e.g. meter, foot)</li>
<li>Price per quantity (item count)</li>
</ul>

<p>For example: <br>
- $10.49/oz or $5.32/ft<br>
- $2.99 each</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/product-pricing/unit-pricing">unit pricing</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/unit-pricing-is-now-available-globally</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: New triggers for discounts, disputes, and fulfillment order splits</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Four new triggers in Shopify Flow help you stay on top of your shop. You can now build workflows that respond when automatic discounts are created, discount codes are generated, Shopify Payments disputes are submitted, or fulfillment orders are split.</p>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/automatic-discount-created">Automated discount created</a> starts a workflow when an automatic discount is created by you or by a third-party app in your store.<br></li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/discount-code-created">Discount code created</a> starts a workflow when a discount code is created by you or by a third-party app in your store.<br></li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/dispute-created">Dispute created</a> starts a workflow when a chargeback or inquiry dispute is created for an order in your store that uses Shopify Payments.<br></li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/fulfillment-order-split">Fulfillment order split</a> starts a workflow when a fulfillment order is split by you or by a third-party app and returns the original fulfillment order as well as fulfillment orders resulting from the split.</li>
</ul>

<p>These triggers give you instant visibility into promotional activity and payment issues, whether they're created by you or third-party apps. Use them to send Slack notifications when disputes arise, automatically tag orders that use specific discount types, or coordinate with fulfillment partners when orders are divided.</p>

<p>Each trigger provides detailed data about the event, so you can create precise conditions and actions in your workflows. Find these new triggers in the Flow app under your Shopify admin, and start building automated responses to keep your operations running smoothly.</p>

<p>For more information, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow/304">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-new-triggers-for-discounts-disputes-and-fulfillment-order-splits</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Merchants can now dispute Balance card or Shopify credit card transactions in their account</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously, you could only submit disputes for fraudulent transactions in your Shopify account. For other dispute reasons, you had to reach out to Shopify support.</p>

<p>Now you can dispute for many reasons directly in your Shopify account. The new experience lets you select the transaction, choose your dispute reason, and upload supporting evidence—all in one flow.</p>

<p>This allows you to:<br>
1. Submit disputes immediately on your own schedule<br>
2. Follow guided steps with evidence requirements specific to your dispute reason<br>
3. Track dispute status directly in your account</p>

<p>The feature is available for all merchants with Shopify Balance or Credit cards.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-credit/disputes">Shopify Credit disputes</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-balance/managing-account/disputes/dispute-card-transactions">Shopify Balance disputes</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify-credit</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/merchants-can-now-dispute-balance-card-or-shopify-credit-card-transactions-in-their-account</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increased Shopify Credit rewards cap</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Credit cardholders can now earn 3% cashback on their top spend category for up to $250,000 USD in eligible purchases each account year (up from $100,000 USD). After reaching $250,000 in your top spending category, you'll continue to earn 1% cashback on eligible purchases for the rest of your account year. You’ll still earn 1% cashback in all other rewardable spend categories.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Credit rewards and how cashback is calculated in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-credit/rewards#calculating-your-cashback-rewards">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify-credit</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increased-shopify-credit-rewards-cap</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pay-in-Full credit card payment option will automatically retry each month</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added automatic monthly retries to the Pay-in-full credit card payment option because this respects the merchants original choice. Now merchants can choose the Pay-in-Full payment option and that will not be disabled in case of payment failure. This enables merchants to repay their statements faster allowing them to save on fees and have extra spend capacity.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify-credit</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pay-in-full-credit-card-payment-option-will-automatically-retry-each-month</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Control when B2B orders require review at checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now dynamically determine which B2B orders require review using the Payment Customization Function. The new orderReviewAdd operation lets you define custom business rules to automatically send orders to draft for review based on conditions like order value, cart contents, or customer attributes. Use the Payment Customization Function API to implement complex B2B workflows such as requiring review for high-value orders, pre-order items, or new customer orders - giving you granular control over order validation beyond the static all-or-nothing setting. This operation is only available for B2B purchases on stores with the Plus plan.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Oct 2025 00:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/control-when-b2b-orders-require-review-at-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flexible top items in reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On September 30, we launched the ability to configure the number of items that can be displayed in reports within Analytics. Users can now choose how many items appear in charts and tables and what to do with the rest (group as Other, hide them or list them in the table). Users will no longer be restricted to only seeing the default 5 items in charts. And, larger merchants can now perform two dimensional analysis through Analytics more effectively by focusing on key areas driving their business.</p>

<p>Learn more about this <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/custom-reports/filter-and-edit#customize-top-items-visualizations">here</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flexible-top-items-in-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Support for Market pricing in Draft Order customer checkouts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>From October 31 2025, when a customer updates their shipping address on a Draft Order checkout, product prices may change based on your <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets-new/catalogs">Markets configuration</a>. This enhancement allows customers to be able to benefit from Market-specific pricing in Draft Order checkouts.</p>

<p>To prevent product pricing from changing in Draft Order checkouts you can <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/create-orders/create-draft#lock-pricing">lock product pricing</a> prior to sending the invoice or checkout link to the customer.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/support-for-market-pricing-in-draft-order-customer-checkouts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DDU orders now captures sales tax for registered destinations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Taxes will now be calculated for merchants using our Duties and Import Taxes calculator, in countries they configured to not collect duties and have a tax registration.</p>

<p>Previously, when merchants turned on the Duties and Import Taxes calculator, sales tax would not be calculated if the merchant did not configure duty collection in a country. This effectively ignored the tax registrations of a merchant for that country.</p>

<p>If you do not want sales tax to be calculated on international orders when you do not collect duties, you should remove your tax registration in the given country.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/duties-and-import-taxes/charging-duties">Learn more</a> about collecting Duties and Import Taxes.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Sep 2025 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ddu-orders-now-captures-sales-tax-for-registered-destinations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize return and exchange receipts in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Return and exchange receipts are now fully customizable in Shopify POS, giving you the same design control you have with sales receipts. Use our Liquid template editor or visual editor to create professional, branded receipts for every transaction type.</p>

<p>Access the feature through Settings &gt; POS Channel &gt; Settings &gt; Receipts. Customize layouts to highlight important information, add return policies or promotional messaging, and include branded elements like logos and social media handles. The template editor ensures all transaction details are captured accurately while maintaining your unique brand identity.</p>

<p>With this update, you can now deliver a consistent, professional experience across all customer interactions, from initial sales through returns and exchanges. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/customize-pos/printed-receipts">return and exchange receipt customization</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Sep 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-return-and-exchange-receipts-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Email now supports dynamic product sections</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Email now supports dynamic product sections in your email campaigns and automations. Your best sellers and most recently added products will automatically display within your emails at the time of send, boosting customer engagement and generating more revenue for your business. </p>

<p>To learn more about adding dynamic product sections in Shopify Email, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-email/create-email/templates#product">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Sep 2025 18:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-email-now-supports-dynamic-product-sections</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Products can no longer be sold outside of configured shipping zones</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The "Sell from all locations to all shipping zones" option of fulfillable inventory is being removed. All shops will use the "Sell only within configured shipping zones" option. <br>
This change helps prevent overselling and reduces situations such as canceled orders due to stock unavailability for their region, or manual intervention to correct orders.</p>

<p><strong>What this means:</strong> At checkout, customers can only complete purchases for products that are in stock at a fulfillment location that is configured to deliver to their shipping zone. If an item is unavailable at all locations for the customer's shipping zone, then they can't purchase that item at checkout and will see delivery or stock related errors. </p>

<p>This behaviour has already been enabled automatically for most shops. If your store hasn't been migrated yet, we've notified you directly and the change takes effect on September 30th. </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/fulfillment/setup/fulfillable-inventory">Learn more</a> about fulfillable inventory and how to prepare for the change.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Sep 2025 15:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/phasing-out-support-for-sell-from-all-locations-fulfillable-inventory-setting</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New metafield definition types - article_reference / list.article_reference</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of API <strong>2025-10</strong>, two new metafield types are available</p>

<ul>
<li><code>article_reference</code>: A reference to an article on the online store.</li>
<li><code>list.article_reference</code>: A list of article references on the online store.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-metafield-definition-types-article_reference-list-article_reference</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Segment customers based on the product categories they’ve browsed or bought</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now group customers by the types of products they've viewed or purchased, making it easier to send relevant promotions and recommendations.</p>

<p>Create segments like "customers who bought Beauty products in the past 3 months" or "customers who browsed Sports &amp; Outdoors products." The segmentation automatically includes customers in parent categories—so someone who bought "Facial Cleansers" will also appear in "Beauty" and "Health &amp; Beauty" segments.</p>

<p>This new filtering works with over 16,000 defined product categories from Shopify's standard product taxonomy and integrates directly with your existing segmentation workflow. Use these segments with Shopify Email, targeted discounts, or any marketing tool that supports customer segments.</p>

<p>Start creating more targeted campaigns by exploring the new taxonomy filters in your customer segmentation tools.</p>

<p>Learn more about customer segmentation in the Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Sep 2025 07:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/segment-customers-based-on-the-product-categories-they-ve-browsed-or-bought</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Find, compare, and install apps with Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sidekick allows you to discover the apps you need. Ask for an app or describe your goal to see recommendations, compare similar apps, and begin install from chat for a trustworthy and fast path to the tools you need. To simplify app discovery, <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/guided-search">guided search</a> and comparisons in the App Store will soon retire. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Sep 2025 11:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/find-compare-and-install-apps-with-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>‘Quick sale’ now available on the Shopify app for instant in-person transactions </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>Quick sale</em> lets you process simple in-person transactions directly from your mobile device without additional hardware. Add products by searching, barcode scanning, or creating custom amounts, then collect payment instantly with Tap to Pay or cash. </p>

<p>You can apply discounts, toggle taxes, add notes, and send digital receipts via email or SMS. Built for speed and simplicity, quick sale is perfect for pop-up shops, markets, or any casual selling situation where you need to accept payments quickly.</p>

<p><strong>Get started</strong>: Open the Shopify app, tap "Quick sale" from the main menu, and complete setup by enabling Shopify Payments and Tap to Pay.</p>

<p>This feature is now available to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/shopify-app/mobile-tap-to-pay#considerations">eligible merchants</a>. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/shopify-app/quick-sales">creating a quick sale here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/quick-sale-now-available-on-the-shopify-app-for-instant-in-person-transactions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Filter Orders by Order Metafields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now filter your orders by up to 5 custom metafields in the order list. This new feature allows you to more easily locate orders requiring special handling, custom fulfillment, or those with specific business attributes.</p>

<p>These metafield filters can be saved as custom views for easy access on the web. They are compatible with existing metafield types and integrate smoothly into your current order management workflow.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/viewing-orders/filtering-orders-with-metafields">order metafields</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/metafields">using metafields</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Sep 2025 11:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/filter-by-order-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sidekick can now check balances and move money</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sidekick can tell you what funds are available in your Balance account and initiate transfers. Stores based in the US who are using Balance can use Sidekick to view financial details from anywhere in the admin.</p>

<p>To learn more, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/help-and-guidance#check-balance">Help Center guide on checking balance and moving money with Sidekick</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sidekick-can-now-check-balances-and-move-money</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Secure your workflows with with Liquid filters for hashing (sha1, sha256, md5)</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When connecting Flow to external APIs, you often need to hash API keys, customer data, or other sensitive information for security.</p>

<p>You can now hash data directly in your Flow workflows using the same hashing functions in Liquid that Shopify themes uses, including: <code>sha1</code>, <code>sha256</code>, <code>md5</code>, <code>hmac_sha1</code>, and <code>hmac_sha256</code>. Simply add the filter to any variable in your workflow. For hmac filters, include an authentication code as a parameter.</p>

<p>Examples:<br>
* Hash a customer email: <code>{{ customer.defaultEmailAddress | sha1 }}</code><br>
* Hash a customer email using <code>hmac_sha256</code>: <code>{{ customer.defaultEmailAddress | hmac_sha256: "your-secret-key" }}</code></p>

<p>For complete filter documentation, check the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/liquid/filters/hmac_sha256">Liquid reference</a> for each filter. Questions? Visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow/304">Shopify Community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Sep 2025 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-secure-your-workflows-with-with-liquid-filters-for-hashing-sha1-sha256-md5</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create native exchanges for Facebook (Meta) orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously, when customers wanted to exchange items from Facebook orders, you had to:<br>
- Process a return on the original order<br>
- Create a new order for the exchange items</p>

<p>For Facebook orders created as of August 26, 2025, you can now seamlessly create, track and manage exchanges for Facebook orders from your Shopify admin all within the same order, helping you maximize revenue retention. Offer exchanges across your entire product catalog and easily track and report on fees associated with returns, providing flexibility during the returns experience.</p>

<p>Additionally, return fees could previously not be charged on a return, but are now available as well. </p>

<p>Learn more about exchanges in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/returns/creating-returns">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Sep 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-native-exchanges-for-facebook-meta-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Override the default resource used by actions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Many Flow actions require a resource ID. For example, to update the product status, you need the product ID and the new status. By default, Flow analyzes your workflow and provides the product ID so that you don’t have to figure it out. </p>

<p>When the workflow contains more than one resource of the same type, or when a “Run code” step is used to generate an ID, Flow might not choose the correct ID. This improvement allows you to specify a resource to build the automation you need. </p>

<p>On actions that require a resource, you’ll now have an option to enter a variable or a specific resource’s GID (such as “gid://shopify/Product/144848548” and not “144848548”).</p>

<p>For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/tag/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Sep 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-override-the-default-resource-used-by-actions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Multi-store reporting now available in analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New multi-store reporting brings analytics across stores in your organization into a single, comprehensive view so you don’t have to manually switch between admins to piece together insights across your business.</p>

<p>You can now track sales, orders, and any other metric across your entire organization or for select stores. You can compare performance by store, region, or brand and in multiple currencies. Get started with the new default multi-store section of your analytics dashboard, or create a custom section based on your most critical KPIs. </p>

<p>Multi-store reporting is available for Plus organizations with multiple stores. Users within eligible organizations must have full organization analytics permissions to access.</p>

<p><a href="http://admin.shopify.com/analytics">View your analytics</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/organization-settings/analytics">learn more</a> about setup and user permissions in the Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Sep 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/multi-store-reporting-is-now-available-in-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Send customers an email notification when they receive store credit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A new cutomer notification email is now available when issuing store credit. Use this notification to make customers aware of their store credit and to encourage them to spend it at your store. When issuing store credit, select "Notify customer" to send an email to the customer that includes the credit amount as well as their total store credit balance. The email template can be customized from the Notifications section of Settings.</p>

<p>Learn more about store credit in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/store-credit">Shopify Help Centre</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Sep 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/send-customers-an-email-notification-when-they-receive-store-credit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Run personalized pre-launch checks in under 2 minutes, with Shopify Launch Check</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Launching a store shouldn't be overwhelming. The new <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/launch-check">Shopify Launch Check</a> app eliminates the guesswork by giving you a comprehensive pre-launch validation in under 2 minutes.</p>

<p>Get real-time scanning of your entire store setup with AI analysis that delivers easy-to-follow instructions. You'll receive personalized recommendations based on your actual store data—covering everything that needs to be in place for a successful launch.</p>

<p>No more wondering if you're ready to go live. Start with a store that's built to convert from day one. Download <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/launch-check">Shopify Launch Check</a> from the Shopify App Store.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Sep 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/run-personalized-pre-launch-checks-in-under-2-minutes-with-shopify-launch-check</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sidekick fullscreen mode</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added fullscreen mode to Sidekick, giving you more space to work with Shopify's AI commerce assistant. This new mode provides a larger workspace for extended conversations while maintaining all the same functionality as the standard panel mode.</p>

<p><strong>What's new:</strong><br>
- Access Sidekick in fullscreen mode for a larger workspace<br>
- Three ways to enter fullscreen mode:<br>
    - Click Expand in the top right corner of the Sidekick panel<br>
    - Hold Shift and click the Sidekick icon<br>
    - Navigate directly to your admin URL with <code>/sidekick</code> appended (i.e. admin.shopify.com/store/your-store-name/sidekick)</p>

<p>This enhancement makes it easier to have more detailed conversations with Sidekick, especially when working on complex tasks or reviewing extensive information.</p>

<p>Learn more about fullscreen mode for Sidekick in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/set-up">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Sep 2025 12:40:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sidekick-fullscreen-mode</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Voice mode is now available in Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released the ability to have voice conversations with Sidekick. Now you can speak directly to Sidekick and receive spoken responses, getting the guidance you need without interrupting your workflow. This more natural interaction makes it faster and easier to get help while you're working in the Shopify admin.</p>

<p>Early access with support for EN and desktop only. More languages and mobile support coming soon. </p>

<p>Learn more about voice mode and other Sidekick capabilities in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/features#voice-screen-share">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Sep 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/voice-mode-is-now-available-in-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use any HID barcode scanner with Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Expand your hardware choices with HID (keyboard-mode) scanner support for Shopify POS. You can now use virtually any HID-compatible barcode scanner, including USB scanners that previously didn't work with iOS devices. This means you can choose from thousands more scanner models, use existing scanners you already own, and find cost-effective options that fit your budget and setup needs. </p>

<p>HID scanners emulate keyboard input, making them simple to set up without vendor-specific software or complex configuration. </p>

<p>This update is available with POS v10.10 and gives you the hardware flexibility to scale your retail operations your way.</p>

<p>Visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/barcode-scanners/hid-scanners">Help Center</a> to learn more. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-any-hid-barcode-scanner-with-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discovery and public price lists available globally in Shopify Collective</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Discovery and public price lists are now available globally in Shopify Collective. </p>

<p>For suppliers: Retailers can now discover your business and see your product catalog, margins, and buyer ratings. You can also create public price lists that let retailers instantly import your products and start selling them. <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collective-supplier?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=dotcom&amp;utm_campaign=phasetworollout">Install the supplier app.</a></p>

<p>For retailers: Browse suppliers with information on their margins, shipping locations, and product catalogs. If a supplier has created a public price list, you can instantly import their products and start selling them without waiting for approval. <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collective%20?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=dotcom&amp;utm_campaign=phasetworollout">Install the retailer app.</a></p>

<p>This expands your network from suppliers and retailers you already know to every business in your country or region on Shopify Collective. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/retailers/finding-suppliers?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=dotcom&amp;utm_campaign=phasetworollout">discovery</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/suppliers/price-lists#public-price-lists">public price lists</a> in the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 08:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discovery-and-public-price-lists-available-globally</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Build apps easily with the new Dev Platform</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify is introducing the Dev Platform—a new, centralized place for you to manage your apps and dev stores. This update gives you and your developers a streamlined experience for building, testing, and updating custom apps for your stores.</p>

<h2>What’s new:</h2>

<ul>
<li>Manage all your apps and dev stores in one <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/dev-dashboard">Dev Dashboard</a></li>
<li>Benefit from instant previews of your apps with the <code>shopify app dev</code> command.</li>
<li>Developers can define and update metafields and metaobjects directly in your app configuration, improving reliability.</li>
<li>Create <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/dev-dashboard/development-stores">dev stores</a> to build and test your apps using any Shopify plan.</li>
</ul>

<h2>Why this matters:</h2>

<p>The Dev Platform makes it easier to stay organized, keep your apps up to date, and work with trusted partners or developers to deliver the best experience for your customers.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Sep 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/build-apps-easily-with-the-new-dev-dashboard</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Capital launch in Ireland</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Eligible Irish merchants can now access funding directly through their Shopify admin, with a streamlined application process and flexible repayment terms that align with their business cash flow. To see if you are eligible please visit <a href="http://www.shopify.com/capital">Shopify Capital</a>.</p>

<p>For more information on Shopify Capital in Germany, learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-capital/ireland">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify capital</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-capital-launch-in-ireland</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Authorize custom crawlers and tools with Web Bot Auth</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify now leverages Web Bot Auth and HTTP message signatures to let you securely authorize your own crawlers, scripts, or tools to access your public Shopify online store. This mechanism is intended for merchants who use automated first-party or third-party tools to access their online store for purposes of accessibility and SEO audits, automated testing, data analysis, and similar use cases. This ensures your tools can access your store without being blocked.</p>

<p>Create and manage your signatures in the Shopify admin, where you can set custom names and expiration dates. To use a signature, configure the <code>Signature-Input</code>, <code>Signature</code>, and <code>Signature-Agent</code> HTTP header names and values in your tool of choice. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/seo/crawling-your-store">signatures</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/authorize-custom-crawlers-and-tools-with-new-crawler-access-keys</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get buyers' attention after checkout using an announcement bar extension</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are excited to announce the release of support for building announcement bar extensions on the Thank You page and Customer Account pages, including the Order Status page, Order Index page, and Profile page. The announcement bar is a new UI-extension form factor that uses prominent placement, animation, and colors to capture buyers' attention. With this feature, you can create extensions that highlight your most important tasks on the page, such as surveys, reviews, and upsells.</p>

<p>You can start building an announcement bar extension now using the 2025-07 version of the Checkout and Customer Accounts UI extension APIs, or install one built by Shopify partners.</p>

<p>For more information on building an announcement bar extension, visit the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/checkout/thank-you-order-status/ux-for-announcement-bar">Shopify developer documentation</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Aug 2025 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/grab-buyers-attention-on-after-checkout-by-building-an-announcement-bar-extension</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Storefront API buyer authentication from cart to checkout now supports vaulted cards and store credit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Vaulted cards and store credit are now supported in Checkout for buyers who have been <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/continuous-cart-authentication-to-checkout">authenticated with the Storefront API</a> such as on headless storefront flows or mobile apps. </p>

<p><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/headless/building-with-the-storefront-api/cart/manage#step-6-authenticate-customer-for-logged-in-checkouts">Append the customerAccessToken</a> into the Buyer Identity object of the Storefront API Cart and buyers now have access to their vaulted cards or store credit if applicable. For security reasons and best practices, request the checkoutUrl when the buyer is ready to navigate to checkout, this can be re-requested if needed. This ensures secure authentication while maintaining a smooth payment experience.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Custom storefronts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/storefront-api-buyer-authentication-from-cart-to-checkout-now-supports-vaulted-cards-and-store-credit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Canada Post duties-pre-paid labels now available to the US</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h3>Canada Post duties-pre-paid now available into the US</h3>

<p>Starting August 29, international postal shipments to the US must be sent as DDP (Delivered Duties Paid). </p>

<p>In response, Shopify has partnered with Canada Post and Zonos to implement duty pre-collection for all Canada Post shipments to the United States, effective August 28, 2025. </p>

<p><strong>What this means for your business:</strong> <br>
* Merchants that wish to continue shipping with Canada Post must pre-pay the duties rather than having their customers pay upon delivery. <br>
* Merchants must activate Shopify duties calculations in order to purchase duties pre-paid labels via Shopify Shipping<br>
* DDU Canada Post shipments to the US will no longer be accepted and will be blocked at label creation. </p>

<p><strong>Required actions before August 28, 2025:</strong> <br>
In order to continue utilizing Canada Post to ship from Canada to the US:<br>
* Navigate to <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/taxes/duties">Settings &gt; Taxes &gt; Duties</a> and enable duty collection for the U.S. market.<br>
* Use the bulk editor to add HS codes and Country of Origin to all products. <br>
* Go to <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/markets/">Markets</a>, select the United States, and modify duties display settings to either display import taxes and duties as a line at checkout or include duties costs in product prices. If the latter, consider reviewing your US market pricing to account for these changes.<br>
* Review the US shipping zone to ensure your shipping rate set up reflects DDP carriers and collects enough from buyers to fulfill your shipping strategy<br>
* If you work with an external fulfillment partner in Canada, verify your fulfillment provider can generate Canada Post DDP labels. If they cannot, then consider purchasing labels on Shopify.</p>

<p>If you don't make these changes, your Canada Post labels to the U.S. will be blocked starting August 28, 2025. Consider commercial carriers (DHL Express or Purolator via Shopify Shipping) as alternatives if you prefer to maintain DDU shipping.</p>

<p>To learn more about shipping with Canada Post to the US, please visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/shipping-labels/shipping-carriers/canada-post#usa-shipping">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/canada-post-now-available-duties-pre-paid-to-the-us</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set default packages for product variants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now set default package dimensions and weights for specific products or product variants. At checkout, if applicable, the selected package will be used to calculate shipping rates for single item orders. When creating shipping labels for those items, the package information automatically populates based on your preset defaults, eliminating manual data entry and speeding up label creation. This is particularly useful for products that consistently ship in the same packaging. You can assign different package defaults to different products or variants, and still override the defaults when needed for specific shipments. </p>

<p>Configure product package defaults in your product settings, or learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/setup/packaging/setting-up-packages">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/variant-level-package-assignment</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Choose duty payment options for DHL international shipping from the US and Canada</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>International shipping now includes Delivery Duty Paid (DDP) and Delivery Duty Unpaid (DDU) label options for both DHL Express and DHL eCommerce in the US. In Canada, DHL Express offers DDP and DDU labels. DDP labels let you handle all duties and taxes upfront, so customers receive packages without additional fees or delays at customs. DDU labels transfer duty responsibility to customers, reducing your shipping costs. </p>

<p>Visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/shipping-labels/shipping-carriers/dhl">Help Center</a> for more guidance on shipping with DHL.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/choose-duty-payment-options-for-dhl-international-shipping-from-the-us-and-canada</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connect your Australia Post account to buy shipping labels in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Connect your Australia Post MyPost Business account directly to Shopify to purchase shipping labels from your admin using your existing account and rates. This integration eliminates switching between platforms and keeps your entire fulfillment workflow in one place. Use your own Australia Post rates and account settings while benefiting from Shopify's shipping and order management tools. </p>

<p>Connect your Australia Post account in Shipping settings, or learn more about this carrier integration in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/shipping-labels/shipping-carriers/australia-post">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/connect-your-australia-post-account-to-buy-shipping-labels-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buy Royal Mail labels directly on Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants with a fulfillment location in the United Kingdom can now purchase Royal Mail labels directly within Shopify using standard rates. This integration eliminates the need to use separate platforms for label purchasing. You'll have access to Royal Mail's range of domestic services while managing everything within your Shopify admin. </p>

<p>Learn more about shipping with Royal Mail in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/shipping-labels/shipping-carriers/royal-mail">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/buy-royal-mail-labels-directly-on-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New partners join Shopify Fulfillment Network</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Fulfillment Network now includes five new partners: Amazon Multi-Channel Fulfillment, DHL Fulfillment Network, Bigblue, Mayple, and GoBolt. You can find and connect with the right fulfillment partner directly from your admin without leaving Shopify. Each partner offers different strengths and service areas, helping you choose fulfillment solutions that align with your business needs and customer locations. Once you partner with one of Shopify’s trusted partners, you can track fulfillment performance directly in your admin. </p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Fulfillment Network in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/shopify-fulfillment-network">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify fulfillment network</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-partners-join-shopify-fulfillment-network</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize your shop name on shipping labels</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now customize how your shop name appears on shipping labels instead of using the default display. This lets you use your preferred business name, legal name, or DBA for better branding, or choose a more discreet name when shipping high-value items like jewelry. Previously, labels automatically displayed your shop name, but you now have control over this information. You can update how your business name appears on all future labels. </p>

<p>Set up label customization in your shipping settings, or learn more about shipping label options in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/shipping-labels/managing-labels/printing-shipping-documents">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-your-shop-name-on-shipping-labels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Analytics "Last N Days" presets now includes today's data</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The “Last 7/30/90/365 days" preset date ranges in the Analytics date picker now automatically include today’s data, giving merchants a real-time view of performance by default. By including today into these preset ranges, you no longer need to use a custom range. This change will be available starting today. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/analytics-last-n-days-presets-now-includes-today-s-data</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Update to Discounts CSV "Discount Class" column</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h2>Update</h2>

<p>We've updated the "Discount Class" column in the discount CSV export to help merchants better understand when a discount may be applied across products, total order value, and shipping. This column now can have values:</p>

<ul>
<li>"order" - Discount applies to total order value</li>
<li>"product" - Discount applies to products</li>
<li>"shipping" - Discount applies to shipping</li>
<li>"multiple" - Discount can apply across products, total order value, and shipping</li>
</ul>

<h2>Benefits</h2>

<ul>
<li>Better data analysis - Improved ability to analyze discount strategies</li>
<li>Enhanced reporting - More detailed insights for discount performance tracking</li>
</ul>

<h2>Important</h2>

<p>If you use automated tools, scripts, or external systems that process discount CSV files, you may want to update your setup to take advantage of the new Context column. Your existing processes will continue to work unchanged.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/update-to-discounts-csv-discount-class-column</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to Inventory CSV file Columns</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h3>Update</h3>

<p>We've added a <code>On hand (new)</code> column to the inventory CSV and renamed <code>On hand</code> to <code>On hand (current)</code>. This helps prevent merchants from accidentally overwriting current stock quantities with outdated data. Now merchants can safely update bin names and other product details by leaving the <code>On hand (new)</code> field blank, and their current inventory levels stay untouched. </p>

<h3>Important</h3>

<p>If you use automated tools, scripts, or external systems with your inventory CSV, you’ll need to update them before using this feature. Otherwise, your imports or workflows may break.</p>

<p>Learn more about managing inventory in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/getting-started-with-inventory/inventory-csv-on-hand">Shopify Help Center</a> and review our CSV import guidelines.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Aug 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/prevent-accidental-inventory-overwrites-with-improved-csv-workflow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Track your stock with new “Bin name” column</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h2>What’s new</h2>

<ul>
<li>The Inventory CSV now includes a “Bin name” column.<br>

<ul>
<li>Enter a bin name (for example <strong>05-A-03</strong> or <strong>Front-Aisle-01</strong>) for each variant–location row and re-import the file to save it.<br></li>
</ul></li>
<li>Bin names appear on <strong>Pick lists</strong>, helping staff walk the warehouse in the right order.<br>

<ul>
<li>Bulk update bin names using the Inventory Bulk Editor<br></li>
<li>View bin names directly on the Inventory Index page</li>
</ul></li>
</ul>

<h2>Why you’ll love it</h2>

<ul>
<li>Faster picking – pick lists are printed in bin order, so staff spend less time searching.<br></li>
<li>No third-party spreadsheets – keep bin name data in Shopify where your inventory already lives.</li>
</ul>

<h2>How to get started</h2>

<ol>
<li>From the Admin, go to <strong>Products ▸ Inventory ▸ Export</strong> and choose the “Current inventory” template.<br></li>
<li>Open the CSV and fill in the new Bin name column for each variant/location that you want to label.<br>

<ul>
<li>Alternatively, use Bulk Editor from the Admin to update Bin name for each variant/location<br></li>
</ul></li>
<li>Save the file and re-import it in <strong>Products ▸ Inventory ▸ Import.</strong><br></li>
<li>Print a Pick list (<strong>Orders ▸ Fulfillment ▸ Pick lists)</strong>; you’ll see the bin names beside each line item.</li>
</ol>

<h2>Good to know</h2>

<ul>
<li>Each variant can have one bin per physical name for now.<br></li>
<li>Inventory quantities are still tracked at the location level.<br></li>
<li>Bin names are free-text – add leading zeros if you need them to sort correctly (for example 01, 02 … 10).</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about bins in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/getting-started-with-inventory/bin-locations">Shopify Help Center</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Aug 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/track-your-stock-with-new-bin-name-column</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automate your fraud settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Automate your fraud settings</strong><br>
Merchants using Shopify Payments can now automate fraud prevention settings to match Shopify recommendations. Once automated, these settings update automatically as recommendations change.</p>

<p>Turning on automated fraud prevention settings will:<br>
* Turn off declining charges that fail AVS postal code verification, as this functionality is already included in the new fraud model, which uses over 400 fraud signals for more precise fraud detection<br>
* Turn on declining charges that fail CVV verification</p>

<p>Learn more about fraud prevention in the&nbsp;<a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/fraud-prevention/index">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Aug 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automate-your-fraud-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Translate your Shopify Forms into multiple languages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Forms now lets you translate your form content into multiple languages, making it easier to reach and convert customers in international markets. Forms will load in your store’s language for each customer, so they have a consistent and clear experience when they’re shopping. </p>

<p>Localize content automatically or manually, with preview functionality that lets you review your translations before publishing.  </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/forms-app/translation">Learn more</a> about how you can translate your forms. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Aug 2025 17:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/translate-your-shopify-forms-into-multiple-languages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Issue refunds to store credit when cancelling an order</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Issuing store credit refunds helps ensure that you keep cash flowing back into your business and improves customer retention.</p>

<p>Store credit can now be issued as a refund when you are cancelling an order. After selecting the order(s) you'd like to cancel, select 'Store credit' as the refund payment option. You can also choose whether you'd like to set an expiration date for the store credit.</p>

<p>To refund orders to store credit, you must be the store owner or have the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/users/roles/permissions/store-permissions#orders-permissions">Refund to store credit order permission</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2025 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/issue-refunds-to-store-credit-when-cancelling-an-order</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retail markets are now available. </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Take control of your retail pricing strategy with location-specific catalogs. You can now set different prices for the same products across your retail locations, giving you the flexibility to optimize for local markets, store performance, or customer demographics.</p>

<p>Whether you're running premium locations in high-rent districts or value stores in different markets, you now have the tools to price strategically while maintaining unified inventory management. Location-specific catalogs also improve POS performance with faster sync times and better handling of bulk operations across all your retail locations.</p>

<p>Retail markets are available for all retailers on Shopify with a <strong>POS Pro subscription, using POS version 10.3 or above</strong>.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/markets">Retail markets</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/retail-markets-are-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Support for Dynamic Product Bundles on POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now build and support dynamic product bundles on Shopify POS using three new capabilities:</p>

<p><strong>cartTransform API support on POS</strong><br>
 The cartTransform function is now supported on POS, enabling you to expand, merge, or modify cart line items in response to user interactions. This unlocks more complex bundle logic and pricing strategies, like mix-and-match and optional add-ons.</p>

<p><strong>Manage line-item UI extension target</strong><br>
 A new extension target has been added to the cart’s manage line item screen, giving developers a dedicated surface to display and manage bundle components in POS. This ensures more intuitive in-store configuration and editing.</p>

<p><strong>Split line-item support</strong><br>
 POS now supports splitting a single line item into multiple lines at checkout. This is required for dynamic bundles that need to itemize individual components while preserving bundle logic.</p>

<p>Together, these updates give app developers the tools to build high-quality, omnichannel bundling experiences — with clean cart behavior, accurate inventory tracking, and better in-store workflows.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/support-for-dynamic-product-bundles-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to Discounts CSV Columns</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h2>Update</h2>

<p>We've added a context column to the discount CSV export to help merchants better understand how their discounts are targeted. This new column provides clearer information about discount eligibility:</p>

<ul>
<li>"all" - Discount applies to all customers</li>
<li>"customer" - Discount applies to specific customers</li>
<li>"segment" - Discount applies to customer segments</li>
</ul>

<h2>Benefits</h2>

<ul>
<li>Clearer targeting information - Easily identify discount scope at a glance</li>
<li>Better data analysis - Improved ability to analyze discount strategies</li>
<li>Enhanced reporting - More detailed insights for discount performance tracking</li>
</ul>

<h2>Important</h2>

<p>If you use automated tools, scripts, or external systems that process discount CSV files, you may want to update your setup to take advantage of the new Context column. Your existing processes will continue to work unchanged.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 17 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Discounts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-to-discounts-csv-columns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pickup in-store for B2B </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're using Shopify B2B, you can now offer pickup in-store as a delivery option to your wholesale customers. This gives customers the flexibility to collect their orders directly from store locations instead of paying for shipping.</p>

<p>Once enrolled in early access, you can create pickup locations in your admin and enable pickup in store for those locations. B2B customers will then see local pickup as an option during checkout alongside standard shipping methods.</p>

<p>If you operate a blended store that serves both B2B and DTC customers, pickup in-store will be available to all customers by default. You can use Checkout Blocks to control which pickup locations are visible to specific customer types.</p>

<p>Contact Plus Support to enable pickup in store for B2B, or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/b2b/checkout-and-orders/shipping-methods#pickup-in-store">learn more</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pickup-in-store-for-b2b</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Convert your analytics to any currency instantly</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A currency picker is now available on your Analytics dashboard and in every report, letting you convert monetary values to any currency you choose. This is especially useful if you sell in multiple currencies or want to analyze your performance in a specific currency.</p>

<p>The conversion uses historical exchange rates from the original transaction dates, ensuring accuracy in your reporting. Your store's currencies will appear at the top of the picker for easy access, but you can select from any supported currency.</p>

<p>You'll find the currency picker at the top of your Analytics dashboard and individual reports. Simply select your preferred currency and your data will update automatically.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/convert-your-analytics-to-any-currency-instantly</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow adopts version 2025-07 of the GraphQL Admin API</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now uses version 2025-07 of the GraphQL Admin API, which includes a number of <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2025-07&amp;api_type=admin-graphql">changes</a>:<br>
* New quantity tracking and timestamp fields to manage and track returns (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/new-graphql-fields-for-return-management">changelog</a>)<br>
* New <code>device</code>, <code>location</code>, and <code>currency_exchange_adjustment</code> fields for order transactions (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/added-new-fields-to-transaction-related-objects-and-mutations">changelog</a>)<br>
* New mutations to add or remove a customer from an order(<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/orders-number-and-customer-graphql-update">changelog</a>)</p>

<p>For more information about how Flow uses the GraphQL, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/concepts/admin-api">documentation</a>. To learn more about changes introduced in version 2025-07, visit the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2025-07&amp;api_type=admin-graphql">Developer changelog</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-adopts-version-2025-07-of-the-graphql-admin-api</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>B2B Checkout now supports Apple Pay</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>By enabling Apple Pay as a payment option, your wholesale customers can conveniently pay for their orders and invoices without manually entering credit card details, and you can easily reconcile payments within the admin.</p>

<p>If you operate a blended store with Apple Pay enabled for direct-to-consumer purchases, Apple Pay will be automatically enabled as a payment option for wholesale orders without payment terms. You can also <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/checkout-and-orders/payment-methods">customize the availability</a> of Apple Pay as a payment option using <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/checkout-blocks">Checkout Blocks</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about enabling Apple Pay in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/apple-pay">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/b2b-checkout-now-supports-apple-pay</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Social sign-in options now available on customer accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now add Google and Facebook sign-in options to your customer sign-in page. </p>

<p>Provide trusted, fast sign-in options that convert visitors into signed-in buyers. That means more personalized experiences, more repeat purchases, and easier returns.</p>

<p><strong>Set up takes minutes:</strong><br>
* Go to your customer account settings<br>
* Choose from the available social sign-in options<br>
* Copy and save your authentication details between Google or Facebook partner dashboard and your Shopify admin.<br>
* Preview the experience and turn on. Your new sign-in options will be added to your sign-in page</p>

<p><strong>Requirements:</strong><br>
You must be using customer accounts. If you are still using legacy, you can upgrade <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/admin/settings/customer_accounts">here</a>.</p>

<p>Add social sign-in today and start converting more visitors into signed-in buyers.</p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/admin/settings/customer_accounts"><strong>Set up now</strong></a> | <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts/social-sign-in">Learn more</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2025 13:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customer-account</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/social-sign-in-options-now-available-on-customer-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discounts on fulfilled items</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now apply discounts to fulfilled items, whereas previously, discounts were limited to unfulfilled items. This enhancement allows merchants to effectively issue partial refunds through discounts, improving post-purchase attribution and eliminating the need for manual refunds in this process. Additionally, orders will now automatically unarchive for edits and re-archive after issuing a refund, removing the need for manual unarchiving and archiving when making changes to an order.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discounts-on-fulfilled-items</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Faster resolution for PayPal Wallet disputes</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve launched two improvements to the PayPal Wallet dispute process to help you save time and protect your revenue.</p>

<p>The resolution process for disputes covered by PayPal Seller Protection has been greatly accelerated if you provide tracking information when creating a fulfillment. Additionally, customers using a PayPal Wallet can now dispute a single item instead of an entire order. This change ensures the disputed amount is limited to the specific item's value, which can help lower your costs in the case of a loss.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/supported-countries/united-states/paypal-wallet?citation=true">PayPal Wallet on Shopify</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/faster-resolution-for-paypal-wallet-disputes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Organize your Analytics dashboard with custom sections</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create custom sections on your Analytics dashboard to better organize your metric cards. Group related metrics together such as separating sales data from marketing metrics to create a dashboard layout that works for your business.</p>

<p>To get started, click "Customize" on your Analytics dashboard, then "Add section" to create a new section. Give it a name, add the metric cards you want, and save your changes. You can create as many sections as you need, reorder them by dragging and dropping, and collapse or expand sections to focus on what matters most.</p>

<p>This enhanced organization makes it easier to find the insights you need and creates a more personalized analytics experience tailored to how you analyze your business.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/organize-your-analytics-dashboard-with-custom-sections</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow adopts version 2025-04 of the GraphQL Admin API</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now uses version 2025-04 of the GraphQL Admin API, which includes a number of <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2025-04&amp;api_type=admin-graphql">changes</a>:<br>
* New <code>ends_at</code>, <code>created_at</code>, and <code>updated_at</code> query filter parameters for searching discounts (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/new-endsat-createdat-and-updatedat-query-filter-parameters-for-searching-discounts">changelog</a>)<br>
* New <code>created_at</code>, <code>updated_at</code>, and <code>status</code> query filter parameters for searching subscription contracts (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/subscription-contracts-filters">changelog</a>)<br>
* Introduces <code>defaultEmailAddress</code> field for <code>Customer</code> (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/adding-defaultemailaddress-field-to-customer">changelog</a>)<br>
* New values for <code>CustomerPaymentMethodRevocationReason</code> (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/add-new-customerpaymentmethodrevocationreasons">changelog</a>)<br>
* New values for <code>FulfillmentOrderRejectionReason</code> (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/new-enum-values-for-fulfillmentorderrejectionreason">changelog</a>)<br>
* New card brands for <code>OrderTransactions.paymentMethods</code> (<a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/new-card-brands-for-ordertransactionspaymentmethods">changelog</a>)</p>

<p>For more information about how Flow uses the GraphQL, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/concepts/admin-api">documentation</a>. To learn more about changes introduced in version 2025-04, visit the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2025-04&amp;api_type=admin-graphql">Developer changelog</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-adopts-version-2025-04-of-the-graphql-admin-api</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Arrange app blocks more easily in checkout and customer accounts editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve updated the Sections tab in the Checkout and Accounts Editor, allowing you to arrange app blocks exactly as they appear to customers. </p>

<p>Dynamic app blocks now show up between sections in both the editor and preview, making placement clear. We’ve also removed the extra “Add block” button; there’s now one per parent section with recommended placements. You can still drag and drop app blocks wherever you need them.</p>

<p>Static app block labels and descriptions now match the preview for better clarity. On customer account pages, the structure remains the same, except that app blocks on the Order Status page now appear within the Order Summary section.</p>

<p>Learn more about configuring app blocks in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/customize-checkout-configurations/checkout-editor">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Aug 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/arrange-app-blocks-more-easily-in-checkout-and-customer-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edit orders with duties and import taxes</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Editing orders lets you make adjustments to an order after it's placed, like adding or removing products. </p>

<p>This was previously not possible on orders that have duties and import taxes, but is available as of today!</p>

<p>When editing the order, duties and import taxes will be recalculated on all unfufilled items <strong>after</strong> the order is saved. The new duty and import tax amounts will be displayed on the order details page.</p>

<p>You can learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/editing-orders">editing orders</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/duties-and-import-taxes/index">duties and import taxes</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Aug 2025 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/order-editing-now-supports-orders-with-duties-and-import-taxes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer eligibility for automatic discounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added a new eligibility section for automatic discounts. Now you can specify whether your automatic discount applies to all customers, selected segments, or individual customers—making it easy to run targeted promotions for VIPs, loyalty-program members, and more.</p>

<p>You’ll also be able to apply automatic discounts for specific customers in POS Pro locations and/or exclude POS Pro locations for discounts that target all customers.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/managing-discounts#manage-discount-eligibility">customer eligibility for discounts</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Aug 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Discounts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customer-eligibility-for-automatic-discounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New draft order tag limit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In your Shopify admin, a draft order now has a limit of 250 tags. This limit was added to improve the performance of your Shopify store, and applies whether a tag is created manually or automatically by an app.</p>

<p>A saved draft order that already includes more than 250 tags keeps the existing tags, but no more tags can be added to that draft order until it has fewer than 250 tags. You can delete tags from the draft order details page.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/create-orders">managing draft orders in Shopify</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-draft-order-tag-limit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Credit limits change with your business</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Credit will automatically review your credit limit every month instead of every six months. By looking at your sales, card usage, and repayment history more often, your credit limit can better reflect your current business needs. If your limit changes, you’ll get a notification at the beginning of your statement period, and the new limit will take effect right away.</p>

<p>Learn more about how credit limit updates work with Shopify Credit in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-credit/manage-account#credit-limit-changes">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify-credit</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/credit-limits-change-with-your-business</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Collective available in 36 additional countries</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collective is now accessible in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/retailers/requirements-and-considerations?utm_source=dotcom&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=phaseonerollout#requirements">36 additional countries</a>, through direct connections with brand partners in the same country or region. </p>

<p>Shopify Collective works in two ways: </p>

<ul>
<li>As a retailer, you can connect with your existing brand partners to source complementary products to expand your catalog without the risk of upfront inventory. Sourced products integrate into your catalog, and customer orders are automatically processed and forwarded to the brand partner for fulfillment. Install the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collective?utm_source=dotcom&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=phaseonerollout">Shopify Collective app</a>, or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/retailers?utm_source=dotcom&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=phaseonerollout">learn more</a> in the Help Center. </li>
<li>As a supplier, you can distribute your products through existing brand partners' stores, to drive more sales through new sales channels. Install the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collective-supplier?utm_source=dotcom&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=phaseonerollout">Shopify Collective: Supplier app</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/suppliers?utm_source=dotcom&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=phaseonerollout">learn more</a> in the Help Center. </li>
</ul>

<p>All order processing, payment coordination, and fulfillment management between brand partners is automated through the platform.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Jul 2025 11:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-collective-available-in-36-additional-countries</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Image generation now available in file picker</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Whether you need a new hero banner for your theme or a new logo for an upcoming email campaign, the file picker now offers image generation. Open the file picker and select "generate image" to begin crafting images, just like you already can in Sidekick. </p>

<p>Learn more about generating and managing files in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/file-uploads#generate-image">help center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jul 2025 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/image-generation-now-available-in-file-picker</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize text on the sign-in page for customer accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added the ability to customize the text on your customer sign-in and one-time-passcode pages. You can now change the default text to match your store’s brand's voice and provide a tailored sign-in experience for your customers. The new option is available in your theme content editor.</p>

<p>To update the text, go to Online Store &gt; Themes &gt; Edit default theme content &gt; Customer accounts.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/customizing-themes/language/change-wording">changing wording</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jul 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customer-account</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-your-customer-login-page-text</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> Control marketing consent on all your Shopify Forms</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create any type of form—contact requests, job applications, warranty registrations, wholesale inquiries—without forcing customers into marketing emails they didn't ask for.</p>

<p>The new marketing consent option lets you choose whether to automatically subscribe customers to marketing, display a checkbox so they can decide for themselves, or make sure that they don’t have to subscribe at all. This gives you the flexibility to use forms for their intended purpose while still capturing marketing subscribers when customers actually want to hear from you.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/forms-app/settings/all-forms#form">Learn more about setting up marketing consent</a> for email and SMS within Shopify Forms.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jul 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/control-marketing-consent-on-all-your-shopify-forms</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unified Editor for POS Customization</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The POS channel in Shopify Admin now has a unified visual editor to customize smart grids, lock screens, receipts, and customer displays — all from one place because managing in-store customizations across multiple devices was too manual. </p>

<p>Now you can design, preview, and roll out consistent POS experiences using a single, centralized editor. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/unified-editor-for-pos-customization</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ship and carryout now supports Shopify Tax</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now retail staff can let customers carry out some items and ship others in a single transaction using the ship and carryout workflow. This is more efficient because it supports bundle pricing, reduces duplicate carts, and simplifies tax compliance using your preferred tax engine.</p>

<p>The Ship and carryout feature now supports Shopify Tax in the US, EU, and UK — alongside Avalara Tax Compliance, Vertex, and other registration-based engines.</p>

<p>Learn about ship and carry out in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/ship-and-carry-out">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ship-and-carryout-now-supports-shopify-tax</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow adopts version 2025-01 of the GraphQL Admin API</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now uses version 2025-01 of the GraphQL Admin API.</p>

<p>For more information about how Flow uses the GraphQL, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/concepts/admin-api">documentation</a>. To learn more about changes introduced in version 2025-01, visit the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2025-01&amp;api_type=admin-graphql">Developer changelog</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-adopts-version-2025-01-of-the-graphql-admin-api</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bulk CSV Importing for Inventory Transfers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create inventory transfers by uploading a CSV file with product variants and quantities. This is useful for retailers who manage inventory in spreadsheets or need to move large volumes of stock across locations.</p>

<p>Instead of adding items one by one, you can now download a template, fill in your product and quantity data, and import the file to populate the transfer automatically.</p>

<p>This reduces manual steps and speeds up bulk inventory updates—especially for multi-location reailers or warehouse teams working with offline inventory records.</p>

<p>Visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/inventory-transfers/creating-and-managing-transfers">Help Center</a> to learn more about Bulk CSV importing. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bulk-csv-importing-for-inventory-transfers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New theme code editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're rolling out a new theme code editor that brings powerful editing capabilities directly to your Shopify admin.</p>

<p>The new editor provides powerful search functionality across all your theme files. You'll also get full support for <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/themes/tools/liquid-doc">LiquidDoc</a>, which offers real-time code completions, hover documentation, and parameter validation for your Liquid snippets. Plus, you can now fully customize your editing experience with multiple editor themes—including a dark mode—and improved code formatting options.</p>

<p>You can access the new editor the same way as before by clicking on the "Edit code" action. We're gradually rolling this out to all merchants over the coming days.</p>

<p>Learn more about editing theme code and explore all the new features in our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/customizing-themes/edit-code/edit-theme-code">help center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-theme-code-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Web Pixels load on Customer Accounts and Order Status Page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Web pixels now automatically load on Customer Account and Order Status Pages. This means that you can now track the full customer journey from discovery to order management.<br>
* Shops must be using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/domains/add-a-domain/connecting-domains/connect-domain-customer-account">custom domain</a> (ex. <code>accounts.your-store.com</code>) for customer accounts<br>
* <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/web-pixels-api/standard-events/page_viewed"><code>page_viewed</code></a> events and the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/web-pixels-api/advanced-dom-events">Advanced DOM API</a> are supported<br>
* <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/web-pixels-api/emitting-data#publishing-custom-events">Custom events</a> can be published through an <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/customize-checkout-configurations/checkout-apps">app-block</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jul 2025 13:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/web-pixels-load-on-customer-accounts-and-order-status-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Issue refunds to store credit when processing a return or exchange</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Issuing store credit refunds for a return or exchange helps ensure that you keep cash flowing back into your business and improves customer retention.</p>

<p>Store credit can now be issued as a refund when you are processing a return. In the "Refund now" section, select "store credit" as the refund method. You also have the option to refund the order to a combination of original payment methods and store credit. In addition, you can choose whether you'd like to set an expiration date for the store credit.</p>

<p>To refund orders to store credit, you must be the store owner or have the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/users/roles/permissions/store-permissions#orders-permissions">Refund to store credit order permission</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2025 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/refund-to-store-credit-when-processing-a-return</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Track inventory changes with new adjustment history reports &amp; model</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A new set of inventory reports is now available in Analytics &gt; Reports that provides comprehensive visibility into your inventory movements. These reports allow you to:</p>

<ul>
<li>Track every increase and decrease in inventory across all SKUs and locations<br></li>
<li>View detailed history of inventory adjustments with timestamps and reasons for changes<br></li>
<li>Monitor incoming shipment orders to see expected inventory arrivals by location<br></li>
<li>Analyze transfer orders between locations<br></li>
<li>Access complete audit trails for compliance requirements</li>
</ul>

<p>The reports provide historical data beyond the previous 180-day limit in Admin on a go-forward basis, allowing you to analyze long-term inventory trends and patterns.</p>

<p>You can find these reports in the Analytics &gt; Reports section of admin. Please note that you must be using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/new-analytics">new Shopify Analytics</a> to view these reports.</p>

<p>This enhancement helps answer critical questions like:</p>

<ul>
<li>Why did a specific SKU show negative inventory on a particular date?<br></li>
<li>How much inventory is expected to arrive at each location?<br></li>
<li>What transfer orders are pending between locations?</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about inventory reporting in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/reports">Shopify Help Center</a>.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/track-inventory-changes-with-new-adjustment-history-reports-model</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Image ALT text can now be translated</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made an improvement that allows translation of image ALT text into different languages. If you sell in different languages, you can translate image ALT text for all of your images to improve both accessibility and search engine optimization for your online store.</p>

<p>Translating image ALT text can be done via csv file imports. Find out more about translations using csv files in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/international/localization-and-translation#exporting-importing-translations">Shopify Help Centre</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/image-alt-text-can-now-be-translated</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discount codes from shareable links can now combine with existing codes in the cart</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Discount codes from shareable links can now combine with other eligible codes at checkout, following your combination settings.</p>

<p>This update addresses the previous issue where the system would remove existing discount codes applied on a cart when a customer added a code through a link, even if your settings indicated the codes were combinable.  </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/cart-permalink">discount combinations</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/managing-discount-codes#promote-a-discount-using-a-shareable-link">shareable links</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2025 16:40:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Discounts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discount-codes-from-shareable-links-can-now-combine-with-existing-codes-in-the-cart</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved theme discovery and install experience on the Shopify Theme Store </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve shipped improvements to the Shopify Theme Store that make it easier than ever to find the perfect theme for your business—and get launched faster.</p>

<p><strong>More relevant theme options, built for your business</strong><br>
With over 800 industry-inspired themes, it's easier to choose the right theme for your store. Whether you’re selling sneakers or skincare, you’ll find options designed to convert in your category.</p>

<p><strong>Smarter filters by industry and catalog size</strong><br>
We’ve improved how you browse and search with new filters that help you narrow in on exactly what you need.</p>

<p><strong>Faster launches with pre-configured theme files</strong><br>
When you install a theme, the template you start with comes pre-configured with the same content and features in the demo store, helping you launch your website faster with less setup required. </p>

<p>Explore the improved <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes">Shopify Theme Store</a> and find a theme that’s built to grow with your business.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2025 13:25:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-theme-discovery-and-install-experience-on-the-shopify-theme-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manual payment methods now support multi-currency checkouts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've released multi-currency support for manual payment methods like cash on delivery, checks, wires, and bank transfers. For merchants who use Shopify Markets, this means that manual payment methods will be both displayed in checkout and be recorded in the currency configured in Shopify Markets, rather than only their shop's currency. </p>

<p>This improvement ensures that customers can now see manual payment methods in their local currency on checkout and receipts, and that merchants can support manual payment methods in the currencies configured in Markets. </p>

<p>Learn more about manual payment methods in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/manual-payments">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manual-payment-methods-now-support-multi-currency-presentment</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Email now automatically filters out bot-generated subscribers from email lists</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Email has introduced a new filter that automatically suppresses bot-generated subscribers from email lists. Bot-generated subscribers are email addresses added to your subscriber list by automated software, not real customers. This enhancement will improve email deliverability and performance, while reducing costs.</p>

<p>When you send an email to your subscribers, these bot-generated subscribers are filtered out at the time of email delivery, but remain in your Customers list. This may lead to a decreased number of emails sent when you send a Shopify Email campaign.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-email/email-delivery#filter-bot-generated-subscribers">email deliverability and maintaining a high quality subscriber list.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-email-now-automatically-filters-out-bot-generated-subscribers-from-email-lists</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manual payment methods for B2B</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your B2B customers can now pay for orders at checkout using the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/manual-payments">manual payment methods</a> you have configured. If you want to display different payment method options to different buyers, for example B2B and D2C, you can <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/checkout-and-orders/payment-methods">customize your payment method availability</a> using <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/checkout-blocks">Checkout Blocks</a>. </p>

<p>Though most Plus merchants will receive access to this feature by default, some merchants may need to activate the feature using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/organization-settings/test-drive">feature test drives</a>, to allow you to customize the availability of your already configured manual payment methods before rolling out to your stores. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Jul 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manual-payment-methods-for-b2b</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Version 1.0.5 available for Horizon themes</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introduced new product card display settings, made the Hero section clickable in the theme editor, and delivered multiple fixes and improvements for accessibility, localization, image handling, cart updates, and overall theme editor performance.</p>

<p><strong>Added</strong><br>
* Added "show second image on hover" and "show carousel" settings to Product card global settings</p>

<p><strong>Changed</strong><br>
* Made the Hero section clickable in the theme editor</p>

<p><strong>Fixes and improvements</strong><br>
* Simplify and localize unit price rendering with new unit<em>price</em>with_measurement filter<br>
* Fix the issue when the line item properties in the cart were visually hidden<br>
* Add editor state manager to save state for overlay elements in the theme editor<br>
* Improve accessibility for mega menu, quantity input and price component<br>
* Improve image border logic for the image block<br>
* Fix the issue when the image in the product card gallery was not corresponding to the selected variant<br>
* Improve the way placeholder images are loaded in the theme editor<br>
* Fix cart bubble count updates.<br>
* Fix product sorting on paginated collections<br>
* Visual polish of the Quick add modal<br>
* Fix cart updates for multi-locale stores.<br>
* Update URL with variant ID when using dropdown variant picker<br>
* Fix product media setting "Constrain to screen height" on mobile</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jul 2025 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/version-1-0-5-available-for-horizon-themes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tax and Duty Customizations Support B2B</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released support for duty and tax configuration on B2B markets. This change lets merchants define how taxes and duties are presented and utilized at checkout for B2B locations. Bringing this configuration to B2B markets means that merchants are now able to configure different tax and duty pricing strategies for B2B vs B2C buyers within the same region. </p>

<p>To learn more, please visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/duties-and-import-taxes/charging-duties#set-duties-taxes">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jul 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tax-and-duty-customizations-support-b2b</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Capital launch in the Netherlands</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Eligible Dutch merchants can now access funding directly through their Shopify admin, with a streamlined application process and flexible repayment terms that align with their business cash flow. To see if you are eligible please visit <a href="http://www.shopify.com/capital">Shopify Capital</a>.</p>

<p>For more information on Shopify Capital in the Netherlands, learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-capital/netherlands">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify capital</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-capital-launch-in-the-netherlands</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Live View, benchmarks, and customer cohort analysis are now supported in the new analytics experience</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Live View, benchmarks and the customer cohort analysis report, all previously available in analytics, are now supported in the new analytics experience.</p>

<p>With Live View, you can track flash sales, drops, Black Friday Cyber Monday (BFCM), and other promotional events with a dashboard that auto-refreshes topline metrics like Orders, Sales, Sessions, and geographical data.</p>

<p>You can also now use benchmarks to compare the performance of your store, for a variety of metrics, against other similar stores*. </p>

<p>And with the customer cohort analysis report you can understand the behavior, including predicted spend tier, and retention of your customers categorized by when their first order was made.</p>

<p>*Your store must meet the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/custom-reports/benchmarks#eligibility-for-benchmarks">eligibility criteria for benchmarks</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/live-view">Live View</a>, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/custom-reports/benchmarks">benchmarks</a>, and the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/customers-reports#customer-cohort-analysis">customer cohort analysis report</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Jun 2025 18:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/live-view-benchmarks-and-customer-cohort-analysis-are-now-supported-in-the-new-analytics-experience</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Google Pay now available in Checkout Kit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Maximize your sales and conversions by enabling Google Pay as an express checkout option. Checkout Kit now supports Google Pay in checkout, giving your customers another way to complete their purchases through your mobile app. Google Pay works with your existing checkout customizations, and is available alongside other express checkout options.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2025 14:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/google-pay-now-available-in-checkout-kit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow now uses version 2024-10 of the GraphQL Admin API</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now uses version 2024-10 of the GraphQL Admin API, which includes a number of <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2024-10&amp;api_type=admin-graphql">changes</a> such as:<br>
* Improvements to the <code>products</code> query used in the “Get product data” action to support filtering by <code>collection_id</code>,  <code>publication_ids</code>, <code>variant_id</code> and <code>variant_title</code><br>
* Addition of the <code>Order.statusPageUrl</code> field to retrieve the URL where the customer can check the order's current status.<br>
* Improvements to the GiftCard GraphQL endpoints, including new mutations such as <code>giftCardCredit</code>, <code>giftCardDebit</code>, and <code>giftCardSendNotificationToCustomer</code></p>

<p>For more information about how Flow uses the GraphQL Admin API, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/concepts/admin-api">documentation</a>. To learn more about changes in version 2024-10, visit the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog?filter=api&amp;api_version=2024-10&amp;api_type=admin-graphql">Developer changelog</a> .</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2025 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-now-uses-version-2024-10-of-the-graphql-admin-api</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Key product bundles metrics now available in the Shopify Bundles app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now see how your product bundles are performing within the Shopify Bundles app. Monitor key metrics like bundle total sales, bundle orders, top total sales, and most ordered bundles.</p>

<p>Click on any of the four metrics to open a detailed report in Analytics. Each report includes visualizations and tables, so you can explore your data, spot trends, and customize your view to suit your specific needs.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles/shopify-bundles#track-your-bundles-performance">Shopify Bundles analytics</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/key-product-bundles-metrics-now-available-in-the-shopify-bundles-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved overselling awareness in draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now, when creating or editing a draft order, you’ll see clear warnings if you try to add more items than you have in stock globally. This update helps you avoid accidental overselling by highlighting inventory risks directly in the draft order workflow, so you can confidently manage stock and fulfill orders without surprises.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-overselling-awareness-in-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing USDC on Base with Shopify Payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re actively rolling out USDC on Base to Shopify Payments merchants in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/usdc-payments#north-america">eligible markets</a>. Merchants will be able to accept USDC, a US dollar digital currency, on the Base payment network. Customers can checkout with hundreds of supported crypto wallets. By default, merchants will receive payouts in their local currency, with no foreign exchange or multi-currency fees. Alternatively, merchants can claim USDC by connecting any crypto wallet that supports the Base network. </p>

<p>Tap into new markets, and save on fees with USDC today. Learn more about how to set up USDC on Base as a payment method in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/usdc-payments?utm_source=changelog-merchant&amp;utm_medium=changelog-merchant&amp;utm_campaign=usdchelpdoc_Q225BQNCGX">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jun 2025 15:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-usdc-on-base-with-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reply directly to customers who submit a Shopify Form</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now reply directly to the customer who submitted a Shopify Form.  When the feature to receive email notifications on form submission is enabled, the email address listed in your store details will receive an email notification each time a customer submits a form.  This email contains the information that was submitted, as well as a link to the customer or company record within Shopify.  The reply-to address now sends directly to the customer who submitted the form, so you can send them an email reply directly if that’s the next best step, like on forms that request a quote or are inquiring about a custom service.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/forms-app/manage#:%7E:text=Delete%20form.-,Turn%20on%20notifications%20for%20a%20form,-If%20you%20want">Learn more</a> about turning on notifications for a form.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jun 2025 10:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/reply-directly-to-customers-who-submit-a-shopify-form</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use ShopifyQL to query your store's data from any analytics report </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new Analytics now includes a query editor that allows you to use ShopifyQL to custom query your store data from any report page. Querying your data offers more flexibility and control of your analytics reporting, so you can get the answers you need faster. If you prefer not to use the configuration panel to create or edit reports, you can now type your ShopifyQL query into the query editor at the top of the report and see the relevant data populated in the report below.</p>

<p>To learn more about the query editor in Analytics, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/reports-overview#shopifyql-editor">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jun 2025 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/query-your-store-s-data-from-any-analytics-report</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The new Analytics experience is now the default for all stores</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A completely reimagined analytics experience is now the default for all stores. You can now see your store data in real time, create a custom dashboard to conveniently monitor your most important metrics, and build data explorations to analyze any combination of metrics and dimensions. And with new in-context querying, you can use ShopifyQL to write custom queries directly from any report for even more control and flexibility in your reporting. </p>

<p>You can now also get fast, customizable reporting and run ShopifyQL queries on the go with the new analytics experience supported in the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/mobile">Shopify mobile app</a>.</p>

<p>To learn more about the new Analytics, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/new-analytics">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jun 2025 09:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-analytics-is-now-the-default</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Menus can now be duplicated in the Shopify admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've introduced a duplicate action for menus, allowing you to duplicate existing menus directly from the Shopify admin. </p>

<p>When viewing any menu detail page, you can now select the "duplicate" action to create an exact copy of the menu with all its links intact. </p>

<p>This feature streamlines the process of creating similar navigation structures across your store, eliminating the need to rebuild complex menus from scratch when you need variations of existing navigation.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jun 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/menus-can-now-be-duplicated-in-the-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shipments to Malta now require a postcode</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: On June 12, 2025, we've modified postcode requirements for shipments to Malta at checkout. </p>

<p>Prior to this change, postcodes were optional. We have moved the <strong>postcode field to required</strong> to align with the requirements of MaltaPost. </p>

<p>This change is live on checkout and Shop Pay. Postcodes are required on both domestic and international orders regardless of shipping method selected.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jun 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shipments-to-malta-now-require-a-postcode</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize multiple versions of the same product variant in the Cart</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now process different customizations of the same product variant in a single checkout on Shopify POS.</p>

<p>When customers want multiple versions of the same product variant with different customizations (through line-item properties), you can now add each variation to the cart without needing separate transactions. For example, sell multiple coffee orders with different names, picture frames with various custom sizes, or different configurations of bundled products—all in one checkout.</p>

<p>This update brings your in-store experience in line with your online store, giving you more flexibility to serve customers efficiently and process complex orders faster.</p>

<p>Available now in version 10.3 of Shopify POS. Learn more about managing item customizations in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/process-sales-transaction#add-a-custom-sale-item-to-the-cart">Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Jun 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-multiple-versions-of-the-same-item-in-the-cart</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Standardized Customer Data Erasure for Third-Party Apps</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've standardized the customer data erasure behavior for third-party apps. Now, customer data erasure requests initiated by partners cannot be cancelled by merchants in the admin. This improvement ensures that customer data erasure requests can only be cancelled by the initiator.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 31 May 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/standardized-customer-data-erasure-for-third-party-apps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Email custom code editor now supports customer Liquid variables</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Email has expanded its custom code capabilities with enhanced support for customer-specific Liquid variables, enabling more personalized email communications.</p>

<p>The custom code editor now includes access to <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/liquid/objects/customer">the full customer object</a>, allowing you to dynamically insert customer-specific information like first name, last name, and other account details into your emails. As you type, the editor's new autocomplete feature suggests supported customer variables, making it faster and easier to write correct Liquid code.</p>

<p>This update makes personalized emails easier to create while reducing the likelihood of errors. Whether you're crafting a one-time campaign or setting up automated flows, you can now create more engaging content within Shopify Email.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-email/create-email/custom-liquid">using Liquid</a> with Shopify Email.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 May 2025 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-email-custom-code-editor-now-supports-customer-liquid-variables</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Markets persist between customer accounts and online store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If a buyer is using your online store in a specific market, it now persists when they navigate directly to their account. This includes country, language, or company location. The market also persists when they navigate back to the online store from their account.</p>

<p>Before this update, customer accounts always loaded your store's primary country. Links back to the online store also loaded the primary country.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts">Learn more in the Shopify Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/markets-persist-between-customer-accounts-and-online-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now available in the <a href="http://admin.shopify.com/markets">new version of Markets</a>, quickly create submarkets from an existing Region market, for example, customizing your Europe market to better suit your French buyers. </p>

<p>Merchants on Shopify Plus plans can also create multiple B2B markets, each with their own unique catalogs, currency, and storefront customizations.  </p>

<p>The new version of Markets also introduces the option to view all your buyer customizations in the graph view and a new “view as” feature in the product section of Shopify admin.</p>

<p><a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets-new">Learn more about Markets</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 12:31:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-version-of-markets-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Horizon: 10 new free themes by Shopify.</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing Horizon, a new collection of free themes designed to enhance your Shopify store. These themes are now available for free on the Shopify Themes Store.</p>

<p>Horizon themes are built with theme blocks offering unparalleled flexibility and customization options.</p>

<p>Browse the Horizon collection on the <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/collections/horizon-themes">Shopify Themes Store</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/horizon-10-new-free-themes-by-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Generate theme blocks with Shopify Magic</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Magic now lets you generate any theme block you want, revolutionizing the way you customize your Shopify store. Simply describe what you want, and Shopify Magic will code the theme block on the spot.</p>

<p>Theme block generation is available on <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/collections/horizon-themes">Horizon themes</a>, and all themes that support theme blocks. </p>

<p>Learn more about theme block generation in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/customizing-themes/theme-editor/shopify-magic/generate-blocks">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/generate-theme-blocks-with-shopify-magic</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: More actions and nesting in For Each loops</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/for-each">For each</a> loop in Flow, you can add more than one action per loop, enabling you to use single loops for more use cases.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/24-56-ijo8n-yanpq.png" alt="Two actions in a loop"></p>

<p>In addition, you can also nest For Each loops, up to a maximum of two levels of For each steps. For example, in a workflow that uses “Get order data” to return a list of orders, you can now loop over those orders and then use a second For each to loop over the line items on that order. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/24-58-r5xp1-1k6nr.png" alt="nested loops"></p>

<p>In addition, the maximum number of iterations of a loop has been increased from 100 to 1000 items at a time.</p>

<p>For more information about how it works, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/for-each">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-more-actions-and-nesting-in-for-each-loops</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Summer '25 Edition is live</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New features, good vibes. Announcing 150+ updates to Shopify.</p>

<p><a href="http://shopify.com/editions/summer2025?utm_source=changelog-merchant&amp;utm_medium=changelog-merchant&amp;utm_campaign=summer25edition&amp;utm_content=all-en-en">See the updates</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-summer-25-edition-is-live</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Shopify Catalog</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing Shopify Catalog, Shopify’s global product catalog that enables seamless product searches across Shopify merchants. </p>

<p>Select partners building apps and AI agents access Shopify Catalog to search and surface real-time product information such as pricing, options and availability in popular AI platforms and shopping destinations. This opens up exciting new opportunities to connect Shopify merchants to buyers wherever they prefer to shop.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-shopify-catalog</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved admin navigation</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With our new dynamic back buttons and breadcrumb trails, you can easily maintain context awareness and navigate through your workflows more efficiently. This feature provides clear visual indicators of your navigation path, allowing you to move seamlessly between tasks without losing your place. Whether you're managing product details or collections, you'll find it easier to stay organized and productive. For instance, if you're viewing a variant page for a blue t-shirt, you'll now see a breadcrumb trail like Products &gt; T-shirt &gt; Blue, allowing you to easily navigate back to the product index page.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-admin-navigation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smarter, faster admin loading</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With our latest update, the Shopify admin experience is now faster and smarter. You’ll notice a significant reduction in load times, allowing you to access your business data almost instantly. This means less waiting and more time focusing on what matters—running your business smoothly and efficiently.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/smarter-faster-admin-loading</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Better app recommendations and listing highlights for large merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve improved the recommendation algorithm for large merchants to better surface apps installed and liked by similar-sized businesses. </p>

<p>In addition to where personalized results are currently shown, the app listing page will have a new section highlighting key insights for large businesses.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/better-app-recommendations-and-listing-highlights-for-large-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create a single discount that can be applied across products, orders and shipping</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve introduced a new discount, either code-based or automatic, that can be applied across products, total order value, and shipping.</p>

<p>Available now via the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/new-discount-function-api">Discount Function API</a> and/or in <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/discounts-editions25">select third-party discount apps</a>, these discounts can reward your buyers with maximum savings, leading to larger cart sizes, higher conversion and better customer loyalty. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/discount-types/discounts-with-apps">creating discounts with apps</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-a-single-discount-that-can-be-applied-across-products-orders-and-shipping</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New privacy features for compliance and transparency</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're introducing new privacy features to help merchants manage consent more effectively, comply with evolving regulations, build trust with customers:</p>

<ul>
<li><p><strong><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/customer-privacy-settings/privacy-settings#consent-log">Consent audit log</a></strong>: Merchants using the Shopify cookie banner can now access an audit log for customer consent preferences given in the past 30 days. This enables merchants to easily retrieve consent records and address inquiries from customers, privacy researchers, or regulators about data usage and consent history. By maintaining these records, merchants can improve their compliance with GDPR and mitigate potential legal risks. </p></li>
<li><p><strong><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/customer-privacy-settings/privacy-settings#add-a-data-sales-opt-out-page">Canadian provincial privacy settings</a></strong>: Merchants can now configure consent and data sale opt-out features for individual Canadian provinces. This allows for more granular control over privacy settings, helping merchants comply with evolving provincial privacy regulations.</p></li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-privacy-features-for-compliance-and-transparency</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edit subscription and pre-order items prior to fulfilling an order</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now edit subscription and pre-order items before fulfilling an order without having to cancel and recreate it.</p>

<p>For pay-per-delivery subscriptions and pre-orders, you’ll now be able to remove line items, change quantities, and add discounts to line items before an order ships. For prepaid subscriptions, you’ll be able to add discounts but not modify the quantity or remove the prepaid line item.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/subscriptions/manage-subscriptions/manage-subscription-orders">managing subscriptions orders</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/pre-orders/manage-pre-orders">managing pre-orders</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/edit-subscription-and-pre-order-items-prior-to-fulfilling-an-order</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Search, sort, and filter marketing automation templates</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now search, sort, and filter marketing automation templates based on keywords or required apps. </p>

<p>By default, templates are organized by popularity, but you can update the sorting criteria to organize them based on date added, to see the newest templates first. Additionally, you can refine your search to find templates that include tasks from specific apps, or to only see templates using apps already installed on your store. "Template Author" is also now displayed on template cards and previews, giving you greater insight into the source of each template.</p>

<p>To use the enhanced template library, navigate to the Marketing &gt; Automations area and click “View templates.”</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/create-marketing-automations">Learn more about marketing automations</a> in Shopify.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/search-sort-and-filter-marketing-automation-templates</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Display store credit balances using Liquid</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Remind customers of their store credit balance by including it in marketing emails or by displaying it on your storefront using Liquid.</p>

<p>Include the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/liquid/objects/store_credit_account"><code>customer.store_credit_account.balance</code></a> Liquid variable in Shopify Email templates or in your storefront custom Liquid code to display the balance to customers. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/display-store-credit-balances-using-liquid</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Issue refunds as store credit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Issuing <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/store-credit#refund">store credit refunds</a> for a return helps ensure that you keep cash flowing back into your business and improves customer retention.</p>

<p>Store credit can now be issued as a refund by selecting ‘store credit’ as the refund method on the order, regardless of the original payment method. You can control the amount of store credit issued (in case you’d like to split the refund between original payment method and store credit) and whether to include an expiration date.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/issue-refunds-as-store-credit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Store credit now works with Shop App and Shop Pay</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Store credit is now surfaced for your customers in the Shop App and at checkout with Shop Pay authentication, regardless of their logged-in status.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/store-credit-now-works-with-shop-app-and-shop-pay</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New PDP customizations for Shop</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re releasing multiple enhancements that will allow you to better mirror your online store’s product detail pages on Shop.</p>

<p><strong>Subscriptions:</strong> Starting June 23, 2025, customers will be able to view and purchase subscriptions directly on Shop. To manage your subscriptions on Shop, go to the Subscriptions settings <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/shop-72/merchant/settings">here</a> in your admin.</p>

<p><strong>Variant Support:</strong> You can now showcase both color-based and text-based variants, giving you the ability to more effectively represent your products.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-pdp-customizations-for-shop</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create customer segments using any address</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create customer segments using any address in plain language. Simply type any address (like "150 Elgin St") beyond just selecting from your retail locations or entering latitude and longitude coordinates. </p>

<p>This makes location targeting faster and more flexible. Use it to promote events at partner locations, market pop-up shops, target customers near wholesale partners, or create promotions for specific neighborhoods.</p>

<p>To create a location-based segment, go to Customers → Segments, <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/customers/segments/new">create a segment</a> using the "customer<em>within</em>distance" filter, enter a custom address in the suggestion for the coordinates parameter, set your desired radius, and save. Your segment will update automatically as customers enter or leave the specified area.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-segmentation/create-a-segment">creating segments in Shopify</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-customer-segments-using-any-address</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Improved Send HTTP request action enables secure connections to external systems and returns data to the workflow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Flow has an improved <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/send-http-request">Send HTTP request</a> action that supports a broader range of integrations with external services by securely storing secrets and returning data to subsequent workflow steps. The action can be securely configured with secrets, such as access tokens or passwords, that are encrypted and obfuscated in Flow. After sending an HTTP request, the full response is returned to the workflow and can be parsed using a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/run-code">Run code</a> action with a JSON.parse method to define a schema so that returned data can be used as variables in conditions and actions.</p>

<p>Review these new templates to learn more about using this improved action:<br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/0196f2e1-ab85-7157-90e2-7de1149201a7">Send new orders to Airtable</a><br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/0196f2e1-a789-7f9d-a64e-a9be2b544e82">Send all existing and new products to Airtable</a><br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/0196f2e1-b499-7384-a418-919d752d7a8b">Update products in batches from product data stored in Airtable</a><br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/0196f2e1-a4b9-7ff0-8181-9de43d95ae1e">Notify customers of expiring gifts cards using SendGrid</a><br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/0196f2e1-adc1-7139-9644-43ba3a4c71eb">Send email using SendGrid when customers places an order for a custom item</a></p>

<p>For more information about how it works, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/send-http-request">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-improved-send-http-request-action-enables-secure-connections-to-external-systems-and-returns-data-to-the-workflow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: View sample data when adding variables</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you're creating workflows in Shopify Flow, finding and understanding the variable data can be challenging. Now, Flow lets you easily view and use sample data right in the workflow editor. You can capture real-time example data from any trigger, showing exactly what data is available and the values you can expect.</p>

<p>Key benefits include:</p>

<ul>
<li>Grab up to 5 sample events for any Shopify Flow trigger, including third-party triggers.<br></li>
<li>Preview actual event data during workflow creation.<br></li>
<li>Easily understand fields and values for faster and more accurate building of workflows.</li>
</ul>

<p>For more information about how it works, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/create/preview-data">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-view-sample-data-when-adding-variables</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Print pick lists in Shopify admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Configure pick lists, and then print them directly from the Orders page within your Shopify Admin via the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-order-printer">Shopify Order Printer</a> app. </p>

<p>A pick list is a warehouse document that itemizes the items required to fulfill customer orders. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/printing-orders/shopify-order-printer/pick-list">Pick lists</a> from the Shopify Order Printer app can be configured to contain details such as order ID, product name, variant, SKU, quantity, fulfillment status, product images and more, giving fulfillment teams the information needed to locate and pick items quickly and accurately.</p>

<p>With Pick list in Shopify Order Printer, you can: <br>
* Print pick lists for multiple orders directly from the Orders page or within the Order Printer app<br>
* Create templates aligned with your fulfillment workflows (pick-by-order, pick-by-product)<br>
* Specify which product and order fields to display, and arrange them in any column layout<br>
* Sort items to be picked by Product name, SKU, order ID, and more</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/print-pick-lists-in-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Tax automated filing now supports select marketplaces</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Marketplace facilitators such as Amazon, Etsy, Meta and Tiktok are responsible for the collection and remittance of sales tax on behalf of sellers using their platform. Sales on these platforms aren't included in taxable sales, so they aren't remitted as part of your sales tax return. </p>

<p>However, if you sell through a marketplace, then certain states and localities require that you report those sales in your gross sales totals.</p>

<p><strong>UPDATE:</strong> In <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/taxes/shopify-tax/automated-filing/considerations#marketplace-sales-reporting-for-automated-filing">jurisdictions where required</a>, Shopify Tax automated filing now includes reporting for orders placed on Shop, Facebook and Instagram. </p>

<p>Shopify Tax automated filing integrates directly with your store to prepare your tax returns for increased accuracy. You have flexibility in choosing where to file and you can review your returns right from Admin – all for a competitive flat fee per return. 🚀 </p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/taxes/filing">Log in</a> to see if you’re eligible for automated filing and enroll today.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-tax-automated-filing-now-supports-select-marketplaces</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cookie banners are now supported on Customer Account pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When customers visit your store, the third-party or Shopify cookie banners will now prompt customers for consent, if required, when they land on a customer account page (Order status, Order index, Profile, or full-page extensions). This update is only available for shops using a custom domain for customer accounts. </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/customer-privacy-settings/privacy-settings#cookie-banners">Learn more about setting up cookie banners.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cookie-banners-are-now-supported-on-customer-account-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Measure multichannel marketing with Campaigns</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The updated <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/marketing/campaigns">Campaigns</a> section helps you manage and measure all your marketing activities in one place, regardless of channel. </p>

<p>Auto-generate links and QR codes to use in your marketing campaign across channels that attribute traffic and sales automatically to the same campaign. Organize all your marketing efforts by defining the UTM parameters you want to automatically track or add campaign activities directly. Campaigns gives you a single view of campaign performance with comprehensive insights into sessions and sales across channels and activities over time.</p>

<p>Learn more by visiting our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/campaigns">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/measuring-multichannel-marketing-with-campaigns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rename blocks and sections in the theme editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now rename sections and blocks in the theme editor, making it easier to organize and manage your store's design elements. We've added custom naming capabilities to all sections and blocks because we know it can get hard to keep track of multiple similar elements - now you can quickly identify "Holiday Hero Banner" from "Summer Sale Banner".</p>

<p>Learn more about customizing your online store sections in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/sections-and-blocks#rename-section-or-blocks">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/rename-blocks-and-sections-in-the-online-store-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Copy and paste sections and blocks in the theme editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now copy and paste sections and blocks when editing your online store. This update to the theme editor saves you valuable time when building and customizing your shop. Now you can copy elements from one page and paste them onto another, making it easier to maintain design consistency throughout your store while dramatically speeding up your workflow. Simply select any section or block, click the copy button, and paste it wherever it is needed.</p>

<p>Learn more about using copy and paste across pages in the theme editor in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/sections-and-blocks#rearrange">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/copy-and-paste-when-editing-your-website</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Branded URLs on customer login pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've improved the customer account login experience by automatically applying your branded domain to the login page. Previously, even if you had configured a custom domain for customer accounts, the login page would use a default Shopify domain -  <code>https://shopify.com/authentication/&lt;id&gt;/login</code>. With this update, your customer account login page automatically inherits your configured custom domain - <code>https://account.yourdomain.com/authentication/login</code></p>

<p>Customers will see a consistent branded experience from login through to their account pages. This change applies to all merchants who have configured a custom domain for their customer accounts. For merchants who haven't set up a custom domain yet, you can configure one through your store's <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/domains">domain settings</a> to take advantage of this improved branding experience.</p>

<p>Learn more about configuring a custom domain for your customer account pages in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/domains/add-a-domain/connecting-domains/connect-domain-customer-account">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/branded-urls-on-customer-login-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Store Credit is now available on Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Store credit gives you powerful ways to <strong>drive customer loyalty and retain more GMV</strong>. You can drive repeat purchases by offering store credit for birthdays, loyalty programs, or cash back campaigns and convert returns into future purchases by refunding to store credit, ensuring that revenue stays with your business rather than leaving with the customer.</p>

<p>With Store Credit starting to roll out with Shopify POS v10.2+, your customers enjoy true shopping flexibility across all your channels. Customers can earn and spend their store credit seamlessly whether they're browsing your online store or shopping in-person at your retail location.</p>

<p><strong>Using Store Credit on POS</strong><br>
To set up store credit for POS:<br>
1. Activate store credit from POS Channel &gt; Payments and enable the Store Credit payment method<br>
2. Enable returns to be processed to Store Credit by turning on the Return to Store credit payment option<br>
3. Manage staff permissions for Redeem Store Credit and Manage Store Credit from the POS Channel &gt; Staff permissions</p>

<p>Once you've enabled store credit on POS:<br>
1. Store credit will be available when a customer is added to a cart for fast checkout, as well as within net payable exchanges<br>
2. Return to store credit will be an option in the return flow, as well as net refundable exchanges<br>
3. You can view, add/remove store credit from the Customer details on POS</p>

<p><strong>Requirements &amp; Limitations</strong><br>
* Store Credit requires you to use new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts">customer accounts</a><br>
* To use store credit on Shopify POS, it must be enabled for your <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/store-credit">online store</a><br>
* There is not currently customer verification on POS, staff will need to manually verify a customer using store credit at checkout</p>

<p>For more information on using store credit on Shopify POS, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/payment-management/store-credit">Shopify Help Centre</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/store-credit-is-now-available-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Centralized Payment Settings with Device-Level Control</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Managing payments across multiple devices and locations is now simpler with centralized payment settings in POS Channel.</p>

<p>All POS payment settings—including new controls for manual card entry, split payments, and marking orders as paid or partially paid—can now be managed centrally from POS Channel &gt; Payments.</p>

<p>Previously, changing payment settings on one device affected every device across all locations. Now, centralized controls helps you maintain consistent payment options from HQ, while providing flexibility for device-level customization. This allows you to:<br>
* Disable cash payments on mobile devices without cash drawers<br>
* Tailor payment methods and workflows by device or location</p>

<p>To get started, visit POS Channel &gt; Payments for store-wide settings. To customize a specific device, go to Settings &gt; Payments on that device.</p>

<p>For more information visit the Shopify <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/getting-started/setup-payment-method/enable-payments">Help Centre</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/centralized-payment-settings-with-device-level-control</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhanced customer permissions for better staff management</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Managing staff access to customer information is critical for retail businesses. Updated permissions give you greater control over how your staff interacts with customer data:</p>

<p><strong>Simplified access for all staff:</strong> All staff can now view customer profiles and add customers to the cart by default, streamlining checkout and improving customer experience without compromising data security.</p>

<p><strong>Granular control options:</strong> We've replaced the previous all-or-nothing "Manage Customer" permission with more precise controls, letting you determine exactly who can:<br>
* Create new customers<br>
* Edit customer information<br>
* Delete customer profiles<br>
* View customer metafields<br>
* Edit customer metafields</p>

<p>These granular permissions help you grant appropriate access based on staff roles. For example, you might allow all associates to view customer information, but reserve editing capabilities for managers.</p>

<p>To configure these new permissions, visit POS Channel &gt; Staff and update your staff roles with these granular controls.</p>

<p>For more information, visit the Shopify <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/users/roles/permissions/pos-permissions">Help Centre</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-customer-permissions-for-better-staff-management</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Removing return items is now available on all returns</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've expanded our returns management functionality by enabling merchants to remove specific line items from any return, regardless of when it was created. Previously, this feature was only available for returns created after the exchange feature was implemented in March 2024 (or later if you are a Plus merchant that opted into exchanges via Test Drive). </p>

<p>With this improvement, you now have more flexibility to modify all returns in your system, providing you with consistent return management capabilities across your entire order history.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/return-line-item-removal-extended-to-all-returns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apple Pay through Shopify Payments for subscription orders available in additional countries</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants offering subscription purchase options and using Shopify Payments can now accept Apple Pay in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/supported-countries">all Shopify Payments countries</a>. This feature is automatically enabled for all merchants that sell subscriptions and have Apple Pay turned on via Shopify Payments.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/apple-pay-through-shopify-payments-available-as-a-payment-method-for-subscription-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apple Pay available as a payment method </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants who have Apple Pay enabled as an express checkout option will now automatically have it enabled as a payment method. Providing Apple Pay as a payment method expands your customer payment options while supporting your checkout customizations. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/apple-pay">enabling Apple Pay. </a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 May 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/apple-pay-available-as-a-payment-method</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flat rates for split shipments on checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This update will ensure your customers will only be charged a single flat shipping rate when orders are fulfilled from multiple locations within the same location group.</p>

<p>Previously, if your customer’s order included fulfillments from more than one location in the same location group, shipping rates were added together. With this update, a single flat rate will be applied to the order. This ensures that the shipping charges presented to your customers aren't higher than expected, which can help to reduce abandoned carts.</p>

<p>Shipping rates will still be summed if the order includes items from different location groups. Furthermore, weight-based, carrier-calculated, and app shipping rates aren't affected by this change and will continue to be summed at checkout.</p>

<p>For more details, learn about how <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/fulfillment/setup/shipping-profiles/combined-shipping-rates#same-location-group-flat-rate">combined shipping rates work</a> and how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/fulfillment/setup/shipping-profiles/managing-fulfillment-locations">manage locations in shipping profiles</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flat-rates-for-split-shipments-on-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Capital launch in Germany</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Capital is now available to eligible merchants in Germany 🇩🇪. </p>

<p>Eligible German merchants can now access funding directly through their Shopify admin, with a streamlined application process and flexible repayment terms that align with their business cash flow. To see if you are eligible please visit <a href="https://www.shopify.com/de/capital">Shopify Capital</a>. </p>

<p>For more information on Shopify Capital in Germany, learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance/shopify-capital/germany">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify capital</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-capital-launch-in-germany</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhanced Inventory Transfers Management</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're launching an enhanced inventory transfers experience on May 12th with several new capabilities to help you manage your inventory more efficiently. The updated transfers functionality will help you create multiple shipments per transfer and track inventory movements more accurately.</p>

<p>What's new:<br>
* Customize your transfers page to tailor your view<br>
* Track multiple shipments associated with a single transfer<br>
* Integrate seamlessly with Shopify POS, allowing your staff to receive transfers in-store<br>
* Scan barcodes for faster processing<br>
* Import products in bulk via CSV for streamlined operations<br>
* Gain better visibility of 3P transfers via Transfers APIs</p>

<p>Please note, existing inventory transfers data will be automatically migrated to the new experience to minimize any disruptions.</p>

<p>Learn more about the updated inventory transfers experience in our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/inventory/inventory-transfers/creating-and-managing-shipments">Help Centre</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 May 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-inventory-transfers-management</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Control when returns impact your sales data with a new returns processing step</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our new returns processing feature puts you in control of when returns impact your sales and tax reports.</p>

<p>Now returned items only impact your financial reporting after you confirm their receipt–ensuring your sales figures reflect only the returned items physically received. You can now:</p>

<ul>
<li>Verify returns before they impact your sales data</li>
<li>Process return items when you receive them or at any stage that best suits your business</li>
<li>Release exchange items when ready</li>
<li>Manage restocking and refunding in one workflow</li>
<li>Send invoices for exchanges when needed</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about using returns processing to streamline your returns management in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/returns/creating-returns">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 May 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/confirm-your-returns-with-returns-processing-and-improve-financial-accuracy</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Image generation now available in Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released the ability for Sidekick to generate custom images based on your text prompts. This new feature helps merchants quickly create visually appealing content for hero banners, marketing materials, and blog post illustrations.</p>

<p>Learn more about image generation and other Sidekick capabilities in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/sidekick/features">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2025 10:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/image-generation-now-available-in-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>VAT number validation now included on Shopify Tax</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants on Shopify Tax are able to input and validate buyer VAT numbers directly within admin. Shopify connects to both VIES and HMRC, validating buyer VAT numbers in every European Union (EU) country and the United Kingdom (UK). If a buyer’s VAT number is valid, the reverse charge exemption will be automatically added to the company location or customer settings and applied on qualifying orders. </p>

<p>When applied, a reverse charge note will now be present on VAT invoices generated by Shopify Tax.</p>

<h3>What’s changed?</h3>

<p>When a buyer VAT number is entered within company, company locations or customers, it will now be checked for validity. Merchants will see a status under the field (invalid, valid, service unavailable). Note that this may take up to 10 seconds due to the latency of government APIs.</p>

<p>If the number is valid, the buyer will automatically have the reverse charge exemption applied to their settings.</p>

<h3>How do you use it?</h3>

<p>Learn how to add and validate VAT numbers for companies and customers in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/companies-and-customers/creating-companies">Help Center</a>. </p>

<p>Be sure to check your admin locations: now that the reverse charge exemption includes the UK, the reverse charge exemption will not be applied if a merchant has a default location outside of the EU. </p>

<p><em>Note that in all cases, if the country selected for your buyer is not within the European Union or United Kingdom, the field will present as “Tax ID” and offer no validation.</em></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/vat-number-validation-now-included-on-shopify-tax</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buy Again button on Order status page and Orders page can now be hidden</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A Buy again button displays on your order status page and orders page, to let customers reorder items that they've purchased. You can turn the Buy again button on or off from the checkout and accounts editor.</p>

<ul>
<li>From your Shopify admin, go to Settings &gt; <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/checkout">Checkout</a>.</li>
<li>In the Configurations section, click Customize next to the configuration that you want to customize.</li>
<li>In the checkout and accounts editor, click the Settings icon.</li>
<li>In the Settings section, turn the Buy again button toggle on or off.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts/manage#buy-again">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 May 2025 11:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/buy-again-button-on-order-status-page-and-orders-page-can-now-be-hidden</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Duties-inclusive pricing now available to all merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Duty-inclusive pricing is now available to merchants selling to international buyers with Managed Markets or those using Shopify's built in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/charging-international-duties/">duties and import taxes calculator.</a></p>

<p>When duty-inclusive pricing is enabled, customers will not be surprised by additional duties in checkout. You can choose to increase your product prices in specific regions by average duty amount to maintain margins. Customers will be informed that duties are included in the total at checkout to boost conversion.</p>

<p>Learn more about Duty Inclusive Pricing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/tax-inclusive">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2025 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/duties-inclusive-pricing-now-available-to-merchants-using-shopify-tax-duty-calculations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Country of origin default now available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Keep your checkout up to date with accurate duty and tax calculations. </p>

<p>Duty and tax calculations are driven by several variables including:<br>
* HS Codes<br>
* Country of origin<br>
* Value of the goods<br>
* Destination country<br>
* Trade agreements</p>

<p>Merchants can edit HS codes and country of origin per product via either the product page or in bulk via taxes and duties settings. </p>

<p>In taxes and duties settings, <strong>merchants can now also set a default country of origin</strong>. In the event a country of origin isn't listed on your product, we'll use your default country of origin for duty and tax calculations at checkout. </p>

<p>Learn more about country of origin via the <a href="https://www.trade.gov/identify-and-apply-rules-origin">International Trade Agreement website</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2025 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/country-of-origin-default-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AvaTax Deprecation in the United States</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On May 1, the AvaTax app was deprecated for merchants collecting sales tax in the United States. Merchants who were still using the legacy AvaTax app were migrated to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/shopify-tax">Shopify Tax</a>. </p>

<p>Merchants should confirm that your taxes are calculated as expected. Unless you have previously opted out, Shopify has migrated the following settings from AvaTax:</p>

<ul>
<li>Product tax codes, where there is a like-for-like mapping<br></li>
<li>Customer exemptions<br></li>
<li>Regions where you collect tax (tax registrations)</li>
</ul>

<p>Due to differences in tax services, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/tax-services?utm_source=mozart&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_campaign=avatax_migration_cohort1_Q225WSNJNX#migrating-from-avatax">some settings were not migrated</a>. For more information on how to update your Shopify Tax settings, please review the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/cdn/shopifycloud/help-center/pdf/Moving%20to%20Shopify%20Tax%20Services.pdf?utm_source=mozart&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_campaign=avatax_migration_cohort1_Q225WSNJNX">migration guide</a>.</p>

<p><strong>Avalara Tax Compliance is still available</strong><br><br>
If you would like to use Avalara’s new app, contact them <a href="https://www.avalara.com/simplify/special-offer-for-legacy-avalara-avatax-for-shopify-plus-users.html?campaignID=701Uz00000LKFLSIA5&amp;connectorID=a0nUz000003MOA1IAO&amp;partnerID=0014000000MH3woAAD&amp;syclid=cv85hqboj48s73dop1k0&amp;utm_campaign=primary_notice_24q4_adttrmm&amp;utm_campaign=primary_notice_24q4_adttrmm&amp;utm_content=tax%3Futm_source%3Dmozart&amp;utm_content=tax%27&amp;utm_medium=web_referral&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=partner%3Futm_source%3Dmozart">here</a> as soon as possible. Note that for each additional store, the app must be installed and activated separately.</p>

<p>For remaining merchants, the AvaTax app will be deprecated soon. If you do not switch your tax service, you will be migrated to one or more of <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes">Shopify’s tax services</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2025 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/avatax-deprecation-us-only-shops</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Windsor Framework: Shipping from Great Britain to Northern Ireland</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>From May 1, 2025, you'll need to get shipping labels outside of Shopify admin for orders going from Great Britain to Northern Ireland. This change follows new requirements in the <a href="https://www.gov.uk/guidance/sending-parcels-between-great-britain-and-northern-ireland-under-the-windsor-framework">Windsor Framework</a>.</p>

<p>What to do instead: Purchase labels directly from your carrier of choice or through a <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/categories/orders-and-shipping-shipping-solutions">shipping app</a>.</p>

<p>We're working on supporting these requirements in the Shopify admin in the future.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2025 10:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/windsor-framework-shipping-from-great-britain-to-northern-ireland</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Web Pixels: `event.data.checkout.subtotalPrice.amount` value change on the new `/thank-you` page and checkout events</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <code>event.data.checkout.subtotalPrice.amount</code> value in the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/web-pixels-api/standard-events/checkout_completed#properties-propertydetail-data">Web Pixels API</a> has been updated on the new <code>/thank-you</code> page and checkout events.</p>

<p>Previously, this value included the sum of all line item prices and product-level discounts. Now, <code>event.data.checkout.subtotalPrice.amount</code> reflects the sum of all line item prices after applying both product and order-level discounts. This update aligns the definition with the <code>event.data.checkout.subtotalPrice.amount</code> field on the old <code>/thank_you</code> page. </p>

<p>The <code>event.data.checkout.subtotalPrice.amount</code> changes will affect the following events:<br>
* <code>checkout_completed</code> (on the new <code>/thank-you</code> page only)<br>
* <code>checkout_started</code><br>
* <code>checkout_address_info_submitted</code><br>
* <code>checkout_shipping_info_submitted</code><br>
* <code>checkout_contact_info_submitted</code><br>
* <code>payment_info_submitted</code></p>

<p>If you use any of the above events, you should ensure that your pixel expects both product and order-level discounts to be included in this field.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Apr 2025 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/web-pixels-subtotalprice-amount-value-change-on-the-new-thank-you-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cash Rounding on Point of Sale</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>What is cash rounding on POS?</strong><br>
Cash transactions on Shopify POS will be automatically rounded to the nearest available denomination in countries where small coins are not in use. Cash rounding takes effect in POS versions 10.1+</p>

<p><strong>Which countries will this apply to?</strong><br>
Cash rounding will apply in: Canada (CAD), Australia (AUD), New Zealand (NZD), Switzerland (EUR), Belgium (EUR), Finland (EUR), Denmark (DKK), Sweden (SEK) and Norway (NOK). To understand denomination roundings based on your country, you can review documentation available in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/cash-rounding-on-pos">Help Centre</a>. </p>

<p><strong>How will  cash rounding appear in Shopify?</strong><br>
* Shopify POS and Admin will be updated to support cash rounding, including:<br>
* POS checkout: when Cash is selected as the payment method, the rounded amount will be visible to staff.<br>
* Order details: the total amount and the rounded total will be displayed on both POS and Admin <br>
* Receipts: will show the Total, as well as the new “Cash rounding” and “Adjusted total” amounts<br>
* Payments Reporting: new metrics for “cash rounding” and “rounded net payments” are available as optional columns for future and existing payments reports</p>

<p>Learn more about cash rounding on Point of Sale in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/cash-rounding-on-pos">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Apr 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cash-rounding-on-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set order value limits in Checkout Blocks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Checkout Blocks now lets Shopify Plus merchants set order value limits and block checkout for order subtotals outside the minimum and/or maximum limits. </p>

<p>Merchants have the option to apply the limits to all customers or only to B2B companies.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-blocks/order-value-limits">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Apr 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-order-value-limits-in-checkout-blocks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New editing features in Shopify Email to control padding and customize email footers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Email now offers greater design flexibility with section padding controls and a redesigned footer section. </p>

<p>You can now set padding to 'auto' for dynamically optimized settings, or adjust padding individually for the top, bottom, left, and right of each section. If you clear a padding setting by mistake, it will revert back to 'auto', so your layout stays polished. </p>

<p>The updated footer section now offers more customization and less clutter. We've reduced empty space, introduced a new compact layout, and all footer text now supports rich text editing, allowing you to emphasize key information. Set and save default footer settings in your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/shopify-email/template-branding">Shopify Email brand preferences</a> to save time and maintain consistency across emails and automations, and extend your reach with newly added social icons for platforms such as Whatsapp, Weibo and WeChat, providing your subscribers with more ways to connect with your brand.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-email/create-email/create-campaigns">creating campaigns</a> with Shopify Email.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Apr 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-editing-features-in-shopify-email-to-control-padding-and-customize-email-footers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify POS version 10</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just launched Shopify POS version 10, and it’s all about making your day-to-day efficient, faster, and more intuitive - no matter where or how you sell. This release brings thoughtful design improvements and new features that help you and your staff get more done with less friction. </p>

<p><strong>Here’s what's new in version 10</strong><br>
* <strong>Refined visual design:</strong> We’ve refreshed the look and feel across POS with cleaner layouts and more accessible information, so it’s easier to stay focused and confident during checkout. <br>
*  <strong>Updated navigation for faster access:</strong> On tablet, the vertical navigation bar now gives you one-tap access to the Register, Connectivity, and Lock Screen. On mobile, the Cart is now just a tap away in the main navigation. <br>
* <strong>Smarter, faster search:</strong> Inline search is now supported for Orders, Products, Customers, Drafts and Staff - so you get precise, index-specific results without jumping between screens. <br>
*  <strong>Cart enhancements:</strong> A new dynamic cart header now shows you exactly what kind of cart you’re working with - new orders or draft. You’ll see more line items at a glance, making it easier to manage larger orders or exchanges. <br>
* <strong>Branding lock screen:</strong> Add a custom brand image and logo to the lock screen for a consistent and professional look across your locations. You can upload this media in the POS Channel in Shopify Admin. <br>
* <strong>Branded theming for POS Terminal:</strong> Add rich, engaging media to the idle screen to catch eyes and educate customers. Apply your brand colors across all checkout screens to elevate the in-store experience. You can upload this media in the POS channel in Shopify Admin. </p>

<p>Version 10 is packed with thoughtful touches designed to save time, improve clarity, and help you deliver a branded, efficient experience at the cash wrap. Read the full update in the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/retail/shopify-pos-design-update?q=purgeCache">blog</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Apr 2025 12:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pos-version-10-0</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Logo &amp; Background Media on Customer Display</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In POS version 10.0 and Customer View version 2.0, you can customize the appearance of the Idle Screen on your customer-facing display by uploading your own logo and background image via the Display Editor in your Admin. This is a prime opportunity to showcase your brand and engage more effectively with your customers.</p>

<p>Tailor the look-and-feel even further by leveraging tools to scale the size of the logo and set the overlay opacity of your background image. Both the logo and background image support PNG and JPG files, with a recommended image size of 1080x1920 for the background image, specifically. </p>

<p>To get started, visit the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/apps/point-of-sale-channel/settings/display-editor">Display Editor</a> in Admin by selecting Point of Sale &gt; Settings &gt; Customize &gt; Customer displays &gt; Idle screen. </p>

<p>These customizations are available for customer-facing displays on both POS Terminal and compatible Android devices running the Customer View app. To learn more about customizing customer display, visit the Help Center</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/pos-terminal/customizing-customer-display#customizing-the-standby-screen-on-pos-terminal">Customize POS Terminal</a><br>
<a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/customer-view-app">Customize Customer View app</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Apr 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/logo-background-media-on-customer-display</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brand Theme Colors on POS Customer Display </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In POS version 10.0 and Customer View version 2.0, you can select primary and accent theme colors for POS checkout screens on POS Terminal and the Android Customer View app. </p>

<p>To get started, visit the <a href="https://www.google.com/url?q=https://www.shopify.com/admin/apps/point-of-sale-channel/settings/display-editor">Display Editor</a> in Admin by selecting Point of Sale &gt; Settings &gt; Customize &gt; Customer displays &gt; Checkout. </p>

<p>Brand theme colors are applied to Cart, Tips (if enabled), Receipt, and Thank You screens. Within the Checkout section of Display Editor, you can use the dropdown menu in the top bar to navigate between each of these screens to see the applied color and customize other settings. Together with logo and background media on Idle screen, color theming will help represent your brand identity to customers. </p>

<p>These customizations are available for customer-facing displays on both POS Terminal and compatible Android devices running the Customer View app. To learn more about customizing customer display, visit the Help Center</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/pos-terminal/customizing-customer-display#customizing-the-standby-screen-on-pos-terminal">Customize POS Terminal</a><br>
<a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/customer-view-app">Customize Customer View app</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Apr 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/theme-color-on-pos-customer-display</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A single line item's quantity can now be split across multiple fulfillment locations at checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When there isn't enough inventory at one location to fulfill the total quantity of a specific item within an order, the item will automatically be split across multiple fulfillment locations at checkout. This process prevents inventory levels from falling below zero as a result </p>

<p>Split allocation for a line item in an order can occur under the following circumstances:<br>
* The store has multiple fulfillment locations for inventory items.<br>
* Fulfillable inventory is set to sell only within configured zones, in your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/shipping">Shipping and delivery settings</a>. If this option isn't available in the Shopify admin, then it is enabled by default.<br>
* The products or product variants are configured to stop selling when out of stock.<br>
* A checkout is completed containing one of the above products or product variants with a quantity that is greater than can be fulfilled from a single location, but less than or equal to what is available in all locations.</p>

<p>If you manage fulfillment orders with Shopify’s API, please refer to this <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/orders-fulfillment/split-fulfillment-orders">dev doc</a> to ensure your customizations account for the correct quantity needed to fulfill these orders.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Apr 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkouts-with-multiple-units-of-a-single-product-can-now-be-split-across-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reverse Charge expanded to the United Kingdom</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The reverse charge exemption fully exempts VAT on any order originating in the European Union (EU) that's shipped to a B2B customer in a different EU country or in the United Kingdom (UK).</p>

<h2>What's changing?</h2>

<p>There’s two exciting changes to be aware of:<br>
1. Orders shipped from the EU to the UK will now fully exempt VAT when the buyer has the Reverse Charge (EU/UK) exemption applied to a customer or company location.<br>
2. When applied, reverse charge will now be printed on <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/shopify-tax/vat-invoices">VAT invoices</a> [exclusive to merchants on <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/shopify-tax">Shopify Tax</a> who opt in]</p>

<h2>What do you need to do?</h2>

<p>Be sure to check your admin locations: now that the reverse charge exemption includes the UK, the reverse charge exemption will not be applied if a merchant has a default location outside of the EU. </p>

<h3>How do you use it?</h3>

<p>Plus merchants can apply the reverse charge within company locations:<br>
* Go to <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/companies?selectedView=all">Companies</a><br>
* Select the Company you wish to add the exemption to<br>
* Select the Company location you wish to add the exemption to<br>
* Tap the three dots at the top of the Customer card and select "Edit tax details"<br>
* Change the menu underneath Tax settings to "Collect tax unless exemptions apply"<br>
* Either search for or scroll to and check the box next to Reverse Charge (EU/UK)<br>
* Press save</p>

<p>All other merchants can apply the reverse charge within customers:<br>
* Go to <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/customers">Customers</a><br>
* Select the customer you wish to add the exemption to<br>
* Tap the three dots at the top of the Customer card and select "Edit tax details"<br>
* Change the menu underneath Tax settings to "Collect tax unless exemptions apply"<br>
* Either search for or scroll to and check the box next to Reverse Charge (EU/UK)<br>
* Press save</p>

<p>If your Company or Customers already have the exemption applied, no action is needed.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Apr 2025 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/reverse-charge-expanded-to-the-united-kingdom</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deprecating dark mode in POS terminal and Customer View app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting April 14, 2025, or when you upgrade to POS v10.0 or Customer View v2.0, dark mode on POS Terminal and Customer View app will be discontinued. If you currently use this setting, it will automatically be switched to light colors. </p>

<p>In place of dark mode, we are introducing flexible color theming on POS Terminal in POS v10.0 and Customer View v2.0 where you can customize any color for your checkout screens. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Apr 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/deprecating-dark-mode-in-pos-terminal</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Scripts Deprecation</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update: As of April 2025, Shopify Scripts deprecation deadline has been extended from August 28, 2025 to June 30, 2026.</strong></p>

<p>We're continuing to improve <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/checkout#shopify-functions">Shopify Functions</a> with new capabilities for discounts, shipping, and payments — areas where you've previously relied on Shopify Scripts — to ensure you can build custom logic that fits your unique business needs. </p>

<p>To help with your migration planning, we recommend using the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/script-editor/migrating#functions-migrate">Shopify Scripts customizations report</a> to identify which of your current customizations can be replaced with Shopify Functions or public apps.</p>

<p>Your existing Shopify Scripts will continue to work until the new deprecation date but we strongly encourage you to migrate as soon as possible.</p>

<p>Learn more about migrating from Shopify Scripts to Shopify Functions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/script-editor/migrating">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Apr 2025 08:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-scripts-deprecation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Showcasing your discount codes in the Shop app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of April 10, 2025, you can now give sales channel access to the Shop channel  by selecting Shop in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/sales-channel-discounts#activating-sales-channel-access-for-discount-codes"><strong>Sales channel access</strong> section</a> when you create a discount code.</p>

<p>Starting in May 2025 during experimentation, Shop will display your discount codes to some Shop customers on your product pages and the new aggregated discounts section in the Shop app.</p>

<p>You can start giving Shop access to your discount codes today, so that they will later display when the feature is available to customers in Shop.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Apr 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-is-available-for-showcasing-your-discount-codes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Personalized recommendations on Collective</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Collective discovery page now offers curated recommendations for merchants, tailored to buyer demand signals and preferences.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Apr 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/personalized-recommendations-on-collective</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Add-to-cart Limit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a customer tries to add an item to their cart for a quantity greater than your available inventory for the product, the cart automatically adjusts the quantity down to match the available inventory. However, this can inadvertently reveal inventory information to your customers. To avoid this, you can set a restriction on the quantity per product that a customer can purchase in an order.</p>

<p>A new setting has been added to your admin that lets you control the maximum quantity allowed for any single item in a buyer’s cart. This limit only applies to carts created on your online store and does not apply to draft orders, point of sale, or carts that include products from catalogs with quantity rules (e.g. for B2B on Shopify).</p>

<p>We have automatically set your store’s limit <strong>based on quantities in your store’s entire order history. This suggested limit has a buffer to ensure future orders are unlikely to be impacted, even if they contain higher-than-average quantities</strong>. If your store has less than 250 orders, we have applied a default limit of 50. </p>

<p>You can see your set limit and change it as needed in the admin under Settings -&gt; Checkout and learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/add-to-cart-limit">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Apr 2025 21:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-add-to-cart-limit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ship and carryout in a single order on POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re introducing an improvement to selling in Shopify POS. Staff can now build an order where items can be carried out in-store and shipped directly to a customer’s address. </p>

<p><strong>Whats New</strong><br>
* Each item in the cart can have its own delivery method, eliminating the need to check out separate carts for different delivery options. This means your staff can handle mixed orders - shipping some items while allowing customers to take home others right away. <br>
* The ship and carry out feature lets you sell both in-stock and out-of-stock items together, giving customers more choices and allowing you to utilize inventory across your retail network. <br>
* By consolidating items into one cart, bundle pricing and discounts apply across all purchased items, reducing overhead on staff and improving the customers purchasing experience. </p>

<p><strong>How Ship and Carryout Works</strong><br>
* <strong>Split quantity limitations:</strong> Items of the same product variant cannot be split across line items. If a variant appears both in a bundle and as a separate line item, they will need to share the same delivery method. <br>
* <strong>Tax engine compatibility:</strong> Ship and carry out is only supported if you are using Avalara 2.0, Vertex, or Registration-based taxes (excluding stores based in the United States, European Union, and United Kingdom) tax engines. We will be expanding support to include ShopifyTax. Be sure to verify your settings to take advantage of this feature.<br><br>
* <strong>Regional shipping restrictions: *<em>All items in a single delivery cart must be from the same tax region, as configured in your Shopify Admin. However, within the EU, you can ship across countries since it operates under a unified tax engine. <br>
* *</em>Email templates</strong>: Default email templates for Order confirmation, Order invoice, Order Edited, POS and Mobile Receipt, and New Order Notification will be automatically updated to show items shipped and items carried out. Custom email templates will need to be manually updated. </p>

<p>Ship and carry out provides a more flexible shopping experience for your customers while simplifying the checkout process for your staff. Learn about ship and carry out in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/ship-and-carry-out">Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2025 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ship-and-carryout-in-a-single-order-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS Terminal Design Improvements</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In version 9.31, we’ve introduced a design update to customer display screens on POS Terminal and Android Customer View app. Here’s what new:</p>

<ul>
<li>Cart summary is now persistent at the bottom of the screen across the Cart and Tips screen. Customers can consistently see the summary and checkout information to make purchase decisions (payment, tip).</li>
<li> New Tips and Receipts button style for better selection experience.</li>
<li>Optimized text size and spacing.</li>
</ul>

<p>These changes will enhance the information displayed to customers, and overall create a better display for POS Terminal. More visual customizations are coming soon. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-terminal-design-improvements</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved product search in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve improved local product search capabilities in Shopify POS. Global search will pull intelligent search results even when there are typos, alternative spellings, or spacing issues. </p>

<p><strong>Here’s what's new with search:</strong></p>

<ul>
<li>Faster search speed for quicker interactions</li>
<li>Improved search performance for larger catalogs</li>
<li>Increased typing error tolerance</li>
</ul>

<p>These improvements to search are more forgiving while delivering more specific and faster results, regardless of the catalog size. Product search now provides instantaneous, relevant information, reducing the need for precise input. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Mar 2025 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-global-search-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize robots.txt rules by domain</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're using multiple domains to target different audiences in Shopify Markets, you can now create custom crawling rules for each domain using the <code>request.host</code> object in your <code>robots.txt.liquid</code> template.</p>

<p>This update gives you more control over how search engines crawl your content across different markets.</p>

<p>To implement domain-specific rules, simply use the <code>request.host</code> object in your <code>robots.txt.liquid</code> template. </p>

<p>As an example, this code snippet would disallow crawling of the <code>/en/</code> folder for the <code>example.fr</code> domain, while allowing the folder to remain crawlable for other domains.</p>

<p><code><br>
{% for group in robots.default_groups %}<br>
  {{- group.user_agent }}<br>
  {%- if request.host == 'example.fr' -%}<br>
    Disallow: /en/<br>
  {%- endif -%}<br>
{% endfor %}<br>
</code></p>

<p>Learn more about customizing robots.txt in the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/themes/seo/robots-txt">Shopify Dev Docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Mar 2025 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-robots-txt-rules-by-domain</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Draft Orders automatically removed after 1 year of inactivity</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Draft orders created on or after April 1, 2025, will be automatically removed after one year of inactivity. Automatic removal of inactive draft orders will begin on April 1, 2026. This ensures a clean and organized order management system, displaying only active draft orders. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/create-orders/create-draft#delete-draft-order">draft order deletion</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Mar 2025 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/draft-orders-automatically-removed-after-1-year-of-inactivity</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mandatory Checkpoint Challenge for Bot Protection Schedules</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To enhance the effectiveness of our bot protection feature, we've made an important update. </p>

<p>Previously, you had the option to choose whether to require a "checkpoint challenge" for buyers. To better detect bots, checkpoint challenges are now mandatory when creating new bot protection schedules.</p>

<p>For more details on how to set up and manage your bot protection settings, please refer to our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/bot-protection">bot protection documentation</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/mandatory-checkpoint-challenge-for-bot-protection-schedules</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in 15 additional European Countries</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>*<em>New release: *</em>  Shopify Payments is now live in 15 European countries. Merchants in Poland, Lithuania, Norway, Latvia, Hungary, Estonia, Malta, Croatia, Greece, Slovenia, Cyprus, Bulgaria, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, and Gibraltar can now:</p>

<ul>
<li>Access 200M+ global buyers through Shop Pay’s accelerated 1-click checkout</li>
<li>Accept major credit cards and local payment methods</li>
<li>Sell in 130+ currencies worldwide</li>
<li>Simplify operations with unified payouts and reporting</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Payments in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/supported-countries">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-14-additional-european-countries</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blogs moved to the content section in admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've moved the Blogs section from the Online Store app to the Content section of the admin. This change makes it easier to manage all your content in one place. Now you can access your blogs, metaobjects, and files all within the Content section.</p>

<p>Learn more about managing blogs in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/blogs/adding-a-blog">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Mar 2025 19:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/blogs-moved-to-the-content-section-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved user experience for order editing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve improved the user experience for order editing. Quantities and discounts are easier to change and the design more closely matches other pages in the admin—such as Drafts or Order Details. This should lead to a more efficient experience when editing orders.</p>

<p>Learn more about order editing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/editing-orders">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Mar 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-user-experience-for-order-editing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sign in with Shop on the customer login page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <strong>Sign in with Shop</strong> button will be added to the customer account login page for stores that use Shop Pay. This update will make the login process for your customers faster, improving their shopping experience and accelerating checkout.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2025 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sign-in-with-shop-on-the-customer-login-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Improved experience for actions that update and remove metafields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The actions to update and remove metafields now offer an improved experience for finding or creating metafields. Flow now provides a dropdown for selecting metafields, instead of requiring that metafields be defined manually by namespace, key, and type.  You can still manually or programmatically set these values by choosing “Select an unstructured metafield”. You can also quickly create new metafield definitions by using the link for “Add definition”.</p>

<p>Actions with the new experience include:<br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/remove-collection-metafield">Remove collection metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/remove-company-location-metafield">Remove company location metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/remove-company-metafield">Remove company metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/remove-customer-metafield">Remove customer metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/remove-draft-order-metafield">Remove draft order metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/remove-order-metafield">Remove order metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/remove-product-metafield">Remove product metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/remove-product-variant-metafield">Remove product variant metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/remove-shop-metafield">Remove shop metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-collection-metafield">Update collection metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-company-location-metafield">Update company location metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-company-metafield">Update company metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-customer-metafield">Update customer metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-draft-order-metafield">Update draft order metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-order-metafield">Update order metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-product-metafield">Update product metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-product-variant-metafield">Update product variant metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-shop-metafield">Update shop metafield</a></p>

<p>For more information about how it works, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-improved-experience-for-actions-that-update-and-remove-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective retailers can now search for suppliers </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retailers can now easily find and connect with suppliers using Collective’s enhanced Discovery feature, which allows them to search by name and access key supplier details like social media links, product offerings, and contact information more easily. Find out more about discovering suppliers on Collective <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/retailers/finding-suppliers">here</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailers-can-now-search-for-suppliers-by-name</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smart collection "include sub-categories" in category conditions now live</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h2>Sub-categories inclusion options to product smart collection filters</h2>

<p><strong>Update:</strong> We've added sub-categories inclusion options to product smart collection filters because managing large catalogs requires more flexible categorization tools. Now merchants can select a parent category like "Clothing Tops" and automatically include all products from sub-categories such as "Shirts," "Cardigans," and "Bodysuits" without creating multiple filter conditions.</p>

<p>Learn more about the sub-categories filtering in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/collections/automated-collections/auto-select">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/smart-collection-include-subcategory-in-category-conditions-now-live</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discontinued support for JavaScript Buy SDK</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Last year, we <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/js-buy-sdk-deprecation-notice">announced</a> the deprecation of JS Buy SDK and provided two options available to merchants for their ecommerce experience to remain operational.</p>

<p><strong>Recommended option: switch to the <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/shopify-app-js/tree/main/packages/api-clients/storefront-api-client#readme">Storefront API Client</a></strong>, which manages the API’s authentication information and enables full access to globally-deployed Carts, offering improved performance, scalability, and a richer feature set including subscriptions, product bundles, contextual pricing, Shopify Functions, and more. See this <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/js-buy-sdk/tree/main/migration-guide">migration guide</a> for more information. </p>

<p><strong>Alternative option: upgrade to JavaScript Buy SDK v3.0</strong>, which allows merchants to maintain their current setup with minimal changes for use cases that are supported by the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/storefront/2025-01/objects/Cart">Cart API</a>. If choosing this option, please be aware that this is the last and final release of the JS Buy SDK and we cannot guarantee future Shopify features will be compatible with this option. See this <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/js-buy-sdk/blob/main/README.md#how-to-upgrade-to-v30">upgrade guide</a> for more information.  </p>

<p><strong>Critical Deadline: July 1, 2025 11:00 AM ET.</strong> Merchants must implement one of these changes by this date, or customers will not be able to complete purchases.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Mar 2025 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discontinued-support-for-javascript-buy-sdk</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Configure Default Preferences for Email and SMS Marketing </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting from version 9.22, you will be able to customize default customer preference for email and SMS marketing for POS in Settings &gt; <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/checkout">Checkout</a></p>

<p>You can configure the settings for the checkbox in the checkout that collects customer’s consent for receiving marketing emails. The checkbox can either be preselected by default in select customer regions, with customers being able to manually deselect it, or unselected by default so the customer can opt-in on their own. This change will be applied to both you online and POS checkout. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/configure-default-preferences-for-email-and-sms-marketing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discounts work with draft orders on POS </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now apply and save all discounts that you create in the admin to draft orders in Shopify POS, including: <br>
* Line item discounts<br>
* Order discounts<br>
* BXGY discounts<br>
* Shipping discounts<br>
* Discount Functions<br>
* Discount combinations</p>

<p>Previously, draft orders in POS only supported custom (manual) discounts. With this update, you can now apply any discount that you create in the Shopify admin, making POS draft orders fully compatible with discounts to match the capabilities available for your online store. Whether your staff is taking phone orders, creating custom orders, or placing high-value items on hold, you can now save these discounts in draft orders for a more convenient checkout experience.</p>

<p>Note: You need the appropriate permissions to use discounts in draft orders. This feature is available with POS Pro.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/create-orders/discounts">Shopify help center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Mar 2025 00:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discounts-work-with-draft-orders-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: New actions to get data about gift cards, locations, and cash tracking sessions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now has more actions to fetch data from your Shopify store to use in workflows. These “Get data” actions call a query with a set of filters, for example to get resources updated in the last day, and return a list of data that matches. Like other similar actions, these actions return a list of up to 100 resources.</p>

<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-gift-card-data">Get gift card data</a> action retrieves about gift cards from your store. Importantly, your store has both gift card products, which are used to generate gift cards, and gift cards themselves, which are the actual gift cards that customers can use to make purchases. To get information about gift card products, use the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-product-data">Get product data</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-product-variant-data">Get product variant data</a> actions.</p>

<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-location-data">Get location data</a> action retrieves location information from your Shopify store. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/setup/locations">Locations</a> are any place that you store inventory, sell products, or ship or fulfill orders.</p>

<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-cash-tracking-session-data">Get cash tracking session data</a> action retrieves cash tracking session information from your POS Pro. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/cash-register-management/cash-tracking">Cash tracking sessions</a> are used to track the cash in your store's registers.</p>

<p>Review these new templates to learn more about using these new actions:<br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/0196da8e-1581-7891-8fbc-5bfc4423c490">Send daily summary of POS cash tracking discrepancies from last 7 days</a><br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/0196f2e1-a4b9-7ff0-8181-9de43d95ae1e">Notify customers of expiring gifts cards using SendGrid</a></p>

<p>For more information about how they work, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/hold-for-editions-feedback-and-questions/m-p/2410287/highlight/true#M3172">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 08 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-new-actions-to-get-data-about-gift-cards-locations-and-cash-tracking-sessions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Search in Shopify settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made managing settings easier by adding dedicated search within Shopify settings, on both desktop and in the Shopify app. </p>

<p>Whether you need to modify order confirmation emails, add staff members, or manage taxes, settings search will quickly guide you to the right place. Settings search is designed to save you time and reduce frustration, allowing you to focus more on growing your business.</p>

<p>Learn more about settings search in the Shopify Help Centre.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Mar 2025 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/search-in-shopify-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Forms now syncs with merchant-owned metafields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Forms field validations now match updates made to metafields from custom data. For example, if a radio button metafield gets a new option, or an option is removed, all forms created with Shopify Forms that use the metafield will update with the new options. This change ensures that customer records are up-to-date and consistent.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/forms-app/settings/all-forms#:%7E:text=of%20100%20characters.-,Custom%20input%20fields,-Note">Learn more</a> about the different ways to create fields in forms.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Mar 2025 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-forms-now-syncs-with-merchant-owned-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI Store Setup Tool</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released our AI store setup tool for entrepreneurs. This will help new business owners overcome the daunting challenge of designing an online store, a common barrier that delays their path to making sales. </p>

<p>With just a simple description of your business or products, the AI store generator will enable entrepreneurs to generate custom themes for their brand, allowing them to get their online store up and running quickly. It’s now available to all merchants on the basic plan and up. </p>

<p>Learn more about the AI store setup in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/adding-themes">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Mar 2025 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ai-store-generator-tool</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Partial market management on Managed Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>During and after Managed Markets activation, it's now possible to decide which international markets are managed or not. This can be used among others, to progressively roll out Managed Markets. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Mar 2025 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/partial-market-management-on-managed-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disable gift cards conditionally in Checkout Blocks </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Checkout Blocks now lets Shopify Plus merchants disable gift cards during specific checkout scenarios.</p>

<p>Merchants can also hide wallet payments (ex: Apple Pay, Google Pay, Amazon Pay) based on cart and customer conditions.</p>

<p>Learn more about payment customizations in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-blocks/customizations/payment-methods">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Mar 2025 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/disable-gift-cards-conditionally-in-checkout-blocks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in Mexico</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>New release:</strong> We’ve released Shopify Payments for Mexico. Merchants in Mexico can now use Shopify Payments to accept payments via major credit cards, in multiple currencies, and receive payouts in MXN to their local bank accounts.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Payments in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/supported-countries/mexico">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Mar 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-mexico</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop available in French, German and Spanish</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shop buyers globally can view and purchase products from their favorite merchants in French, German, and Spanish. Display language is determined based on the user’s device settings, if available. Product pages and other merchant-owned content will continue to be displayed in the languages that you have enabled. You can enable translations on your product details pages (PDPs) by using the Translate &amp; Adapt app in the Shopify admin. </p>

<p>You can find more information about customizing your Shop Store <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/manage-shop-store/customize#displaying-your-shop-store-in-other-languages">here</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Mar 2025 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-available-in-french-german-and-spanish</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Additional Commerce Object Support in search and Sidekick</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To provide you with more comprehensive search results in the Shopify admin, and to enhance context-aware suggestions in Sidekick, we’ve added more commerce objects to Search and Sidekick. <br>
You can now use admin search to quickly find and navigate to:</p>

<ul>
<li>Markets (available for merchants with access to the markets feature)</li>
<li>Draft Orders</li>
<li>Discounts</li>
<li>Marketing Automations</li>
<li>Purchase Orders</li>
<li>Locations</li>
<li>Company Locations</li>
<li>Catalogs</li>
</ul>

<p>We're continuously working to expand support for additional commerce object types to further broaden the capabilities of search and Sidekick.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Feb 2025 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Sidekick</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/additional-commerce-object-support-in-search-and-sidekick</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New dashboard in Shopify Fulfillment Network (SFN)</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new Shopify Fulfillment Network (SFN) dashboard allows you to monitor and compare metrics like order-to-delivery time and in-transit time. You can use it for quick access to alerts for low inventory, orders on hold, and in-progress transfers, enhancing operational visibility and control for your business.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/fulfillment/shopify-fulfillment-network/dashboard">Shopify Fulfillment Network dashboard</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Feb 2025 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify fulfillment network</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fulfillment-performance-overview-in-shopify-fulfillment-network</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SMS Marketing Opt-ins on POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In version 9.28 of the Shopify POS app we’ve introduced support for accepting SMS marketing opt-ins for customers. SMS marketing opt-ins enable you to obtain consent from customers to send marketing campaigns via text messaging. </p>

<p>There are two ways for consent to be obtained:<br>
* Staff-led via the “Accepts SMS Marketing” toggle on a Customer profile<br>
* Customer-led via receipt selection on the customer-facing display </p>

<p>To get started, first activate the “<a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/customer-contact-information#collect-customer-phone-numbers-from-the-checkout">collect customer phone numbers from checkout</a>” setting for your retail locations. This can be done in the Shopify Admin. With this setting enabled, the “Accept SMS marketing" toggle will become visible to Staff on the customer profile during checkout allowing them to opt a customer into SMS marketing after obtaining consent.</p>

<p>If a customer already has a phone number attached to their profile, they will be able to opt-in to receive SMS marketing during receipt selection by choosing to receive a text receipt.</p>

<p>Once opted in, merchants can <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-segmentation/reference-guide/shopify-segments#sms-subscription-status">create segments of customers who have subscribed to SMS</a> via Shopify Admin.</p>

<p>To learn more about SMS opt-in for Shopify POS, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/customer-management/edit-a-customer-profile">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/support-for-sms-marketing-opt-ins-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pre-select email consent based on region</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now choose the region where the email marketing consent checkbox is pre-selected. Customers in your chosen regions will have the opt-in box pre-selected at checkout, with the option to easily opt-out by unchecking it. This allows you to optimize email marketing efforts by focusing on specific regions and comply with local regulations.</p>

<p>From your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/checkout">Shopify admin</a>, you can either automate the selection per Shopify’s latest recommendations or manually select the countries. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/customer-contact-information#collect-customer-emails-from-the-checkout">collecting customer emails</a> from checkout. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pre-select-email-consent-based-on-region</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deprecating Shop Inbox in the Shop App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting February 19, 2025, the Inbox in Shop App will be discontinued. Shop app users will no longer be able to chat directly with merchants through the Shop app. Merchants will no longer see the options to use Shop chat in the Shopify Inbox sales channel. Additionally, merchants will not be able to access existing chats with customers initiated in the Shop App, however they will have continued access to chats with customers initiated in their online store. We're working on rebuilding our inbox functionality as part of upcoming platform enhancements. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Feb 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sunsetting-shop-inbox-on-shop-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved privacy features simplify your path to compliance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To help merchants selling to Europe build trust with customers, stay compliant with privacy regulations, and protect themselves from legal risks, we’re introducing new privacy features:</p>

<ul>
<li><p><strong><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/customer-privacy-settings/privacy-settings#changing-cookie-preferences">Adjustable consent preferences</a></strong>: Customers can now modify their consent preferences at any time by reopening the cookie consent banner. Previously, customers had to manually clear cookies to update their consent decisions. Now, they can simply reshow the cookie banner and adjust their preferences as needed. </p></li>
<li><p><strong><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/customer-privacy-settings/privacy-settings#add-a-cookie-banner">Cookie banner on checkout</a></strong>: The Shopify cookie banner can now be displayed on checkout where needed, allowing merchants to capture necessary consents even for sessions that start directly on checkout and skip storefront pages. This ensures that merchants selling in Europe can collect consent for any non-essential trackers, increasing data collection capabilities and improving compliance with European privacy regulations. This feature is off by default - enable it in your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/privacy">Customer privacy settings</a>.</p></li>
<li><p><strong><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/customer-privacy-settings/privacy-settings#add-a-data-sales-opt-out-page">Data sale opt out</a></strong>: The data sale opt out automation has been updated to include US states with laws effective January 1, 2025. Additionally, customers can now opt out of data sale from both their account and their browser.</p></li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Feb 2025 08:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-privacy-features-simplify-your-path-to-compliance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deprecation of auto-added products on the Checkout Blocks App </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Starting February 20</strong>, the ability to auto-add products in checkbox upsell blocks will no longer be available on the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/checkout-blocks">Checkout Blocks app</a>. If you currently use this setting, it will automatically be turned off on that date.</p>

<p>If you're looking to implement auto-added free gift promotions in your checkout process, please note that these use cases will now require third-party apps available in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/">Shopify App Store</a>.</p>

<p>This change helps create a more transparent checkout experience for your customers by ensuring they have full control over the items in their cart.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/deprecation-of-auto-added-products-on-the-checkout-blocks-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective merchants can now search and sort in their connections table</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Within the connections table in Collective, merchants can now search for partners by name,  sort alphabetically and organize by date added, making it faster and easier to navigate connections as their business scales. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 10:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-merchants-can-now-search-and-sort-in-their-connections-table</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meta Pay deprecation on Shopify Payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Meta Pay is now removed as an accelerated checkout option. Customers will not be able to use Meta Pay to make purchases on your Shopify store, but you will still be able to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/finances-report#payments-finance-report">view and report on historical transactions made using Meta Pay</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Feb 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/meta-pay-deprecation-on-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify duties and import taxes - Now available for all Shopify plans</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>## Update: Shopify duties + import taxes<br>
On Feb 2 2025, Shopify enabled merchants on all Shopify plans to access Shopify duties and import taxes calculations, a feature previously requiring merchants to be on the Advanced Shopify or Shopify Plus plans. </p>

<p>Shopify duties + import taxes is a feature that allows merchants to display and collect duties + import taxes at the point of sale during checkout. It can be used to provide clear cost information to your customers, ensuring transparency about the total cost of their purchases, including any import duties.</p>

<p>Please be advised that merchants that are collecting duties and import tax estimates at checkout should pair the service with duty prepaid (DDP) labels to avoid double-charging buyer import taxes and duties and reduce buyer parcel rejection rates. Duty prepaid labels must be purchased outside of Shopify Shipping.</p>

<p>Learn more about the collecting estimated import taxes and duties via Shopify Duties in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/duties-and-import-taxes/charging-duties">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>

<h3>Pricing:</h3>

<p>Shopify has temporarily reduced pricing. A 0.5% transaction fee applies to orders that have duties and import taxes calculated at checkout in stores.</p>

<p>The transaction fee is applied for every order that has duties and import taxes calculated at checkout, even if the calculated amount is zero. Transaction fees aren't charged in the following cases:</p>

<ul>
<li>Orders that are shipped to the same country or region as where the store is located.</li>
<li>Orders that are shipped between EU member countries.</li>
<li>Abandoned checkouts.</li>
</ul>

<h3>Additional options for managing tariffs</h3>

<p>Shopify provides multiple straightforward options for managing tariffs:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Use the duty calculator:</strong> Activate Shopify’s built-in <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/taxes">duty calculator</a> from your Shopify admin at <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Taxes and Duties</strong>. This tool displays and collects duties and taxes at checkout, reassuring your customers that there will be no hidden charges upon delivery. Ensure to pair this with duty prepaid labels for shipping.</li>
<li><strong>Buy prepaid duty labels:</strong> Purchase duty prepaid shipping labels using third-party apps from the Shopify App Store. This helps ensure that shipments go through customs smoothly without extra charges for your customers.</li>
<li><strong>Manage duties with Managed Markets:</strong> If eligible, US-based merchants can use <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/managed-markets/requirements-and-considerations">Managed Markets</a> for automated duty calculations and payments at checkout. This tool provides prepaid duty labels at negotiated rates and guarantees duty and tax calculations, ensuring a seamless experience for your customers.</li>
<li><strong>Customize store messages:</strong> Tailor your online store to display messages about duties being paid at checkout for specific regions, boosting customer trust in your international transactions.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Feb 2025 14:45:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-duty-calculator-now-available-for-all-shopify-plans</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated Default Sort Order to Index Pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've adjusted the default sort orders for several key index tables to prioritize the most relevant information:</p>

<p><strong>Products</strong><br>
Old: Alphabetical (A-Z)<br>
New: Last created (most recent first)</p>

<p>This change ensures that your newest products appear at the top of the list, making it easier to manage your latest additions.</p>

<p><strong>Purchase Orders</strong><br>
Old: Last created<br>
New: Expected arrival date (future dates first)</p>

<p><strong>Transfers</strong><br>
Old: Last created<br>
New: Estimated arrival date (future dates first)</p>

<p><strong>Files:</strong><br>
New: Last added</p>

<p>For both Purchase Orders and Transfers, sorting by expected arrival date allows you to quickly see what's coming soon, helping you stay on top of your inventory management. </p>

<p>Sort controls are conveniently located in the top right corner of the index page. Simply click on the sort options to arrange your items by the available criteria.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Feb 2025 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/added-range-count-and-default-sort-order-to-index-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Scripts customizations report now available to accelerate migration</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants who need to replace their Shopify Scripts for payment, shipping, and discount customizations, can now use a personalized report that recommends compatible Shopify Functions alternatives. </p>

<p>Refer to this new, AI-powered report to recreate your Shopify Scripts customizations with Shopify Functions by either building custom apps or by installing a compatible app.</p>

<p>The deadline to migrate off Shopify Scripts is <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/shopify-scripts-deprecation">June 30, 2026</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/script-editor/migrating">Migration guide</a> and the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/checkout#shopify-functions">Shopify Functions roadmap</a> to plan your migration. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2025 16:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-scripts-customizations-report-now-available-to-accelerate-migration</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Improved workflow run details page and search</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now has better tools for searching and troubleshooting what happened when a workflow ran. </p>

<h2>Troubleshooting</h2>

<p>Previously, when an action was successful, it might have been difficult to tell what the action did in your shop. For example, when updating a metafield value, what metafield value was set? With these improvements, you will now be able to see the data that was provided to the action, enabling you to better understand what happened.</p>

<p>In this example, by clicking “Step data”, you can see that the “Add order tag” action received as input an order id and a “guitar2” tag:</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/30-24-cwny5-4yr48.png" alt="Example data showing a tag value"></p>

<p>Since tag actions do not return data, the output is null. </p>

<p>The step data for triggers may be especially useful to check to understand data in your workflow. Triggers contain the data  that Flow receives  from the event (typically an ID) and the data that Flow queries to run the workflow as you designed:</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/30-32-h8rhx-cjsg2.png" alt="Example showing trigger data"></p>

<h2>Searching</h2>

<p>Building on prior improvements for searching workflow runs, you can now search any of the step data as part of Flow’s run search. To begin a search in the Flow app, go to a list of workflow runs and choose “Add filter” and then “Includes text”. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/30-14-s6p63-vgetm.png" alt="Example showing where to find the new filter"></p>

<p>You can search any of the fields available as “step data”  in the run details. Please note that you can only search the text and you must omit any punctuation. For example, to search for an order ID, search “124443” and not “gid://shopify/Order/124443”.</p>

<h2>Resources</h2>

<p>For more information visit our help center pages about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-flow/monitor">finding and monitoring workflows</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2025 16:55:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-improved-workflow-run-details-page-and-search</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: New actions for working with metaobjects</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now has more tools for working with metaobjects in workflows. In addition to the recent <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/flow-trigger-workflows-when-metaobject-entries-are-created">Metaobject entry created trigger</a>,  Flow now offers the actions <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-metaobject-entries">Get metaobject entries</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-metaobject-entry">Get metaobject entry</a>.</p>

<p>These actions makes it easier to store data in metaobjects and retrieve it for use in workflows. For example, a metaobject can be used to manage a fraud deny list which is then queried from Flow and used for subsequent steps that send internal email alerts or cancel orders.</p>

<p>The Get metaobject entries action retrieves a list of entries for a metaobject from your store. In addition to common <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/2025-01/queries/metaobjects#argument-query">query fields</a> such as display name or updated date, metaobjects can also be <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/custom-data/metafields/query-by-metafield-value#querying-metaobjects-by-field-value">queried by value</a>. </p>

<p>The Get metaobject entry action retrieves a single entry by <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/custom-data/metaobjects/creating-entries#entry-handle">handle</a>.</p>

<p>Review these new templates to learn more about using these new actions:<br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/0196da8e-0d9d-7451-884a-32385c0ae946">Use a deny list to cancel orders and send internal notifications</a><br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/0196f2e1-b499-7384-a418-919d752d7a8b">Update products in batches from product data stored in Airtable</a></p>

<p>For more information about Flow, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-new-actions-for-working-with-metaobjects</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>File picker is now available on variant detail page in admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added the unified file picker for image selection on the variant detail page in the admin panel, allowing merchants to access all images in their shop when managing product variants.</p>

<p>Learn more about adding images to product variants in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/product-media/add-images-variants">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jan 2025 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/file-picker-is-now-available-on-variant-detail-page-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective retailers can show multiple shipping rates and transit times at checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retailers can now display multiple shipping rates with estimated delivery dates at checkout. Default to fetch all supplier-provided rates automatically or customize the number of rates and their descriptions to align with your store-wide policy.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailers-can-show-estimated-delivery-dates-at-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Each Headless storefront supports unique resource publishing and order attribution</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re releasing a feature that allows you to publish different products and collections to each of your Headless storefronts. This means if you have multiple Headless storefronts, each one can have different products and collections available to it. Within the Shopify admin, where you previously saw “Headless” as the name of the channel, you will now see the given name of each of your Headless storefronts as a possible publishing destination. The same change applies in the Orders page and other areas of the admin experience. Each Headless storefront is now treated as a unique channel.</p>

<p>This means for API calls where the publicationId for the Headless sales channel app was passed in, now you should pass in the publicationId for the Headless storefront channel. For example, if you previously used the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/mutations/publishablePublish">publishablePublish</a> mutation with the publicationId for the Headless sales channel app, instead you will need to call this mutation with the publicationId for each Headless storefront you wish to publish to.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2025 10:20:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Custom storefronts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/each-headless-storefront-supports-unique-resource-publishing-and-order-attribution</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Continuous cart authentication to checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve recently rolled out a change that enables continuous authentication from cart to checkout, allowing authenticated customers to navigate to a logged-in checkout experience without the need to enter their credentials again. </p>

<p>To enable this, please <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/headless/building-with-the-storefront-api/cart/manage#step-6-authenticate-customer-for-logged-in-checkouts">append the customerAccessToken</a> into the Buyer Identity object of the Storefront API Cart and <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/usage/authentication#making-server-side-requests">include the buyer IP address</a> when making server side requests. </p>

<p>Note that for security reasons, the checkoutUrl should be requested when the buyer is ready to navigate to checkout, which can be re-requested if needed. </p>

<p>For merchants building mobile apps with the Checkout Sheet Kit, see this <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/headless/mobile-apps/checkout-sheet-kit/authenticate-checkouts">detailed guide</a> to create authenticated checkout experiences for buyers within mobile apps. Previously, opening an authenticated checkout was only possible using multipass, which is limited to Shopify Plus plans and legacy customer accounts. Now, authenticated checkouts are possible for merchants on all plans and customer account versions.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jan 2025 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Custom storefronts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/continuous-cart-authentication-to-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Checkout Blocks is now available under apps and is no longer a sales channel.</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We updated the Checkout Blocks app so that it no longer acts as a sales channel. Previously, Checkout Blocks was listed under every sales channel publication card, including products, collections, and discounts. </p>

<p>You’ll now find it grouped under Apps, simplifying how you interact with Checkout Blocks. No action is required!</p>

<p>Learn more about Checkout Blocks in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-blocks">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jan 2025 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkout-blocks-is-no-longer-a-sales-channel-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Purolator labels available through Shopify Shipping</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added Purolator as a new carrier on Shopify Shipping. If you are a merchant with a location in Canada, you can now purchase domestic shipping labels from Purolator. </p>

<p>With more carrier options, you can get your orders shipped quickly and cost-effectively this holiday season and beyond.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/shopify-shipping/shipping-carriers/purolator">Shopify Shipping with Purolator</a> and <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/shipping/shipping-calculator">visit the Shopify Shipping calculator</a> to check out your Purolator rates.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Dec 2024 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/purolator-labels-available-through-shopify-shipping</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Charge Tax on Shipping Proportionally in Canada with Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h2>Overview</h2>

<p>With the Canadian tax holiday, Shopify has begun automatically <a href="https://help.shopify.com/pdf/Canadian-Holiday-Tax-Break-Guide-for-Shopify-Merchants.pdf">zero-rating properly-categorized products</a> on merchants’ behalf. In order to make tax collection simpler for merchants, we are now calculating shipping tax proportionally for orders with zero-rated items. </p>

<p>This means that for an order with zero-rated and normally-taxed products, tax on shipping will be charged at a blended rate, weighted by the line item quantity and tax rates in the order. </p>

<p>Only zero-rated or exempt items will affect the shipping tax rate. This only applies to GST, and you must be using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/canada/canada-tax-migrate">registration-based taxes</a>.</p>

<p>Here’s an example:</p>

<h3>Before:</h3>

<p><strong>Product A</strong>: $10, 20% VAT<br><br>
<strong>Product B</strong>: $30, 0% VAT<br><br>
<strong>Shipping</strong>: $10<br><br>
—<br><br>
Shipping tax is charged at 20% for the full shipping.</p>

<ul>
<li>$10 Shipping x 20%= <strong>$2 tax</strong></li>
</ul>

<h3>After:</h3>

<p><strong>Product A</strong>: $10, 20% VAT<br><br>
<strong>Product B</strong>: $30, 0% VAT<br><br>
<strong>Shipping</strong>: $10<br><br>
—<br><br>
Shipping tax is charged at a rate proportional to the quantity of line items, and considers the zero-rated tax..</p>

<ul>
<li>Product A rate: $10 x (1/2) x 20% = $1<br></li>
<li>Product B rate: €10 x (1/2) x 0% = $0<br></li>
<li>Shipping Tax rate: $1 + $0 = <strong>$1 tax</strong></li>
</ul>

<h2>What's changing?</h2>

<p>Starting on December 17th, 2024, Shopify will automatically proportionally tax shipping orders that have products with zero and nonzero tax rates. </p>

<p>This does not apply for manually-set tax rates: if your store is using Legacy Tax or overrides, these changes will not apply and you’ll need to handle taxes yourself.</p>

<h2>What do you need to do?</h2>

<ol>
<li>Review your product categories and ensure they’re accurate.<br></li>
<li>Ensure you do not have manual overrides turned on for these categories, and are not using Legacy Tax.<br></li>
<li>That's it! We'll handle the tax calculations for the tax holiday and proportionally tax shipping, automatically.</li>
</ol>

<p><strong>Pro tip: Use the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/bulk/product?resource_name=Product&amp;edit=product_taxonomy_node_id">bulk editor</a> to quickly review and update multiple products at once.</strong></p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/pdf/Canadian-Holiday-Tax-Break-Guide-for-Shopify-Merchants.pdf">Learn more about eligible categories</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Dec 2024 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/charge-tax-on-shipping-proportionally-in-canada-with-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Direct customers back to the online store after login</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Direct your customers back to online store after a successful login with a new <code>storefront_login_url</code> route in the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/liquid/objects/routes">routes object</a>. With this route, customers will now be taken back to the page where the login originated. You can also direct customers back to another page on the online store using the <code>/customer_authentication/login</code> path with a <code>return_to</code> parameter.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/themes/login">Online store customer login redirects</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2024 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/direct-customers-back-to-the-online-store-after-login</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tax ID Required in Checkout for Shipments to Mexico</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting January 1, 2025, the Mexican government will require the collection of the tax ID, RFC (Registro Federal de Contribuyentes) on orders under $2,500 USD shipping into Mexico. To ensure compliance with these regulations, Shopify has introduced a new field titled “RFC” which can be found under “Additional Information” in the following areas:<br>
* Checkout <br>
* Orders and Draft Orders in admin </p>

<p>The RFC field must be populated with the customer’s RFC, CURP (Clave Única de Registro de Población), or their foreign tax identification number on orders shipping into Mexico. </p>

<p><strong>Important Note:</strong> If you have existing checkout customizations enabled to collect tax IDs for Mexico, please disable them to avoid duplicate fields and confusion at checkout. </p>

<p>Review our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/shipping/international-considerations#additional-tax-fields-in-checkout">help docs</a> for more information on additional tax fields in checkout. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2024 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tax-id-required-in-checkout-for-shipments-to-mexico</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Commercial invoices will now include Tax IDs on Managed Markets orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In certain countries—including Brazil, China, and South Korea—customs officials require shipments to include customer Tax IDs. For orders to these countries fulfilled through Managed Markets, tax IDs collected at checkout will now be automatically added to commercial invoices. Going forward, Managed Markets will continue to add this functionality for any new countries that begin to require Tax IDs on commercial invoices.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/shipping/international-considerations#additional-tax-fields-in-checkout">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/commercial-invoices-will-now-include-tax-ids-on-managed-markets-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Handle the Canadian Tax Holiday Automatically with Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've automated tax compliance for the Canadian GST/HST holiday tax break, so you don’t have to handle it yourself. Here's what you need to know:</p>

<h3>What's changing?</h3>

<p>Starting December 14th, 2024, the Canadian government is temporarily removing GST/HST on select categories of goods. Shopify will automatically apply zero-rating to eligible products in your store with the right categories; no manual tax adjustments needed.</p>

<h3>What products are eligible?</h3>

<p>The tax break applies to the categories listed <a href="https://help.shopify.com/pdf/Canadian-Holiday-Tax-Break-Guide-for-Shopify-Merchants.pdf">here</a>. If your products are categorized under one of these categories, the zero-rating will apply automatically, as long as you do not have manual overrides. </p>

<p><em>If your store is not using registration-based taxes (if you enter the rates yourself in your Taxes and Duties settings), you will not have the GST/HST automatically zero-rated for the tax holiday.</em></p>

<h3>What do you need to do?</h3>

<ol>
<li>Review your product categories<br></li>
<li>Ensure eligible products are assigned to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/pdf/Canadian-Holiday-Tax-Break-Guide-for-Shopify-Merchants.pdf">correct categories</a>, <strong>by Dec 14th</strong>. </li>
<li>That's it! If your products fall within a bolded category in the above PDF, tax will not be collected for the tax holiday automatically.</li>
</ol>

<p><strong>Pro tip: Use the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/bulk/product?resource_name=Product&amp;edit=product_taxonomy_node_id">bulk editor</a> to quickly review and update multiple products at once.</strong></p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/pdf/Canadian-Holiday-Tax-Break-Guide-for-Shopify-Merchants.pdf">Learn more about eligible categories</a>  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Dec 2024 00:01:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/handle-the-canadian-tax-holiday-automatically-with-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Campaigns is now available on all Shopify plans</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shop Campaigns is now available to eligible merchants on all Shopify plans. Run campaigns across platforms that convert new or lapsed customers on Shop. Set your CAC, targeted ROAS, daily budget–and let Shop do the rest. We'll optimize the creative, placements, and audience. You control the costs, and only pay when customers convert. It's a risk-free growth channel. </p>

<p><a href="https://accounts.shopify.com/store-login?redirect=settings/channels/install_shop_channel?onboardingRedirect=advertising?utm_source=web%26utm_medium=changelog%26utm_campaign=winter-edition-25%26utm_content=non-plus">Create a campaign</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/shop-campaigns">learn more about Shop Campaigns</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Dec 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-campaigns-is-now-available-on-all-shopify-plans</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metafields for Order Routing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Location metafields can now be used to inform order routing rules, offering a more versatile, dynamic and scalable way to rank fulfillment locations when new orders are placed.</p>

<p>Learn more about setting up<a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/setup/order-routing/location-metafields"> location metafields for order routing.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 12:13:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/metafields-for-order-routing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now link product metafields to product options</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Up until now, merchants had the ability to link their options to category metafields, allowing them to use these option values across similar products. This release expands that functionality to include any metaobject reference list. </p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/custom-data/metafields/add-variants-with-metafields">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-link-product-metafields-to-product-options</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Winter '25 Edition is here</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Announcing 150+ updates to Shopify.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/editions/winter2025?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=winter25edition">See the updates</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-winter-25-edition-is-here</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Analyze store credit transactions with new report and event details</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/finances-report#store-credit-transactions-report">“Store credit transactions” report</a> is now available that displays store credit transactions across all customers in your store. This report includes information about credits, debits, and expirations of store credit over a specified time period. Use this report to better understand shop-wide store credit issuance and redemption.</p>

<p>You can find this report in the Analytics &gt; Reports section of admin. Please note that you must be using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/new-analytics">new Shopify Analytics</a> to view this report.</p>

<p>In addition, information about the event that triggered a store credit transaction is now available in the customer transaction history view. This includes the order associated with a store credit transaction (if applicable). You can view this information by navigating to the Customers space in admin, selecting the customer you are interested in, and then clicking on their store credit balance.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/store-credit#reports">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/analyze-store-credit-transactions-with-new-report-and-event-details</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Build customer segments based on store credit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new <code>store_credit_accounts</code> segmentation function allows you to identify customers based on their store credit balance, the date when their store credit next expires, or when they last received store credit. This allows for targeted engagement with customers to remind them of their outstanding or soon expiring store credit balance, encouraging additional purchases.  </p>

<p>You can access this functionality by visiting the Customers &gt; Segments section in admin. To help you get started, three new segmentation templates are available:<br>
- Customers with store credit available to spend<br>
- Customers with store credit expiring in the next 7 days<br>
- Customers who have not used their store credit after 1 month</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/customers/customer-segmentation/reference-guide/shopify-segments#store-credit-accounts">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/build-customer-segments-based-on-store-credit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Extend Customer Accounts with Apps</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customer Account Extensions are now available for merchants who have upgraded their customer accounts.</p>

<ul>
<li>Install apps that allow you to add functionality or customize the customer account with no code.<br></li>
<li>Select Extensions from one of the 40 launch partner apps to enable customers to take self-serve actions on their orders such as managing subscriptions, triggering returns, engaging more deeply with loyalty programs, and updating their personal information, and more.<br></li>
<li>Add app blocks directly into existing pages within customer accounts (Order Index, Order Status, and Profile pages) or create entirely new pages - all from the checkout and accounts editor.<br></li>
<li>App blocks and full-page extensions inherit branding from the rest of the checkout and accounts experience, ensuring a consistent and familiar experience for customers.<br></li>
<li>All Customer Account Extensions are secured behind a single, passwordless login, so customers only log in to one account to self-serve.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about customizing customer accounts with apps in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts/customize/app-customization">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:15:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/extend-customer-accounts-with-apps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create and manage your subscription products directly from the product page in admin </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you can now add, remove, and edit subscriptions directly from the product page within Shopify admin when the Shopify Subscriptions app is installed. With this update, you’ll be able to improve your workflow and save time since you don’t need to switch to the Shopify Subscriptions app to add a subscription plan or make edits to your subscription products. </p>

<p>To learn more about managing your subscriptions from the product page, please visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/shopify-subscriptions/add-edit-plans#create-subscription-plan-product">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-and-manage-your-subscription-products-directly-from-the-product-page-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reorder Category filter values </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you can customize the order your Category filter values are displayed on your collection and search result pages, making navigation more intuitive for your customers. Available in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app</a>, choose to rearrange your Category filter values manually or use Shopify Magic to automatically reorder your Category filter values for you. </p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters#sorting-filter-values">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/reorder-category-filter-values</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Checkout Blocks now available on all plans with select features</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>All merchants can now install Checkout Blocks to enhance their Thank You and Order Status Pages. </p>

<p>This update unlocks two essential tools - (i) <strong>Dynamic content block</strong>: Easily add dynamic elements like banners or personalized messaging and (ii) <strong>Static content block</strong>: Include static text, images, or design elements to match your brand.</p>

<p>Learn more on how you can customize checkout with <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-blocks">Checkout Blocks</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:05:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkout-blocks-now-available-on-all-plans-with-select-features</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smart collections now support metaobject reference metafields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added metaobject reference metafields to available smart collection conditions. Now merchants can use metaobjects such as taxonomy attributes to create smart collections.</p>

<p>Learn more about the metaobject reference metafield smart collections in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/collections/automated-collections/auto-select#set-conditions-based-on-metaobject-reference-metafields">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:01:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/smart-collections-now-support-metaobject-reference-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create automated collections using metafields on the Shopify app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released a new feature in the Shopify app that enables merchants to create automated collections based on metafield types. This enhancement helps merchants solve the challenge of precise product grouping by allowing them to create collections based on specific attributes like 'color', 'size', 'status', and other custom metafield types. Merchants can now effortlessly manage their inventory and offer customers a more tailored and relevant shopping experience with these flexible collections. It's now available for all merchants using the Shopify app, providing greater flexibility and precision in their product offerings. 🎉</p>

<p>Learn more about creating automated collections with metafields in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/collections/automated-collections">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-automated-collections-using-metafields-on-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use your own identity provider for customer login</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Plus merchants can now configure their preferred identity provider using OAuth 2.0 and OpenID Connect. This allows you to fully replace the default login page for customer accounts and enable single sign-on across your websites, apps, storefront, checkout, and customer accounts. Offer a cohesive login experience to your customers, tailored to your brand, with any login methods your identity provider supports.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts/identity-provider">connecting your own identity provider to customer accounts</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-your-own-identity-provider-for-customer-login</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apply stacked holds to fulfillments!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We have added support for placing more then one hold on each fulfillment. This allows holds to be placed when a fulfillment is already being held, giving greater control over what fulfillments can and can't be fulfilled. </p>

<p>With the introduction of stacked holds you can quickly and easily add another hold each time an issue arises. With all of the reasons captured separately, you can release individual holds confidently, safe in the knowledge that all of the other reasons are captured in their own holds.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/holding-fulfillments">putting an order's fulfillment on hold</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/apply-stacked-holds-to-fulfillments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product bundles reporting in new Shopify analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>For merchants using the new Shopify analytics, you can now view a new report on product bundles performance in the admin. You can now monitor metrics such as Total sales by Bundle, Total sales by Bundle component, and others, helping you make better informed decisions on selling bundles. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/sales-report#bundle-reports">the Bundles report</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-bundles-reporting-in-new-shopify-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product bundles and their components now represented more consistently</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Product bundles have been updated to more clearly and consistently represent the bundle and its components in a grouped view, improving the buyer experience in emails, the Orders Detail Page, and the Abandoned Checkout section in the admin area.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles/bundles-grouped-view-email-template-updates">grouped view update</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-bundles-and-their-components-now-represented-more-consistently</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shopify Subscriptions app now respects inventory settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shopify Subscriptions app now enables merchants to effectively manage their contracts based on inventory settings. </p>

<p>When there is a billing failure due to inventory unavailability at the fulfillment location, merchants will receive immediate notifications that specify which products are affected and the system suggests actionable steps to resolve these issues promptly. This update will allow merchants to minimize subscription disruptions, leading to a better customer experience. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/shopify-subscriptions">the Shopify Subscriptions app</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-shopify-subscriptions-app-now-respects-inventory-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customizable Home metrics now available on the Shopify app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing Customizable Home Metrics on the Shopify App for merchants using the new Shopify Analytics. Enjoy a seamless snapshot of your business directly from your mobile device, with metrics extended from four to eighteen, incorporating comprehensive visualizations. </p>

<p>Customize your Home metrics by long-pressing a metric name in the Shopify App. These customizations and store data are synchronized across desktop and mobile. </p>

<p>Merchants not yet on the new Shopify Analytics can opt in from the Analytics section. </p>

<p>Discover more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/new-analytics">Shopify Analytics</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/shopify-home">Home Metrics</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customizable-home-metrics-now-available-on-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop app has a new merchant-focused home feed </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Get discovered by millions of shoppers and drive more sales on Shop. The Shop app home feed has been redesigned to include more merchant branding and storytelling. The new feed highlights merchant branding such as imagery, videos and brand colors to give users a deeper view of the merchants and get to know them better directly from the home feed. You can update your branding by <a href="https://accounts.shopify.com/store-login?redirect=settings%2Fchannels%2Finstall_shop_channel&amp;utm_source=web&amp;utm_medium=change_log&amp;utm_campaign=winter_editions">customizing your Shop Store</a> in the Shop channel in admin. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop">Shop app</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/customize">Shop Store</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-app-has-a-new-merchant-focused-home-feed</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Organizations and store transfers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're a multi-shop owner, you can now group two or more stores with the same billing currency into a one organization, creating a single place to manage users, stores, and billing. You can also transfer a store to a new owner outside of your business. When you group a store into an organization, a shop-level billing summary and a shared payment method card for all stores within your organization will be visible in one place within billing. </p>

<p>For  across your organization from organization owners or users with administrator privileges, you can add users, assign roles, and manage two-step authentication settings for all user settings. <br>
Visit the Shopify  <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/organization-settings/create-an-organization">help center</a> to learn more about creating your first organization.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/organizations-and-store-transfers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Better data syncing with custom ids and upserts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify has introduced Custom ID and Upsert API support to enhance data management across platforms. The new Custom ID functionality allows you to assign unique identifiers to resources, simplifying the synchronization process and reducing data inconsistencies. Concurrently, the Upsert API enables you to either create or update a resource based on a matching key, reducing the number of API calls required.</p>

<p>For custom IDs, you will be able to <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/build/custom-data/metafields/setting-up-custom-ids">create and manage custom IDs</a> for any data type that has metafield support, and you will be able to look up custom IDs only for Products and Customers. For Upserts, two unstable APIs are now available that allow upserting by a matching key: <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/mutations/productSet">productSet</a> for Products and <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/mutations/customerSet">customerSet</a> for Customers. You cannot yet use a custom ID as a matching key for upserting.</p>

<p>Upsert support will continue to expand for more object types in the future.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/better-data-syncing-with-custom-ids-and-upserts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stacked Fulfillment Holds now available on the Shopify App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added the ability to apply stacked holds directly within the Shopify mobile app. Now, even if an order fulfillment is already on hold, you can layer multiple holds to address new issues as they come up.  </p>

<p>This update allows merchants to manage their fulfillment processes with precision from anywhere, ensuring every reason for a hold is captured and handled separately. This is beneficial because it gives you the confidence to release individual holds while keeping track of all remaining concerns.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/holding-fulfillments">managing fulfillment holds on mobile</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/stacked-fulfillment-holds-now-available-on-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Role-based access controls </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify's new role-based access control (RBAC) model is now available for your store or organization. This update is designed to enhance how permissions are assigned and managed, making user management more efficient and secure as your business grows.</p>

<p>New enhancements include:<br>
* Simplified Role Assignments: Set up roles with specific permissions and assign them to multiple users at once. This change is aimed at reducing the time and effort involved in user onboarding and ongoing management.<br>
* Enhanced Flexibility: Easily assign multiple roles to a single user, allowing for greater adaptability to meet diverse business needs and simplify the auditing process.<br>
* Efficient Onboarding with Groups (Shopify Plus only): Utilize Groups to simultaneously assign roles and store access across your staff, improving onboarding and management of large teams.</p>

<p>Your existing users will keep their access and be marked with a 'Legacy access" badge. If your organization had used roles in the past, those roles have now been converted into user groups under the same names and marked with a 'Legacy Access' badge. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-roles/managing-staff-roles#create-a-role">Create and assign roles</a> to users or groups to remove the badge and ensure smooth transition to the new model. </p>

<p><strong>As the organization administrator or owner, we recommend you update permissions for all users by May 1, 2025.</strong> After this date, users and groups with legacy access will be automatically migrated to have one role per store, potentially creating many auto-generated roles. For detailed instructions on how to migrate users with legacy access, please visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/organization-settings/users/migrate-to-roles#migrating-users-to-the-roles-based-access-control-model">Shopify Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/role-based-access-controls</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add, remove, or edit pages and links in the customer account menu</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Before today, the customer account menu offered no customization. Now you have full control over your customer account menu with the ability to add, edit and remove any type of link.</p>

<p>You can add full-page Customer Account Extensions to your customer accounts menu, allowing your customers to easily find self-serve functionality from apps providing loyalty, membership, rewards programs and more.</p>

<p>This enables the customer account menu to become a more integrated part of the online store, allowing you to take logged-in customers directly to specific product and collection pages.</p>

<p>Additionally, the familiar “Go to Store” button will transition to a “Shop” link in the header. You will have the ability to rename, change the destination, or remove the Shop link entirely. The logo will continue to link to the online store.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts/customize#customer-accounts-menu">Shopify Help Center</a> or start editing your customer accounts menu in your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/menus">Shopify Admin</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-remove-or-edit-pages-and-links-in-the-customer-account-menu</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify App search supports filtering and includes more results</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made searching in Shopify a consistent experience across desktop and the Shopify app. Regardless of where you search, you can feel confident accurate information is being surfaced.</p>

<p>Search in the Shopify app includes:</p>

<ul>
<li>All filters available on desktop</li>
<li>A count of results for each filter type</li>
<li>Uninstalled apps, companies, segments, settings, and admin pages are now searchable</li>
<li>Products, Orders, and Customers overview screens use the new search experience</li>
<li>Links to search the Shopify App Store, Shopify Help Center, and Order, Customers, or Products pages</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="http://https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-admin/admin-search">searching in Shopify</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-app-search-supports-filtering-and-includes-more-results</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop auto-activating shipping profiles for new locations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously, when the shop only had a default shipping profile and a location was set to fulfill online orders, the location was automatically assigned to that shipping profile.</p>

<p>This was confusing for stores that wanted to enable other delivery methods like pickup in store for a location without shipping from it.</p>

<p>Now, that assignment is not done automatically anymore. Also, indicating that a location fulfills online orders will display all delivery methods available for that location to quickly enable or disable each of them, and also see in a glance the status of each one.</p>

<p>Learn more about the change in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/setup/locations/setting-up-location-fulfillments#delivery-methods">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/stop-auto-activating-shipping-profiles-for-new-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buy X Get Y support for subscriptions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Buy X, Get Y discount type is now supported for subscription products, allowing merchants to incentivize subscription offerings with two types of promotional discounts: <br>
1. When a customer subscribes to a product (X), they can receive a product for free (Y).<br>
2. When a customer subscribes to a product (X), they can purchase another product at a discounted rate (Y).</p>

<p>This new capability unlocks the ability to create compelling promotional campaigns, cross-sell more effectively, and enhance product discovery.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/subscriptions/setup#subscription-discounts">Subscriptions discounts</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 07:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/buy-x-get-y-support-for-subscriptions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product bundle inventory update for merchants using Managed Markets and fulfillable inventory</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now, merchants using Managed Markets and fulfillable inventory will be able to show buyers whether or not a product bundle is in stock before checkout, based on location-specific and fulfillable inventory available in their locale. </p>

<p>This update ensures that the inventory status is accurately reflected on the PDP, allowing buyers to make informed purchasing decisions and improving overall customer satisfaction. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles">product bundles</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 07:55:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-bundle-inventory-update-for-merchants-using-managed-markets-and-fulfillable-inventory</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metaobjects available everywhere in online store editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: The online store editor now has metaobjects everywhere making custom data models globally available in the dynamic source picker. Now, merchants can utilize metaobject fields on any relevant section or block without the need to write custom code. </p>

<p>Learn more about this new dynamic source feature in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/custom-data/metaobjects/connecting-to-your-online-store">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 07:33:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/metaobjects-available-everywhere-in-online-store-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Self-serve returns works with B2B orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Self-serve returns are now available for B2B (business-to-business) orders. This builds on the existing feature for DTC (direct-to-consumer) orders, allowing your customers to initiate returns directly through their customer accounts. With this change, the returns experience is unified across both types of orders, helping to streamline the return process and enhance customer satisfaction.</p>

<p>Learn more about how to enable self-serve returns in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/returns/self-serve-returns/setup">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 07:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/self-serve-returns-works-with-b2b-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Draft orders now support delivery and payment method customizations and checkout rules</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customizations created using Shopify Functions now apply to draft orders, including all delivery and payment method customizations, and checkout rules. Customers receiving draft order invoices will experience the same validations consistent with the standard checkout process. This streamlined process reduces errors and provides a uniform experience for you and your customers.</p>

<p>Learn more about draft order support for customizations and validations in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-customization#add-shipping-customization">Shopify Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 07:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/draft-orders-now-support-delivery-and-payment-method-customizations-and-checkout-rules</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lock item prices in draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants have the option to lock item prices in draft orders, guaranteeing that quoted prices remain unchanged for the duration of the draft, even if catalog prices fluctuate. If prices are not locked, they will automatically reflect the most current product price. This new feature is especially useful for generating accurate and stable quotes, particularly for B2B transactions.</p>

<p>To use this feature, navigate to draft orders in admin, click on the new product actions menu, and select the "lock pricing" action. For more detailed instructions, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/create-orders/create-draft#lock-pricing">Help Center.</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2024 07:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/lock-item-prices-in-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective retailers can customize how they work with suppliers using policies</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Within the settings tab in the Collective app, retailers can set policies for returns and products giving greater control over how they work with each of their suppliers. Edit default settings or create custom policies for groups of suppliers.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailers-can-customize-how-they-work-with-suppliers-using-policies</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automate returns processing with Shopify Collective policies</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When retailers create returns policies, they can designate suppliers to handle returns, define how labels are created, and sync return status for a more efficient and consistent experience. Returns policies work with compatible third-party apps such as Aftership, Loop, Navar and Redo.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automate-returns-processing-with-shopify-collective-policies</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective Retailers can set custom policies for product automation</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retailers can now automatically import &amp; update product information from suppliers. From setting publishing preferences and syncing product details to removing unsellable inventory, use policies to set product automations for groups of suppliers.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailers-can-set-custom-policies-for-product-automation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Customer Accounts is now Customer Accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting December 9, 2024, the way we refer to customer accounts is changing across all Shopify-owned surfaces.</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>New customer accounts</strong> is now <strong>customer accounts</strong><br></li>
<li><strong>Classic customer accounts</strong> is now <strong>legacy customer accounts</strong></li>
</ul>

<p>This change reflects Shopify’s commitment to the future of new customer accounts and although we have not yet announced a timeline, classic customer accounts will eventually be retired. </p>

<p>Learn more about customer accounts in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Dec 2024 12:45:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-customer-accounts-is-now-customer-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective retailers display supplier's online inventory only</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retailers can now only sell inventory that reflects the supplier's online stock levels.</p>

<p>In the past, sellable inventory included POS inventory, which sometimes led to checkout issues for customers on the retailer's store.</p>

<p>This improvement ensures more accurate sellable inventory across both stores while maintaining a seamless customer experience. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Dec 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailers-display-supplier-s-online-inventory-only</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New branding options for Checkout and Customer Accounts order summary </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Starting December 4th, 2024</strong>, Shopify Plus merchants can elevate their Checkout and Customer Account experience with new branding customization options for line items in the order summary section. </p>

<p>You can now adjust the aspect ratio and image fit for product thumbnails, as well as the quantity badge background colors to align with your brand. Accessibility updates improve the experience for buyers using screen readers, and money line optimizations ensure better handling of long discount codes. </p>

<p>This release also includes minor UX fixes, such as spacing and alignment updates, for better visual consistency. </p>

<p>These enhancements apply across Checkout and the Customer Account Order Status Page, creating a refined shopping journey for every customer.</p>

<p>Learn more about these settings under <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/2025-01/mutations/checkoutBrandingUpsert#argument-checkoutbrandinginput">checkoutBrandingInput</a> (see: merchandiseThumbail) in the Checkout Branding API documentation. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Dec 2024 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-branding-options-for-checkout-and-customer-accounts-order-summary</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marketing automation template to drive online customers to nearby retail locations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retail merchants can now identify the online-only customers near their locations and invite them to their local store. This template is designed to convert single-channel customers into omnichannel customers, deepening their relationship with the brand.</p>

<p>As with all of our marketing automation templates, we have included a strong starting point, but the segment criteria, as well as email content, should be reviewed and updated as needed to suit your business.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/marketing-automations/create">marketing automation templates</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-segmentation">customer segmentation</a> in Shopify.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Dec 2024 14:50:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/marketing-automation-template-to-drive-online-customers-to-nearby-retail-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exclude 40% more existing customers from ad campaigns with Shopify Audiences v2.4</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re releasing Shopify Audiences v2.4 with a new audience type, improved Retargeting Boost audiences and enhanced algorithms to maximize your ad performance. The new audience, Existing Customer Plus, lets merchants exclude lifetime existing customers from prospecting campaigns, leading to more efficient ad spending. With millions of commerce insights on Shopify, the Existing Customers Plus audience helps merchants exclude on average 40% more customers than standard ad platform lists from targeting. These audiences can also be used in remarketing campaigns to reengage existing customers. Learn more about this new audience type in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/shopify-audiences/description-of-audience-types">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>

<p>In the previous version, Shopify Audiences v2.3, Retargeting Boost audiences had demonstrated as much as 2 times more orders for every marketing dollar spent on retargeting compared to the next-best tactic. Retargeting Boost audiences now perform up to 50% better compared to version 2.3. </p>

<p>Shopify Audiences helps merchants find more customers on top ad platforms, cut their customer acquisition costs, and get more out of their ad spend with custom audiences powered by millions of commerce insights only available on Shopify.</p>

<p>Whether you’re brand new to digital advertising or a seasoned pro, Shopify Audiences provides you with a much-needed advantage in a digital ecosystem that is shifting due to new privacy regulations and operating system changes.</p>

<h3>Updates</h3>

<p>With Shopify Audiences v2.4, the following updates are available:</p>

<ul>
<li>Exclude 40% more customers from your ad campaigns on average with the Existing Customers Plus audience compared to standard ad platform lists</li>
<li>Achieve up to 50% better performance with Retargeting Boost audiences compared to version 2.3</li>
<li>Add Meta Retargeting Boost and Prospecting audiences to ad sets directly in the Shopify Audiences app</li>
<li>View ad set usage of Meta audiences directly in the Shopify Audiences app</li>
<li>Get improved guidance on audience export issues and troubleshooting</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Nov 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/exclude-40-more-existing-customers-from-ad-campaigns-with-shopify-audiences-v2-4</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Track missing payouts with Shopify Payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments now provides an bank references on <code>paid</code> payouts.</p>

<p>Bank references are unique identifiers for payouts that our partners create to help you track missing or delayed payouts. If an expected payout hasn’t settled in your bank account but is marked as <code>paid</code> on Shopify, you can contact your bank for an update and provide the bank reference. </p>

<p>Simply go to Finances &gt; Payouts &gt; Payout Details (click on the payout) and you'll see the bank reference.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Nov 2024 15:09:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/track-missing-payouts-with-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Support docs for Checkout Blocks are now in the Shopify Help Center</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>As of November 21st, 2024</strong>, we've migrated the Checkout Blocks documentation to Shopify's Help Center!</p>

<p>*<em>What's improved? *</em><br>
* All support docs for the Checkout Blocks app are now in the Help Center alongside other Shopify apps. <br>
* The updated content addresses common questions and use cases.<br>
* Visitors to the old docs are automatically redirected to the new Help Center pages.<br>
* Help Center Assistant now uses this updated content to answer questions faster. <br>
* Documentation is now available in multiple languages. </p>

<p>Explore the new Checkout Blocks docs <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-blocks">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Nov 2024 11:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/support-docs-for-checkout-blocks-are-now-in-the-shopify-help-center</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Managed Markets address correction service now live!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Managed Markets now provides an address correction service for all labels. This is a new service to help increase address accuracy, and ultimately decrease returned packages.</p>

<p>How does it work?<br>
All Managed Markets labels will be run through address validation as a part of order processing.<br>
* Orders with valid addresses will be available for immediate fulfillment.<br>
* Orders with invalid addresses will be placed on hold to be reviewed + corrected by Managed Markets within 1 business day.<br>
* Orders will be released in one of  two states: “Address corrected”, or “Address error” where the recommended next step is to contact the customer to correct the address.</p>

<p>If you wish to opt-out of the complimentary service, please visit your Shopify Admin settings: Markets &gt; Preferences &gt; Managed Markets. There you can toggle the address correction service to “Off”. You may turn the service back “On” at any time.</p>

<p>For additional details, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/international/managed-markets/fulfillment#automated-address-correction">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 16:55:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/managed-markets-address-correction-service-now-live</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It’s now easier to find the app with the exact feature you are looking for in the Shopify App Store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now search and browse apps based on a specific category or feature in the Shopify App Store. For example, search for 'Live chat' or 'Inventory sync' for a list of app recommendations supporting these features.</p>

<p>You can also see what features an app offers in the Categories section of the app listing.</p>

<p>Try it now on the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/">Shopify App Store</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/it-s-now-easier-to-find-the-app-with-the-exact-feature-you-are-looking-for-in-the-shopify-app-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Update: All Managed Markets orders now payout at first label scan</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>DHL eCommerce for Managed Markets utilizes USPS to pick up and complete the domestic portion of the parcels' travel to a DHL hub. </p>

<p>Previously, merchants would be paid out for orders and charged duties and taxes once USPS delivered the parcel to the DHL eCommerce domestic hub. </p>

<p>Starting Nov 21, Managed Markets will initiate label billing and payout upon the first “in transit” event on the USPS leg for orders fulfilled via DHL eCommerce. Merchants will now be paid out as soon as USPS picks up and scans the parcel. This will decrease time-to-payout and create a consistent experience across all Managed Markets carriers.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 13:32:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/update-all-managed-markets-orders-now-payout-at-first-label-scan</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reach local customers with new retail-first customer segments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customer segments help you personalize the customer experience and better target customers based on their behaviours. Now, you can create customer segments that specifically target local customers more effectively, helping you refine your strategy based on proximity and purchase channels.</p>

<p><strong>Customer_within_distance:</strong><br>
This feature lets you segment customers based on their proximity to a retail location. Use this to identify local customers who might benefit from location-specific offers or in-store events.</p>

<p><strong>Orders_placed by app and location:</strong><br>
You can now segment customers by sales channel, such as POS, or based on orders placed at specific retail locations. This allows for a more detailed view of your customers' shopping habits and enables you to personalize your communications based on where and how they shop.</p>

<p>You can access these features by visiting the Customers section and clicking into Segments to create a new segment. There are also two new segment templates that can help you get started: <strong>Customers near retail location</strong> and <strong>Customers who frequently purchased in-store in the last year</strong> which can be accessed from the templates link inside the Segments tab.</p>

<p>Start segmenting today to enhance your marketing efforts and connect more deeply with your local customer base.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/customer-management/targeting-local-customers-with-customer-segments">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/reach-local-customers-with-new-retail-first-customer-segments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Multi-Currency Payouts Available in Select Regions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>New release:</strong> We’ve just released multi-currency payouts for Australia, UK, Spain, Italy, Netherlands, Germany and Austria. This will help merchants on Advanced, Plus and Enterprise Plans to connect multiple bank accounts to a single store and settle in up to 8 currencies 💸</p>

<p>Learn more about multi-currency payouts in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/store-currency/payouts-in-multiple-currencies">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 10:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/multi-currency-payouts-available-in-select-regions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increased limits for automatic app-based discounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've increased the number of active automatic app-based discounts per shop which will help merchants who were previously constrained by our limit of 5 automatic app-based discounts. </p>

<p>This update will also allow merchants, who were using Shopify Scripts to manage multiple promotions, to correctly model them as individual automatic discounts when using apps and Shopify Functions. </p>

<p>Learn more about discount combinations &amp; limits in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/combining-discounts/discount-combinations">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increased-limits-for-automatic-app-based-discounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Validate shipping addresses in Admin </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[

<p>On the Companies, Customers, Draft Orders, and Shipping Labels pages, addresses with potential issues, such as invalid zip codes, are validated automatically when making changes. Suggestions are provided to help fix these issues quickly and accurately, to help minimize delayed or failed deliveries. </p>

<p>Learn more about address validation in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/fulfillment/managing-orders/validating-order-address">Shopify Help Center</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Nov 2024 13:21:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/validate-shipping-addresses-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More Information Now Available About Fulfillment Holds</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added more information about fulfillment holds to Shopify Web and Mobile. This will be beneficial because it will now be possible to get all of the context about a fulfillment hold including: what app placed the hold (or manual if the hold was placed by a merchant), the reason for the hold and the reason notes attached to the hold.</p>

<p>Learn more about managing fulfillment holds in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/holding-fulfillments">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-information-now-available-about-fulfillment-holds</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discover marketing automation templates in the Flow app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Marketing automation templates built by Shopify and partners can now be found and activated through the Flow app, alongside all other Flow templates. Marketing automation templates and the analytics connected to these workflows will still be accessible from the Marketing &gt; Automations area. Some marketing automations that create segments or customer metafields, like the birthday template or the VIP template, will only be able to create those additional assets when they’re activated from the Marketing &gt; Automations area.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow">Shopify Flow</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/marketing-automations">marketing automations</a> in Shopify.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2024 13:49:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discover-marketing-automation-templates-in-the-flow-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Forms supports form-specific field creation and storage </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create fields on Shopify Forms that let you edit, manage and save data to submissions stored in metaobjects, without requiring the creation of a customer metafield to store all submission data on the customer record. </p>

<p>Previously, customer metafields were the only option for storing responses from form submissions. However, if a customer submitted multiple responses, only the latest submission was retained, and each form field required a separate metafield in customer profiles. Additionally, updating metafield data in one form could inadvertently affect its use in other services. Now, you can choose whether each custom field in a form maps to the customer profile or to a metaobject that stores the full form submission.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/forms-app/settings/all-forms#custom-inputs">Learn more</a> about storing your form submissions in metaobjects and customer metafields.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Nov 2024 10:33:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-forms-supports-form-specific-field-creation-and-storage</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increase inventory adjustment history from 90 days to 180 days</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update</strong>: We've doubled the length of the inventory adjustment history table for a product or variant from 90 to 180 days.</p>

<p>This is the table that displays on a product or variant's adjustment history page that lists the lastest inventory adjustment history data.</p>

<p>The Activity column displays the event that caused the inventory adjustment, such as a new order, a return, or a manually selected inventory adjustment reason.</p>

<p>The numbers under each of the inventory states display the adjusted quantity first, and the new total quantity second. A dash indicates that the adjustment didn't affect that column.</p>

<p>Learn more about Viewing inventory adjustment history in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/managing-inventory-quantities/adjustment-history">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/07-36-9s4nn-5iynm.png" alt="Adjustment History Page"></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Nov 2024 06:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increase-inventory-adjustment-history-from-90-days-to-180-days</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: A new Cancel order action replacing deprecated version</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A new "<a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/cancel-order">Cancel order</a>" action that cancels an order and voids payment authorization will replace a previous version of the action. The new version includes an option to “Refund items” that, when selected, refunds the amount paid by the customer including charges for the product, duties, and shipping.</p>

<p>The previous action, now relabeled “Cancel order (deprecated)”,  uses a different API that does not void payment authorization and provides separate options for “Refund items” and “Refund shipping”. We recommend updating your existing workflows to use the new action.</p>

<p>For more information about how it works, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/cancel-order">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Nov 2024 12:34:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-a-new-cancel-order-action-replacing-deprecated-version</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Tax now supports automated filing for U.S. sales tax returns</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re committed to helping you run a more efficient and compliant business, including when it comes to sales tax management. We’re excited to announce that <a href="https://www.shopify.com/tax?utm_source=community&amp;utm_medium=plus-website&amp;utm_campaign=automated_filing_ga_24q4_stafgtsrmm&amp;utm_content=tax">Shopify Tax</a> now supports automated filing. </p>

<p>This will help busy merchants further streamline their sales tax compliance process and simplify their U.S. filing experience. Shopify Tax automated filing integrates directly with your store to prepare your tax returns for increased accuracy. You have flexibility in choosing where to file and you can review your returns right from Admin – all for a competitive flat fee per return. 🚀 </p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/taxes/filing">Log in</a> to see if you’re eligible for automated filing.</p>

<p>Learn more about automated filing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/shopify-tax/automated-filing">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Nov 2024 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-tax-now-supports-automated-filing-for-u-s-sales-tax-returns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unified user authentication update</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've introduced a unified user verification experience for sensitive actions in Admin, like deleting staff accounts, transferring store ownership, and more. </p>

<p>This update protects your business from session hijacking while keeping you in the flow of your work — no need to navigate away or perform a full re-login.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Nov 2024 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/unified-user-authentication-experience-update</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to UPS shipping rates when buying labels</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've updated our UPS integration to show live rates when you purchase UPS shipping labels with Shopify Shipping. </p>

<p>Live rates from UPS at label purchase introduces deeper discounts on small packages with UPS® Ground and UPS® Ground Saver. </p>

<p>To speed up the label purchase process, we've removed the Shopify plan discount line item from the label purchase summary. You will continue to receive discounts on all UPS shipping labels purchased through Shopify Shipping. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/shopify-shipping/shipping-carriers/ups/united-states">Shopify Shipping with UPS</a> and <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/shipping/shipping-calculator">visit the Shopify Shipping calculator</a> to check out your new rates.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Nov 2024 11:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-to-ups-shipping-rates-when-buying-labels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to Shopify’s Standard Product Taxonomy</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve updated <a href="https://www.shopify.com/blog/shopify-taxonomy">Shopify’s Standard Product Taxonomy</a> to include additional categories, attributes and values so that you can more accurately classify your products. The taxonomy is an evolving library that’s informed by user feedback and market insights. This <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/product-taxonomy/releases/tag/v2024-10">latest release</a> includes updates across product areas such as Apparel &amp; Accessories, Home &amp; Garden, Sporting Goods, and more. </p>

<p>Our visual explorer makes it easy to view the <a href="https://shopify.github.io/product-taxonomy/releases/2024-10/">latest taxonomy</a> updates.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Nov 2024 17:15:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-to-shopify-s-standard-product-taxonomy</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Tax has expanded to the European Union and United Kingdom with a new suite of offerings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Managing VAT is complicated, which is why we’re committed to making it better. Shopify Tax is bringing brand new features to your admin that will make it easier to collect the right amounts at the right time, and know where your business is liable.</p>

<h3>New</h3>

<p><strong>Enhanced calculations</strong> <br>
Stay confidently compliant selling across borders knowing that Shopify Tax is accurately calculating VAT rates based on your customers’ exact address. </p>

<p><strong>Smart categorization</strong> <br>
Is a Jaffa Cake a cake or a biscuit? As a society, we may never be able to agree on the answer, but at Shopify, we can help you categorize your Jaffa Cake for tax purposes. Shopify helps you by suggesting the proper category for your products and then automatically applies the right VAT rate based on local rules. </p>

<p>When rates differ on multiple line items, Shopify Tax will now tax shipping proportionally on each order in both the EU and UK.</p>

<p><strong>Liability Insights</strong><br>
Know where you’re liable with a country-by-country overview of your tax obligations. Liability insights analyzes your store’s sales and compares it to government requirements to let you know where and how you may be required to collect VAT.</p>

<p><strong>VAT invoices</strong><br>
If you sell taxable goods or services to VAT-registered businesses or individuals in other EU countries, you have an obligation to provide a VAT invoice. With the tap of a toggle, Shopify Tax will issue VAT invoices enabling you to stay compliant with local laws and your B2B buyers to reclaim any VAT paid. </p>

<p><strong>Learn more</strong><br>
Shopify Tax is currently being released to all Shopify stores that sell to the European Union and/or United Kingdom. Merchants using registration-based taxes will automatically receive these enhancements in the coming weeks. Learn more about these new features in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/shopify-tax/shopify-tax-eu">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Nov 2024 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-tax-has-expanded-to-the-european-union-and-united-kingdom-with-a-new-suite-of-offerings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Configure your combined listings in search and discovery surfaces</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Combined Listings app users can now use the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app</a> to customize how their combined listings surface in search results, predictive search and product recommendations. There is flexibility to choose whether to display only child products, parent products, or both. </p>

<p>To learn more, please visit the<a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/search?q=Search+%26+Discovery+app#search-combined-listings"> Shopify Help Center.</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2024 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/configure-your-combined-listings-in-search-and-discovery-surfaces</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apps tab in the checkout and accounts editor </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added an Apps tab to the checkout and accounts editor to easily manage all your app blocks in one place. </p>

<p>Now, you can quickly customize and preview new functionality on the Checkout, Thank you, and Order status pages by using only the relevant app blocks in any section of the page. </p>

<p>Learn more about the Apps tab in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2024 10:25:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/apps-tab-in-the-checkout-and-accounts-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finance is now on the Shopify app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Store owners can now manage all Shopify Finance products including Shopify Balance, Capital, Credit, Payouts, Taxes, and Bill Pay on your Shopify app in all Shopify Payments-eligible countries. Access all your Shopify Finance accounts, cards, and offers anywhere business takes you. Apply for credit and business funding to drive your business growth. Transfer funds, monitor cash flows, track payouts, and manage your cards with ease. </p>

<p>You can find the new Finance section in the overflow menu in the navigation bar under Finance. The Payouts menu item will be removed and you can access your Payouts via the Finance tab.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finance">Shopify Finance</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/finance-is-now-on-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ShipSurance is now available on Managed Markets shipping labels</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants on the Shopify, Advanced, or Plus plans now receive free shipping insurance on all Managed Markets shipping labels purchased in Shopify admin, up to $200 USD.  Optional additional insurance can be purchased on all plans, up to $5000.</p>

<p>Buying insurance and submitting claims follows the same process in Shopify Admin that is used for <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/fulfillment/shopify-shipping/shipping-insurance#purchase-shipping-insurance">Shopify Shipping insurance</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2024 12:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shipsurance-is-now-available-on-managed-markets-shipping-labels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brand the customer account login page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The login page for <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts">new customer accounts</a> now inherits the same branding and colors as the rest of the checkout and accounts experience. These settings can be configured in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/customize-checkout-configurations/checkout-style">checkout and accounts editor</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Oct 2024 11:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/brand-the-customer-account-login-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Trigger workflows when metaobject entries are created</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/metaobject-entry-created">Metaobject entry created</a> trigger to start a workflow in <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/flow">Shopify Flow</a> when a new entry is created for a specific <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/custom-data/metaobjects">metaobject definition</a>. This trigger returns the metaobject entry with all relevant fields.</p>

<p>This enables a number of use cases, including automating form responses. For example, merchants can create custom forms in <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-forms">Shopify Forms</a> that trigger workflows in Flow when a customer submits information.</p>

<p>For more information about how it works, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/metaobject-entry-created">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2024 15:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-trigger-workflows-when-metaobject-entries-are-created</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer winback automations can now accommodate longer buying cycles</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The customer winback marketing automation template now uses Flow’s <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/customer-joined-segment?_gl=1*h2w8qn*_ga*MTQ2NDQ2NTc5NC4xNzE1NjE4OTg2*_gid*NTk1NDkzMDU4LjE3MjgwNjQzMjM.*_fplc*R3JMOUhjJTJCaEhtbG9LTTRDVlJWU2FjdTl3aXhpbjViNlgwNGpiT0tjYmE5Y1NJdUhNUkhYUzlJQWJ2aWxQamk3V3hOdWJUQ3FBY0Y5ZmdOdWdPcEtnd3lESTkyJTJGQXdENFJ0SVVSMVhjWHNlSURPbXIxa2lseFlFY1RDdVZ6dyUzRCUzRA..">Customer joined segment trigger</a>.  This means that instead of customers entering the workflow after an order has been fulfilled, then waiting for 60 days, customers now enter the workflow at the exact right time in their journey; when they join a segment. This is especially useful for longer buying cycles, since you can set up a segment of customers who have purchased years ago, not just weeks or months ago, so you’re emailing them at the right time for your product.</p>

<p>This template was built to replace the existing one, and so will need to be set up (and the old one turned off) to make use of the new functionality.</p>

<p>As with all of our marketing automation templates, we have included a strong starting point, but the segment criteria, as well as email content, should be reviewed and updated as needed to suit your business.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/marketing-automations/types?_gl=1*1l3dawn*_ga*MTQ2NDQ2NTc5NC4xNzE1NjE4OTg2*_gid*NTk1NDkzMDU4LjE3MjgwNjQzMjM.*_fplc*R3JMOUhjJTJCaEhtbG9LTTRDVlJWU2FjdTl3aXhpbjViNlgwNGpiT0tjYmE5Y1NJdUhNUkhYUzlJQWJ2aWxQamk3V3hOdWJUQ3FBY0Y5ZmdOdWdPcEtnd3lESTkyJTJGQXdENFJ0SVVSMVhjWHNlSURPbXIxa2lseFlFY1RDdVZ6dyUzRCUzRA..#shopify-email-automations">marketing automation templates</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/customer-joined-segment?_gl=1*1l3dawn*_ga*MTQ2NDQ2NTc5NC4xNzE1NjE4OTg2*_gid*NTk1NDkzMDU4LjE3MjgwNjQzMjM.*_fplc*R3JMOUhjJTJCaEhtbG9LTTRDVlJWU2FjdTl3aXhpbjViNlgwNGpiT0tjYmE5Y1NJdUhNUkhYUzlJQWJ2aWxQamk3V3hOdWJUQ3FBY0Y5ZmdOdWdPcEtnd3lESTkyJTJGQXdENFJ0SVVSMVhjWHNlSURPbXIxa2lseFlFY1RDdVZ6dyUzRCUzRA..">segment triggers in Flow</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2024 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customer-winback-automations-can-now-accommodate-longer-buying-cycles</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective retailers can prevent high risk orders reaching suppliers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added a 2-minute delay before orders are sent to suppliers, which allows retailers to run custom fraud risk automations such as Shopify Flow. This update helps prevent fulfillment of fraudulent orders by giving retailers the ability to cancel or put on hold risky orders after fraud checks are complete</p>

<p>For more information, please visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/retailers/managing-collective-orders">help center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Oct 2024 11:52:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailers-can-prevent-high-risk-orders-reaching-suppliers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Each Hydrogen storefront supports unique resource publishing and order attribution</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re releasing a feature that allows you to publish different products and collections to each of your Hydrogen storefronts. This means if you have multiple Hydrogen storefronts, each one can have different products and collections available to it. Within the Shopify admin, where you previously saw “Hydrogen” as the name of the channel, you will now see the given name of each of your Hydrogen storefronts as a possible publishing destination. The same change applies in the Orders page and other areas of the admin experience. Each Hydrogen storefront is now treated as a unique channel.</p>

<p>This means for API calls where the publicationId for the Hydrogen sales channel app was passed in, now you should pass in the publicationId for the Hydrogen storefront channel. For example, if you previously used the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/mutations/publishablePublish">publishablePublish</a> mutation with the publicationId for the Hydrogen sales channel app, instead you will need to call this mutation with the publicationId for each Hydrogen storefront you wish to publish to.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Oct 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Custom storefronts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/each-hydrogen-storefront-supports-unique-resource-publishing-and-order-attribution</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS unverified returns </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In version 9.20 of the Shopify POS app we’ve introduced support for accepting an unverified return. This will allow retail staff to offer a return to gift cards without the customer presenting a receipt, or having an order number. </p>

<p>What are unverified returns? <br>
An unverified return is a return that takes place when a customer does not have a receipt, or the order cannot be verified in POS, so retail staff cannot confirm the original purchase took place. </p>

<p>Unverfied returns are issued to a gift card that will be visibile within the customer profile. In order to issue an unverified return, gift cards are required to be active in the shop. </p>

<p>Learn more on how to set up and get started with unverified returns in POS in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/complete-refund-orders">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-unverified-returns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apply brand colors to POS terminal idle screens</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In POS version 9.19 and Customer View version 1.25, we added animations with support for both light mode and dark mode to the default idle state. Now, in POS version 9.20 and Customer View version 1.26 your idle screen can inherit brand colors set in admin to further enhance the experience. </p>

<p>Steps to enable:<br>
1. From your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/point-of-sale-channel/overview">Shopify admin</a>, click <strong>Point of Sale</strong> &gt; <strong>Settings</strong>.<br>
2. In the <strong>Devices</strong> section, click <strong>Customer displays</strong>.<br>
3. Click <strong>Idle screen</strong>.<br>
4. Optional: Add or edit your brand colors:<br>
    - If you don't have <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/managing-brand-assets#brand-colors">brand colors</a> set up in your store, then click <strong>Add brand colors</strong>, and then add your brand colors.<br>
    - To edit your existing brand colors, click <strong>Edit brand colors</strong>, and then edit your brand colors.<br>
5. In the <strong>Idle screen</strong> section, select <strong>Apply primary color 1 and contrasting color</strong> to apply your brand colors to the standby screen on your POS Terminal.<br>
6. Click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>

<p>Learn more about brand colors for POS Terminal in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/pos-terminal/customizing-customer-display#customizing-brand-colors-on-pos-terminal">Shopify Help Center</a>. Learn more about brand colors for the Customer View app in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/customer-view-app">Shopify Help Center</a>. To access this feature, ensure you're running POS App version 9.20 and Customer View version 1.26.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/apply-brand-colors-to-pos-terminal-idle-screens</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Expanded availability of Tap to Pay on iPhone</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tap to Pay on iPhone with Shopify POS is now available beyond the United States with support now launched in Australia, Canada, Italy, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom. </p>

<p>With Tap to Pay on iPhone and Shopify POS, in-person sellers can accept contactless payments with just an iPhone—no additional hardware or card readers required. Tap to Pay on iPhone uses the near-field communication (NFC) chip in iPhone to process payments from contactless cards and digital wallets like Apple Pay. Payments accepted with Tap to Pay on iPhone are processed by Shopify Payments and are subject to standard credit card processing fees.</p>

<p>Tap to Pay on iPhone uses the built-in security and privacy features of iPhone to keep your business data private and secure. When a payment is processed, Apple doesn’t store card numbers or PIN information on the device or Apple servers, so you can rest assured know your business stays yours. </p>

<p>Learn more about the Tap to Pay on iPhone in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/payment-management/tap-to-pay-iphone">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/expanded-availability-of-tap-to-pay-on-iphone</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tap to Pay on Android for Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tap to Pay on Android is now available for Shopify POS users in Australia, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Spain, the United Kingdom, the United States</p>

<p>With Tap to Pay on Android and Shopify POS, in-person sellers can accept contactless payments with just a compatible Android smartphone—no additional hardware or card readers required. Tap to Pay on Android uses the near-field communication (NFC) chip in the device to process payments from contactless cards and digital wallets like Apple Pay. Payments accepted with Tap to Pay on Android are processed by Shopify Payments and are subject to standard credit card processing fees.</p>

<p>e.g.: Learn more about the Tap to Pay on Android in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/payment-management/tap-to-pay-android">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tap-to-pay-on-android-for-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Android USB Reader Connectivity</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/android-usb-reader-connectivity</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify POS supports Android USB Card Reader Connectivity</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pos-supports-android-usb-card-reader-connectivity</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>App blocks that customize the discount code field in checkout now appear in the top order summary on one-page mobile checkouts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of October 11, 2024, app blocks that add content above or below the discount code field in checkout now appear in the order summary displayed at the top of the page in one-page mobile checkout.</p>

<p>Previously, these app blocks would only display in the order summary at the bottom of the page on one-page checkouts. </p>

<p>Learn more about customizing checkout from the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/customize-checkout-configurations/checkout-apps">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Oct 2024 12:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/app-blocks-that-customize-the-discount-code-field-in-checkout-now-appear-in-the-top-order-summary-on-one-page-mobile-checkouts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Location Settings Index Page with Improved Filtering</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released a major update to the Locations settings in Shopify Admin. This enhancement will help merchants, especially those with multiple store locations, manage their locations more efficiently. The new Locations index now supports shops with up to 1000 locations, allowing for easier searching, filtering, and pagination. It's now available for all merchants using Shopify Admin. 🏪</p>

<p>The update includes an updated Default Location card, streamlined location name and address editing, and a more streamlined design. We've also integrated a new address validation feature, which helps ensure accuracy when entering or updating location addresses. These improvements make it easier to view and manage location configurations, reduce errors in address entry, and simplify the process of sorting and filtering locations.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 20:27:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-location-settings-index-page-with-improved-filtering</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Purchase shipping labels in bulk from the Shipping labels page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released new way to buy labels for up to 100 ready to fulfill orders at once.</p>

<p>On the Shipping labels page, select <strong>Buy labels for X orders</strong> to quickly start buying labels for up to 100 orders at one of your fulfillment locations. On the <strong>Create shipping labels</strong> page, you can now group orders by item type and item quantity to quickly fulfill similar orders.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Oct 2024 11:22:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/purchase-shipping-labels-in-bulk-from-the-shipping-labels-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Files admin user permission is now generally available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released the ability to grant staff members explicit files permissions for a shop. This will help merchants ensure team members have the right level of access depending on their needs. The files admin user permission is now generally available to all merchants. </p>

<p>Learn more about admin user permissions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions/staff-permissions-descriptions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2024 17:32:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/files-admin-user-permission-is-now-generally-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tablet improvements for the POS app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In version 9.19, we’ve introduced a design update to the app layout that optimizes screen space for tablets. This means more information can be presented to retail staff within a single view. </p>

<p>Here’s what new: <br>
* We have optimized the text size and spacing to display more information staff need within a single view. This means there is less scrolling and fewer taps when building carts. <br>
* We’ve moved workflows from a full screen view to a windowed view on iOS tablets. This will focus staff on specific actions and ensure the cart is always visible. </p>

<p>These changes will make more room for actions in overall the layout to help staff flow more seamlessly through the POS app. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tablet-improvements-for-the-pos-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS Terminal Experience Enhancements</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve released an update to POS Terminal and the <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.shopify.pos.customerview&amp;hl=en_CA&amp;pli=1">Customer View app</a> (version 1.25) that includes a refreshed design to cart, payment, tipping and receipt screens. </p>

<p>The default idle screen now includes animations with support for both light mode and dark mode to make the experience more enjoyable. </p>

<p>Customers can now select multiple types of digital receipts including the Shop app, email, sms and print, making it easy to receive receipts. </p>

<p>Customers can view product images on your customer facing devices so they can easily see their items being added to the cart. This feature can be managed in the Display Editor (<strong>Settings &gt; Devices &gt; Customer displays</strong>) in the POS Sales Channel. Learn more about cart images for POS Terminal in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/all-in-one-hardware/pos-go/countertop-mode">Shopify Help Center</a>. Learn more about cart images for the Customer View app in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/customer-view-app">Shopify Help Center</a>. To access this feature, ensure you're running POS App version 9.19 and Customer View version 1.25.</p>

<p>Your feedback is like gold to us. If you’ve found the recent update as delightful as we do, we kindly ask to leave us a review<br>
<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.shopify.pos.customerview">Review for Customer View app here</a><br>
<a href="https://yotpo.com/go/lLlT9Stq">Review for POS Terminal here</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-terminal-experience-enhancements</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>YouTube Shorts now supported as external file type in the file system</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added YouTube Shorts support to the file picker in admin. Now, merchants can upload YouTube Shorts to products and other resources by adding a YouTube Shorts URL in the "add from URL" field available in the file picker. </p>

<p>Learn more about [file uploads] in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/file-uploads">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Sep 2024 16:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/youtube-shorts-now-supported-as-external-file-type-in-the-file-system</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Storefront filters now support category metafields </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants who have set up their product category using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/product-category">Shopify’s Standard Product Taxonomy</a> can now offer category metafields as a storefront filter using the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app</a>.</p>

<p>With this update, filter swatches are now also automatically rendered in the storefront filter dropdown and filter values are automatically grouped under a single value (for example, powder blue and navy blue would automatically map to the “Blue” filter option). </p>

<p>To learn more, please visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters#custom-filters">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Sep 2024 14:14:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/storefront-filters-now-support-category-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Write better scripts with autocomplete and contextual details in Run code</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/run-code">Run code</a> action in Flow has an improved and more helpful experience, with modern code editing features including autocomplete and details on hover.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/25-16-oev24-qmqs4.png" alt="Screenshot of autosuggest"></p>

<p>When authoring code, the editor can now dynamically type the <code>input</code> parameter in the <code>main</code> function of the script, allowing for changing the query and then suggesting available values.  This helps write code faster by suggesting possible completions for partially typed words and minimizes the likelihood of errors.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/25-17-x72zv-4m8tv.png" alt="Screenshot of type on hover"></p>

<p>Hovering over code elements provides instant access to type information, making clear acceptable values and reducing errors.</p>

<p>For more information about how it works and limitations, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/run-code">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Sep 2024 12:11:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-write-better-scripts-with-autocomplete-and-contextual-details-in-run-code</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer Metafields on POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New release: Customer metafields pinned in the Shopify admin are now surfaced in customer profiles in POS, allowing retail staff to view and capture customer information in a structured manner. Quickly collect data like birthday, loyalty status, or any attribute that matters most to your business.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Customer Metafields on POS in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/customer-management/metafields">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Sep 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customer-metafields-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to shipping refunds</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shipping amounts shown in the financial summary of the order details page now account for refunds. We’ve also streamlined the UX on the refund page when refunding shipping.</p>

<p>Financial summary improvements:</p>

<ul>
<li>The order details financial summary now takes into account shipping refunds. For instance, if the original shipping amount was $10 and $6 is refunded, the shipping amount will now be $4 (before this change it would have stayed as $10).<br></li>
<li>For orders with multiple shipping lines, the refunded amount is proportionally distributed across each line. For example, if there are two shipping lines originally priced at $10 and $20, and $6 is refunded, the shipping amounts will become $8 and $16, respectively.</li>
</ul>

<p>Streamlined refund process:</p>

<ul>
<li>A new checkbox has been added to simplify the process of refunding shipping. This checkbox defaults to refunding the full shipping amount but the shipping amount can still be edited for partial refunds.<br></li>
<li>For orders with multiple shipping lines, we now display each individual shipping line in the refund section.<br></li>
<li>When refunding an amount that has already been partially refunded, the remaining refundable shipping amount is now displayed.</li>
</ul>

<p>Timeline events for shipping refunds:</p>

<ul>
<li>Refunds targeting only shipping amounts now create timeline events on the order details page, with support for multiple shipping lines. Before, these events were only created when both shipping and product line items were refunded.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Sep 2024 09:38:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-shipping-refunds</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create Shopify Email campaigns from product pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Email campaigns can now be created directly from the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/products">Product section</a>, with app extensions designed to streamline creating product-specific emails as part of your email strategy.<br>
There are new app extensions on the product index page and the product details page. </p>

<p>In the main products index page, click “Create email campaign” under the “More actions” button in the top right hand side of the product index page. This opens a modal to choose an email template. Select a product-specific template and your email will be created with default products included.</p>

<p>You can also select multiple products, click the “...” icon on the top right hand side of the product index table and then select “Create email campaign” under Apps. The modal will open up to select a template and you’ll see the products you chose passed through directly into the draft email campaign.</p>

<p>And on a single product detail page, you’ll also find the option to “Create email campaign” under the “More actions” button. You’ll see a modal to select a template, and then the product you were working on will be automatically passed into the draft email that is created.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-email/create-email/create-campaigns">creating campaigns</a> with Shopify Email.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Sep 2024 13:02:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-shopify-email-campaigns-from-product-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Duty inclusive pricing is now available to Managed Markets merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Duty inclusive pricing is now available to merchants selling cross-border with Managed Markets who have access to 1-page checkout. When duty inclusive pricing is enabled, customers will not be surprised by additional duties fees when they check out. You can decide whether to leave product prices the same and forgo margin or adjust product prices to offset the duties charge. Customers will be informed that duties are included in the total at checkout.</p>

<p>Learn more about Duty Inclusive Pricing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international/managed-markets/tax-inclusive">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Sep 2024 11:27:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/duty-inclusive-pricing-is-now-available-to-managed-markets-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Faster, clearer, more efficient troubleshooting in workflow run list </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Continuing on previous improvements (<a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/flow-find-workflow-runs-starting-from-admin-more-actions-menus">admin extension</a>, <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/flow-search-for-workflow-runs-by-trigger-data">search by trigger data</a>), the list of workflow runs now makes it easier to understand the status of a run and quickly find errors, while returning results in less time. </p>

<p>The workflow run list includes two improved columns, now called Workflow status and Results. The workflow status column includes new states to better represent what happened in the workflow: In-progress, Completed, Timed out, Rate limited, and Cancelled. </p>

<p>The results column includes a list of actions that were successfully completed and a list of actions that had errors. Clicking an action takes you to the relevant section on the run details page.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/20-03-k3e7t-bm1a0.png" alt="Run list page with successes and errors"></p>

<p>For all workflows but especially those with a lot of steps, the run list page now loads much faster and with fewer time-out errors, making it easier to troubleshoot. </p>

<p>For questions and feedback, post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Sep 2024 10:59:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-faster-clearer-more-efficient-troubleshooting-in-workflow-run-list</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Semantic Search now supports more languages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Semantic Search now supports multiple languages, so shoppers worldwide can search using everyday language and find relevant results. It allows your customers to use everyday language when searching in their preferred language, even if they search for “something warm to wear in the winter” instead of “fleece hat”. </p>

<p>If you already have Semantic Search enabled in the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app, this update has automatically been applied. </p>

<p>If you haven’t yet enabled Semantic Search and you’re on a Shopify plan or above, you can do so in the free <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app</a>. Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/search">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 16:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/semantic-search-now-supports-more-languages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enable ship to store fulfillment and offer better in store pickup</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify’s <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/local-methods/pickup-in-store-extensibility">Pickup in store</a> capabilities have been extended to support “ship to store” fulfillment via the new Store transfers feature. Improvements  for how pickup locations are displayed at checkout have also been made by displaying only pickup locations within the buyer’s country.</p>

<p><strong><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/local-methods/pickup-in-store-extensibility#store-transfers">Store Transfers</a>:</strong> This feature enables merchants to offer pickup in store for more products, at more locations by allowing customers to purchase products online and have them shipped to one of your stores for pickup, commonly known as “ship to store” fulfillment.  Previously, Pickup In store was only available if all products in an order were in stock at a given pickup location during checkout. </p>

<p>Store transfers can be enabled for any location offering Pickup in store and can be configured to transfer items from multiple source locations like other retail stores or fulfillment centers. Product exclusions are supported to prevent certain items from being included.</p>

<p>Furthermore, merchants can facilitate the transferring of inventory for a pickup directly in an order via Shopify admin.</p>

<p><strong>Enhanced list of available pickup locations at checkout:</strong> Improvements have been made to how in store pickup locations are displayed at checkout by providing a smaller expandable list of pickup locations, and hiding irrelevant locations that are outside the buyer’s country.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 11:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enable-ship-to-store-fulfillment-and-offer-better-in-store-pickup</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trigger marketing automations and workflows when customers join or leave segments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Segment triggers let you automate operational workflows and key marketing moments based on when a customer joins or leaves a segment, so both your segments and workflows can be customized to your business. Set up any segment using the customer data you have in Shopify, and then set up automated actions based on that segment’s membership.</p>

<p>You can build custom automations in Flow, and there are two new marketing automation templates available to help you take advantage of segment triggers.</p>

<ol>
<li><strong>Welcome new VIPs.</strong> Send an email to customers who join your VIP segment, thanking them for their business and promoting any special offers you reserve for your best customers.</li>
<li><strong>Send birthday emails.</strong> Email customers on their birthday with a special deal. Turning on this automation will add a birthdate metafield to your customers, and if you don’t have birthdays collected, you can start with <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-forms">Shopify Forms</a> for free.</li>
</ol>

<p>If you’re starting from the Marketing &gt; Automations section, the templates will set up the required segments in the background, and you can adjust them as needed—especially for segments like VIP, which are likely specific to your business. If you build your workflows in Flow, you’ll need to make sure you have the right segments and metafields set up in the Customers section.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/marketing-automations/types#shopify-email-automations">marketing automation templates</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/customer-joined-segment">segment triggers in Flow</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2024 10:53:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/trigger-marketing-automations-and-workflows-when-customers-join-or-leave-segments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Bundles support on POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re launching Shopify POS support for <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-bundles">Shopify Bundles</a>. Stores with the Shopify Bundles app can now publish bundles to the POS sales channel. </p>

<p>A bundle is a set of two or more related products, commonly offered at a discount. You can sell bundles through your Online Store, Shop channel, and now - Shopify POS. To create product bundles in your store, you must have the Shopify Bundles app installed. Publishing them to POS is as simple as ensuring the Point of Sale is selected in the “publishing - sales channels”.</p>

<p>Selling bundles can enhance your average order value while offering curated value and discounts to customers. Additionally, they help clear out old inventory and increase product visibility.</p>

<p>There are <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles">three types of bundles</a>: Fixed, multipack, or mix-and-match. To create Fixed or Multipack bundles, you can use Shopify Bundles, which is a free first-party bundles app. This app is available on all Shopify plans. For creating Mix-and-match bundles, visit the Shopify App Store to find a curated collection of <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/functions-bundles">third-party bundle apps</a> that integrate directly into the Shopify admin and work with Shopify POS. </p>

<p>For more details on limitations and eligiblity, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles/eligibility-and-considerations">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-bundles-support-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New granular staff permissions for Gift cards</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously the single <em>Gift cards</em> permission would grant staff access to a wide range of actions, including creating, editing, exporting and deactivating gift cards. Now there are 4 new, more granular Gift cards permissions: <em>View</em>, <em>Create and edit</em>, <em>Export</em>, <em>Deactivate</em>. This increased granularity gives merchants more control over staff access to specific actions on gift cards.</p>

<p>All existing staff members who have previously been given the singular <em>Gift cards</em> permission will automatically have all the new permissions selected by default to ensure backward compatibility. Merchants have the option to select (or unselect) a subset of these permissions when more granular access control is needed.</p>

<p>Learn more about these new permissions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions/staff-permissions-descriptions#gift-cards-permissions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 08:13:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-granular-staff-permissions-for-gift-cards</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>UI update of Company and Company location details</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've restructured the Company detail and Company location detail pages layout to provide a clearer, more intuitive presentation of details, making it easier to find and understand key information.<br>
Customizations are now more distinctly separated from standard information, allowing for quicker identification and management.<br>
We’ve updated the interactions for managing catalogs for on Company location. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2024 10:17:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ui-update-of-company-and-company-location-details</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shipping claims in admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've taken the guesswork out of submitting shipping claims. You can now initiate a shipping claim for lost, damaged and late packages with labels purchased in Shopify from your order details page in admin. </p>

<p>For carrier claims supported by Shopify, we've prefilled order information in the claims form to save you time. </p>

<p>Learn more about the new claims process in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-carriers/shipping-claims">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Sep 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shipping-claims-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>"Don't collect tax" option now available for B2B</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now, managing tax exemptions in jurisdictions without predefined exemptions is simpler and more efficient for B2B commerce. We’ve added a "Don't collect tax" option, applicable at the company location level. This eliminates the need for workarounds like setting business customers to checkout-to-draft or duplicating products for tax-exempt customers.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2024 13:28:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/don-t-collect-tax-option-now-available-for-b2b</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Use returned data from Send Admin API request action</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve improved the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/send-admin-api-request">Send Admin API request</a> action to return data. After choosing a mutation and defining the input and output data, any information returned will be available for use in subsequent workflow steps. This includes most of the powerful mutations that enable merchants to create and update orders, subscriptions, products, customers, inventory, and more — enabling many new types of automations.</p>

<p>For more information about how it works, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/send-admin-api-request">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2024 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-use-returned-data-from-send-admin-api-request-action</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Split shipping in checkout is available to all merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of August 30, 2024, we have made split shipping in checkout available to all merchants. Merchants with more than 1 shipping profile or location can access this through <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Shipping and delivery</strong> . Buyers will be able to see when multiple packages are expected for a checkout, and the option to accelerate one or more packages when options are available, ultimately offering transparency and choice in the purchasing process. 🎉</p>

<p>Learn more about split shipping in checkout through the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/split-shipping">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2024 12:28:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/split-shipping-in-checkout-is-available-to-all-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>BanContact payment method added to Managed Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added BanContact support to Managed Markets. BanContact is the most popular debit payment method in Belgium.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2024 11:36:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bancontact-payment-method-added-to-managed-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective retailers can fetch suppliers' shipping rates live at checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Collective retailers have been upgraded to a new, simplified carrier shipping profile. This new profile allows you to live-fetch your suppliers’ shipping rates, and add them to your customers' orders directly at checkout.</p>

<p>Suppliers can now set flat shipping rates or calculated shipping rates for different products through their price lists. Unlike flat rates,&nbsp;calculated shipping rates&nbsp;use rules configured by the supplier to calculate shipping costs live at checkout.&nbsp;For example, suppliers could now offer you a “free shipping for orders over” rate, which you could pass on to customers to incentivize higher average order values, and lower cart abandonment.</p>

<p>Retailers still retain control over which shipping rates show to customers at checkout, and can customize these using custom shipping profiles, or free shipping discounts.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Aug 2024 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailers-can-fetch-suppliers-shipping-rates-live-at-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discontinued support for Turkiye in Managed Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve removed support for Turkiye and the Turkish Lira in Managed Markets as a result of Turkish authorities lowering the maximum value of goods that can be imported into Turkey with a simplified clearance procedure to 30 euros.  Merchants using Managed Markets can use draft orders to create orders to Turkiye if they set themselves as the merchant of record. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Aug 2024 09:48:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discontinued-support-for-turkiye-in-managed-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective suppliers can set different shipping rates per price list</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, suppliers can now set flat or calculated shipping rates when they create price lists. This new feature gives suppliers the flexibility to charge retailers different shipping rates for different products, rather than a single flat rate for all.</p>

<p>Select ‘Calculated at checkout’ to charge retailers the rates you’ve configured in your shipping profiles, or set flat rates for each zone you ship to. Retailers can pass on your shipping costs to customers, with live rate-fetching from your store, directly on their checkout.</p>

<p><strong>Where can I set my rates?</strong><br>
Look for the new ‘Shipping’ section when you create a price list, or edit existing ones.</p>

<p>Retailers assigned to active price lists will be notified if you change your shipping flat rates, or change how shipping is calculated for Collective products.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 16:37:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-suppliers-can-set-different-shipping-rates-per-price-list</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>YouTube Shopping affiliate program now available to eligible merchants  </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>All <a href="https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13773425#requirements">eligible</a> US Shopify Plus and Advanced merchants can now join the YouTube Shopping affiliate program through the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/google">Google &amp; YouTube app</a> on Shopify. The program allows you to seamlessly sync your products from Shopify to YouTube so thousands of eligible creators can tag your products at scale in their videos. You can easily manage the program and view analytics, content, and products right from Google Merchant Center.</p>

<p>Learn more about the program in Google Help Center <a href="https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13773425">here</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/youtube-shopping-affiliate-program-now-available-to-eligible-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finance now shows all your financial products in one place</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Finance section has been redesigned for US merchants and is now also available to merchants in all Shopify Payments-eligible countries in the left-hand navigation. This section gives you one place to view all your money products, whether that's Capital, Credit, Balance, Payments, Bill Pay, or Taxes. You'll find them all organized for a quick and easy way to see account balances, review recent transactions, or discover new products offered to you.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/finance-now-shows-all-your-financial-products-in-one-place</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Collective upgrades retailers to a new, unified shipping profile</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>From today, retailers will benefit from a new, unified Shopify Collective shipping profile, which consolidates all Collective products previously within individual supplier shipping profiles.</p>

<p>This simplified shipping profile now allows retailers to live-fetch suppliers' shipping rates, and add them to customers' orders directly at checkout.</p>

<p>Prior to this upgrade, when a retailer imported products from suppliers, a unique shipping profile was created for every individual supplier. Shipping rates were imported together with those products, and any updates made by suppliers didn’t automatically sync to the shipping profiles on the retailer’s store. Updates needed to be made manually.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Aug 2024 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-collective-upgrades-retailers-to-a-new-unified-shipping-profile</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: New triggers, action, and templates for managing returns</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow now has more tools for workflows that manage orders involving returns. These include triggers for different return statuses, an action for cancelling returns, and templates for common use cases.</p>

<p>In addition to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/refund-created">Refund created</a>, new triggers have been added to support additional return activities, including:, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/return-approved">Return approved</a>, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/return-cancelled">Return cancelled</a>, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/return-closed">Return closed</a>, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/return-declined">Return declined</a>, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/return-reopened">Return reopened</a>, and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/return-requested">Return requested</a>.</p>

<p>A new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/cancel-return">Cancel return</a> action can help manage returns, such as when buyers do not send products back.</p>

<p>Several new templates make it easy to get started when automating return workflows:<br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/01912e54-30a9-7a40-a5ef-3c08e09f071f">Release fulfillment hold on exchange items once the return is closed</a>: When a return is closed, check if there is an outstanding balance on the order. If there is no order balance, release the exchange items.<br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/01912e54-2a6b-7ad9-8178-c3f23b7e6276">Cancel inactive returns</a>: Automatically cancel a return that has not been refunded or restocked within a certain period of time.<br>
* <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/editor/templates/01912e54-32b4-7be9-bdd4-db4dc1516eb4">Get notified on Slack when a customer requests a return</a>: Receive a customizable slack notification when a customer submits a return request from their account.</p>

<p>For more information about Flow, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Aug 2024 12:07:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-new-triggers-action-and-templates-for-managing-returns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shipping labels now tracks customs forms printing status </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We’ve added labels to denote required document tracking at label purchase in Shopify Admin. </p>

<p>We made a change to the experience. Previously, customs forms were available for all Managed Markets orders, regardless of whether or not it was required to be printed and attached to the outside of the parcel. </p>

<p>Now, we've modified the experience so that the customs form only displays if it is being shipped to a non-paperless trade country. </p>

<ul>
<li><p>If the customs form doesn't display in Admin, it is because the destination is a paperless trade country. You do not need to print the commercial invoice; it is included electronically via the shipping label.</p></li>
<li><p>If you do see a customs form available in Shopify Admin, please print it out and attach to the outside of the parcel prior to handing it to the carrier.</p></li>
</ul>

<p>Printing of the commercial invoice is only required if the parcel is shipping to a non-paperless trade country. Most countries support paperless trade, and the carrier and customs agencies pull the commercial invoice via the barcode on the label.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Aug 2024 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shipping-labels-now-tracks-customs-forms-printing-status</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective suppliers can can now remove products in bulk from price lists</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are three filters including product type, product vendor &amp; tag that suppliers can now use when deciding which products they want to remove from a pricelist. These filters make it easier than ever for suppliers to manage their products, allowing them to add or remove items with greater precision and significantly less effort.</p>

<p>Previously, Collective suppliers had to rely on keywords within the search bar to review and remove specific products from their pricelist. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Aug 2024 12:43:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-suppliers-can-can-now-remove-products-in-bulk-from-price-lists</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Error messages now available in the Shopify Pixel Helper</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added error messages to the Shopify Pixel Helper so that you can more easily debug your custom pixels. The Pixel Helper will display uncaught errors that occur at the top level or in the callback function. Top level errors will be viewable when the Pixel Helper loads. Callback error messages will be viewable when an event with a red dot is expanded.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 12:17:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/error-messages-now-available-in-the-shopify-pixel-helper</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Suggested replies are live for eligible merchants in Inbox, powered by Shopify Magic</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Suggested replies for Shopify Inbox are now live, bringing the power of AI to your customer conversations. When a shopper sends a message in Inbox, a suggested reply will be generated, leveraging your store’s existing information to find the right answer. You can send the message as is or edit before sending.</p>

<p>Suggested replies are on by default for eligible merchants. You can turn them off in Inbox &gt; Settings &gt; Message preferences.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/suggested-replies-are-live-for-eligible-merchants-in-inbox-powered-by-shopify-magic</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unified file editor available in admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released a unified file editor, currently available on: <br>
1. Product detail page<br>
2. Content&gt;files<br>
3. Online store editor <br>
4. Email app </p>

<p>This gives merchants a unified way to edit files across admin and is now generally available. <br>
Learn more about the unified file editor in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/media-editor">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Aug 2024 13:32:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/unified-file-editor-available-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved display of order items when buying shipping labels in bulk</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added product variant details when buying shipping labels in bulk. You'll no longer have to click to open a product list for each individual order in the bulk purchase table to view order item details. Having all order items visible in the table view will help save time picking, packing, and selecting the appropriate package, when buying labels in bulk.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Aug 2024 09:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-display-of-order-items-when-buying-shipping-labels-in-bulk</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Migration to hCaptcha on the /challenge page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: Further to the migration <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/migration-to-hcaptcha-on-storefronts">from reCAPTCHA v3 to hCaptcha on Storefronts</a>, the fallback CAPTCHA challenge on the <code>/challenge</code> page is now being migrated to an interactive hCaptcha, replacing the reCAPTCHA v2 currently in use.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Aug 2024 06:48:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/migration-to-hcaptcha-on-the-challenge-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accept JCB card payments on Shopify POS in AU and NZ</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting July 30, 2024, JCB cards can be used with Shopify card readers in Australia and New Zealand. Card readers include Shopify POS Go, POS Terminal, and WisePad3 card readers paired with Shopify POS. To use Shopify card readers you must be using Shopify Payments.</p>

<p>Card readers will update automatically after the date when paired with a device running Shopify POS and connected to the internet.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopif card readers in the <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2024 09:07:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/accept-jcb-card-payments-on-shopify-pos-in-au-and-nz</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accept UnionPay and JCB card payments on Shopify POS in CA and US</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of July 30, 2024 UnionPay and JCB cards can be used with Shopify card readers in Canada and the United States. Card readers include Shopify Go, POS Terminal, WisePad3, Tap &amp; Chip, and Chipper 2XBT card readers paired with Shopify POS. To use Shopify card readers you must be using Shopify Payments.</p>

<p>Card readers will update automatically after the date when paired with a device running Shopify POS and connected to the internet.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopif card readers in the <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2024 09:02:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/accept-unionpay-and-jcb-card-payments-on-shopify-pos-in-ca-and-us</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Newly created shops will have New Customer Accounts enabled</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve updated the default settings for Customer Accounts in new shops. Previously, Customer Accounts were turned off by default, and when enabled, they were set to Classic mode. Now, when a new shop is created, Customer Accounts will be enabled by default in the New Customer Accounts mode. 🎉 This change ensures that merchants can immediately benefit from the enhanced features and improved user experience of the New Customer Accounts, streamlining customer management right from the start.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts">New Customer Accounts in the Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2024 00:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/newly-created-shops-will-have-new-customer-accounts-enabled</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Credit Notes </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of July 17, any changes made to a Shopify invoice (total or partial cancellation of charges) will generate a Credit Note. Credit Notes can be viewed and downloaded from the Billing section of the admin.</p>

<p>Credit Notes will have an associated refund mechanism: 1) refund to the original payment method; OR 2) Shopify Account Credits. Shopify Account Credits are post-bill credits that can only be applied to charges on future invoices.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2024 10:48:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Billing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/credit-notes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Forms submissions stored in metaobjects</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now view all submissions from the Shopify Forms app in your admin.  When a form is created, a matching metaobject is created for that form.  Then, every time a new submission comes in, an entry will be written to that metaobject.  This allows you to view all of your submissions in one place, instead of searching through customer records for a specific submission.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/forms-app/manage#view-submissions">Learn more</a> about viewing form submissions.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2024 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-forms-submissions-stored-in-metaobjects</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automate your privacy settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>All merchants can now use automated privacy features to set up and maintain their privacy settings to match Shopify recommendations for compliance. Once automated, privacy settings are automatically updated as store settings and recommendations change.</p>

<p>Turning on automated privacy settings will:</p>

<ul>
<li>Automatically generate and maintain your privacy policy.</li>
<li>Add a cookie banner and keep it synced with latest recommendations.</li>
<li>Add a data sales opt-out page and keep it synced with latest recommendations.</li>
</ul>

<p>Turn on automation from the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/privacy">customer privacy settings page</a> or learn more about customer privacy in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/customer-privacy-settings/privacy-settings">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2024 09:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automate-your-privacy-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Migration to hCaptcha on Storefronts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We’ve started migrating our CAPTCHA implementation on Storefronts to hCaptcha from Google reCAPTCHA as part of our ongoing effort to reduce form abuse. This is an ongoing rollout to stores in cohorts.</p>

<p>This is a drop in replacement for reCAPTCHA v3 with the hCaptcha badge replacing the reCAPTCHA badge that loads when a customer interacts with a protected form. No action is required, unless you are notified otherwise.</p>

<p>Further information is available in the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/storefronts/themes/trust-security/captcha">Developer docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2024 12:07:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/migration-to-hcaptcha-on-storefronts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Plus merchants can now use apps built with compatible UI extensions on draft order checkouts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of July 22, 2024, Plus merchants can use apps with compatible UI extensions in draft order checkouts. </p>

<p>For an app to be compatible with draft order checkouts, the developer must update their app to the latest UI extension version. This allows the extension to react to draft order restrictions like un-editable cart lines or discounts. </p>

<p>Once the developer updates their app, it will automatically start running in draft order checkouts and regular checkouts.</p>

<p>Learn more about customizing checkout on <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/customize-checkout-configurations/checkout-apps">this page</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2024 10:48:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/plus-merchants-can-now-use-apps-built-with-compatible-ui-extensions-on-draft-order-checkouts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Find workflow runs starting from Admin “More actions” menus</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now search for Flow workflow runs related to resources directly from the Admin page for each resource, including the Order, Draft order, Customer, Product, Product variant, and Collection pages. In these pages, choose the “More actions” menu and click “Search Flow runs” to initiate a search.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/19-38-xw3lp-8jb5t.png" alt="Image of “More actions” menu with “Search Flow runs”"></p>

<p>Whether you’re looking to streamline your operations or optimize workflows, this improves visibility into how workflows interact with various aspects of your business and makes investigating easier by identifying workflow runs related to specific resources.</p>

<p>For more information about how it works, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/monitor#find-workflow-run">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jul 2024 13:03:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-find-workflow-runs-starting-from-admin-more-actions-menus</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cash tracking across locations in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: A multi-location view of cash tracking reports is now available in the Point of Sale channel to allow for easier visibility of cash tracking across all locations. Now, users working in the admin can compare cash coming in/out across all locations with one view. This is a time-saver because identifying outlier stores/behavior becomes more noticeable.</p>

<p>Learn more about the cash tracking in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/cash-register-management/cash-tracking">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cash-tracking-across-locations-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3d models and videos are now hosted behind store URLs</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of July 10th, 2024, all videos and 3D models on Shopify stores are now served from a store's domain (e.g., "custom-domain.com/cdn/3dmodel/filename"). Previously, only images were served from the store's domain. This update will improve SEO keyword attribution weight for stores using 3D models and videos, and no change is needed to take advantage of this upgrade. To learn more about working with files, refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/file-uploads">help center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jul 2024 08:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/3d-models-and-videos-are-now-hosted-behind-store-urls</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Faster filtering for B2B customer data</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Plus merchants can now filter by company and company location metafields on the Companies index and company details page, to quickly find B2B customers. </p>

<p>Filtering by company and company location metafields is limited to single line text, product reference, true or false, collection reference, page reference, and metaobject reference metafields. </p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/custom_data">Try it now</a> in the admin, or learn more about filtering by metafields in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/custom-data/metafields/filtering-companies">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 08:26:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/faster-filtering-for-b2b-customer-data</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated Draft Orders in the Shopify App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Draft Orders section in the Shopify App was updated in v9.166 to align more closely with the web and unlock features previously unavailable on mobile, including:<br>
* Applying discount codes to draft orders.<br>
* Reserving inventory for items included in draft orders.<br>
* Supporting metafields.<br>
* Including bundles in draft orders.<br>
* Offering Local Delivery and Local Pickup as shipping options.<br>
* Filtering options on the product selection screen.<br>
* Duplicating or completing app actions on completed draft orders (iOS-only fix).</p>

<p>In addition to the unlocked features, some workflows that have been improved:<br>
* Changing product quantities in a draft order<br>
* Viewing product details linked to a draft order</p>

<p>This makes it easier for merchants to create, manage &amp; adjust draft orders on-the-go from the Shopify App. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2024 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-draft-orders-in-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective retailers can connect suppliers at scale through a new signup link</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retailers can easily send suppliers a link to connect with them via Shopify Collective, automatically connecting the shops and bypassing the standard approval phase.</p>

<p>Retailers can navigate into their Collective Settings to retrieve the custom link to send to their suppliers. Once connected, suppliers can immediately start sharing products through a price list and the retailer can choose which products they would like to import. </p>

<p>Similar to the other invite direct invite methods, there is no minimum sales requirement for invited suppliers. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2024 11:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailers-can-connect-suppliers-at-scale-through-a-new-signup-link</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Send draft order invoices with payment terms</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants selling to B2B customers can now send invoices for draft orders with payment terms, to give customers the opportunity to review their negotiated cart and prices before placing an order. </p>

<p>Customers only need to pay the invoice when it's due, according to the payment terms assigned to the order or their account.</p>

<p>This feature is available to all plans. </p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/draft_orders/new">Try it now</a> in the admin, or learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/draft-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2024 09:23:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/send-draft-order-invoices-with-payment-terms</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Self Serve Fraud Dispute Reporting on Shopify Balance Debit Card &amp; Shopify Credit Card Transactions </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now, you can report fraud on Shopify Balance and Shopify Credit card transactions directly from your Shopify admin dashboard—no phone calls needed! You can file disputes, submit evidence, and track statuses through a dedicated portal on both web and mobile with no manual filing—they're automatically handled. We heard from merchants that the previous process was time-consuming and frustrating, so this feature was designed to save time and effort.</p>

<p>Eligibility<br>
- Shopify Balance &amp; Shopify Credit Card Holders</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jul 2024 11:23:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/self-serve-fraud-dispute-reporting-on-shopify-balance-debit-card-shopify-credit-card-transactions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cost and impression metrics are now available for paid ads in marketing reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>New release:</strong> Cost and impression campaign data are now available for integration into your marketing reports. This will help all merchants running paid ads understand the ROI of their advertising. Key metrics such as return on ad spend (ROAS), cost per acquisition (CPA), and click-through rate (CTR) are now available for all campaigns placed on Google, Pinterest, Snapchat, and TikTok. </p>

<p>To use this feature, ensure that you have downloaded the partners channel app, and connected your ads account to Shopify. This is now available to all merchants in all regions. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2024 13:32:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cost-and-impression-metrics-are-now-available-for-paid-ads-in-marketing-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Markets Pro is now Managed Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting June 24, the tool formerly known as Markets Pro will be renamed Managed Markets, and Shopify Markets will be renamed International in the Help Center. This name change is intended to better reflect your objectives and will not impact existing features or your admin experience. Managed Markets utilizes a merchant of record model to manage financial and legal complexities in international markets. It is Shopify's comprehensive solution for global sales, designed to complement Shopify's other international sales tools, enabling brands to show up like a local, wherever they sell.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify's international sales tools and Managed Markets in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/international">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2024 12:54:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/markets-pro-is-now-managed-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify POS Split-screen Home Layout for Tablet</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><img src="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Hym-KOPc874S9ZiuxTXvQPvnhNG2g14t/view?usp=sharing" alt=""></p>

<p>Say hello to the new Home layout available for tablet devices! Our latest update introduces a new split screen layout in the Shopify POS app. Searching for products and customers are now alongside your cart for quicker cart building and managing. Accessing your preferred search method is now easier and ensures search results for your staff are at their fingertips without delay.  </p>

<p>Here’s what’s new:<br>
- Always visible cart: No need for long scrolls or toggling between tabs - see your cart next to your search results at all times.<br><br>
- Optimized search: Easily search using global search, scanning barcodes or using the Smart grid, minimizing the steps needed to add items to your cart.<br>
- Improved search result interaction pattern: Search results such as products and customers can be added to the cart by tapping on the line item.</p>

<p>Update your Shopify POS app to version 9.12 to experience faster and more efficient cart building. Learn more about the split-screen Home layout for Shopify POS tablets in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pos-split-screen-home-layout-for-tablet</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: more example workflows added to template library</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/flow">Flow</a> has updated the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/flow/web/editor/templates?sort=newest">template library</a> to include even more common workflows. Templates are sample workflows that make it easy to automate your business and customize your store with just a few edits.</p>

<p>These new templates include:<br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/01905f77-c78c-74e7-9a66-d127f37101f5">Tag orders with associated UTM campaign</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/01905f77-c42c-7916-8e65-3e0021cac769">Hold fulfillment orders for customers with chargebacks</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/01905f6c-7315-716b-bbd3-6e085afc7048">Track product variants that are on sale using a product metafield</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/01905c2f-1117-788f-b095-e6851d8eaaeb">Create and initialize shop metafields</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/01905c2f-0d80-7476-ae24-8e8be0e39590">Tag all customers with their point of sale location</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/01905a1c-c514-7333-912f-1cb1923ab591">Send notification when a customer orders multiple variants of a product</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/0190567a-06ea-7310-aabe-4e666c530ebd">Tag first-time customers with their point of sale location</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/01905639-660d-7ef0-b325-63bf291bbf09">Send notification when order contains a bundle</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/01905639-61a8-7e1d-90c2-bbdd3339814e">Change product template when variants are out of stock or back in stock</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/019055b0-cdb0-7f64-9d81-803d636d3691">Cancel orders for customers who frequently return items</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/019012a6-af8f-7e47-bb6a-40e03f0332bc">Tag a customer's first order</a><br>
* <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/editor/templates/018fe47a-0c6c-72ea-baa2-271de375f836">Remove D2C customer if not added to company after 3 days</a></p>

<p>For more information about Shopify Flow, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Jun 2024 11:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-more-example-workflows-added-to-template-library</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Cash and Shop Campaigns are now available to Canadian buyers and merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Before this launch:</p>

<ul>
<li>Only US buyers could participate in the Shop Cash rewards program to earn (via Shop Pay) and redeem Shop Cash (in the Shop app and shop.app website) </li>
<li>Only US merchants could use Shop Campaigns to create offers and they could only target US buyers</li>
</ul>

<p>Now:</p>

<ul>
<li>Both US and Canadian buyers can now earn 1% Shop Cash on all eligible Shop Pay purchases. Buyers can spend Shop Cash or boost with it with offers in the Shop app or shop.app website on both US and Canadian shops. </li>
<li>Both US and Canadian merchants can use Shop Campaigns to target both US and/or Canadian buyers. </li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/shop-campaigns">Shop Campaigns</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shop-cash">Shop Cash</a>.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-cash-and-shop-campaigns-are-now-available-to-canadian-buyers-and-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unit Pricing Now Available for All EU and Swiss Merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Unit Pricing, previously available only to French and German merchants, is now accessible to all merchants across the EU and Switzerland. This change is effective immediately. By expanding the availability of Unit Pricing, we aim to enhance price transparency and consistency for merchants and their customers throughout the region.</p>

<p>Unit Pricing allows merchants to display the price per unit for products sold in quantities or measurements. When a unit price is entered for a product, it is displayed on the product pages, collection pages, cart page, checkout pages, and order confirmation notifications. This feature helps customers make more informed purchasing decisions by providing clear and consistent pricing information.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Unit Pricing feature in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/details/product-pricing/unit-pricing">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/unit-pricing-now-available-for-all-eu-and-swiss-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get suggested locations when changing the fulfillment location for an order</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You will now be provided with suggested locations when reassigning an order's fulfillment location in your admin.</p>

<p>The suggestion will account for your shop's current inventory, your order routing preferences and your shipping settings to suggest the next best location that can fulfill the order. You can use this suggestion when editing the fulfillment location for a single order, or for multiple orders at once from your Orders page.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/get-suggested-locations-when-changing-the-fulfillment-location-for-an-order</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify's Standard Product Taxonomy now available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now available by default on all Shopify stores, Shopify's Standard Product Taxonomy offers over 10K product categories and 2K associated product attributes, driving better product discovery and cross-channel selling and standardizing the way you can manage your product data.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify's Standard Product Taxonomy in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/product-category">help docs</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify's Standard Product Taxonomy on the <a href="http://www.shopify.com/blog/shopify-taxonomy">blog.</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-s-standard-product-taxonomy-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Semantic Search is now available on more plans</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants on a Shopify or Advanced plan can now enable Semantic Search, our AI-powered storefront search feature, with the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery?search_id=7bcc78ef-24d9-473e-bacc-9e6cd6d1a348&amp;surface_detail=search+and+discovery&amp;surface_inter_position=1&amp;surface_intra_position=5&amp;surface_type=search">Search &amp; Discovery app</a>.  </p>

<p>Semantic Search goes beyond keyword matching and better understands buyer’s intent, returning richer and more relevant results. It allows your customers to use everyday language when searching, even if they search for “something to wear in the summer” instead of “shorts”. </p>

<p>To learn more about Semantic Search, please visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/search#activating-semantic-search">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 07:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/semantic-search-is-now-available-on-more-plans</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Category filter in the Search &amp; Discovery app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters#filter-types">Category is now a filter option</a> for any merchant who has set up their product category using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/product-category">Shopify's Standard Product Taxonomy</a>, improving storefront discovery.</p>

<p>Try it now in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Search &amp; Discovery app</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 07:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-category-filter-in-the-search-discovery-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shopify Combined Listings app is now available </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/combined-listings">Shopify Combined Listings app</a> is now available to merchants on Plus plans, helping merchants better merchandise products that come in multiple variations such as colors, materials or lengths, all from the same product listing. Each product variation can have its own unique image carousel, descriptive URL, and publishing controls. </p>

<p>Learn more about the Shopify Combined Listings app in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/combined-listings">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 07:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-shopify-combined-listings-app-is-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More data fields available in web pixels</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added more data fields to Web pixels so that you can capture richer data and improve the performance of your integrations.</p>

<p><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/web-pixels-api/standard-api/init#properties-propertydetail-data">Standard API -&gt; init -&gt; shop object</a> including:<br>
* Country code<br>
* myShopify url<br>
* Payment settings</p>

<p><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/web-pixels-api/standard-events/checkout_completed#properties-propertydetail-data">Standard Events -&gt; checkout object</a> including:<br>
* Discount amounts<br>
* Email marketing consent<br>
* Final line item price<br>
* Line item properties<br>
* Line item selling plan<br>
* Localization<br>
* Payment method <br>
* Selected delivery options<br>
* SMS marketing consent</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 23 Jun 2024 14:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-data-fields-available-in-web-pixels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: Search for workflow runs by trigger data</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now search workflow runs by data in the trigger, including IDs for resources such as orders, customers, and products, making it much easier to find a relevant workflow run. </p>

<p>For more information about how it works, go to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/monitor#find-workflow-run">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, you can post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 17:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-search-for-workflow-runs-by-trigger-data</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Validate order shipping addresses from the admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Order shipping addresses are now automatically validated in the admin to help prevent incorrect addresses and minimize delayed or failed deliveries. Orders with potential address issues, such as invalid zip codes, are flagged, and suggestions are provided to help fix these issues quickly and accurately. Works for orders from any sales channel.</p>

<p>Learn more about shipping address validation in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders/manage-orders/shipping-address-validation">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/validate-order-shipping-addresses-from-the-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Pixel Helper</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shopify Pixel Helper has been launched to help all merchants verify that their custom pixels are loading and receiving data.</p>

<p>Merchants can launch the Pixel Helper from the Shopify admin and then interact with their store to see events being received in real-time, alongside the data contained within those events.</p>

<p>With the Pixel Helper, merchants can debug issues and ensure their tracking infrastructure is working as expected. All from the Shopify Admin.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Shopify Pixel Helper in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/pixels/custom-pixels/testing">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pixel-helper</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flow: New action to Send Admin API request</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use a new Send Admin API request action to call almost any Shopify Admin API, enabling thousands of new types of automations. In the Send Admin API request action, you will choose your mutation and you will then fill out the input data needed by the mutation you choose and your use case. </p>

<p>For example, to update the locale for a customer, you would choose customerUpdate and then update the JSON to set the locale:</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/20-57-8bmpm-nar22.png" alt="Example setting a locale"></p>

<p>For more information about how it works and current limitations, go to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/send-admin-api-request">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, you can post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 11:23:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/flow-new-action-to-send-admin-api-request</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Company profiles now support up to 10k locations and customers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now, you can add up to 10,000 company locations and customers to a single company profile, to represent all of your B2B customers in one place. </p>

<p>Each customer contact will be counted as a single customer regardless of how many company locations they are attached to. Up to 50 customers can be attached to a single company location. </p>

<p>To learn more about creating and managing companies, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/companies/creating-companies">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 10:23:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/company-profiles-now-support-up-to-10k-locations-and-customers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Drive up to 2x more retargeting conversions with Shopify Audiences v2.3</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re releasing Shopify Audiences v2.3 with retargeting that continues to improve. In our last version of Audiences, most merchants at least doubled the size of their retargeting audiences. Because of this, we're now seeing our Retargeting Boost custom lists help drive up to two times more retargeting conversions, meaning merchants can increase their orders for every marketing dollar they spend on retargeting.</p>

<p>Shopify Audiences helps merchants find more customers on top ad platforms, cut their customer acquisition costs by up to 50%, and get more out of their ad spend with custom audience lists powered by millions of commerce insights only available on Shopify.</p>

<p>Whether you’re brand new to digital advertising or a seasoned pro, Shopify Audiences provides you with a much-needed advantage in a digital ecosystem that is shifting due to new privacy regulations and operating system changes.</p>

<h3>Product updates</h3>

<p>With Shopify Audiences v2.3, we’ve made the following updates:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Improved the accuracy of Retargeting Boost audiences to increase performance:</strong> it now helps drive up to two times more retargeting conversions. Merchants can increase their orders for every marketing dollar they spend on retargeting.</li>
<li><strong>Free trial:</strong> Audiences is included with Shopify Plus or enterprise plans. Now, merchants who aren't on Shopify Plus can try a no-obligation, 45-day free trial. You won’t be charged and don’t require a credit card for the trial. The trial includes: 

<ul>
<li>Retargeting Boost lists to use with Meta campaigns to help drive more retargeting conversions. </li>
<li>The benchmarks dashboard for Meta, to pinpoint where to make improvements in your advertising.</li>
</ul></li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/drive-up-to-2x-more-retargeting-conversions-with-shopify-audiences-v2-3</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collect deposits at checkout </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using B2B on Shopify can now require a percentage-based deposit to be paid at checkout, based on the order subtotal. The deposit amount can be configured for each company location and will apply to all orders for that company location. </p>

<p>The due date for the remaining balance will be based on the payment terms assigned to the company location.  </p>

<p>To enable deposits, go to an individual company location within the admin and click on “Edit payment terms” within the Customizations card. Select the check box for “Require deposit on orders created at checkout” and enter in the percentage-based deposit amount.</p>

<p>To learn more about deposits at checkout, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/payment-terms#deposits">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 08:49:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collect-deposits-at-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective introduces bulk management features for Retailers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retailers can now bulk-select and import products from suppliers, directly inside Collective, unlocking the previous limit of 30 imports at a time. Products can also be bulk-selected and managed at scale, from setting product status to active or draft, to deleting products. Additionally, retailers are now alerted to products that are unsellable due to errors, with detail about the error and how to resolve it.</p>

<p>This improvement aims to help retailers quickly manage and scale their catalog size in just a few clicks.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-introduces-bulk-management-features-for-retailers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cut down back-and-forth with Collective price lists attached to invitations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sharing products and getting sales partnerships live has never been more streamlined. Suppliers can now send invites to retailers with one or more price lists attached, allowing retailers to accept, connect and instantly import the products they want to sell.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cut-down-back-and-forth-with-collective-price-lists-attached-to-invitations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective empowers suppliers with bulk management features to curate price lists</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Suppliers can now select products and create price lists at speed and at scale, with new bulk management features. These include a ‘Select all products’ option to include their complete catalog, and 3 new filters to allow them to curate specific products for specific price lists — Product Vendor, Tagged with, Product Type.</p>

<p>Previously, suppliers were limited to selecting and adding 30 products at a time, and relied upon search to manually find and add specific products to price lists. It’s never been easier to manage product sharing across Collective partnerships.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-empowers-suppliers-with-bulk-management-features-to-curate-price-lists</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Run Flash Sales through Shopify Collective </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collective can power flash sales, meaning inventory does not oversell or undersell during the given high traffic period. Retailers can sell imported products from suppliers at up to 6.1K checkouts per minute. </p>

<p>At checkout, Collective performs several checks against the latest stock information supporting high volume sales. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/run-flash-sales-through-shopify-collective</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Organization setting for Plus</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Plus merchants will no longer see the <em>Stores</em> settings at the organization level. This settings is replaced by <em>Organization</em>. </p>

<p>Users with the Stores permission will still be able to view, create and manage details about stores in their Plus organizations. </p>

<p>New to the Organization setting is the Organization name card, which is editable by the Organization owner. Previously this needed to be completed by support. </p>

<p>Visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/organization-settings/stores">Shopify Help Center</a> for addtional details.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2024 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-organization-setting-for-plus</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Incoming Stocky Purchase Orders synced with Shopify Admin &amp; POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Purchase orders created in Stocky will sync incoming inventory levels for products across Shopify Admin and Shopify POS, providing a consistent view of inventory across Shopify. </p>

<p>After marking a purchase order as ordered in Stocky, incoming inventory quantities will display in relevant inventory surfaces in Shopify Admin and Shopify POS, enabling improved tracking and monitoring of inventory movements. Any updates to purchase orders in Stocky will also automatically adjust incoming inventory amounts, providing flexible and accurate inventory management throughout the Shopify platform.</p>

<p>e.g.: Learn more about receiving purchase orders in POS in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/stocky/pos-inventory-management/receiving-purchase-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/incoming-stocky-purchase-orders-synced-with-shopify-admin-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Save Changes to Purchase Orders in Stocky</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><img src="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1L74HA-oOKWEIj4m4azcPtS48W1eDplny/view" alt=""></p>

<p>We’ve introduced the option to 'Edit' purchase orders in Stocky to ensure updates to inventory purchasing is accurate and intentional. Now, Stocky users have the option to 'Save' or 'Cancel' updates to their purchase orders, ensuring purchase orders are accurate and up-to-date for coordination with suppliers.</p>

<p>Learn more about editing purchase orders in Stocky in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/stocky/inventory-management/purchase-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/save-changes-to-purchase-orders-in-stocky</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Import, export, and duplicate marketing automations with Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Marketing automations now uses the Flow app for all viewing and editing of workflows, as well as access to run history. If you create, edit, or view a marketing automation, including existing automations, and don’t have Flow installed, you will be prompted to install it.<br>
This unlocks the ability to duplicate, import, and export marketing automations, in the same way you’ve been able to manage workflows in Flow. You also now have access to all triggers and actions within Flow when you’re building custom marketing automations.</p>

<p>Flow will also now show a list of all workflows, including your marketing automations. Any Flow with a marketing activity that shows you performance metrics like reach, sessions, orders and conversion rate is considered a marketing automation, and those workflows will also show in the Marketing &gt; Automations area as they did previously.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/create-marketing-automations">Learn more about marketing automations</a> in Shopify.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/import-export-and-duplicate-marketing-automations-with-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Issue store credit to customers directly in admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Create greater flexibility for customers, improve operational efficiency, and help prevent lost sales with store credit. Start issuing store credit to customers directly in admin, view balances and transaction history, enable customers to spend store credit at checkout, and more. </p>

<p>Available in early access to stores that use new customer accounts (or for those using the new customer accounts login experience for authentication) and UI extensions on checkout.</p>

<p>Learn more by visiting our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/store-credit">help center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 10:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/issue-store-credit-to-customers-directly-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to Shopify Collective supplier order payment status</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've changed the payment status for supplier orders received when you don't use automatic payments, giving you more options to track status and pay. Now, orders you receive from retailers who don’t use automatic payments on Shopify Collective will be marked as ‘Payment Pending’, not ‘Paid’.</p>

<p>This change in status to ‘Payment Pending’ enables you to send invoices to these retailers, collect payment via credit or debit card, or use ‘Mark as paid’ to track payment status. This wasn’t previously possible.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 05:27:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-shopify-collective-supplier-order-payment-status</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Import additional merchandising data from existing stores</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve enhanced the store data import tool to include a wider range of merchandising data such as products, variants, collections, and metafields (except reference types). You can now import the available merchandising data from your existing stores with ease. Save time, expand your online presence, and maintain consistency with just a few clicks.</p>

<p>Learn more about the importing store data in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/organization-settings/stores/create-store#importing-data-from-an-existing-store">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 10:12:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/import-additional-merchandising-data-from-existing-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved clarity about Markets Pro product restrictions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've released improvements to the Markets Pro product restriction experience, designed to enhance comprehension and streamline the management of restricted products for merchants.</p>

<p>Key Enhancements:<br>
*<em>Publication Statuses: *</em> Products now display specific restriction reasons directly on the product index and details pages.</p>

<p>*<em>Notifications: *</em>Merchants receive notifications in their Shopify admin when new prohibited items are identified, whether due to new product additions or changes in regulations affecting existing products.</p>

<p>*<em>Localized Restriction Reasons: *</em>Restriction reasons are fully localized, supporting all languages available in the Shopify admin, ensuring clear communication for merchants across different regions.</p>

<p>*<em>Filtering on Product Index: *</em>Merchants can now access a filtered list of prohibited products for all markets from a single place in the Shopify admin. </p>

<p>*<em>Ongoing Review: *</em> The product list is continuously reviewed for prohibited items, ensuring that any new products or changes in product status are promptly identified and addressed.</p>

<p>Please visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/prohibited-items#prohibited-admin">Shopify Help Center</a> for addtional details. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jun 2024 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-clarity-about-markets-pro-product-restrictions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective retailers can sync more product data from suppliers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Products that retailers newly import from suppliers via Collective will now come with richer information, making it easier to sell those products directly on their online stores, or through channels like Meta or Google. </p>

<p>The 7 new product attributes that will automatically import are:<br>
- Product Category<br>
- HS Code<br>
- Barcode<br>
- SKU<br>
- Weight<br>
- Compare-at price <br>
- Country Code</p>

<p>Upon import, all listed attributes will be synchronized initially while the compare-at price will be continuously updated to reflect any changes made by suppliers. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jun 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailers-can-sync-more-product-data-from-suppliers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing the video section in Shopify Email</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Add videos to your Shopify Email campaigns! This new Video section helps you create eye-catching emails with easy-to-embed video content. You can add video links in your marketing emails and customize them with thumbnails and alt text. </p>

<p>This feature is designed to make your emails more personalized, reflecting your brand, and boosting engagement and conversions. </p>

<p>Learn more about the Video section in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-email/create-email/create-campaigns?utm_source=all-editions-website&amp;utm_medium=product-cta&amp;utm_campaign=all#customizing-your-email-messages">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jun 2024 02:32:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-the-video-section-in-shopify-email</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Sort filter values in the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Available in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Search &amp; Discovery app</a>, , you can now customize the order filter values are displayed on your collection and search result pages, making navigation more intuitive for your customers.</p>

<p>You can choose to sort your filter values:</p>

<ul>
<li><p><strong>Automatically</strong>: Display filter values by default in ascending order, both alphabetically or numerically. </p></li>
<li><p><strong>Manually</strong>: Customize the order of your filter values or use the “Reorder for me” option to have Shopify Magic rearrange your filter values for you.</p></li>
</ul>

<p>To learn more about how to order your filter values with the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters#sorting-filter-values">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jun 2024 16:44:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-sort-filter-values-in-the-shopify-search-discovery-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> Bundles are now available in draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now add product bundles to draft orders. Whether they are using the Shopify Bundles app or building their own custom bundle offering with our APIs, merchants can leverage this feature to boost sales and improve customer experience.</p>

<p>Additionally, the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/functions/reference/cart-transform">CartTransform function</a> will automatically run on all draft orders.</p>

<p>Simply navigate to draft orders in the Shopify admin, and select bundle products from the product picker.</p>

<p>To learn more about bundles in draft orders, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jun 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bundles-are-now-available-in-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Remotely customize smart grids from the Shopify Admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are releasing a new smart grid editor that can streamline operations and save time by managing smart grids remotely from the Shopify admin. With the editor you can quickly set up and customize smart grids, assign them to multiple locations, and control permissions to manage your staff's access for editing smart grid layouts.</p>

<p>The editor will be available to all POS merchants.</p>

<p>Learn more about the smart grid editor in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/getting-started/smart-grid">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 06:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/remotely-customize-smart-grids-from-the-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discount Functions support on Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h2>Discount Functions on POS</h2>

<p>Discounts created through Shopify Discount Functions can now be leveraged on Shopify POS, allowing developers and merchants the flexibility to extend or replace native Shopify server-side business logic to offer more advanced/customized discounting use cases on POS. </p>

<h2>Description</h2>

<p><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/functions">Shopify Functions</a> give you the flexibility to extend or replace native Shopify server-side business logic, to meet your unique business needs. Previously, discounts created by Discount Functions were available to be leveraged on the Online store, and now they can be used on POS as well.  Discount functions are most frequently used by third party apps on the Shopify App Store to offer extended functionality on top of Shopify’s native platform. This results in more omnichannel capabilities when it comes to discount management in Shopify.</p>

<h3>Use cases:</h3>

<ul>
<li>Trigger discounts based on <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/functions/reference/order-discounts/graphql/input">attributes</a> not available to be used natively, such as custom metafields or the customer’s lifetime value</li>
<li>Create more advanced criteria for discounts to be eligible, such as “Buy A, B and (C or D), get E for free”</li>
<li>Link discounts to other functionalities (loyalty, gift registry, membership)</li>
</ul>

<h2>Important information:</h2>

<h3>Limitations:</h3>

<ul>
<li>Discounts created by Discount Functions are automatically eligible on different sales channels, including Online Store and POS. Discount Functions can not be excluded from POS.</li>
<li>Stores on any plan can use public apps that are distributed through the Shopify App Store and contain functions. Only stores on a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/intro-to-shopify/pricing-plans/plans-features/shopify-plus-plan?shpxid=a4930bb5-4508-4C15-DD13-B6BDC4FA209E">Shopify Plus</a> plan can use custom apps that contain <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/functions">Shopify Function APIs</a>.</li>
</ul>

<h3>In Shopify admin:</h3>

<ul>
<li>Any previously created discount through apps that leverage Discount Functions is automatically available to be leveraged on POS. </li>
<li>To make a discount created by Discount Functions available for smart grid tile linking, it has to be “published” to the POS, which can be done via bulk editor in the Admin &gt; Discounts list overview</li>
</ul>

<h3>In store flows:</h3>

<ul>
<li>For the staff in store, nothing will change. Discounts created through native functionality or discount functions will behave the same on POS</li>
<li>Discount Functions can be configured to apply automatically, or can be triggered by entering a discount code.</li>
<li>Discount Functions can be set as smart grid tiles, similar to native discount codes</li>
</ul>

<h3>Technical:</h3>

<ul>
<li>The following API’s are relevant to this functionality:

<ul>
<li><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/functions">Shopify Functions</a></li>
<li><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/functions/reference/order-discounts">Order Discount Function API</a></li>
<li><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/functions/reference/product-discounts">Product Discount Function API</a></li>
<li><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/functions/reference/shipping-discounts">Shipping Discount Function API</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li>There are no functional changes to APIs</li>
</ul>

<p>Reporting:<br>
- Discounts created through Discount Functions are of the same type as native discount (automatic / code, product/order/shipping). These discounts are reported on regardless of whether they were created natively or through discount functions</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jun 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discount-functions-support-on-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>UPS Standard + UPS Worldwide Expedited shipping now available for Markets Pro!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Markets Pro has expanded its carrier options to include <strong>standard international shipping</strong> via UPS Standard + UPS Worldwide Expedited mail services. For the first time ever, merchants will have access to UPS DDP labels via Shopify. </p>

<p>Markets Pro now provides full coverage of US-outbound labels across flat rates: <br>
* International Economy via DHL eCommerce<br>
* International Standard via UPS<br>
* International Express via DHL Express </p>

<p>Learn more about the UPS for Markets Pro  in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/shipping/ups">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>

<h3>Note to existing active Markets Pro merchants:</h3>

<p><strong>Shipping setting update + configuring rates at checkout</strong><br>
Depending on your shipping rate configuration, you may need to take action to display UPS rates at buyer checkout. If you do not have an existing account with UPS, you will be asked to accept UPS ToS upon either shipping configuration or your first label purchase.</p>

<p>As a part of the UPS General Access release, Markets Pro will be making updates to your Markets Pro-managed shipping zones configuration. You may make changes to these updates at any time, including the removal of UPS rates from your shipping settings.</p>

<ul>
<li>If the shipping zone(s) utilizes carrier rates, Markets Pro will automatically add UPS Standard and/or UPS Worldwide Expedited international rates to your checkout. </li>
<li>If the shipping zone(s) utilizes flat rates with transit time, you must configure Standard International Shipping in your settings to make them available to buyers. </li>
<li>Due to technical limitations, if the shipping zone(s) utilizes custom flat rates and you utilize an external partner to print labels, they will continue to be fulfilled with DHL Express labels for Markets Pro orders. </li>
</ul>

<p>Please note that if you currently fulfill Standard International Shipping with DHL eCommerce, Markets Pro will migrate these rates to Economy International Shipping on your behalf. This will more accurately reflect the transit times buyers should expect when shipping via DHL eCommerce.</p>

<p>Additionally, if you fulfill DHL eCommerce from both Standard International and Economy International flat rates, no change will be made to your Standard International flat rates. If you use an external partner to print labels, Standard International buyer selections will automatically begin fulfilling with UPS.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jun 2024 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ups-standard-ups-worldwide-expedited-shipping-now-available-for-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved Shipping Options for Subscriptions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you will be able to offer your buyers more flexible shipping options on subscription orders. Buyers will be able to select from multiple shipping methods for their first shipment, with recurring shipments defaulting to the cheapest shipping option. You can expect that this new shipping optionality will show up even in carts that include both one-time and subscription products. </p>

<p>This feature will be rolled out to all merchants selling subscriptions over the next few days and is expected to be complete by June 7, 2024.</p>

<p>To learn more about split shipping in checkout for subscriptions, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/subscriptions/setup#customer-checkout-experience">Shopify Help Center</a> . </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jun 2024 12:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-shipping-options-for-subscriptions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ship to pickup points in the UK and Spain</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants in the UK and Spain can now enjoy enhanced shipping options with Shopify Shipping. In the UK, merchants can ship to over 7,000 Evri pickup points, allowing customers to collect their orders from Evri ParcelShops. Similarly, merchants in Spain can ship their orders to Correos locations across the country.</p>

<p>With pickup points, both merchants and customers benefit from increased convenience and efficiency in the shipping process. Customers can easily pick up their orders at a location that suits them best, while merchants can expand their reach and provide an added level of convenience for their customers.</p>

<p>You can learn more about this update in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/pickup-points">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 May 2024 11:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ship-to-pickup-points-in-the-uk-and-spain</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Automatically capture payment per fulfillment </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now automatically capture payments when each part of an order is fulfilled with our new capture per fulfillment feature. </p>

<p>With this new feature, you can enhance your financial reporting by recording revenue as it is earned. Additionally, you can better meet customer expectations, collecting payment only when items are fulfilled, not all at once at checkout.</p>

<p>You can learn more about this update in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/payment-authorization#capture-per-fulfillment">Shopify Help Center. </a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2024 10:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-automatically-capture-payment-per-fulfillment</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SEPA Direct Debit billing is now available in select countries</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We have added Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA) Direct Debit as a billing payment method in Denmark, Germany, the Netherlands, and Switzerland. </p>

<p>This payment method can be set up with basic bank account information. SEPA Direct Debit will help non-Plus merchants using EUR as their billing currency conveniently pay bills and make one-time purchases in Shopify. </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/manage-billing/billing-information/payment-methods-for-bills#sepa-direct-debit">Learn more about SEPA Direct Debit billing</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 May 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Billing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sepa-direct-debit-billing-is-now-available-in-select-countries</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fraud analysis now indicates when a fraud recommendation is not available.</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify’s fraud analysis helps you to identify orders that could be fraudulent. Some types of orders, such as those that are processed offline, don’t receive fraud recommendations. The order details page now offers enhanced clarity by indicating when a fraud recommendation is unavailable for the order.</p>

<p>Risk indicators will continue to be available for such orders. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/fraud-analysis">Learn more</a> about fraud analysis.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 May 2024 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fraud-analysis-now-indicates-when-a-fraud-recommendation-is-not-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Stocky purchase orders extension for the Smart Grid</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To enable more quick and efficient inventory management workflows in store, we’re leveraging Shopify’s POS UI extensions technology to create a native-like experiences for inventory management workflows that are accessible in one click.</p>

<p>Keep stock levels balanced, excess inventory costs low, and inventory moving with the new Stocky purchase orders extension available for the Smart Grid. The new purchase orders extension allows staff to see and receive incoming inventory from suppliers directly in POS, helping staff proactively manage stock and improve daily inventory operations.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Stocky transfers extension in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/stocky/pos-inventory-management/receiving-purchase-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 May 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-stocky-purchase-orders-extension-for-the-smart-grid</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New checkout and accounts editor for merchants on Basic, Advanced, and Shopify plans </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customizing your customer's buying experience just got easier. Manage, preview, and deploy apps with the checkout and accounts editor, the all-in-one place to make customizations. </p>

<ul>
<li><p><strong>Manage and preview apps with ease</strong>: Customize and preview <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/stories/guide-enhance-the-full-buying-journey">apps</a> with a superior workflow for the Thank you and Order status pages. </p></li>
<li><p><strong>Style with branding capabilities</strong>: Style the buying experience with the checkout and accounts editor, the new home for branding capabilities like logos, colors, fonts, backgrounds, and more. </p></li>
<li><p><strong>Save configurations as drafts</strong>: Try new ideas, collaborate with your team, and fine-tune your customizations as a draft without impacting your live store. </p></li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about the checkout and accounts editor in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-extensibility/">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-checkout-and-accounts-editor-for-merchants-on-basic-advanced-and-shopify-plans</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Control whether your buyers can apply discount codes on draft order invoices</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've introduced a new setting that allows you to control whether buyers can apply discount codes at checkout for draft order invoices. This setting, accessible within the send and share invoice flows in draft orders, empowers you to manage the use of discounts more effectively to fit your invoicing needs. By default, this feature is disabled, offering flexibility to enable it as needed.</p>

<p>To learn more about discounts in draft orders, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders#set-item-or-order-discounts">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2024 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/control-whether-your-buyers-can-apply-discount-codes-on-draft-order-invoices</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shopify cookie banner is now shown in the customer’s native language</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When customers visit your store, the Shopify cookie banner will now be shown in their native language. These translations can be customized at any time by a translation app, such as the Shopify Translate &amp; Adapt app. To help you get started, we have provided translations of our default banner text in 32 languages.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-shopify-cookie-banner-is-now-shown-in-the-customer-s-native-language</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated Inventory Scanner in the Shopify App </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've updated the inventory scanner in the Shopify App to improve the inventory adjustment workflow. It is now easier to:<br>
* swith locations for inventory adjustments<br>
* scan multiple items without the scanned items list interfering with the scanner <br>
* make additional quantity edits, such as adjusting Available, On Hand and Committed counts<br>
* review and edit all inventory adjustments from a single review screen<br>
* easily understand the final adjusted inventory count while still seeing the original count + adjustments count as secondary information</p>

<p>We also updated the underlying scanner library to align with Shopify POS. This improves the accuracy of the scanner and increases barcode support. </p>

<p>Notes:<br>
* GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, Truncated, Stacked, Stacked Omnidirectional, Expanded, Expanded Stacked barcodes are not compatible with Android on either the current or previous versions of the scanner. <br>
* Format Code 128 is not currently compatible with iPhone 12 on either the current of previous versions of the scanner. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-inventory-scanner-in-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - New action to lookup customer in a segment</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In Shopify Flow, you can now check if a customer is in a segment by using a  <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/look-up-customer-segment-membership">Look up customer in segment</a> action. </p>

<p>The action can be used in any workflow that provides a customer. Using the action, you can choose to check if the customer is in one segment. The action will return a boolean field called <code>isMember</code> that is true when the customer is in the segment. This can be checked in a condition or in code to verify membership. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/15-10-p7d5l-n95y1.png" alt="Workflow showing the Look up action followed by a condition checking isMember"></p>

<p>For example, in this workflow, you can check if the customer is in an “expedited shipping” segment and then add tags to the order to expedite shipping. </p>

<p>To learn more, view the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/look-up-customer-segment-membership">Flow action</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-segmentation">segmentation</a> documentation. For questions and feedback related to the action, you can post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Flow topic in the Shopify community</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-new-action-to-lookup-customer-in-a-segment</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhance product imagery on the go with AI</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With Shopify Magic in the Shopify app, merchants can instantly create studio quality backgrounds for product images from anywhere with new AI-powered tools - no design experience needed.</p>

<p>Using just a few taps or keywords, merchants can now make professional edits and visually stunning images for their storefront and marketing materials. Our prompt examples make it even easier to generate great results fast. No design skills needed.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Magic and AI image editing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/image-editor">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 10:33:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhance-product-imagery-on-the-go-with-ai</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated Gift Cards section in the Shopify App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Gift Cards section in the Shopify App was updated in v9.160 to focus on issued gift cards. You can still create new gift card products or issue new gift cards via the + Add button. You can still view previously created gift card products in the Products section, including an option to filter the list to only show gift cards. Alternatively, you can shortcut to a filtered view of gift card products in the Products area from the ... Actions menu in Gift Cards. </p>

<p>Although this main Gift Cards screen is more consistent with the web, it means the Shopify App no longer has a Gift Cards Overview screen showing recently issued gift cards and recently updated gift card products. Please use sorting and filtering to achieve these views.</p>

<p>There have also been changes to the look and feel of the screens used to issue new gift cards and to view issued gift cards to align more closely with the web. There are no new features on these screens and no features were removed.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-gift-cards-section-in-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated Company Details section in the Shopify App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Company Details section in the Shopify App was updated in v9.160 to align more closely with web and unlock features previously unavailable on mobile, including:<br>
* reviewing draft orders and overdue payments<br>
* adding new locations<br>
* filtering and sorting the locations list<br>
* editing payment terms<br>
* editing catalogs<br>
* editing checkout sendings<br>
* editing the main company contact, as well as staff permissions<br>
* sending B2B access emails<br>
* deleting the company</p>

<p>In addition, a few features have been reorganized:<br>
* Company information is now under the Locations list instead of on the top of the screen.<br>
* editing the company and removing customers moved from the overflow menu on top of the screen, to the overflow menu on the Company and Customer cards under the locations list.<br>
* the create orderaction moved from the overflow menu to a “Create order” button under the order list.<br>
* editing a note moved from the title header as an icon to the bottom of the screen as its own card.</p>

<p>This makes it easier for merchants to manage and adjust company details on-the-go from the Shopify App. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-company-details-section-in-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The address autocompletion setting has moved to the checkout and accounts editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now find the autocompletion setting in the checkout and accounts editor. It has been moved from its original location of Settings &gt; Checkout. </p>

<p>To access the address autocompletion setting, to Settings &gt; Checkout to the Configurations section. Click “Customize” next to the configuration you want to update</p>

<p>When you select “Use address autocompletion”, customers are enabled to enter their addresses faster and more accurately, accelerating the checkout experience. </p>

<p>Learn more about autocomplete in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/address-collection-preferences">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2024 17:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-address-autocompletion-setting-has-moved-to-the-checkout-and-accounts-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New layout update on details screens</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re excited to introduce significant improvements to the detail pages of Orders, Draft Orders, Products, and Customer Interfaces within the Shopify POS app. Available in version 9.9, this update introduces a redesigned split-screen view and a new action menu situated on the right rail of the screen. Designed to boost operational efficiency and provide a seamless approach to high-priority workflows, here’s a closer look at what’s new:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>More information in less space</strong>: Take advantage of more information and essential workflows accessible in a single view, minimizing the need to scroll extensively. This optimized use of space allows for a clearer and more comprehensive overview at a glance.</li>
<li><strong>Staff can find what they need faster</strong>: With repositioned and easily visible action menus, staff can find necessary tools faster, significantly speeding up routine operations. This heightened visibility and accessibility are tailored for the fast pace of retail environments.</li>
</ul>

<p>These updates are now available in version 9.9. To ensure your retail operations benefit from these enhancements, we recommend keeping your app updated to the latest version.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-layout-update-on-details-screens</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved product list component for explicit add-to and removal from cart</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added a new "Add to Cart" button to all product list screens in the POS app, including search results, collections, and exchange pages. This button simplifies the process of adding and removing items from your cart, making your transactions quicker and more intuitive.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2024 00:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-product-list-component-for-explicit-add-to-and-removal-from-cart</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments now supports multiple payment captures for the same order in Australia and Romania</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Plus merchants in Australia and Romania on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/payment-authorization#set-up-manual-payment-capture">manual setting</a> can now capture <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/get-paid">multiple partial payments</a> for the same order. This feature was enabled for merchants in other countries <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/shopify-payments-now-supports-multiple-payment-captures-for-the-same-order">in October 2023</a>.</p>

<p>This helps if you:</p>

<ul>
<li>Ship items in an order from different warehouses with different fulfillment times</li>
<li>Your buyers expect to be charged for items when they’re fulfilled, not at checkout</li>
<li>Your accounting team needs to meet IFRS standards</li>
</ul>

<p>You can access this feature directly from the Orders Page or using the GraphQL API (<a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/objects/ordertransaction">OrderTransaction</a> object and <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/mutations/orderCapture">OrderCapture</a> mutation).</p>

<p>For all eligible merchants, the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/mutations/orderCapture">OrderCapture</a> mutation now <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/the-ordercapture-api-now-supports-finalcapture">supports an optional finalCapture parameter</a> which, when set to true, can be used to void the remaining uncaptured amount.</p>

<p>This is enabled by default for Plus merchants. Learn more by talking to your merchant success manager.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 May 2024 00:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-now-supports-multiple-payment-captures-for-the-same-order-in-australia-and-romania</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trade, a new theme designed for wholesale buying </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released Trade, a new theme designed for B2B businesses. </p>

<p>Trade can be easily customized for your business and enables wholesale customers to quickly assemble bulk orders with new quick add functionality. With quick add, buyers can view and add all products and variants to their cart from collection pages, without needing to navigate to the full product description page. </p>

<p>Trade is available to all Shopify plans. It comes pre-built with our advanced B2B features, like quantity rules and volume pricing, which are exclusive to Plus. </p>

<p><a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/trade/styles/default">Preview Trade</a> in the Shopify theme store, or <a href="https://www.shopify.com/plus/solutions/b2b-ecommerce">click here</a> to learn more about B2B on Shopify. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2024 10:36:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/trade-a-new-theme-designed-for-wholesale-buying</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Merchants can now schedule free DHL Express pickups in Admin for Markets Pro!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New release: On May 9, we will release the ability for merchants to schedule DHL Express ad hoc pickups in Shopify Admin for Markets Pro. </p>

<p>This will help Markets Pro merchants to more seamlessly manage their international logistics. </p>

<p>Key takeaways:<br>
* Markets Pro ad hoc DHL Express pickups are free<br>
* Merchants follow the same path to schedule Markets Pro DHL Express pickups as they do for Shopify Shipping DHL Express pickups. Learn more about how to schedule a DHL Express pickup in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-carriers/dhl#getting-products-dhl">the Shopify Help Center</a>. <br>
* Merchants can combine Markets Pro and non-Markets Pro parcels in a single DHL Express pickup<br>
* DHL Express pickup scheduling in admin is limited to ad hoc pickups. Recurrent pick ups should continue to be scheduled via <a href="https://mydhl.express.dhl/us/en/home.html#/createNewShipmentTab">the DHL Express website</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/merchants-can-now-schedule-free-dhl-express-pickups-in-admin-for-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add exchange products and return fees during the return approval process</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: Merchants can now easily add exchange products when approving return requests, in instances where buyers indicate they want an exchange. Additionally, merchants can also add return shipping and restocking fees during the return approval process. Fees will automatically apply to the return balance. </p>

<p>This enhancement allows you to streamline the return and exchange experience, and accurately account for fees, providing a more seamless process for both your customers and business.</p>

<p>Learn more about managing customer self-serve returns in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/refunds-returns/self-serve-returns/managing-returns">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 May 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-exchange-products-and-return-fees-during-the-return-approval-process</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - Use console.log in Run code action</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use <code>console.log</code> in Flow’s <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/run-code">Run code action</a>. For example, when you use <code>console.log(“foo”, order)</code>, it will print the text <code>foo</code> and the order resource to the workflow run log during execution. This can make it easier to debug your JavaScript code.</p>

<p>View the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/run-code#console-log">Run Code documentation</a> to learn more about <code>console.log</code>, including limitations. For questions and feedback, you can post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/hold-for-editions-feedback-and-questions/m-p/2410287/highlight/true#M3172">Flow topic in the Shopify community</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 May 2024 13:44:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-use-console-log-in-run-code-action</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage customer privacy settings for custom pixels</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now easily manage customer privacy permissions and data sale settings for a custom pixel when creating it in the <em>Customer events</em> page. This deepens the integration with the <em>Customer privacy</em> section, ensuring your custom pixel fire when the proper permissions are given. </p>

<p>You can also view customer privacy permissions and data sale settings for app pixels from the listing on the <strong>Customer events</strong> page.</p>

<p>Learn more about setting up customer privacy settings for custom pixels in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/pixels/custom-pixels/manage#customer-privacy">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 May 2024 20:38:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-customer-privacy-settings-for-custom-pixels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Storefront filters now includes better support for images </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Visuals filters now have better support for images in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Search &amp; Discovery app</a>, helping customers quickly understand different filter options and find the products that interest them most. This will allow merchants to better display icons, logos, and detailed imagery with their filter values. </p>

<p>For more information, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters#visual-filters">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 May 2024 11:18:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-storefront-filters-now-includes-better-support-for-images</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Market metafields available as a dynamic source in the online store editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Online Store Editor now supports market metafields as a dynamic source. This update allows merchants to seamlessly integrate Market Metafields into their storefronts, enhancing the customization and functionality of their online stores for different markets.</p>

<p>Learn more about the dynamic source selector in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/sections-and-blocks?_gl=1*tu3gwi*_ga*Nzk5OTMyOTcyLjE3MTExMzUyNzI.*_gid*OTgxODIzNzU5LjE3MTQxNTQ5MTI.*_fplc*eHVDVnlFRHR4enE2WnZiVUJmOFY4VHFsJTJGeWNGYWl3NlBLMzl6c1FzRHZVNDVxJTJGNjMlMkZDRlZrQkVXRDRCeWU3R1BySVVYWW9ZTElKSjZLeng3TnBWVWcwayUyQjVIb0V2UzNwY0MxSm5HRmFNdG42dE8lMkJxZlRkUXk2a1JwQjRxQSUzRCUzRA..#metafields-and-dynamic-sources">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Apr 2024 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/market-metafields-available-as-a-dynamic-source-in-the-online-store-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Return rules in POS </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In version 9.8 of the Shopify POS app, we've added return rules support in POS. Return rules are structured policies for returns that can now be used whether the return happens in store or is a self serve return online.</p>

<p>Return rules are a great way to ensure consistency and accuracy when processing returns. Which in turn helps reduce demand on staff to make decisions and builds trust between customers and your brand. </p>

<p>Return rules are configured in the Shopify Admin. Once configured, saved policies determine a products' eligibility once the item is added to the return. When products are ineligible, POS will surface additional context to staff on why it cannot be returned. Return window and Final Sale are the return rules that will be applicable to POS, and evaluated on each item in an order.</p>

<p>If a product is ineligible for a return and staff determine the product should be returned anyway, managers with associated permissions can override the return policy to complete the return or exchange. </p>

<p>Learn more about new return rules in POS in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/return-rules">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Apr 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/return-rules-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Shop Pay Feature for customers: Default Address Setting</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customers using Shop Pay can now set a default address for a more streamlined checkout experience. Default addresses are automatically pre-selected during the Shop Pay checkout process, effectively minimizing order cancellations caused by wrong shipping addresses. </p>

<p>If a customer wants to update their default address, then they can do so through the Shop app or during the checkout process when using Shop Pay on an online store.</p>

<p>Learn more about how customers <a href="https://help.shop.app/hc/en-us/articles/360060342992">Check out with Shop Pay</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Apr 2024 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-shop-pay-feature-for-customers-default-address-setting</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All existing forms can be duplicated in Shopify Forms </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Whether you need to use similar forms across different pages or want to create a modified version of a previously used form, you can now save time and effort by duplicating a previous form and using it as a starting point. This ensures consistency in your forms and allows for easy replication of successful form structures.</p>

<p>The duplicated form retains all the original fields, settings, and configurations, but can be edited to suit the specific needs of its new use case. This means you can maintain the elements that work well, while tweaking those that need to be customized for a new purpose.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Forms <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/forms-app">here</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 16:21:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/all-existing-forms-can-be-duplicated-in-shopify-forms</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Checkout shipping orders in the cart </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New improvements to the Ship to customer workflow support making changes to shipping orders in the cart without losing in-progress information. </p>

<p>Previously, when building a Ship to customer order, staff entered into a shipping order and could not edit or exit the cart until the purchase was completed. This prevented staff from updating customer details or adjusting product items and quantities. </p>

<p>With this update, the Ship to customer workflow is now fully integrated with the cart. This means, when products are added to the cart and shipping is chosen as the fulfillment method, staff are required to add customer information, customer shipping address, and shipping method selection. Adding a customer to a Ship to customer order has now moved to the top of the cart, rather than accessing a Smart grid tile. </p>

<p>When adding an existing customer with addresses on file, staff can select the customers preferred address from the available list by tapping “Add Shipping Address”. New customers' addresses are automatically filled in when all address information is added to their customer profile. If staff have the Ship to customer permission, but do not have permission to Add customers or Manage customers permissions, they will still be able to add a customer when checking out a shipping order. This is the only instance where add and manage customer permissions will be overridden. </p>

<p>When selecting the shipping method, the best shipping rate is automatically selected based on the cart’s content. If staff wish to change this rate or apply a custom rate, they can do so by tapping the ‘Shipping Rate’ button. Changes to the cart's contents might invalidate the selected rate unless a custom rate was provided. Staff will be notified with a dialog prompt about changes to the selected rate if the price of the cheapest available rate is higher than the previously selected. </p>

<p>If staff proceed to checkout with incomplete customer information, a validation error screen will display listing the missing information required for checkout. </p>

<p>Learn more about ship to customer in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/add-shipping">Help center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkout-shipping-orders-in-the-cart</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - Access typed metafields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now check metafield values more easily in the Flow app. Each resource (product, orders, etc) has a new <code>metafield</code> field. When you choose <code>metafield</code>, you can select from a list of known metafields for that resource:</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/24-34-ls9mh-0coys.png" alt="Alias modal"></p>

<p>Selecting the metafield will generate an <code>alias</code>, which Flow uses to get the metafield data, and you can use in subsequent steps and liquid. The variable will show up in a group titled <code>Fields with arguments</code>: </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/24-33-od3fg-rdf31.png" alt="Fields with arguments"></p>

<p>You can also now use metafield types in Flow. For example a product reference named <code>recipe</code> would allow you to get the title of the product in that reference, like <code>{{ product.recipe.value.title }}</code>. </p>

<h2>Why</h2>

<p>Previously when trying to check metafields in Flow, you needed to loop over the metafields list on resources, such as:</p>

<p><code>liquid<br>
{% for mf in product.metafields %}<br>
{% if mf.namespace == “custom” and mf.key == “yourkey” %}<br>
{{ mf.value }}<br>
{% endif %}<br>
{% endfor %}<br>
</code></p>

<p>Metafields accessed this way were all treated like a string, and could cause performance issues if there were many metafields, or if the value field was very large. For these reasons, this old way of accessing metafields will be deprecated soon from the Flow app. </p>

<p>For questions and feedback, you can post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 12:39:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-access-typed-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Point of Sale device language management </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Turn the POS into a global storefront that empowers staff to enhance every aspect of the selling process by translating key surfaces, enabling staff to closely connect with merchants.</p>

<p>With this update, we have introduced POS device language settings. Now, you can customize the product language displayed on your POS devices to cater to the local language of each retail location, a providing a localized experience for your staff and customers.</p>

<p>Once a specified language is enabled for your specific retail locations, the POS device will automatically display product translations configured in your POS channel The translated products will appear throughout your device as well as printed and email receipts.</p>

<p>Learn more about this feature in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/point-of-sale-device-language-management</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>BXGY discount codes for Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>“Buy X Get Y” discount codes can now be configured on Shopify POS. This new feature enables merchants to enhance in-store selling and promotional strategies, and reaches a milestone that allows all admin-defined discounts to now be supported on POS. 🎉</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bxgy-discount-codes-for-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metafields support for printed POS receipts Code Editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/code-editor-for-printed-pos-receipts">Released in Feburary</a> we shipped a new code editor for printed POS receipts. Leveraging Liquid, Shopify’s open-source template language, this gave brands more power to modify and customize the content and layout of printed receipts.  </p>

<p>As of app version 9.7, we've shipped an improvement that allows the use of 5 types of <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/custom-data/metafields">metafields</a> in the code: </p>

<ul>
<li>product</li>
<li>variant</li>
<li>location</li>
<li>customers</li>
<li>orders</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/receipt-management/receipt-editor">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/metafields-support-for-printed-pos-receipts-code-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ship from store POS fulfillment </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing the new Ship from store feature showcased at Winter Editions 24. This new fulfillment workflow empowers retail staff to fulfill online orders assigned to retail locations directly from POS. </p>

<p>Previously, when a retail location was chosen as the fulfillment location, retail staff required access to Shopify Admin to execute order fulfillment. Now, the new Ship from store feature surfaces orders due for shipping in the Orders tab. Permissioned staff can pick, pack and ship orders. </p>

<p>To get started with Ship from store, there are a few steps that require configuration including ensuring retail locations are configured to fulfill online orders, determine your ideal Order routing configuration and review your Shopify Shipping setup. To learn more, review this Help Article. </p>

<p>Once Ship from store is configured to meet your preferred setup, staff will navigate to an assigned order, tap the ‘Prepare for shipping’ tile, and use a barcode scanner or camera to check off items. Print a packing slip via document printer and purchase a shipping label through Shopify Shipping. Print your shipping label through a wireless label printer. If you can’t complete an order, tap the ‘Reassign fulfillment’ tile to reassign the remainder of an order to the next best location.</p>

<p>Learn more about Ship from Store in this <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/ship-from-store">Help article</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ship-from-store-pos-fulfillment</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Default layout update for Smart Grid</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We have updated the default Smart Grid tile layout for new locations within the POS app. In the most recent version of the POS app, you will now encounter a five-tile layout featuring the following options: Add Custom Sale, Apply Discount, Ship All Items, Email to Customer, and Save as Draft Order. Smart Grid tiles are still able to be customized and updated as needed. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Apr 2024 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/default-layout-update-for-smart-grid</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New maximum value for gift cards</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Effective May 15, 2024, a maximum value of $2,000USD (or equivalent in global currencies) has been added to issued gift cards.</p>

<p>This change will help keep you compliant with laws that apply to gift cards and help ensure you do not inadvertently violate them. The new maximum value will not affect gift cards issued before May 15, 2024.</p>

<p>Visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/gift-card-products/faq#general-questions">Help Center</a> for more information. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-maximum-value-for-gift-cards</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer Segment Details in the Shopify App now supports segment query edits </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We updated the Customer Segment Details screens in the Shopify App to be consistent across iOS and Android. Merchants can now edit segment queries, duplicate and export segment details, and use segments to send email campaigns and discounts from the Shopify app.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Apr 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customer-segment-details-in-the-shopify-app-now-supports-segment-query-edits</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Redirect to URL after Form submission in Shopify Forms</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now direct customers to a specific page after they successfully submit a form.  This could be another page on your shop, like a product page or collection for example, or a page designed as a next step for that form, like expected next steps for B2B contacts, or special perks that are only available to email subscribers.</p>

<p>The redirect is used instead of the success message when customers submit a form. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/forms-app/create#success">Learn more</a> about form submission success behavior in Forms.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Apr 2024 15:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/redirect-to-url-after-form-submission-in-shopify-forms</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated long press behavior on lists in the Shopify App </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shopify App has updated long press behavior on list screens on both iOS and Android to improve consistency. The Abandoned Checkouts Index, Collections Index, Customer Index, Customer Addresses List and Customer Segments Index now have consistent long press behavior to Orders and Products. We have also added filtering and sorting to many of these screens.</p>

<p>Long press for bulk actions makes it easy to perform actions on multiple list items at once from the Shopify App. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Apr 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-long-press-behavior-on-lists-in-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easier collection edits from the Shopify App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: The collections details flows in the Shopify App have been updated to improve consistency between products and collections details screens. You can now view, create and edit a collection from a single screen with similar sections and saving behavior as the product details screens. </p>

<p>This change reduces the number of taps it takes to create or edit a collection by utilizing similar subscreen saving behavior as Products. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Apr 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/easier-collection-edits-from-the-shopify-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer notes and tags can now be added from the Shopify App on iOS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Add Customer flow in the Shopify App has been updated to improve consistency between iOS and Android. You can now add notes and tags on iOS and search for and sort customer tags.</p>

<p>This change makes it easier for merchants to share notes about a customer and add tags while on the go and ensure those notes and tags are accessible regardless of the platform a staff member views a customer’s details from. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Apr 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customer-notes-and-tags-can-now-be-added-from-the-shopify-app-on-ios</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Duties and Import Taxes Preferential Treaties</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added the ability to toggle whether preferential treaties are used in your Duties and Import Taxes calculations in checkout.</p>

<p>Preferential treaties, also known as free trade agreements (FTA), are agreements between two or more countries that can lower or eliminate duties on certain products. Certain requirements need to be met in order for your duties to be reduced. If you are unable to meet the requirements of a preferential treaty, you may disable them on the duties and taxes settings page, and the calculator will fallback to the countries most-favoured-nation (MFN) duty rate.</p>

<p>Learn more about preferential treaties, and the Duties and Import Taxes calculator in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/duties-and-import-taxes#preferential-treaties">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Apr 2024 13:44:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/duties-and-import-taxes-preferential-treaties</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Markets Pro: Undeliverable + Return to Sender Charges</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>tldr:</strong> Shopify released undeliverable state adjustments for Markets Pro labels. Merchants will see adjustments for undeliverable charges in their Payouts moving forward, with details available in Order timeline events.</p>

<p><strong>When is a package deemed undeliverable?</strong><br>
If a package can't be delivered to a customer, then it's in an undeliverable state. The reasons for undeliverable shipments varies, but the following are some common reasons for a package to be undeliverable:</p>

<ul>
<li>The customer's address is incomplete, illegible, incorrect, or can't be located.</li>
<li>The package can't be cleared by the customs authority in the customer's country or region.</li>
<li>The package is rejected by the customer before opening.</li>
<li>The package contains prohibited items.</li>
</ul>

<p><strong>What should I expect if my package is undeliverable?</strong><br>
Generally, if a package is considered undeliverable, then you receive an email from Shopify Support with details on why the package is undeliverable, and the outcome for the package. In some cases, DHL Express might contact the merchant or buyer directly. The outcome for an undeliverable package might be any one of the following, which will vary depending on the carrier, the location of the package, and the reason for the undeliverable status:</p>

<ul>
<li>Redirect package</li>
<li>Return to origin</li>
<li>Abandoned package</li>
</ul>

<p>These outcomes usually incur a fee, which is indicated on your next payout and in the order's timeline events.</p>

<p>Learn more about Markets Pro undeliverable adjustments in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/shipping#undeliverable-package">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2024 20:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/markets-pro-undeliverable-return-to-sender-charges</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set Collective "Imported products" to "active" within the App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Collective Retailers are able to set "Imported products" to "active" within their Collective connection. Retailers can select up to 30 products at a time and set them to "active", eliminating the need for Retailers to manage "imported product" status in their Core Products page. </p>

<p>By managing product status directly within Collective, the process of publishing products is streamlined, and go-live is much faster for Retailers.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2024 10:11:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-collective-imported-products-to-active-within-the-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Checkout validation for POS checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Capture important data in store by enforcing customer detail collection and staff attribution at checkout. The available customer details are first name, last name, email, and phone number. </p>

<p>When checkout validations are enabled, a prompt to add a customer or assign staff will be surfaced in the POS checkout flow. When a customer detail is ‘recommended’ the staff member will be prompted to enter the information but is able to skip and complete the sale without customer details. However when a customer detail is ‘required’ the staff member must enter the required information in order to complete the sale. </p>

<p>Staff attributions can be customized as automatic or manual and once turned on are required for each checkout. Checkout validation settings are configured in the Shopify admin.</p>

<p>Learn more about checkout validation in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/getting-started/shopify-pos-from-admin/required-checkout-information">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Mar 2024 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkout-validation-for-pos-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cash tracking improvements for POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Two key workflows for cash tracking in POS are now available in the POS channel in the Shopify admin.</p>

<p><strong>Remotely close cash tracking sessions</strong><br>
Cash tracking sessions can now be closed remotely from the POS channel when you are not able to do so from the device running the POS app, increasing accuracy in reporting and avoiding stale open sessions.</p>

<p><strong>Download register shift summary</strong><br>
The POS register shift summary can now be downloaded from the POS channel for each location, making it easier to export and analyze reports.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 12:52:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cash-tracking-improvements-for-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer receipt selection on POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customer receipt selection at POS checkout is a powerful new way for retailers to connect with customers and gain valuable insights into their shopping behavior. With this feature, Shopify POS can instantly match payments from POS transactions to buyers in the Shop Pay network, allowing staff to seamlessly capture customer emails at checkout.</p>

<p>By unlocking this capability, retailers gain unprecedented visibility into their retail buyers. Collecting emails and marketing opt-ins from new customers is streamlined, and connecting in-store transactions to existing online shoppers is seamless—giving merchants a more accurate view of buyer behavior across all their sales channels. With more efficient customer data collection in store, businesses can level up personalization for customers, deliver better service, and increase LTV.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/receipt-management/customer-receipt-selection">Learn more on the Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 12:40:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customer-receipt-selection-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Assign staff access to specific retail locations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Keep retail operations seamless and efficient with the ability to manage staff by retail location. This update enhances control on staff accessibility, leading to more organized operations. Specify which retail location can be accessed by staff when accessing Shopify POS using their unique PINs. With this location-specific access, you can maintain tighter control over multi-location operations and preserve data integrity.</p>

<p>Previously, POS access controls only allowed you to manage what a staff member could do, but not where. This lack of location-based access control posed challenges for merchants managing staff across locations. In our latest update, we’re introducing location-based access control. HQ staff can now assign staff members to specific retail locations so staff can only access the POS app at their assigned locations, ensuring greater control over your operations.</p>

<p>Learn more <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/staff-management/staff-by-location">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/assign-staff-access-to-specific-retail-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Combine multiple discounts within a single order</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Staff can now combine various discount types within a single order on our POS system. This new feature empowers merchants to apply product, order, shipping, and custom discounts simultaneously, offering more flexibility and savings to their customers. Now, merchants can easily enhance their customers' shopping experience by providing multiple discounts in one go. 🎉</p>

<p>Learn more about combining discounts in POS in the <a href="http://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/discount-management/combining-discounts">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 00:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/combine-multiple-discounts-within-a-single-order</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Support for auto-translating Arabic and Hebrew in Translate &amp; Adapt</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use auto-translation for Arabic and Hebrew in Translate &amp; Adapt. Make sure your theme supports right-to-left text direction.</p>

<p><a href="https://themes.shopify.com/">Shopify Theme Store</a> can now be filtered by Features &gt; Right-to-left.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/languages">translating your store</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2024 11:14:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/support-for-auto-translating-arabic-and-hebrew-in-translate-adapt</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Abandoned checkouts by region</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now see which country customers who abandon checkouts are from. You can also filter them based on the countries you currently sell to and the ones you don’t.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/abandoned-checkouts">abandoned checkouts</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2024 10:48:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/abandoned-checkouts-by-region</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collecting and recording partial payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now collect and record multiple partial payments for orders with payment terms in your Shopify admin. </p>

<p>With partial payments you can offer flexible payment options to your customers, let your customers pay with multiple payment methods on a single order, and collect deposits or upfront payments. </p>

<p>As a result of this feature, you will no longer need to specify the expected payment method when creating an order from draft. You can specify the payment method when recording the payment on an order.</p>

<p>Learn more about collecting and recording partial payments in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/partial-payments">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 10:42:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collecting-and-recording-partial-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Collective product error state &amp; recommended actions now visible to Retailers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retailers now have the ability to easily identify the status of each product across various sections, including the "Suppliers" tab and individual connections, with a specific focus on highlighting unsellable products.</p>

<p>Within each connection, there is a new "Errors" tab that houses products that are active on the retailer's sales channels, but currently have errors making them unsellable. These products display an alert icon with a recommended action. </p>

<p>The "Imported" tab has also been improved so that any unsellable products in this list display the alert icon and recommended action. Bulk actions and an "Errors" filter are available on both the "Imported" and "Errors" tabs to help facilitate the recommended actions.</p>

<p>The product state messages are: </p>

<ul>
<li>Daily variant limit reached</li>
<li>Variant limit exceeded</li>
<li>Supplier unpublished product</li>
<li>Supplier removed product access </li>
<li>Supplier deleted product </li>
</ul>

<p>Depending on the error type, Retailers may need to contact the Supplier, review variant limits, or remove out-of-stock products from their store. These actionable recommendations aim to guide Retailers in resolving issues promptly.</p>

<p>Retailers will now receive weekly emails highlighting unsellable products that require immediate attention, ensuring Retailers stay informed and can take necessary actions. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Mar 2024 14:04:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-collective-product-error-state-recommended-actions-now-visible-to-retailers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New login requirements for the Order Status Page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To enhance the security of merchant and customer information, we’ve implemented new login requirements to the Order Status Page that leverages advanced security measures to provide additional protection for customer data. Customers can access the Order Status Page without logging in for a limited timeframe and/or number of browser visits. After these timeout parameters have been reached, customers must provide credentials to access the Order Status Page, such as phone number, email address, order number, or by using passwordless login. </p>

<p>To learn more about changes to the Order Status Page, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/status-tracking/order-status-overview#view-an-order-status-page">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2024 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-login-requirements-for-the-order-status-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Self-serve unblocking Markets Pro payouts  </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're improving our Markets Pro payouts communication by providing guidance on how you can unblock a stuck payout. </p>

<p>Because Markets Pro uses a Merchant of Record for international sales, payouts are different from domestic orders. </p>

<p>Before this update, if your order required an action to unblock a payout you had to contact support. Now, if a payout is blocked, you will be notified by a link in your Shopify admin which will take you to your <strong>Orders</strong> page. From there, you can view a filtered list of any blocked Markets Pro orders. If you click an individual order, you can view a banner with instructions you can follow to release the payout. </p>

<p>You can also identify any blocked payouts proactively in <strong>Finances / Payouts / Transactions</strong> where the payout status will read: <strong>Action Required</strong>. This status will become <strong>Pending</strong> after you have released the payout and there is a scheduled payout date. </p>

<p>After the payout is released, it will be processed and delivered to you on the 1, 8, 15, or 22 of the month. It must meet the criteria of being fulfilled, having a tracking number, and being scanned by the carrier.</p>

<p>Learn more about getting paid for Shopify Markets Pro orders on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/payouts">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2024 15:46:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/self-serve-unblocking-markets-pro-payouts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective retailer margins now support decimal points</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When suppliers create pricelists, they can now offer retailer margins with up to 2 decimal points. Previously, suppliers could only offer margins as whole numbers (i.e 10%) but now, they can offer margins with up to 2 decimal points (i.e 10.75%). </p>

<p>This enhancement provides more flexibility and accuracy in pricing strategies, offering a more tailored approach for each partnership. </p>

<p>Within the Retailer Discovery experience, "typical margin" values will be rounded to the nearest percentage. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2024 11:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-retailer-margins-now-support-decimal-points</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Additional keyboard shortcuts for the theme editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added additional keyboard shortcuts to the theme editor to unlock quick left sidebar navigation and toggling tools such as the preview inspector and updating the preview window width. 🎉 You can view a full list of the available keyboard shortcuts by using <code>ctrl</code> + <code>/</code> on a PC or <code>command</code> + <code>/</code> on a Mac.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Mar 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/additional-keyboard-shortcuts-for-the-theme-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated the Shopify app's navigation experience on tablet</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[

<p>Update: We've replaced the tab bar with a sidebar when using the Shopify app on tablet, providing quick access to important pages, sales channels, and apps.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Mar 2024 11:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-the-shopify-app-s-navigation-experience-on-tablet</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Magic now in the Media Editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>At Winter ‘24 Editions we announced new Magic features in the Media Editor. Today we start a gradual rollout to all merchants. With Shopify Magic, merchants can now remove the background from a product image, or replace the background with either a solid color or an AI-generated background.</p>

<p>Using just a few clicks or keywords, merchants can now make professional edits and visually stunning images for their storefront and marketing materials. Our prompt examples make it even easier to generate great results fast. No design skills needed.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Magic and AI image editing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/image-editor">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Mar 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-magic-now-in-the-media-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - New Fulfillment Tasks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We have released three new fulfillment related tasks in Flow. </p>

<p>First, you can use the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/fulfillment-order-move">Move fulfillment order</a> action in flow to move a fulfillment to a new location where all the line items are stocked. To give it a try, you can build a workflow from scratch in Flow, or use "Move large fulfillment orders to another fulfillment location" template.</p>

<p>Next, you can use <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/fulfillment-order-mark-as-fulfilled">Mark fulfillment order as fulfilled</a> action in flow to create a fulfillment for an fulfillment order. To give it a try, you can build a workflow from scratch in Flow, or use "Fulfill a digital item in an order" template</p>

<p>Lastly, you can use <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/fulfillment-order-merged">Fulfillment order merged</a> trigger to start your workflows when multiple fulfillment orders have been merged into one.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2024 15:24:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-new-fulfillment-tasks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective Discovery inspires with tailored recommendations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Eligible retailers searching Shopify Collective for new brands to collaborate with and sell can now explore new tailored product recommendations, based on customer behavior and the retailer’s own store, and search history.</p>

<p>These new sections include:<br>
- “Picked for you”<br>
- “Based on your search history”<br>
- “Your customers searched for”</p>

<p>Retailers can <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/retailers/finding-suppliers">learn more about Shopify Collective Discovery</a> in the Shopify help center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2024 10:23:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-discovery-inspires-with-tailored-recommendations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - Retry workflows</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now retry workflows from the Flow app. To use retry, go to any workflow run page and choose the Retry button. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/21-31-uou56-bdgt7.png" alt="Single retry"></p>

<p>You can also bulk retry workflows by opening a workflow, going to the workflow run list and selecting multiple runs. You will see a new "Retry runs" option. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/04-32-pxy8c-ee23y.png" alt="Bulk retry"></p>

<p>How it works<br>
When you retry, Flow will use the current active version of the workflow. It will use the data present in the original trigger, such as a resource ID (like a product ID). Any data that is retrieved by Flow will be retrieved again during the Retry. For example, if you check the product title in a condition, that data will be retrieved again. If it changed since the original run, you will see the updated information in the workflow. </p>

<p>Retrying workflows is useful in a few scenarios, including:</p>

<p>The workflow ran but did not have the desired effect due to a configuration or data error<br>
You are building a new workflow and want to run with the same test data</p>

<p>For more information about how it works, go to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-flow/manual-retry">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, you can post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/bd-p/flow">Shopify community</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2024 09:33:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-retry-workflows</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Promise Availability </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shop Promise is now available for all qualifying merchants. Shop Promise improves conversion rates by displaying an expected delivery date that's specific to when your customer placed an order and where that order will be delivered.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shop Promise in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/shop-promise">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Mar 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-promise-availability</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Migrating D2C customers &amp; orders to companies</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now migrate existing D2C customers and their order history to an existing B2B company. The migration can be initiated from the Customer profile page or the Company profile page. This action will only be applied to D2C orders and cannot be used to move B2B orders. </p>

<p>This feature is ideal for Plus merchants who have previously had B2B operations and buyers flow through their D2C storefront, resulting in B2B buyers not being a part of any company.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Mar 2024 09:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/migrating-d2c-customers-orders-to-companies</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Compare up to 4 apps at a time on the Shopify App Store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shopify App Store recently introduced an <strong>app comparison feature</strong> that allows merchants to easily select and <strong>compare up to 4 apps</strong> to see how they stack up across pricing, key features, review ratings, and more so you can make better, faster decisions.</p>

<p><strong>Try it now</strong> on the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/compare?handles=yotpo-social-reviews%2Cloox%2Cjudgeme%2Cokendo-reviews">Shopify App Store</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Feb 2024 12:15:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/compare-up-to-4-apps-at-a-time-on-the-shopify-app-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Code Editor for printed POS receipts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new Liquid code editor for printed POS receipts gives brands the power to modify and customize the content and layout of printed receipts. </p>

<p>Leveraging Liquid, Shopify’s open-source template language, the code editor is highly flexible. Build receipts that reflect your brand identity including customizing the layout, logo, font and text.  Customize at scale by applying settings to all or specific locations. Increase Customer Engagement by creating your own QR codes with dynamic and tracking links…and much more!</p>

<p>Learn more <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/receipt-management/receipt-editor">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Feb 2024 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/code-editor-for-printed-pos-receipts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Price after discount for custom discounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing the new "price after discount" field in the Custom Discount feature for POS. With this enhancement, setting the desired end price for a line-item becomes a breeze. Our feature will automatically calculate the discount that needs to be applied, making it straightforward for your staff to achieve the correct price. </p>

<p>Learn more about the “price after discount” functionality in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/discount-management/line-item-discount">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Feb 2024 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/price-after-discount-for-custom-discounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Checkout Draft orders in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create, send, retrieve, edit, save and checkout draft Orders in POS without requiring access to admin. With this improvement, draft orders have become a powerful in-person selling tool, allowing sales associates to create an order on behalf of customers to be completed at a later time. </p>

<p>The functionality of draft orders has been extended in order to support Draft orders seamlessly moving across multiple devices, locations and sales channels, creating a more efficient and decreasing cart abandonment and incompletion of open Draft orders. </p>

<p>To create a draft order for a customer, build the cart and then tap the <strong>More actions</strong> button to <strong>Save as a draft order.</strong></p>

<p>To edit the draft order, find the draft in the Orders tab, then tap <strong>Edit or Check out.</strong> From here you can edit the products in the cart and check out. If the customer wants to save the edited draft order again, tap the trash icon &gt; <strong>Save changes.</strong> </p>

<p>Learn more about Draft orders in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/save-retrieve-order">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Feb 2024 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkout-draft-orders-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add new fields firstName and lastName on CompanyAddress</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: Going forward company location addresses will contain First name and Last name fields in addition to the Company/attention field. First Name and Last Name will be copied to the same fields on Orders and Company/attention field will be copied to Company on Orders. </p>

<p>For existing Company Addresses the following changes have been made:<br>
* Content from the previous Attention field has been moved into the new Last name field. If the content matched a company contact's name, it has been moved into the new First name and Last name fields.<br>
* The name of the Company has been copied into the Company/attention field.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Feb 2024 11:49:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-new-fields-firstname-and-lastname-on-companyaddress-1</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retain more revenue with built-in exchanges on Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New release: We've just released exchanges for online orders, available to all merchants. You can now seamlessly create, track and manage exchanges from your Shopify admin, helping you maximize revenue retention. Offer exchanges across your entire product catalog and easily track and report on fees associated with returns, providing flexibility during the returns experience.</p>

<p>If you are a Plus merchant, you will receive access to this feature through <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/organization-settings/test-drive">test drive</a>, giving you the opportunity to test systems and train staff before exchanges is rolled out to your development and production stores. Since this feature impacts the financial accounting of returns in third-party and custom apps, we encourage you to review how returns and exchanges are accounted for. For more information about these platform changes see the <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/return-mutation-will-update-sales-previously-unchanged-until-time-of-refund">Developer Changelog</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about exchanges in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/refunds-returns/exchanges">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Feb 2024 15:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/retain-more-revenue-with-built-in-exchanges-on-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Staff Permissions for B2B Sales Reps </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the Companies staff permissions, you can set unique permissions for each sales reps to: </p>

<ul>
<li>View companies </li>
<li>Create &amp; edit companies </li>
<li>Delete companies</li>
<li>Assign other sales staff to company locations </li>
</ul>

<p>Streamline the set up process when adding multiple staff members by creating a predefined role within staff permissions. Customize the role title and permission settings to align with your internal organization structure and select this role everytime you add a new staff member (e.g., users with the "Sales Rep" role can only view and place orders for their assigned company locations).</p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/account">Setup</a> Companies staff permissions, or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/sales-staff">learn more</a> in the help center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Feb 2024 08:23:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/staff-permissions-for-b2b-sales-reps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Test drive select features before they rollout in Shopify Plus</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the rare case where a mandatory change or feature may result in breaking changes, feature test drives allow you to control when these features are activated in your Shopify admin. By controlling the activation of these features within the available testing window, you have more time to properly train staff, test your systems and have full confidence before products ship to the Shopify admin. </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/organization-settings/test-drive">Learn more about feature test drives in our Shopify help docs.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 14:11:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/test-drive-select-features-before-they-rollout-in-shopify-plus</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easily update how payments are handled for each connection in Collective</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Suppliers and retailers partnering on Shopify Collective can now manage how payments are handled for each of their connections. This feature allows retailers to turn automatic payments on, and suppliers to turn automatic payments off, directly in the app or sales channel.</p>

<p>It’s recommended that you discuss payments with your connection ahead of changing your automatic payment settings, as they will be notified by email.</p>

<p>To turn off automatic payments with a supplier, retailers will need to email a request to the supplier. Similarly, suppliers wanting to turn automatic payments on with a retailer will also need to email to request this. All scenarios can now be handled in the app or sales channel, without needing to reach out to Shopify Support.</p>

<p>Visit the Shopify help center to learn more about how to use the automatic payments feature if you’re a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/retailers/payments">retailer</a>, or a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/suppliers/payments">supplier</a> on Shopify Collective.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 10:08:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/easily-update-how-payments-are-handled-for-each-connection-in-collective</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to the order page financial details</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<h2>Shipping line weights</h2>

<p>The shipping line(s) shown in the financial summary card on the order details page has always included the total shipping line weight, but this value was potentially incorrect for the following reasons:<br>
* The total shipping weight would be increased if additional items were added to the order, but it did not decrease when items were removed from an order<br>
* For orders with multiple shipping lines, the same shipping weight value was repeated on each shipping line<br>
* The shipping weight consists of the total weight of all items + the weight of packaging, but the package weight was based on the store’s default package weight, which may not match the actual package that was selected during checkout when calculating the shipping rates<br>
* If the store’s default package weight is changed, this change also impacted the total shipping line weight of all existing orders</p>

<p>We have made changes so that total weight is updated when items are removed from the order, and also now show the total item weight separately from the default package weight.</p>

<h2>Tax-inclusive pricing</h2>

<p>The financial summary shown on the orders details page has historically misrepresented some of the financial values for orders with tax-inclusive pricing. On these orders, the subtotal and shipping values have always included taxes, despite the fact that those values were also represented again on the taxes row. This meant that the sum of all values in the financial summary exceeded the actual total value of the order.</p>

<p>We had made the decision to modify this behavior to provide an accurate financial summary of the order, by removing taxes from the subtotal and shipping values shown in the card, resulting in a behavior consistent with orders without tax-inclusive pricing. </p>

<p>Unfortunately this led to some unexpected confusion on tax-inclusive orders and proportional shipping taxes amplified the issue. With tax-inclusivity enabled, the shipping taxes are actually deducted from the shipping price that was shown/charged to the buyer, as opposed to charging additional taxes on top of the price shown/charged to the buyer. This meant that the pre-tax value of the shipping fee was less than some merchants expected. See below for a detailed example.</p>

<p><strong>The card has been reverted to include taxes in the subtotal of line items and taxes in shipping costs as applicable.</strong></p>

<p>Example order values:<br>
Order subtotal, pre-taxes: 161.41<br>
Discounts: -1.04<br>
Line item taxes: 5.86<br>
Order subtotal, taxes included: 167.27<br>
Shipping fees, pre-taxes: 24.07<br>
Shipping fees, taxes included: 24.95<br>
Shipping taxes (proportional): 0.88<br>
Total: 191.18</p>

<p>The shop shipping rates are configured as tax-inclusive, which means taxes are computed and removed from the shipping line base price.</p>

<p>With the new changes, the order financial card would display the following:</p>

<p>Subtotal: 161.41<br>
Discounts: -1.04<br>
Shipping: 24.07<br>
Taxes (10%): 6.74<br>
Total: 191.18</p>

<p><strong>The order financial card has been reverted to the previous display.</strong><br>
Subtotal: 167.27<br>
Discounts: -1.04<br>
Shipping: 24.95<br>
Taxes (10% included): 6.74<br>
Total: 191.18</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 08:42:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-the-order-page-financial-details</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective users can now delete a connection</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Collective suppliers and retailers can now delete a connection if they decide to end a business partnership that no longer meets their needs.</p>

<p>Deleting a connection breaks the link between your Shopify stores, and sends them an email. Before deleting your connection, contact your supplier or retailer to discuss any payments owed for fulfilled orders, and to agree on how you’ll handle any unfulfilled orders.</p>

<p>Retailers should be mindful that inventory will be set to 0 for all products imported from the deleted supplier. No new orders can be created with them, and order syncing will stop.</p>

<p>Payments for fulfilled orders won’t be affected, and refunds can still be processed.</p>

<p>Visit the help center to learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/retailers/deleting-suppliers">deleting suppliers</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective/suppliers/deleting-retailers">deleting retailers</a>, including how to handle payments after a partnership ends.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Feb 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-users-can-now-delete-a-connection</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Merchants can now update their store currency after achieving their first sale</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're releasing an improvement to the Shopify admin that allows merchants to change their store's base currency after making their first sale.</p>

<p>Previously, to make a change to a store's currency after making sales, it was required to contact Shopify support to make this change on your behalf. Merchants can now make this change themselves from within the Shopify admin.</p>

<p>Note: for merchants using Shopify Payments, you can change the currency that your customers shop in through your <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/managing-markets#primary-market">Shopify Markets settings</a>.</p>

<p>Read more about self-serve store currency changes in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/selling-and-getting-paid-in-different-currencies#changing-your-store-currency">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Feb 2024 18:40:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/merchants-can-now-update-their-store-currency-after-achieving-their-first-sale</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cart value limits on Markets Pro orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update:</strong> Markets Pro added order value limits to a subset of countries in buyer checkout. Previously, these orders were being permitted to pass through checkout and either reversed during order review or denied by Customs at the destination country border. In order to protect merchants from loss of product, Markets Pro will limit orders by order value in the following countries:</p>

<p><strong>Country: Max order value</strong><br>
* Argentina: 1,000 USD<br>
* Brazil: 2,999 USD<br>
* China: 5,000 CNY<br>
* Indonesia: 1,500 USD<br>
* Mexico: 1,000 USD<br>
* Turkey: 150 EUR</p>

<p>Learn more about the Markets Pro order value limits in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/prohibited-items">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Feb 2024 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cart-value-limits-on-markets-pro-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New metrics added to Home</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You will notice four (4) new home metrics to track your business's performance; Sales by Channel, Top selling products, Retail sales by POS location and Retail sales by staff at register. </p>

<p>Stay on top of your key results and make informed decisions based on the metrics that matter.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2024 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-metrics-added-to-home</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Expense Reporting for Merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Improvement: Starting February 20, we are supplementing our Billing reporting functionality to allow merchants to create and export reports on-demand with charge history for a period up to 1 year. </p>

<p>Merchants will now be able to export a csv file containing line item charges within their Shopify bills. This will help merchants understand their Billing expenses and facilitates the process of aggreagting charges by charge category or any other customization a merchant might need.</p>

<p>Learn more about this feature in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/billing-information#export-billing-history">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2024 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Billing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/expense-reporting-for-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customizations Report now available for customized Plus shops</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This <strong>AI-powered report</strong> summarizes your existing checkout.liquid customizations, allowing Plus merchants to quickly assess your current checkout and define your project scope. Use the report’s guidance to accelerate your upgrade to Checkout Extensibility customizations.</p>

<p>The deadline to upgrade your Information, Shipping and Payment pages in checkout is fast approaching on August 13th, 2024. </p>

<p>View the customizatins in Admin Settings &gt; Checkout. Review the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/plus/upgrading-to-checkout-extensibility">Checkout Extensibility Hub</a>, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-extensibility/checkout-upgrade">Help docs</a> and <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/checkout">dev docs</a> to plan your upgrade.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Feb 2024 17:49:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customizations-report-now-available-for-customized-plus-shops</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Checkout preview now available when creating flat shipping rates</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added a <strong>checkout preview</strong> and <strong>delivery method description</strong> for flat shipping rates. Now all merchants with flat rates can see how a rate will look in checkout before creating it. </p>

<p>Additionally, merchants with custom flat rates who want to use a <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/2024-01/objects/DeliveryMethodDefinition#field-deliverymethoddefinition-description">delivery method description</a> can now do so when they add or edit a custom flat rate. </p>

<p>Learn more about flat rate shipping in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/setting-up-shipping-rates">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Feb 2024 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkout-preview-now-available-when-creating-flat-shipping-rates</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Geolocation app removal</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update: Deprecation of the Geolocation app has been delayed until March 24, 2025. The app will continue to be available to merchants until this time, but we continue to recommend opting into the alternatives below in advance of the deprecation date.</strong></p>

<p>On March 24, 2025, <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/geolocation">Shopify’s Geolocation app</a> will be sunset, and the app will be uninstalled from shops that have it installed.</p>

<p>Shopify’s platform has recently made advancements that have reduced the need for Geolocation app’s consent-based localization feature for shops that use dedicated domains/shared domains. These advancements include:<br>
Expansion of the automatic redirection feature (<a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/automatic-redirection-to-be-expanded-to-markets-that-use-primary-domain">changelog</a>)<br>
Automatic browser language redirection (<a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/redirect-visitors-to-translated-storefronts-based-on-their-browser-language">changelog</a>)<br>
Consolidation of the GeoIP feature (<a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/geoip-is-now-a-part-of-automatic-redirection">changelog</a>)</p>

<p>For those who currently have the Geolocation app installed and don’t have an <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/international-domains/setting-up-unique-urls">EU top-level domain</a>, we recommend enabling the above features in Settings -&gt; Markets -&gt; Preferences. This will effectively bypass the Geolocation functionality on your storefront, and then you can safely remove the Geolocation app from your store. </p>

<p>Note - If you sell to customers in the European Union via an EU top-level domain, e.g. example.fr or example.de, you will still require a consent-based strategy to redirect buyers. We encourage you to explore <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search?q=geolocation">3rd party options</a> in our app store. </p>

<p>Read more in our help docs <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/automatic-redirection">here</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Feb 2024 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/geolocation-app-removal</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New self-serve process to transfer organization ownership</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added a self-service feature for organization owners in Shopify Plus to transfer organization ownership to other users within their organizations without having to contact Shopify Support.</p>

<p>As an organization owner, you can navigate to your own user profile page in the Shopify Admin, click "Transfer ownership", and follow the instructions on the screen to complete the transfer. You can find more information about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/organization-settings/users/ownership-transfer">ownership transfer</a> in the Shopify help center.</p>

<p>Note: this feature only allows you to transfer ownership to another internal user within the organization. To transfer organization ownership to external parties, you still need to contact <a href="http://https://help.shopify.com/en">Shopify Plus Support</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Feb 2024 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-self-serve-process-to-transfer-organization-ownership</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New metaobjects experience in admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New release: We’ve just released a new way to interact with metaobjects in the Content section of admin. This will help merchants to quickly manage the metaobjects across their shop. For metaobject definitions there are new search, sort, and filter capabilities. For metaobject entries, there are new search, sort, filter, and saved view capabilities. Now, navigating to the custom data you are searching for is easier than ever.<br>
Learn more about the redesigned metaobjects experience in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/custom-data">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 16:14:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-metaobjects-experience-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New dynamic source selector in the online store editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the growing adoption of metafields and metaobjects to connect resources to Online Store templates, merchants need an easy way to find the right dynamic source. This is why we’ve simplified the dynamic source selector interface and added search and filtering.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new dynamic source selector in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/sections-and-blocks#metafields-and-dynamic-sources">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 14:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-dynamic-source-selector-in-the-online-store-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Cash offers is now Shop Campaigns </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of the Winter '24 Edition, Shop Cash offers is evolving to <a href="https://www.shopify.com/shop-campaigns">Shop Campaigns</a>. Shopify merchants can use Shop Campaigns to scale customer growth on a new acquisition channel. </p>

<p>This release enables merchants to: <br>
* Use real-time estimates to evaluate the reach and performance of their campaigns during the set up process. <br>
* Extend reach and atrract new customers across channels including the Shop app and web. <br>
* View detailed performance metrics and analyze newly acquire customers using customer cohorts.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-cash-offers-is-now-shop-campaigns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Partial Market management for Shopify Plus merchants on Markets Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're releasing a new feature available to Plus merchants using Shopify Markets Pro that allows you to self manage desired international markets.</p>

<p>Previously, Markets Pro would take over as the merchant of record service for all of your international markets. Now, if you have a local business entity, fulfillment flow, or business operations in a country/region that you do not want Markets Pro to interfere with, you can assign yourself as the merchant of record to that market(s), while leveraging Markets Pro as a merchant of record service for the rest of your international sales.</p>

<p>This feature is only available to merchants on the Shopify Plus plan.</p>

<p>Read more about partial market management on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/markets/markets-pro/partial-market-management">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 13:15:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/partial-market-management-for-shopify-plus-merchants-on-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - New Run code action</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use a new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/run-code">Run code</a> action in Flow. In the action, you can write JavaScript code to return data into a workflow based on the inputs and your code. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/30-09-6wtxe-c4nr5.png" alt="Code example that outputs a metafield string"></p>

<p>The Run code action makes it possible to do many things that were not possible before. Common use case include:</p>

<ul>
<li>Counting the number of certain types of items in a list</li>
<li>Computing the value for complex metafields like lists</li>
<li>Transforming data like dates and numbers so that they can be used in conditions</li>
</ul>

<p>Your code can leverage any data provided by prior steps in the workflow in order to execute the code. These inputs are specified as a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/run-code#input-data">GraphQL query</a>, and are available as JSON objects to your code. Your code will typically return one or more output variables. You can return simple scalars, lists, and objects. So that subsequent actions know what the code can return, you will specify the output as a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/run-code#output-data">GraphQL type</a>.</p>

<p>To give it a try, you can build a workflow from scratch in Flow, or use a <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/web/editor/templates/d22345df-bd86-413e-bdf6-ed5d619fe3b2">template</a>. Additionally, you can see some example code snippets in a <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/flow-code-examples">public GitHub repository</a>.</p>

<p>For more information about how it works, limitations, and upcoming improvements, go to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/run-code">documentation</a>. For questions and feedback, you can post to the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-flow-app/hold-for-editions-feedback-and-questions/m-p/2410287/highlight/true#M3172">Shopify community</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-new-run-code-action</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Editions | Winter ’24 is live</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Elevate your commerce business with 100+ new product updates to help build for the long-term.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/editions?utm_source=shopify%20other&amp;utm_medium=event&amp;utm_campaign=winter24edition-amplify&amp;utm_content=changelog">Visit Shopify Editions<br>
</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-editions-winter-24-is-live</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retarget twice as many potential buyers with Shopify Audiences v2.2</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re releasing <a href="https://www.shopify.com/audiences">Shopify Audiences v2.2</a> with improved Retargeting Boost lists, new Benchmarks data, and our best performing algorithms yet – all so you can maximize your ad performance.</p>

<p>Shopify Audiences helps Shopify Plus merchants find more customers on top ad platforms, cut their customer acquisition costs by up to 50%, and get more out of their ad spend with custom audience lists powered by millions of commerce insights only available through Shopify.</p>

<p>Whether you’re brand new to digital advertising or a seasoned pro, Shopify Audiences provides you with a much-needed advantage in a digital ecosystem that is shifting due to new privacy regulations and operating system changes.</p>

<p><strong>Product updates</strong></p>

<p>With Shopify Audiences v2.2, we’ve made the following updates:</p>

<ul>
<li>Significantly improved the accuracy of Retargeting Boost placements to increase performance – most merchants at least double the size of their retargeting audiences with these improved custom Retargeting Boost lists.</li>
<li>Added functionality to Benchmarks for Meta – merchants can explore your ad trends with historical data and separate seasonal trends from campaign performance. In addition to comparing your ad performance to similar stores, merchants can also compare performance to industry groupings that they choose - all to pinpoint where to make improvements with data that’s only available on Shopify.</li>
<li>Upgraded Meta's platform connection for greater reliability – merchants no longer have to reconnect their accounts if they change passwords or perform other actions on their Meta user accounts.</li>
<li>Significantly improved match rates to help merchants find more potential buyers.</li>
<li>Made it easier to troubleshoot audience errors – merchants can troubleshoot using the self-service recreate flow without having to reach out to support. </li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/retarget-twice-as-many-potential-buyers-with-shopify-audiences-v2-2</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shopify Subscriptions app is now in full release</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Increase customer lifetime value and boost recurring revenue with Shopify’s new subscriptions offering. The <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-subscriptions">Shopify Subscriptions app</a> integrates seamlessly into the admin and makes it easy to set up and manage simple subscription use cases. Plus, give your customers the flexibility to pause or skip their subscriptions in new customer accounts.</p>

<p>To learn more about the Shopify Subscriptions app, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/shopify-subscriptions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:05:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-shopify-subscriptions-app-is-now-in-full-release</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New support for filter values that lead to no results</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Available in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery?show_store_picker=1">Search &amp; Discovery app</a>, you can now choose how to display filter options that would lead to no matching results. Ensure your customers can easily filter products by moving filter values with no matches to the end, or by hiding them entirely.</p>

<p>You can make these customizations by going to the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app &gt; Settings &gt; Empty Values card.</p>

<p>For more information, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/settings">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:04:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-support-for-filter-values-that-lead-to-no-results</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Customer Privacy settings in Shopify admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released the new Customer privacy section in Shopify Admin. Now you can easily manage privacy settings and expand into new markets. This update integrates features from the Shopify Privacy &amp; Compliance app, allowing you to configure settings per region, set up a privacy policy, add a cookie banner, enable data opt-outs, and view data storage information, all in one place. It's now available for all Shopify users. </p>

<p>The Shopify Privacy &amp; Compliance app will be discontinued on March 1, 2024. </p>

<p>Learn more about managing your customer privacy settings in your Shopify admin by referring to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/customer-privacy-settings/privacy-settings">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-customer-privacy-settings-in-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New DOM events in pixels</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added support for select <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/web-pixels-api/dom-events">DOM events</a> to app and custom pixels, including <strong>input_changed</strong>, <strong>input_blurred</strong>, <strong>input_focused</strong>, <strong>form_submitted</strong>, and <strong>clicked</strong>. You can subscribe to these events with a custom pixel from the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/customer_events">Customer events</a> page in your admin. This gives you more insight to better understand how visitors are engaging with your online store.</p>

<p>Learn more about managing custom pixels in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/pixels/custom-pixels">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-dom-events-in-pixels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Shopify features and developer tools now available on Hydrogen</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Headless development on Shopify is now easier than ever, with more Shopify features available on Hydrogen, and new developer tools that make the path to production seamless.</p>

<ul>
<li>New <a href="https://hydrogen.shopify.dev/update/deploy-observe-debug">tools</a> that make your path to production painless, <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/custom-storefronts/hydrogen">refreshed docs</a>, and a <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/hydrogen/tree/main/examples">new suite of examples</a> to power up your team’s development cycles with Hydrogen.</li>
<li>The <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/customer-privacy">Customer Privacy API</a> enables Shopify’s consent management platform on your Hydrogen storefront, for data protection compliance support and enhanced customer trust.</li>
<li>Build authenticated experiences across platforms with access to the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/custom-storefronts/building-with-the-customer-account-api/">Customer Account API</a> — now in stable release. Manage customer authentication directly from the Headless or Hydrogen channels in the Shopify admin.</li>
<li>Tap into <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/storefront/unstable/objects/PurchasingCompany">Shopify’s APIs</a> to build bespoke headless B2B storefronts, using your preferred tech stack and the tools you already use and love.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about our <a href="https://hydrogen.shopify.dev/update/deploy-observe-debug">latest release</a> in detail.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Custom storefronts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-shopify-features-and-developer-tools-now-available-on-hydrogen</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improve accuracy of in-stock products in different markets and retail locations with fulfillable inventory</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released fulfillable inventory to help merchants who sell products across multiple shipping zones by ensuring their customers can only purchase items that can be shipped to their location. This helps improve inventory accuracy, reduce overselling, and increases efficiency by avoiding unnecessary order cancellations. Fulfillable inventory is now available to select merchants.</p>

<p>If you offer local pickup in your stores, the new fulfillable inventory setting ensures that items that are only available for pick up in your physical locations aren't counted as part of the shipping delivery method on your online store.</p>

<p>Learn more about fullfilable inventory and the eligibility criteria in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/fulfillable-inventory">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improve-accuracy-of-in-stock-products-in-different-markets-and-retail-locations-with-fulfillable-inventory</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Media versioning</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added a "Revert to original" button to the product media editor so merchants can revert image edits after saving. This is beneficial because merchants no longer need to reupload the original product image to revert edits. If merchants want to revert a cropping, drawing, resizing, or edit with Shopify Magic, then they can revert to its original state using the "Revert to original" button in the product media editor. </p>

<p>Learn more about reverting edits to product images in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/product-media/add-media#reverting-image-edits">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/media-versioning</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Support for up to 30 products in a bundle</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve increased the maximum number of products you can offer in a fixed bundle from 10 to 30, so now merchants can offer larger bundles using the Shopify Bundles app or any <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/selling-strategies/bundles/add-a-fixed-bundle">fixed bundle created using the Admin API</a>. </p>

<p><a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-bundles">Download Shopify Bundles</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/support-for-up-to-30-products-in-a-bundle</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New predictive spend metrics in Cohort Analysis</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now see the predicted average amount spent per customer of your cohorts in the Customer Cohort Analysis report. Having greater insight into both historical and predicted customer spend can help you optimize the retention and lifetime value of your cohorts.</p>

<p>This feature is available on Advanced plans and above, and requires a minimum of 24 months of historical sales data.</p>

<p><a href="http://admin.shopify.com/reports/customer_cohort_analysis">Try it now</a> or learn more <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/customers-reports#predicted-values">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-predictive-spend-metrics-in-cohort-analysis</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Scripts and product bundles</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now, merchants using Shopify Scripts can use Shopify's bundle offering to increase their average order value.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles/scripts">Learn more</a></p>

<p><a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-bundles">Download Shopify Bundles</a></p>

<p>[Build a custom bundle offering](https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/selling-strategies/bundles (Shopify Plus)</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-scripts-and-product-bundles</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More ways to discount in draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve launched more support for discounts in draft orders helping you drive more sales and boost customer loyalty. Within draft orders, now you’ll be able to use discount codes, automatic discounts, and can combine multiple discounts.</p>

<p>To learn more about discounts in draft orders, please refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders#set-item-or-order-discounts">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-ways-to-discount-in-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Discovery Filters for Retailers in Shopify Collective Discovery</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Within Shopify Collective Discovery, these new filters empower retailers to refine their search and find the perfect suppliers based on specific criteria. Here's what you can expect:</p>

<p>Supplier Status Filter: Retailers can now filter suppliers based on their status, specifically whether they are active on Collective or eligible to join.</p>

<p>U.S. Shipping Rate Filter: Retailers can now filter suppliers offering U.S. free shipping.</p>

<p>Margin Range Filter: Retailers can now specify their preferred margin range and discover suppliers that meet their profitability requirements.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-discovery-filters-for-retailers-in-shopify-collective-discovery</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved Visibility of Retailer Cancellation Requests for Collective Suppliers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On their orders landing page, Suppliers will now notice a badge displayed next to the order number, indicating an order cancellation request and identifying the retailer who initiated the request. This badge ensures suppliers have immediate visibility into cancellation requests, enabling them to take necessary actions promptly and efficiently. </p>

<p>The badge will read as "Retailer Name has requested to cancel this order. Reason for cancellation." The reason for cancellation will also be visible within the order timeline &amp; notes section on the orders page. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-visibility-of-retailer-cancellation-requests-for-collective-suppliers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI-Powered Search Suggestions for Retailers in Shopify Collective Discovery</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you enter a term into the search bar in Discovery, our intelligent system generates related search suggestions, providing you with valuable inspiration based on your search term - whether that be at the product, category or brand level. Discover new and relevant sugesstions that align with your business &amp; customers needs all at your fingertips. Let our AI-powered search inspire your journey and help you find exactly what you're looking for in Shopify Collective Discovery. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ai-powered-search-suggestions-for-retailers-in-shopify-collective-discovery</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collective Suppliers gain quick visibility into the status of product sharing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Collective suppliers can easily identify which retailer connections are awaiting a pricelist on their Retailers page, providing streamlined visibility and efficient management of product sharing.</p>

<p>In addition to this, when suppliers connect with a new retailer, they are prompted with a convenient modal that allows them to instantly share an existing price list with the Retailer. </p>

<p>To further support suppliers in taking the necessary action to creating &amp; sharing pricelists with their retailers, weekly automated reminder emails are now in place. These reminders prompt Suppliers to share a price list with their connections if they haven't done so already, ensuring that no opportunity for collaboration is missed.</p>

<p>With these enhancements, Collective Suppliers can now effortlessly manage their connections, establish pricing transparency, and foster stronger partnerships. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jan 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collective-suppliers-gain-quick-visibility-into-the-status-of-product-sharing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated Order Details experience in the Shopify Mobile App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[

<p>Update: We've made some improvements to the Order Details page in the Shopify Mobile Admin App<br>
* The page received an overall UX refresh<br>
* Contact icons in the Customer card have been updated<br>
* The subtotal amount in the Payment card now accurately reflects pre-tax values<br>
* The refund button is now found in the overflow menu of the payment card<br>
* An <code>Add customer</code> action has been added to the Customer card if the order does not have a Customer<br>
* An <code>Add shipping details</code> action has been added to the Customer card if an order does not have a shipping address</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jan 2024 13:53:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-order-details-experience-in-the-shopify-mobile-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shipping service suggestions are now available when purchasing Shopify Shipping labels</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We have improved how shipping services are pre-selected when buying shipping labels. A <strong>Suggested</strong> shipping service will be pre-selected based on similar orders in your store, rather than always pre-selecting the last used service, increasing the accuracy and speed of buying shipping labels. </p>

<p>If your customer selected a specific shipping service at checkout, that will automatically be pre-selected when buying a shipping label, if available. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jan 2024 15:02:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shipping-service-suggestions-are-now-available-when-purchasing-shopify-shipping-labels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> Reduced permissions for POS Login now in  Organization Settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In April 2023, we released a feature to allow Plus merchants to <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/provisioning-pos-access-from-plus-admin">provision POS access in their Organization Settings</a>. This removed the need to do so for indivudal users at a shop level and wait for their account activation. </p>

<p>In October 2023, we <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/reducing-permissions-required-for-initial-pos-login">reduced the permissions required for the initial POS login</a>, but this was not yet available for Plus Roles, and had to be assigned at each shop level for each individual user. </p>

<p>With our latest release, we have added this ability to grant the login permission in the Organization Settings, allowing for bulk assignment via Plus Roles, and removing the need to manage at the shop user level. </p>

<p>Learn more about POS Login requirements in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/staff-management/add-staff#shopify-point-of-sale-permissions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jan 2024 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/reduced-permissions-for-pos-login-now-in-organization-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Update: Pricing Selector for Draft Orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The market selector for draft orders has been updated to a pricing selector, allowing merchants to change the pricing and presentment currency for their orders.</p>

<p>However, it's important to note that changing the pricing using the pricing selector will not affect the merchant of record, product restrictions, available shipping rates, or the payment gateway used, as these factors are dependent on the shipping address.</p>

<p>Learn more on how to change the pricing for an order in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders#about_local-currency-draft-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jan 2024 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/update-pricing-selector-for-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keep track of importing data </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Progress tracking is now available when importing data into the creation of a new store in Organization Settings. Now merchants will have insights on the import process, and can know ahead of time when their new store will be available for use.</p>

<p>Learn more about creating a new store in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/organization-settings/stores/create-store">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jan 2024 09:42:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/keep-track-of-importing-data</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automatic order cancellation for Suppliers after 14 days</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collective automates the supplier order cancellation action if the order meets the below criteria:</p>

<ul>
<li>Orders that are over 14 days old</li>
<li>Orders that remain unfulfilled</li>
<li>Orders that have not been cancelled</li>
<li>Orders for which the retailer has explicitly requested fulfillment cancellation</li>
</ul>

<p>This enhancement streamlines the order management process, ensuring that retailers' fulfillment cancellation requests for older, unfulfilled orders are automatically processed. By implementing this feature, we aim to improve efficiency and provide a smoother experience for both retailers and suppliers on Shopify Collective.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2024 10:44:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automatic-order-cancellation-for-suppliers-after-14-days</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product insights page removed from Analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The product insights beta has been removed from Analytics and will be replaced by an improved product conversion reporting experience later in 2024.  </p>

<p>In the interim you can find product insights in the <a href="http://admin.shopify.com/reports/sales_by_product_name">Sales by product</a>, <a href="http://admin.shopify.com/reports/sales_by_variant_sku">Sales by product variant</a>, <a href="http://admin.shopify.com/reports/retail_sales_by_product">Retail sales by product</a>, and <a href="http://admin.shopify.com/reports/retail_sales_by_product_variant">Retail sales by product variant</a> reports, or on specific <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/product-insights">product detail pages</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2024 10:15:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-insights-page-removed-from-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Duties and Import Taxes preferential treaty support</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Duties and Import Taxes now supports preferential trade agreements in duties calculations.</p>

<p>Preferential treaties are applied using the shipping origin, shipping destination, products' country of origin, and products' harmonized system codes. When a preferential treaty is applied, buyers will see reduced duty rates in checkout. </p>

<p>For example, the United States-Mexico-Canada (USMCA) free trade agreement enables merchants to ship their products within North America with reduced import fees when they are manufactured in North America.</p>

<p>For more information on Shopify Duties and Import Taxes, please see the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/duties-and-import-taxes">help center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 15:57:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-duties-and-import-taxes-preferential-treaty-support</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>🗓️ Enhanced sales tax reports now support annual filing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>How often you need to file sales taxes varies based on state rules and your sales. That’s why we’ve upgraded Shopify Tax’s <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/reports/shopify_tax_report_country?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=reporting&amp;utm_content=annual2">enhanced sales tax report</a> so you can select the exact timeframe you need to file. If you’ve ever filed sales tax in the US, you’ve probably had to spend hours or even days getting your data into the right format. The United States sales tax report, available exclusively for merchants using Shopify Tax, makes it easier than ever with state-level reports. Select the state you’re filing in, and you’ll be able to review your gross and taxable sales data broken down by county, city, and special tax jurisdiction. With this report, you’ll find the information you need- to complete your sales tax filing directly in the Shopify admin.</p>

<p>Reports are available for orders completed on or after January 1, 2023. Try it out by visiting the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/taxes/US?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=reporting&amp;utm_content=annual">United States tax settings</a> page, or access it from the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/reports/?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v3&amp;utm_content=reports">Reports</a> section of your Shopify admin. Details and guidance are available in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/finances-report#us-sales-tax-report?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=reporting&amp;utm_content=annual2">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>

<p>Don’t currently use Shopify Tax? Discover the benefits of enhanced reporting on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/finances-report#us-sales-tax-report?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=reporting&amp;utm_content=annual2">Shopify Blog</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 08:41:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-sales-tax-reports-now-support-annual-filing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Redirect visitors to translated storefronts based on their browser language</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It is now possible for merchants to automatically redirect visitors to translated storefronts with the Language redirection setting within Markets.  Language redirection will detect a visitor’s browser language and automatically switch the storefront to match, when that language is available. For a language to be available to visitors, it has to be added to your store, assigned to relevant markets, have translations added, and be published. For example, if your domain is <code>johns-apparel.ca</code> and your Canada market's default language is English, when language redirection is activated, a visitor from Canada that has their browser’s primary language set to French will automatically be redirected to <code>johns-apparel.ca/fr</code>, where the storefront is in French. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/markets/automatic-redirection">Language Redirection</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/redirect-visitors-to-translated-storefronts-based-on-their-browser-language</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Earn 3.86% annually with Shopify Balance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Balance now rewards you with 3.86% in the form of an annual percentage yield (APY) on all money held in your Balance account.</p>

<p>This is a reward provided by Shopify and is not interest. The rate is variable, subject to change without notice, and accurate as of Jan 9, 2024. The reward accrues daily, and is compounded and paid monthly in the form of a credit to your Balance account.</p>

<p>To learn more about earning APY and other rewards programs, refer to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/finances/shopify-balance/rewards">Shopify Balance rewards</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jan 2024 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/earn-3-86-annually-with-shopify-balance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - Get discount data</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-discount-data">Get discount data</a> action in Flow. In the action, you can get a list of discounts and then use that data to automate processes in your store, or send scheduled reports.</p>

<p>To give it a try, you can build a workflow from scratch in Flow, or use a <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/web/editor/templates/d22345df-bd86-413e-bdf6-ed5d619fe3b2">new template</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jan 2024 13:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-get-discount-data</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Collective orders simplified for Suppliers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A Shopify Collective order marked as ‘Paid’ now indicates that payment has been collected from your Collective retailer, and the order is good to fulfill. After the order is fulfilled, Collective will transfer funds to your Shopify Payments balance, ready for your next scheduled payout.</p>

<p>Shopify Collective orders will no longer be marked as ‘Authorized’.</p>

<p>To see the payment status of Collective orders, go to Finances &gt; Payouts &gt; View transactions. </p>

<p>Learn more about orders using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-sales-channels/shopify-collective">Shopify Collective</a> on the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jan 2024 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collective</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-collective-orders-simplified-for-suppliers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More support for metaobjects in theme text settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added reference lists to the rich text, text, and inline richtext setting in the theme editor. You can reference lists of text directly in your theme using dynamic sources. For example, if you have a list of ingredient metaobjects that are assigned to a product, the name of each ingredient can be used in a list on the product detail page using dynamic sources. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/theme-features#rich-text">Learn more</a> about text lists.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2023 20:05:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-support-for-metaobjects-in-theme-text-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Operate multiple shops in Inbox</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Store switching is now available in Shopify Inbox. Merchants can switch between their store inboxes with a click, so conversations are easier to manage and important messages don’t get missed. Merchants will also now receive notifications for all stores they are logged into regardless of which one they are currently viewing. </p>

<p>Click on your store name in the top left of the screen to see the list of your stores. Click on a store to switch into or click ‘Add store’ to install Inbox on a new store.</p>

<p>Learn more about using Inbox with multiple stores in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox/setup">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Dec 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/operate-multiple-shops-in-inbox</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Email notifications are now available in Shopify Forms</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now turn on email notifications that send whenever a new form is submitted via Shopify Forms. The email notifications will be sent to the store owner, and can be turned on or off for each form—so you could have new wholesale inquiries emailed to you, but not get emailed every time someone joins your marketing list.</p>

<p>The notification email will include all form data, and links to the customer or company record created by the form submission. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/forms-app">Learn more</a> about email notifications in Forms.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Dec 2023 10:01:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/email-notifications-are-now-available-in-shopify-forms</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - Improved UX for browsing and searching tasks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new task picker offers an intuitive and user-friendly interface that simplifies the process of finding the tasks and applications you need. Whether you are a seasoned Flow user or just getting started, this enhanced tool will empower you to navigate through the vast array of available options effortlessly.</p>

<p>We understand that time is of the essence, which is why we have implemented a powerful search feature that delivers comprehensive results. The search functionality covers both tasks and applications, allowing you to quickly find what you're looking for. Even if an application is not currently installed, you can still search for it, expanding your possibilities and enabling you to explore new integrations.</p>

<p>To enhance clarity and organization, we have create a new grouping for Flow-specific tasks and have updated the "Shopify" grouping to "Shopify Admin API" to match the type of tasks that it contains. This separation ensures that you can easily identify and select the tasks that are most relevant to your workflow. Additionally, we have introduced categories for Shopify Admin API tasks, aligning them with the Admin API categorization. This categorization allows you to filter Shopify Admin API tasks based on specific categories, further refining your search and making task selection a breeze.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 13:38:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-improved-ux-for-browsing-and-searching-tasks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sell digital products to your B2B customers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using B2B on Shopify can now allow their wholesale customers to place orders for non-physical products. In addition to digital downloads and services, merchants can also offer package protection (using third party apps) to decrease the operational risks associated with shipping large wholesale orders. </p>

<p>To begin offering digital products to your B2B customers, simply <a href="http://www.shopify.com/admin/catalogs">add them</a> to new or existing Catalogs or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/digital-service-product">click here</a> to learn more. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Dec 2023 10:04:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sell-digital-products-to-your-b2b-customers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop channel now pre-installed for new merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shop channel will now be pre-installed and pinned in the sales channels section of admin navigation for all new merchants in Shopify Payments <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/supported-countries">supported countries</a>. This gives new merchants instant access to manage and optimize their presence on Shop, and connect with the over 100M engaged buyers who use Shop.</p>

<p><a href="https://accounts.shopify.com/store-login?redirect=settings/channels/install_shop_channel">Visit the Shop channel</a><br>
<a href="https://www.shopify.com/shop">Learn more about Shop</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Dec 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-channel-now-pre-installed-for-new-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize the metrics displayed in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now customize your Home metrics dashboard by selecting which metrics you see. </p>

<p>Choose from a variety of metrics, such as; Average order value, Conversion rate, Gross sales, Total Sales Breakdown and more.</p>

<p>Stay on top of your key results and make informed decisions based on the metrics that matter.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Dec 2023 10:01:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-the-metrics-displayed-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edit existing local currency orders in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants selling in multiple currencies with Shopify Payments, can now make changes to an order without using workarounds, saving you time and effort. </p>

<p>As previously available in domestic markets, merchants selling internationally can now:</p>

<ul>
<li>Add new items or custom items to an order</li>
<li>Remove existing items from an order and restock them to your store's inventory</li>
<li>Adjust the quantity of an item in an order</li>
<li>Send invoices to customers when the order total increases</li>
</ul>

<p>This feature is available to stores with Checkouts upgraded to using Extensibility. Learn more about order editing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/edit-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2023 10:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/edit-existing-local-currency-orders-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set payment terms and collect deferred payments for local currency orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>For merchants selling in multiple currencies with Shopify Payments it is now possible to collect deferred payments for local currency orders. Payment terms can be set to determine when a payment is due, and invoices can be sent to collect the payment. </p>

<p>This feature is available to stores with Checkouts upgraded to using Extensibility. Learn more about deferred payments in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/deferred-payments">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2023 10:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-payment-terms-and-collect-deferred-payments-for-local-currency-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collaborator request code now required for partners to access your store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Collaborator request codes, previously an opt-in feature, will now be enabled by default for all merchants. This change gives merchants more control over who can access their store as collaborators, by ensuring only those with the unique code can send a collaborator request. Partners will need to enter this unique code to initiate a collaborator request. </p>

<p>Learn more about collaborator requests in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/collaborator-accounts">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Dec 2023 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collaborator-request-code-now-required-for-partners-to-access-your-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ability to take amount off for BxGy discount</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New out of the box discount feature gives the ability to create a bxgy discount that takes amount off. </p>

<p>More information on bxgy discounts can be found <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/discount-types/buy-x-get-y">here</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Dec 2023 09:27:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ability-to-take-amount-off-for-bxgy-discount</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhancements to the Cohort Analysis report</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New release: We’ve updated the Customer Cohort Analysis report to include an <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/customers-reports#cohort-analysis-details">amount spent per customer metric</a> calculating the average amount customers have spent in their history with your store (including taxes, discounts, shipping, and any refunds). Amount spent per customer provides insight into your customers’ overall value to your business, and helps you determine how to more effectively invest your marketing. </p>

<p>In addition to seeing the average amount spent per customer, you can now toggle sales metrics and see cumulative values for your net, gross, and total sales between cohorts. </p>

<p>The <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/reports/customer_cohort_analysis">Customer Cohort Analysis report</a> can be found in the Analytics section of the Shopify admin. Learn more about these new additions to the report in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/default-reports/customers-reports#cohort-analysis-details">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Nov 2023 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhancements-to-the-cohort-analysis-report</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Select custom dates for metrics on Home</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added a custom date range picker for metrics on Home, giving merchants the ability to select specific time ranges to view store performance metrics. 'Month to date' will now be the new default view for these metrics.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Nov 2023 12:31:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/select-custom-dates-for-metrics-on-home</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - Get notified when errors happen</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use the new trigger, Workflow error threshold reached, which will run the first time an error is detected for a workflow version. Using this trigger, you then notify yourself or your team, so that you can identify and fix the problem. </p>

<p>To give it a try, you can build a workflow from scratch in Flow, or use a <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/web/editor/templates/bfaf0a58-0719-4798-a6cb-45646e62bfa9">new template</a>. </p>

<p>So that you do not receive many notifications, the trigger is designed to run just once per workflow version. For example, if a workflow errors 10 times, you’ll receive one notification. If you then fix the error, and then another error happens, you’ll receive a notification again.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-get-notified-when-errors-happen</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Markets Pro preferential trade agreement support</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Summary</strong><br>
Markets Pro now supports preferential trade agreements in duties calculations and customs documentation. Merchants should review their products’ country of origin to allow international buyers to take advantage of preferential duties treatment. </p>

<p><strong>Details:</strong><br>
Markets Pro now supports preferential treaties, which result in lower duty rates. For example, the United States-Mexico-Canada (USMCA) free trade agreement enables US merchants to ship their products to Canada and Mexico with reduced import fees when the products are manufactured in North America. </p>

<p><strong>Merchant action:</strong><br>
Markets Pro uses the country of origin specified on each product variant to calculate duties. If no <em>Country of Origin</em> is provided on a given product, Markets Pro will use Taiwan. You can change the default country of origin used by Markets Pro by contacting Shopify support. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Nov 2023 11:51:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/markets-pro-preferential-trade-agreement-support</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> All merchants can now choose between the one-page checkout and three-page checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants on the Basic, Shopify, and Advanced plans can now use the theme editor to choose between the one-page checkout (default) or three-page checkout. Decide on what is best for your shop and your buyers, while knowing that your customizations and checkout settings will migrate seamlessly from one layout to the other. Plus merchants are unaffected by this change, and can still set their checkout layout in the checkout editor. </p>

<p>Learn more about how to change your checkout layout by visiting the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/one-page-checkout">help center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2023 17:33:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/all-merchants-can-now-choose-between-the-one-page-checkout-and-three-page-checkout-1</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>‘Add a recipient’ and ‘scheduled send’ options on gift cards for customers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customers can now add a recipient and personalized message to gift cards, as well as schedule their gift card to be sent at a specific time, for a more personal, thoughtful and convenient gifting experience.</p>

<p>For more information about Gift Cards, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/customizing-themes/add-gift-card-recipient-fields?syclid=cl6em0etuops73d5lm80">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-a-recipient-and-scheduled-send-options-on-gift-cards-for-customers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Tax is now available on Point of Sale Orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re constantly improving to help you run a more efficient and compliant business, including when it comes to sales tax management, which is why we’ve enhanced <a href="http://www.shopify.com/tax?utm_source=email&amp;utm_medium=mozart&amp;utm_campaign=pos_migration&amp;utm_content=omnitest">Shopify Tax</a> to support Point of Sale (POS) orders. </p>

<p>Say goodbye to outdated calculations and the hassle of maintaining overrides, tax toggles, or tracking sales tax holidays. Enjoy peace of mind knowing you'll stay compliant even as tax regulations change. Your point of sale experience has been upgraded with more accurate tax collection, powered by our rooftop accurate calculations and auto-applied product-specific tax rates. Plus, access to enhanced tax reporting and liability insights. </p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Tax in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/shopify-tax?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=shopify_tax">Shopify Help Center</a>. For more details on Shopify Tax &amp; Point of Sale visit the <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/accounting-and-taxes/retiring-a-legacy-united-states-point-of-sale-sales-tax-service/td-p/2277016">Shopify Community</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2023 11:38:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-tax-is-now-available-on-point-of-sale-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Tax now supports orders sold into the U.S. from abroad</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/tax?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=shopify_tax">Shopify Tax</a> is now available to international merchants that sell and ship to buyers in the United States. Shopify Tax ensures that you’re collecting the right amount of sales tax, helps you stay on top of nexus obligations and simplifies filing prep. With rooftop accuracy, tax liability insights, product categories, and enhanced sales tax reporting features, everything you need is conveniently accessible from within the Shopify admin. </p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Tax in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/shopify-tax?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=shopify_tax">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2023 10:26:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-tax-now-supports-orders-sold-into-the-u-s-from-abroad</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Tax now supports tax inclusive pricing in the United States </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re a merchant selling in or shipping to the United States who uses tax inclusive pricing, <a href="https://shopify.com/tax?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=shopify_tax">Shopify Tax</a> will now calculate rooftop accurate rates and product-specific taxes in states where you have activated tax collection. When a customer checks out, Shopify Tax will automatically verify that the right rate is being applied, and make adjustments based on your customer’s address and local rules related to the specific product they are purchasing. </p>

<p>Visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/shopify-tax?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=shopify_tax">Shopify Help Center</a> to learn more about Shopify Tax and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/location#include-taxes-in-product-prices?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=shopify_tax">Tax Inclusive Pricing</a></p>

<p>Rules around tax inclusive pricing vary from state to state. Always check with the state’s tax agency or your tax expert to verify local requirements. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2023 09:39:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-tax-now-supports-tax-inclusive-pricing-in-the-united-states</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> Add, remove, or update discounts on existing line items when editing orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added the ability to add, remove, or update discounts to existing line items when editing orders. Previously, discounts could only be added to new items, and couldn't be updated or removed.<br>
This gives you more flexibility in how to meet customer expectations and improve customer retention. For example, this allows you to retroactively apply missing discounts if customers forget to do so at checkout.</p>

<p>Note that only manually added discounts, such as those applied through editing or draft orders, can be updated or removed.</p>

<p>For more information about editing with discounts, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/edit-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 12:31:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-remove-or-update-discounts-on-existing-line-items-when-editing-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Filtering by Markets in Analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now filter their Shopify reports located in the Analytics page by Markets. You can apply filters based on specific Markets to Sales, Behavior, and Customer reports. You can also select “View report” on the Markets page (Settings -&gt; Markets) to see Sales over time for all Markets.  Reports within the “Markets Performance” section for individual markets, also link to Markets filters within Analytics.</p>

<p>Learn more about customizing your dashboard experience on our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/overview-dashboard">help center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/filtering-by-markets-in-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Support for visual filters</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Available in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery?show_store_picker=1">Search &amp; Discovery app</a>, you can now add color and images to the filter options shown on the collection and search result page. This update helps customers quickly understand filter options by showing a preview of the colors, patterns, or materials in a swatch.</p>

<p>Learn more about visual filters in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters#visual-filters">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Nov 2023 10:20:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-support-for-visual-filters</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cancel orders and void transactions on POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Cancel orders and void payments easily if a customer changes their mind or a mistake is made at checkout.<br>
Cancel orders up to 15 minutes after the order is completed. Give permission for order cancellation to select staff and require manager override for other staff members.</p>

<p>Learn more about canceling POS orders in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/complete-refund-orders#cancel-an-order">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Nov 2023 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cancel-orders-and-void-transactions-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Extensibility is now available for Plus merchants on thank you and order status pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Plus merchants can now use the checkout editor to customize the appearance and functionality of your checkout, Thank you and Order status pages. Make code-free customizations with apps - add custom content, fulfill digital orders, showcase loyalty incentives, create opportunities for social engagement and more. Extensible Thank you and Order status pages are also compatible with checkout branding, making sure experiences stay consistent before and after purchase.</p>

<p>Script tags, additional scripts and checkout.liquid on the Thank you and Order status pages are now deprecated. Please make note of the following turn off dates:<br>
* August 13, 2024 - the removal date of checkout.liquid for in-checkout pages<br>
* August 28, 2025 - the removal date of checkout.liquid, apps with script tags and additional scripts on the thank you and order status page</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/extensibility-is-now-available-for-plus-merchants-on-thank-you-and-order-status-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connect your preferred tax service to Shopify with the Shopify Tax Platform</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're thrilled to announce <strong>the launch of the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/tax-platform?utm_source=web&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=tax-platform&amp;utm_content=announcement">Shopify Tax Platform</a></strong>, a robust infrastructure that can integrate your preferred tax service with Shopify. With the Shopify Tax Platform you can fully leverage Shopify’s suite of commerce tools while maintaining a consistent and accurate tax source of truth.</p>

<p>We ensure the quality of our platform by rigorously vetting every tax partner before they join. Once a partner is approved, Shopify works closely with their team to conduct thorough testing of the integration across a variety of speed, accuracy, and compliance standards.</p>

<p>As we roll out the platform, we’re excited to <strong>welcome Vertex, Inc. as our first tax platform partner.</strong> A leading global provider of indirect tax software and solutions, Vertex is trusted by more than 60% of Fortune 500 companies.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Shopify Tax Platform on the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/enterprise/tax-platform?utm_source=web&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=tax-platform&amp;utm_content=announcement">Enterprise Blog</a>, the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/tax-apps?utm_source=web&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=tax-platform&amp;utm_content=announcement">Shopify Help Center</a>, or by reaching out to your success team. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Nov 2023 15:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/connect-your-preferred-tax-service-to-shopify-with-the-shopify-tax-platform</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New granular staff permissions for Orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously the single <em>Orders</em> permission would grant staff access to a wide range of actions, including editing order attributes, managing payments, fulfilling and shipping orders, as well as canceling and deleting orders. Now there are 12 new, more granular staff permissions: <em>View orders</em>, <em>Manage order information</em>, <em>Apply discounts</em>, <em>Set payment terms</em>, <em>Capture payments</em>, <em>Mark as paid</em>, <em>Fulfill and ship orders</em>, <em>Buy shipping labels</em>, <em>Return</em>, <em>Cancel orders</em>, <em>Delete orders</em>, and <em>Manage abandoned checkouts</em>. This increased granularity gives merchants more control over staff access to specific actions on orders.</p>

<p>All existing staff members who have previously been given the singular <em>Orders</em> permission will automatically have all the new permissions selected by default to ensure backward compatibility. Merchants have the option to select (or unselect) a subset of these permissions when more granular access control is needed.</p>

<p>Learn more about these new permissions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions/staff-permissions-descriptions#general-staff-permissions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Nov 2023 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-granular-staff-permissions-for-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Update and automate gift card email sending with on/off toggle, now available in admin settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now preview gift card emails and control whether or not to send gift cards manually on creation by adjusting the default setting for this sending behavior from your Gift Card &gt; settings in your Shopify admin. This improvement helps reduce additional steps during gift card creation, and gives you the control and visibility on what you send to customers.</p>

<p>For more information about Gift Cards, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/gift-card-products/manage-purchased-gift-cards">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Nov 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/update-and-automate-gift-card-email-sending-with-on-off-toggle-now-available-in-admin-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS PIN Enhancements</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We've made some improvements for POS PINs <br>
* Users must now wait 30 seconds after 5 failed attempts when trying to PIN in to POS.<br>
* A warning will appear if a PIN is too easy to guess when creating or editing the PIN for a user who has POS access. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Nov 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-pin-enhancements</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved Shopify Collabs creator profile pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously on Shopify Collabs, clicking on a creator profile may have resulted in seeing information that varied from one creator to another.</p>

<p>Improvements have been made to the way you view the creator profile page on Shopify Collabs. The new creator profiles will now include:</p>

<ul>
<li><p>A clear badge to show if a Creator is on Collabs Network or not on the platform yet</p></li>
<li><p>A button to easily send invitations to creators who have made their contact information available.</p></li>
<li><p>An about section detailing information each creator has inputted including their email, gender, age, location, social media accounts, and more.</p></li>
<li><p>Detailed information and insights about your current relationship with each creator. Creator profiles no show collaboration history, application details, current affiliate offers, gifting history and sales performance.</p></li>
</ul>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/V11_-_Creator_profile_-_active.png" alt=""></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Nov 2023 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-shopify-collabs-creator-profile-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hydrogen v2023.10 has been released</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hydrogen <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/hydrogen/releases/tag/%40shopify%2Fhydrogen%402023.10.0">v2023.10</a> is now available. This release includes a number of new features and breaking changes.</p>

<h3>Remix 2.0 (breaking change)</h3>

<ul>
<li>Hydrogen 2023.10 now uses <a href="https://github.com/remix-run/remix/releases/tag/remix%402.0.0">Remix 2</a>.</li>
<li>Remix has also been made a peer dependency, so you can keep your Remix package updated independently of Hydrogen.</li>
</ul>

<h3>Other breaking changes</h3>

<ul>
<li>Hydrogen's default caching strategy has been <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/hydrogen/pull/1336">updated</a> to have a longer <code>stale-while-revalidate</code> period.</li>
<li>A dependency bump for <code>@graphql-codegen/typescript</code>  to <a href="https://github.com/dotansimha/graphql-code-generator/blob/master/packages/plugins/typescript/typescript/CHANGELOG.md#400">v4</a> will require updates to <code>Scalar</code> types if you import them directly from Hydrogen or Hydrogen React.</li>
</ul>

<h3>Other changes</h3>

<ul>
<li>All packages and examples now query <code>v2023-10</code> API versions.</li>
<li>Hydrogen now includes an <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/hydrogen/pull/1430">API client</a> for the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/customer">Customer Account API</a>.</li>
<li>Custom cart methods are now <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/hydrogen/pull/1440">stable</a>.</li>
<li>The GraphiQL client available through the local development server <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/hydrogen/pull/1470">now includes</a> the <a href="https://github.com/OneGraph/graphiql-explorer">GraphiQL Explorer plugin</a>, which makes it easier to browse GraphQL resources.</li>
<li>Props and parameters that were deprecated in v2023-07 have been removed.</li>
<li>Additional dependency bumps, patches, and fixes.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 11:48:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Custom storefronts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/hydrogen-v2023-10-has-been-released</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Structured return reasons</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Capturing data about why customers are returning products can provide a lot of valuable insight into your product offering and product performance. That's why we've added structured return reasons to the return workflow to improve data capture on in-store returns, and help merchants gain insight on product issues, customer preferences, and return inefficiencies.</p>

<p>Now staff can now select from a static list of return reasons when performing a return. To capture additional return details, staff can add a note directly in POS for each line item.</p>

<p>Learn more about the return reasons in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/complete-refund-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/structured-return-reasons</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Send cart POS attribution</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Send Cart in POS is a widely used feature and represents a lot of potential omnichannel sales opportunities.  </p>

<p>Now, when a customer completes an online checkout from the email link sent from the retail store, the Send Cart feature now accurately attributes the sale to POS channel, Retail location and Staff member (register &amp; helped with sale). Also included in this update, reporting will now reflect the retail attribution in the following reports: Sales by channel, Retail sales by POS location, Retail sales by staff at register and Retail sales by staff attribution. </p>

<p><img src="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1-hlhJJvn2vWop6t-kM9YQojLzjyPcoFS/view?usp=drive_link" alt=""></p>

<p>This improvement provides a clearer understanding of the impact Send Cart has on store and staff performance, which in turn incentivizes staff to leverage the Send Cart feature to close more sales - and get credit for making those sales. </p>

<p>Learn more about Send Cart in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/save-retrieve-order">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/send-cart-pos-attribution</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments now supports multiple payment captures for the same order </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/payment-authorization#set-up-manual-payment-capture">manual setting</a> can now capture <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/get-paid">multiple partial payments</a> for the same order. </p>

<p>This helps if you:<br>
- Ship items in an order from different warehouses with different fulfillment times<br>
- Your buyers expect to be charged for items when they’re fulfilled, not at checkout<br>
- Your accounting team needs to meet IFRS standards</p>

<p>You can access this feature directly from the Orders Page or using the GraphQL API (<a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/objects/ordertransaction">OrderTransaction object</a>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/mutations/orderCapture">OrderCapture mutation</a>).</p>

<p><strong>Enabled by default for Plus merchants. Learn more by talking to your merchant success manager.</strong></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-now-supports-multiple-payment-captures-for-the-same-order</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New POS UI extensions activation in admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Smart Grid is a powerful tool that allows merchants to customize Shopify POS to meet their specific business needs. You can add, remove or rearrange tiles for products, discounts, and more. </p>

<p>But Shopify POS isn’t just software with great out-of-the-box solutions. It’s a flexible, extensible platform where third-party apps and native functionalities seamlessly come together to help merchants build a custom, immersive in-person selling tool. </p>

<p>Adding app UI extension tiles to the Smart Grid enables staff to access third-party business tool functionalities in Shopify POS faster than ever.</p>

<p>Now, the new Extensions settings in the POS sales channel will help you streamline POS UI extension activation and management across your store locations. </p>

<p>This new Extensions setting allows you to add and remove third-party app POS UI extensions to the Smart Grid from Shopify admin, ensuring a consistent Smart Grid experience and reducing the time required to manage multiple app extensions across multiple store locations. </p>

<p>Learn more about POS UI extensions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/getting-started/shopify-pos-from-admin/pos-ui-extensions">Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 09:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-pos-ui-extensions-activation-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Markets Pro - Shipping Label Price Adjustments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On October 22, we will release shipping label price adjustments for Markets Pro labels. Merchants will see shipping label price adjustments in their Payouts moving forward, with details available in Order timeline events. </p>

<p>A shipping label price adjustment occurs when you purchase a shipping label and the shipping carrier determines that you've provided inaccurate information that results in an incorrect shipping label price. After you ship your order, the correct shipping label price is verified by the shipping carrier. If you paid an incorrect amount to ship the order, then your carrier credits or debits you the difference. Your package might still be delivered when there is an adjustment.</p>

<p>Price adjustments are a standard industry practice and most shipping carriers follow this standard. To avoid price adjustments, verify that you are entering the correct information when you are purchasing a shipping label.</p>

<p>Due to shipping carrier processing times, it's not uncommon for there to be a delay between when you purchase the shipping label and when you receive the charge or credit for a price adjustment.</p>

<p>Learn more about Markets Pro shipping label price adjustments in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/shipping#price-adjustments">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Oct 2023 00:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/markets-pro-shipping-label-price-adjustments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS Checkout update affecting split payment third-party integrations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>POS checkout infrastructure has been updated and as a result, there is a change affecting split payments. Orders with multiple payments will briefly appear in the database as <code>partially paid</code> while being created until updated with the final payment, which will appear as <code>paid</code>. The <code>partially paid</code> state will be visible to any apps or integrations querying the order at this moment. It will also result in a webhook firing for each payment, instead of one for the entire order.</p>

<p>This change may potentially require workflow updates for shops who have integrations that rely on the split payment webhooks. For example: if you are using a third-party fulfillment integration that automatically fulfills orders based on the first webhook firing on a partially paid order, your workflow should be updated so that fufillment only happens when the order’s <code>financial_status</code> is <code>paid</code>.</p>

<p>If you think your shop has an integration that might be impacted, please reach out to your third-party provider to discuss possible workflow changes. </p>

<p>Contact Shopify Support if you have additional questions about this change or require additional help.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 12:11:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-checkout-update-affecting-split-payment-third-party-integrations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - Publish and Hide Products to any channel</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Improvements have been made to the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/publish-product">Publish Product</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/hide-product">Hide Product</a> actions. </p>

<p>Both actions now support being able to choose one or more Sales channels as part of the action. This means that you can use Flow to automate publishing and unpublishing for all of your sales channels. </p>

<p>Here is how you might hide a product from two channels:<br>
<img src="https://screenshot.click/21-57-k53di-llto1.png" alt="https://screenshot.click/21-57-k53di-llto1.png"></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Oct 2023 13:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-publish-and-hide-products-to-any-channel</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>GeoIP is now a part of Automatic Redirection</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On October 20, GeoIP functionality for Plus merchants who currently have the Geoip setting enabled will be rolled into the “Automatic Redirection” setting within Settings -&gt; <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/markets/preferences">Preferences</a>. Your pages will automatically adjust to show region-specific content based on your customer’s GeoIP. For example, if your store is example.com with a primary market of the United States and you have an additional market setup for Canada that is set to Primary domain only with CAD enabled, then a Canadian visitor will automatically see CAD pricing. When you have “automatic redirection” activated for your shop with markets set to “primary domain only” or custom domain strategy, non-primary market content is not indexed by search engines to comply with Google guidelines.</p>

<p>To read more about automatic redirection, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/automatic-redirection">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Oct 2023 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/geoip-is-now-a-part-of-automatic-redirection</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Checkouts will enforce local currency based on shipping address</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: If you sell in local currencies and have access to 1-page checkout, customers will checkout in the currency that you've set for the country of their shipping address. If a customer chooses to ship to a country or region that differs from the one that they selected on the storefront, then the currency will change to match their shipping destination at checkout. Your customers will see the total cost of their purchases in their local currency, including currency conversion fees.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/pricing#checkout-behavior">local currency checkout behavior</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Oct 2023 11:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkouts-will-enforce-local-currency-based-on-shipping-address</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing new search capabilities within the Shopify Translate &amp; Adapt app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://www.google.com/url?q=https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery/&amp;sa=D&amp;source=docs&amp;ust=1697811584900333&amp;usg=AOvVaw0W7gyqnrhGkYY0Ahy8VhVI">Translate &amp; Adapt app</a> now supports global search across all languages for store resources. App users will benefit from an improved navigation experience that makes it easier to quickly find resources for translating.</p>

<p>Learn more about search in <a href="https://www.google.com/url?q=https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery/&amp;sa=D&amp;source=docs&amp;ust=1697811584900333&amp;usg=AOvVaw0W7gyqnrhGkYY0Ahy8VhVI">Translate &amp; Adapt app</a> within the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/languages/translate-adapt-app">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Oct 2023 11:25:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-new-search-capabilities-within-the-shopify-translate-adapt-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reducing permissions required for initial POS login</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In order to set up Shopify POS on a new or updated device, a staff user must log in to the app by entering their email and password. Once logged in and set up, anyone with POS access can unlock the app with their PIN.  </p>

<p><strong>What's changed?</strong>  Previously, logging in to set up the POS app required staff to be granted over 20+ admin permissions. Now, you can grant the ability for your staff to set up POS with one checkbox, without giving them access to privileged admin information.</p>

<p><em>Note: if you have added apps to POS, you also need to grant the user permisison for those specific apps as well.</em></p>

<p>Learn more about login requirements in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/staff-management/add-staff#shopify-point-of-sale-permissions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/reducing-permissions-required-for-initial-pos-login</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer data collection update</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>From October 31, 2023, to improve privacy compliance, we are updating how online stores collect customer data. For customers in the EEA and UK, marketing and analytics will now be collected only before or after consent. Any merchant that was partially collecting before consent is now collecting data after consent. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/consent">Learn more.</a> Additionally, customers can set their collection preferences from your store's cookie banner. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/privacy-and-security/privacy/privacy-and-compliance">Learn more.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Oct 2023 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customer-data-collection-update</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Pay now redirects to the post-purchase page on merchant's domain</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/checkout/product-offers/post-purchase">post-purchase page</a> is displayed after a purchase is completed. Previously, buyers using Shop Pay would see the page rendered on shop.app, but with this change buyers using Shop Pay are redirected back to merchant’s domain, and thus the post-purchase page is also rendered on merchant’s domain.</p>

<p>This change enables consistent <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/analyze-marketing/pixel-tracking-post-purchase-page">post-purchase conversion tracking</a> and cookie access for all payment methods.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Oct 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-pay-now-redirects-to-the-post-purchase-page-on-merchant-s-domain</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - New subscriptions and delete tasks are available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The following triggers are now available:</p>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/subscription-contract-updated">Subscription contract updated</a></li>
</ul>

<p>The following actions are now available:</p>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/delete-customer">Delete customer</a></li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/delete-product">Delete product</a></li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/delete-product-variant">Delete product variant</a></li>
</ul>

<p>The following “get data” actions are now available:</p>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-subscription-contract-data">Get subscription contract data</a></li>
</ul>

<p>The following improvements have been made to existing triggers and actions:</p>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/inventory-quantity-changed">Inventory quantity</a> changed is now called “Product variant inventory quantity changed”, but continues to work exactly the same</li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/add-order-line-item">Add order line item</a> - choose a product variant with a “resource picker” as an alternative to entering the GID.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Oct 2023 16:16:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-new-subscriptions-and-delete-tasks-are-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS Terminal - all-new payment device for Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Just launched: POS Terminal, Shopify's newest, most powerful payment device for Shopify POS is now available to retail businesses in the US and Canada.</p>

<p>POS Terminal accepts tap, chip, and swipe payments at the counter and can power your busiest sales days with solid WiFi and Ethernet connectivity. The full-featured customer display guides buyers through purchase with clear flows for checkout, payment, PIN entry, tipping, and receipt selection. And for a fully branded moment at the counter, the screen can be customized with logos or images to match your store's design.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/pos/retail-collection">Learn more about POS Terminal</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Oct 2023 08:40:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-terminal-all-new-payment-device-for-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Stocky transfers extension for the Smart Grid</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To enable more quick and efficient inventory management workflows in store, we’re leveraging Shopify’s newly launched POS UI extensions technology to create a native-like experiences inventory management workflows that are accessible in one click, starting with stock transfers. </p>

<p>Keep stock levels balanced, excess inventory costs low, and inventory moving with the new Stocky inventory transfers extension available for the Smart Grid. The new transfers extension allows staff to see and receive incoming transfers from other retail locations directly in POS, helping staff proactively manage stock and improve daily inventory operations.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Stocky transfers extension in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/stocky/inventory-management/stock-transfers">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Oct 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-stocky-transfers-extension-for-the-smart-grid</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set a fixed discount amount for Buy X Get Y discounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you can set a fixed amount discount for the Buy X Get Y discount type. This feature is designed to help you incentivize customers to purchase more while maintaining a higher profit margin. </p>

<p>You can create promotions like "Buy 2 items, get $10 off". You can set up these promotions as an automatic discount or a discount code.</p>

<p>This new feature is now available for all merchants. ? Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/discount-types/buy-x-get-y">Buy X Get Y fixed amount discount</a> in the Shopify Help Center. --&gt;</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Oct 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-a-fixed-discount-amount-for-buy-x-get-y-discounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Preview Gift Cards before sending!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now preview Gift Cards before sending them via email or SMS, from within the Shopify admin. This improvement provides you with more control and visibility on what you sent to customers.</p>

<p>For more information about Gift Cards, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/gift-card-products/manage-purchased-gift-cards">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/preview-gift-cards-before-sending</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One-page checkout is now the default Shopify Checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>One-page checkout is Shopify’s redesigned out-of-the-box checkout. We’ve evolved the current three-page steps to a much more streamlined experience that’s optimized for speed and conversion, providing your buyers with the best shopping experience on the internet.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Oct 2023 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/one-page-checkout-is-now-the-default-shopify-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Markets Pro now supports orders marked as paid</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On Thursday September 28, Markets Pro orders with payment collected via mark as paid will now be supported. Markets Pro will be the merchant of record service on these orders, excluding order with zero value total. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/fulfillment#draft-orders">Orders with zero value total</a> will continue to require merchant of record to be the store in order for the order to be fulfillable.</p>

<p>Merchants can use the Mark as Paid feature to ship orders free-of-charge to their customers. Merchants should complete the draft order with the product(s) at full price and then mark the order as paid. By maintaining product(s) pricing in the order, Markets Pro can create accurate customs invoice documentation and duties and import tax values. Merchants will be responsible for the duties-pre-paid label cost and any applicable duties and taxes on the order.</p>

<p>Before, marking a Markets Pro order as paid would cause the merchant of record to change to the store. Now, merchants can continue having Markets Pro as the merchant of record service on these orders too.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2023 18:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/markets-pro-now-supports-orders-marked-as-paid</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Storefront API support for product bundles</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using Hydrogen or the Storefront API through the Headless Channel in the admin, can now offer product bundles with Shopify. Whether it’s creating fixed bundles and multipacks with our free  <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-bundles">Shopify Bundles</a>app, using one of these <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/functions-bundles">updated bundle apps</a> for more bundle support or using our <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/selling-strategies/bundles">APIs</a> (Shopify Plus and Shopify partners only) to create a custom bundle offering, increase your  average order value and offer a more curated customer experience with product bundles on Shopify.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles">Learn more about bundles on Shopify here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2023 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/storefront-api-support-for-product-bundles</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More ways to filter products in admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are now more ways to filter and sort products in admin, layering in filtering for all metafield reference types. For example, you can now <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/searching-filtering">filter your product list in admin</a> by a referenced influencer metaobject, a shop the look page metafield, or recommended products metafield list.</p>

<p>Learn more about filtering and sorting your products in admin with metafields in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/custom-data/features">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 18:13:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-ways-to-filter-products-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Find more customers on top ad platforms with Shopify Audiences v2.1 </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re releasing <a href="https://www.shopify.com/audiences">Shopify Audiences v2.1</a> with our best performing algorithms yet, a new Benchmarks dashboard, and support for new ad channels - all so you can maximize your ad performance. </p>

<p>Shopify Audiences helps Shopify Plus merchants find more customers, cut their customer acquisition costs by up to 50%, and get more out of their ad spend with custom audience lists powered by millions of commerce insights only available through Shopify. </p>

<p>Whether you’re brand new to digital advertising or a seasoned pro, Shopify Audiences provides you with a much-needed advantage in a digital ecosystem that is shifting due to new privacy regulations and operating system changes. </p>

<p><strong>New features</strong></p>

<p>Our latest algorithms are our best performing yet, so you’ll get your ads in front of the right people and drive more conversions. And we’re always improving our algorithms, so you’ll continue to see results.</p>

<p>The new Benchmarks dashboard lets you compare your ad performance to stores like yours, so you can pinpoint where to make improvements and optimize your campaigns. </p>

<p>This release also supports three new ad platforms: TikTok, Snapchat, and Criteo in addition to existing platforms Meta, Google, and Pinterest. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Sep 2023 10:00:55 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/find-more-customers-on-top-ad-platforms-with-shopify-audiences-v2-1</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edit your Shopify Inbox chat widget’s button</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now customize the Shopify Inbox chat widget’s icons and text, so the chat button that appears on your store for customers is more aligned with your brand. Choose from different preset icons and text options, and preview the new button as you make changes.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Sep 2023 09:37:49 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/edit-your-shopify-inbox-chat-widget-s-button</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhancements to range and select input settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New updates have been introduced to improve the theme editing settings experience, focusing on the range and select input settings. The range setting now includes an input box, allowing merchants to set values either by using a slider or by typing. The select setting has been enhanced to display either a dropdown list or a new segmented control, adapting its visual treatment based on the options provided.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/themes/architecture/settings/input-settings#range">range setting</a> and <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/themes/architecture/settings/input-settings#select">select setting</a> changes in our developer documentation.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Sep 2023 09:00:38 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhancements-to-range-and-select-input-settings-1</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New input setting text_alignment introduced</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A new input setting of type text_alignment has been introduced to the theme editor. This setting outputs a new segmented control with alignment icons. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/themes/architecture/settings/input-settings#text_alignment">text_alignment</a> setting in our developer documentation. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Sep 2023 09:00:36 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-input-setting-text_alignment-introduced</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - New Log output action</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use a new task in Flow, a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/log-output">Log output</a> action.</p>

<p>The action allows you display the value of variables in the workflow run log, without taking action in the workflow (like in a Send Internal Email action). For example, to see the status of a product, you might use <code>{{ product.status }}</code> in the workflow, which would output the text <code>Active</code>. </p>

<p>In this example, the value of a metaobject entry is outputted:<br>
<img src="https://screenshot.click/20-46-zozq6-whwnx.png" alt="showing text output of a metaobject"></p>

<p>Details<br>
* The action does not attempt to interpret the output, so HTML tags are rendered as tags. For example: <code>&lt;p&gt;{{ customer.firstName }}&lt;/p&gt;</code> would render as <code>&lt;p&gt;John&lt;/p&gt;</code> and not <code>John</code>.<br>
* Spaces and white space as shown as white space. To see if blanks have been added, you can select the text on the run page.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-new-log-output-action</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS Go Remote Logout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants utilizing POS Go now have the capability to remotely log out from their devices. To perform this action, you just need to access the “Devices” tab located under the Point of Sale channel in the admin panel. From there, select the specific device you wish to log out from and click on "Log out from store".</p>

<p>Merchants can conveniently monitor the logout status of their devices either on the device list page or within the device details page.</p>

<p>Please be aware that the updated status might not be immediately visible as there could be a slight delay of a few seconds.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2023 10:50:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-go-remote-logout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Acquire new wholesale customers with company account requests</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Using the Shopify Forms app, add a link to the customizable account request form anywhere on your store to enable prospective B2B customers to submit their information for review. </p>

<p>Submitted forms are automatically moved to a new company profile within the admin to eliminate the need for manual entry. Within the company profile, you have the ability to approve customers to place orders, delete customers, or follow up with them to ask for additional information. </p>

<p>Install the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-forms">Shopify Forms app</a> to begin using this feature, or refer to our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/companies/company-account-requests">help docs</a> for more information. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2023 10:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/acquire-new-wholesale-customers-with-company-account-requests</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage Gift Cards with added “Gift Card ID” column in reports!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added a “Gift Card ID” column to your reports, for a more transparent view of which gift cards were used for an order, and by which customer.</p>

<p>For more information about Gift Cards, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/gift-card-products/manage-purchased-gift-cards">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-gift-cards-with-added-gift-card-id-column-in-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3D scanner for the Shopify app on iOS (Pro models)</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the launch of iOS 17, merchants who use the Shopify app on iOS (Pro models) now have the ability to create 3D models of their products - making interactive shopping experiences to further boost buyer confidence and increase conversions, while minimizing returns and customer service demands.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/blog/shopify-app-3d-scanner">Click here</a> to learn more about the 3D scanner.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/3d-scanner-for-the-shopify-app-on-ios-pro-models</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increased POS PIN combinations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>POS PINs can now accommodate up to 6 digits.</strong> Existing or new staff with access to POS can have either 4, 5, or 6 digit PINs. This can be changed by anyone with the Manage Staff permission, in the POS Channel or POS app. </p>

<p><em>Note: before assigning any 5 or 6 digit PINs, please ensure your devices are up to date.  If a device is out of date, it will only support 4 digits.</em></p>

<p>Learn more about this functionality and requirements in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/pin-recovery">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Sep 2023 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increased-pos-pin-combinations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved spam detection in Shopify Inbox</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve rolled out a powerful spam detection system that prevents unwanted messages from arriving in your Inbox, so you have more time to focus on responding to real customers. In some cases, we’ll indicate a conversation may be spam after it’s started. You can choose to respond, or block the conversation.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2023 15:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-spam-detection-in-shopify-inbox</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set-aside Sales Tax</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>New release</strong>: On September 14, 2023, we released the ability to set aside sales tax on Shopify Balance. Merchants using Balance can now automatically save sales tax in a dedicated Balance account, helping them to improve their cashflow management and keep funds aside for tax filing season.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2023 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-aside-sales-tax</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Access apps more easily with admin actions </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Apps installed on your shop can now extend the Shopify admin with admin actions. </p>

<p>Admin actions let apps integrate seamlessly with the Shopify admin by creating modals that can be used from resource pages in the Shopify admin. Admin Actions are designed to make your daily operations more efficient, reducing the need to switch between different contexts or pages while working in the admin. </p>

<p>Once an app has created an action, it can be accessed from the "More actions" menu, located at the top of Products, Customers, and Orders resource pages. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2023 18:02:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/access-apps-more-easily-with-admin-actions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Automatic free shipping discount</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now offer automatic free shipping to your customers, directly from Shopify admin, without having to rely on a discount code, Scripts, or an app.</p>

<p>This update will allow you to increase buyer conversion and provide a better customer experience by rewarding your customers with free shipping, without requiring them to input a code.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/discount-types/free-shipping#create-an-automatic-free-shipping-discount">Learn more here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2023 11:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-automatic-free-shipping-discount</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS app only staff no longer require an email address</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When adding or editing a POS app only staff in the POS Channel or POS app, they will no longer require an email address.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2023 06:43:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-app-only-staff-no-longer-require-an-email-address</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS Go now available in the UK and Ireland</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>POS Go is now available in the United Kingdom and Ireland. POS Go is an all-in-one, hand-held POS device that features an integrated barcode scanner, card reader, and Shopify POS software.</p>

<p>Learn more and buy now at the following links:<br>
* <a href="https://www.shopify.com/uk/pos/store/products/shopify-pos-go-with-case">UK: Buy now</a><br>
* <a href="https://www.shopify.com/ie/pos/store/products/shopify-pos-go-with-case">Ireland: Buy now</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Sep 2023 13:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-go-now-available-in-the-uk-and-ireland</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow: Search Flow template library using natural language</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Flow's template search previously used an exact match search that often led to searches resulting in no results.</p>

<p>As part of this release, the template search has been improved, making it far easier to find the correct template. For example, searching "low stock" returns templates related to low stock and out of stock, regardless of whether words exactly match. Word mispellings and some additional languages are also handled.</p>

<p>Try out the changes by going to the Flow app and clicking "Browse templates" in the top navigation bar.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Sep 2023 12:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-search-flow-template-library-using-natural-language</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Multiple domains can now be used on the primary market</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're rolling out an improvement to Shopify Markets which allows your store to have multiple domain configurations that target different language experiences on the primary market.</p>

<p>For example, in Canada there are two official languages - English and French. If Canada is your primary market, you may want to target English speakers on <code>shop.ca</code> and French speakers on <code>fr.shop.ca</code>. Previously, only subfolders could be used to target multiple language experiences within the primary market. This can now be done with subfolders, domains, or subdomains.</p>

<p>Read more about setting up different domains or URLs in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/markets/international-domains/setting-up-unique-urls/set-up-urls">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Sep 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/multiple-domains-can-now-be-used-on-the-primary-market</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>App connection method available in Customer Events</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The customer events section got an upgrade! For each pixel, you can see if it is connected via the web or server side or both. Learn more about different connection methods in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/pixels/app-pixels#transmitting-app-pixels-data">Help Center</a></p>

<p>Only <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/stories/guide-web-pixels">apps</a> that use the official <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/pixels/pixel-extension">web pixel api</a> or <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/2023-04/queries/serverPixel">server pixel api</a> will be displayed in the customer events section, along with custom pixels.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Sep 2023 16:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/app-connection-method-available-in-customer-events</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Standard Shipping now available for Markets Pro!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Markets Pro has expanded its carrier options to include <strong>standard international shipping</strong> via DHL eCommerce. Markets Pro merchants now have access to DHL eCommerce at label purchase. </p>

<p><strong>Fulfillment change: USPS first-mile</strong><br>
For orders using a DHL eCommerce label, USPS provides first-mile domestic service, meaning USPS will take your parcels to a DHL hub before they get shipped cross-border.  If USPS already does pick-ups from your warehouse, USPS can pick up the DHL eCommerce packages together with any other domestic packages you may have. Otherwise, you'll need to drop off the DHL eCommerce orders to a US post office to begin delivery. </p>

<p>DHL Express labels will continue to fulfill through your current process.</p>

<p>For more information on shipping with Shopify Markets Pro, please refer to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/shipping">Shopify Help Center, here</a>. </p>

<p><strong>Configuring rates:</strong><br>
It is recommended that if you are interested in fulfilling with DHL eCommerce, you configure the new rate in your settings; this way buyers see the rate at checkout and can signal whether express or standard shipping service is preferred. You may set up DHL eCommerce as a flat rate with transit time or a carrier calculated rate under International Standard Shipping. Rates are configured by market. Please note that any custom flat rates will be fulfilled as DHL Express for Markets Pro orders. </p>

<p>For more information on configuring shipping rates, please refer to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/setting-up#configuring-dhl-shipping-rates-for-your-markets-pro-orders">Shopify Help Center, here</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Sep 2023 12:13:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/standard-shipping-now-available-for-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mark inventory as Unavailable</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now set inventory aside as Unavailable at a specific location, preventing it from being sold. Unavailable inventory can be designated as Safety Stock, Quality Control, Damaged, or Other.</p>

<p>For example, set some inventory aside as Safety Stock to guard your store from overselling, or mark inventory as Damaged while it undergoes repairs.</p>

<p>Learn more about Unavailable inventory in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/managing-inventory-quantities/track_inventory">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 16:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/mark-inventory-as-unavailable</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stores' Primary market can now be customized</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made an improvement in Shopify Markets which now means you can customize your primary market in ways that weren't previously possible.</p>

<p>Shopify preselects the primary market for new stores based on your store's general settings. For example, a store domiciled in Germany with a store currency of Euros will have a primary market of Germany. Previously, you could not change the country or currency of your primary market.</p>

<p>Now, you can change your primary market to a country and currency of your preference, irrespective of your store's general settings. For example, a store domiciled in Canada may want to have a primary market of the United States in US Dollars. You can also customize pricing on your primary market, if you want it to be different than the default values of your store.</p>

<p>The primary market still can only contain one country.</p>

<p>Read more about customizing your primary market in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/managing-markets#market-types">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Aug 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/stores-primary-market-can-now-be-customized</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Theme file usage now tracked in the file section in admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added theme tracking for files on the files page in admin (Content &gt; Files). This further solidifies the files section as a source of truth for all your files across your store. </p>

<p>Now, when you want to determine where a file is used, you can navigate to the files section in admin and see where a particular file is being used. This is especially useful to determine which theme is referencing which specific file. </p>

<p>Learn more about managing files in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/file-uploads">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Aug 2023 18:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/theme-file-usage-now-tracked-in-the-file-section-in-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - New triggers for product variant back in stock and out of stock</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use two new tasks in Shopify Flow.</p>

<p>Trigger - <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/variant-back-in-stock">Product variant back in stock</a><br>
When a product variant goes from 0 or less to 1 or more, you can now trigger a workflow to run. For example, you might want to always publish a product when one of its variants is back in stock. </p>

<p>Trigger - <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/variant-out-of-stock">Product variant out of stock</a><br>
When a product variant goes from 1 or more to 0 or less, you can now trigger a workflow to run. For example, you might want to send an email or Slack message when a variant is out of stock. </p>

<p>Flow also provides an <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/inventory-quantity-changed">Inventory quantity changed</a> trigger, which also works at the variant level. Going forward, for use cases where the location does not matter and where you simply care about in-stock or out-of-stock, these new triggers should be used, as they are much simpler. </p>

<p>If you need to do inventory based on locations, or if you want to track low stock, then you should continue to use the <strong>Inventory quantity changed</strong> trigger.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Aug 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-new-triggers-for-product-variant-back-in-stock-and-out-of-stock</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhanced sales tax reports now available for quarterly filers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>How often you need to file sales taxes varies based on state rules and your sales. That’s why we’ve upgraded Shopify Tax’s <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/reports/shopify_tax_report_country?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v3&amp;utm_content=enhanced">enhanced sales tax report</a> so you can select the exact timeframe you need to file. If you’ve ever filed sales tax in the US, you’ve probably had to spend hours or even days getting your data into the right format. The United States sales tax report, available exclusively for merchants using Shopify Tax, makes it easier than ever with state-level reports. Select the state you’re filing in, and you’ll be able to review your gross and taxable sales data broken down by county, city, and special tax jurisdiction. With this report, you’ll find the information you need- to complete your sales tax filing directly in the Shopify admin.</p>

<p>As of today, reports are available for orders completed on or after June 1, 2023. Try it out by visiting the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/taxes/US?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v3&amp;utm_content=tax-settings">United States tax settings</a> page, or access it from the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/reports/?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v3&amp;utm_content=reports">Reports</a> section of your Shopify admin. Details and guidance are available in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/finances-report#us-sales-tax-report?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v3&amp;utm_content=help-center">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>

<p>Don’t currently use Shopify Tax? Discover the benefits of enhanced reporting on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/finances-report#us-sales-tax-report?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v3&amp;utm_content=help-center">Shopify Blog</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2023 13:21:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-sales-tax-reports-now-available-for-quarterly-filers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automatic redirection to be expanded to markets that use primary domain</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It is now possible to automatically localize customers visiting your store when your domain strategy is “primary domain only” or when you have a custom domain that is shared across multiple markets. If you have the “Automatic redirection” setting enabled within Settings -&gt; Markets -&gt; <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/markets/preferences">Preferences</a> your pages will automatically adjust to show region-specific content based on your customer’s GeoIP. For example, if your store is example.com with a primary market of the United States and you have an additional market setup for Canada that is set to Primary domain only with CAD enabled, then a Canadian visitor will automatically see CAD pricing. When you have “automatic redirection” activated for your shop with markets set to “primary domain only” or custom domain strategy, non-primary market content is not indexed by search engines.</p>

<p>This is currently available to new merchants, and will roll out to existing merchants on September 6.</p>

<p>Note: To comply with local legislation, customers from the European Union (EU) aren't automatically redirected within the EU. More information can be found <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/international-domains/directing-customers">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Aug 2023 16:48:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automatic-redirection-to-be-expanded-to-markets-that-use-primary-domain</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Upload custom store icon</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now easily identify your stores by uploading a custom store icon using a static image or .gif.</p>

<p>From your <strong>Settings</strong> page, click the icon next to your store name, <strong>Upload icon</strong>, and <strong>Save</strong>. You can edit or remove this icon at any time.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Aug 2023 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/upload-custom-store-icon</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Markets Pro now supports checkouts with physical and digital goods </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of August 16, Markets Pro now supports orders with a mix of digital and physical goods placed from checkout. Previously, digital goods were restricted by Markets Pro and could not be sold to customers internationally.</p>

<p>Orders placed at checkout with a mix of physical and digital goods will be managed by Markets Pro. For checkouts where the cart is solely comprised of digital goods, merchants will be the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/overview#merchant-of-record">merchant of record</a> and the order does not qualify as a Markets Pro order. </p>

<p>Note: Markets Pro doesn't support digital goods placed through draft orders yet. To create draft orders with a mix of physical and digital goods, you must send invoice to collect payment at checkout. </p>

<p>Learn more about digital goods in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/prohibited-items#digital-products-or-goods">Shopify Help Docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Aug 2023 10:28:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/markets-pro-now-supports-checkouts-with-physical-and-digital-goods</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New App Store search filters</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Find apps faster by filtering search results by program, feature, or category. This includes high-quality apps with the new Built for Shopify badge. Learn more on the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/stories/guide-built-for-shopify">Shopify App Store</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-app-store-search-filters</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get guided help with our new Help Center assistant</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Find the help you need in the Shopify Help Center with our new AI-powered assistant ?. Get answers to questions, find the information you're looking for, and get back to running your business. </p>

<p>Visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Aug 2023 14:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/get-guided-help-with-our-new-help-center-assistant</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - New customer tagging triggers and ability to change product status</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use three new tasks in Shopify Flow.</p>

<p>Trigger - <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/customer-tags-added">Customer tags added</a><br>
When one or more customer tags are added, you can now trigger a workflow to run. For example, you might want to always set a metafield when a certain tag is added. </p>

<p>Trigger - <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/customer-tags-removed">Customer tags removed</a><br>
When one or more customer tags are removed, you can also trigger a workflow to run.  For example, you might want to send an internal email when a certain tag is removed. </p>

<p>Action - <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/update-product-status">Update product status</a><br>
This action allows you to change the status of a product to Archived, Draft, or Active. For example you might want to activate a product on some day in the future, or when it’s back in stock. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Aug 2023 16:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-new-customer-tagging-triggers-and-ability-to-change-product-status</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Duties and Import Taxes now supports US clothing tax exemptions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify's Duties and Import Tax estimations in checkout now supports applying clothing based tax exemptions in Massachusetts, Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont.</p>

<p>When a buyer purchases a clothing product with a shipping destination in those states, and the cart is within the value thresholds of the exemption, taxes for eligible product will be set to 0%. Clothing products are identified using Shopify's product categories.</p>

<p>You can learn more about collecting duties and import taxes in checkout on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/duties-and-import-taxes/charging-duties">Shopify Help Docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Aug 2023 13:40:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-duties-and-import-taxes-now-supports-us-clothing-tax-exemptions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>checkout_started now triggers on every checkout visit in checkout extensibility</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We’ve changed how <strong>checkout_started</strong> works for checkout extensibility. </p>

<p>The customer event, <strong>checkout_started</strong>, will now trigger for all checkout visits if you upgraded to checkout extensibility. Previously, it only triggered the first time you entered the checkout.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Aug 2023 17:27:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkout_started-now-triggers-on-every-checkout-visit-in-checkout-extensibility</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inventory columns can now be hidden or rearranged</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added the ability to customize which columns are displayed, and in what order, on the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/products/inventory">inventory page</a>.</p>

<p>This will help merchants to de-clutter their inventory page by removing inventory states that are irrelevant to their business. Merchants will also be able to create saved views with custom columns, tailoring their inventory management experience to their business' unique workflows.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Inventory Column Picker in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/managing-inventory-quantities/track_inventory">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Aug 2023 13:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/inventory-columns-can-now-be-hidden-or-rearranged</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now use price and category filters in Shopify Collective product search</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/collective/retailer">Shopify Collective</a> lets you discover new products you love from quality Shopify brands in the US who will ship direct to your customers. </p>

<p>We've improved the product Discovery experience by adding new filters for Price and Category, making it easier for you to find perfect products and brands that fit your niche and audience.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Aug 2023 06:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-use-price-and-category-filters-in-shopify-collective-product-search</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Merchants with B2B orders are now eligible for Shopify Markets Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants with B2B orders were previously not eligible for Shopify Markets Pro.</p>

<p>We're releasing a change which now allows merchants with B2B orders to apply for and use Markets Pro by automating the detection of a business customer on an order. When this happens, the order is automatically switched to use the merchant as the merchant of record; Markets Pro cannot be the merchant of record on B2B orders.</p>

<p>You can read more about the considerations for using Shopify Markets Pro in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/requirements-and-considerations#considerations">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 15:29:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/merchants-with-b2b-orders-are-now-eligible-for-shopify-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inventory dataset removed from ShopifyQL Notebooks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On <strong>August 7th, 2023</strong>, the inventory dataset will be deprecated from ShopifyQL Notebooks. The Inventory tutorial notebook and all Inventory templates will be removed. In addition, API end-points used to access the inventory dataset will also not be accessible in the future. </p>

<p><strong>What does this mean?</strong><br>
This means that this specific dataset will no longer be available for querying in ShopifyQL Notebooks. Any Shopify provided Notebooks or templates that use the inventory dataset will be removed. All existing merchant queries using the inventory dataset will no longer run successfully.</p>

<p><strong>What are the alternatives?</strong><br>
For insight into your inventory data, please refer to inventory Reports or inventory adjustment history in your Shopify admin.</p>

<p>We believe that these changes will ultimately provide you with more accurate and actionable insights to drive your business forward.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Aug 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/inventory-dataset-removed-from-shopifyql-notebooks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Streamline your business with Organization Settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're thrilled to introduce Organization Settings, a feature designed to make managing your multi-store organization faster and more efficient than ever before, right from the store admin.</p>

<p>Here's a breakdown of this game-changing update:</p>

<ul>
<li>Easily navigate and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/organization-settings/accessing-settings">access your stores</a> right from the account menu or a simple search.</li>
<li>Add, remove, or suspend users and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/organization-settings/users">manage their roles and access</a> effectively to fit your business requirements.</li>
<li>Review your stores and create new ones, importing useful data from an existing store in the process.</li>
<li>Pay just one consolidated bill for your entire organization, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/organization-settings/billing">managing one payment method</a> for all your stores.</li>
<li>Get comprehensive insights into your <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/organization-settings/analytics">business performance</a> at both the organization and store levels.</li>
</ul>

<p>This feature is currently exclusively available to Shopify Plus merchants. As part of this release, the organization admin is removed.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Aug 2023 15:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/streamline-your-business-with-organization-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pay with credit card in Draft Orders now supports Shopify Markets Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added the ability to complete draft orders with pay by credit card for orders with a merchant of record of Markets Pro. This allows merchants to complete a Shopify Markets Pro order on behalf of a buyer in admin without having to send an invoice.</p>

<p>Learn more about Markets Pro and draft orders in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/fulfillment#draft-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 13:25:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pay-with-credit-card-in-draft-orders-now-supports-shopify-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Credit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>New product release:</strong> <br>
On July 26 we released <strong>Shopify Credit</strong> for eligible US merchants. Merchants use credit cards to manage their day-to-day working capital, smooth their cash flow, and maximize rewards and cash back. That’s why we built <strong>Shopify Credit</strong>, a pay in full business credit card that extends a credit line to eligible merchants. It has no fees, interest or credit checks, and gives you cashback rewards on key spending categories.</p>

<p>Eligible merchants can apply with no impact to their credit score, use their Shopify Credit card to pay wherever Visa® is accepted, and accrue cashback rewards that are automatically applied to their account as a statement credit each month without paying fees or interest.</p>

<p>At this time, Shopify Credit is not available to merchants with active Shopify Capital financings and active Shopify Credit merchants do not qualify for Shopify Capital. Our team is dedicated to making this possible in the near future and provide greater flexibility to Shopify merchants.</p>

<p><strong>Benefits of Shopify Credit:</strong><br>
* No fees, no interest - period<br>
* Get chashback rewards designed for entepreneurs<br>
* Get extra days to pay<br>
* No personal credit checks or guarantors <br>
* Free cards for every member of your team<br>
* Enjoy Visa perks</p>

<p>Learn more about [Shopify Credit] on <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finances/shopify-credit">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-credit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Marketplace Connect - Sell your Shopify Products on top online marketplaces</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Just launched: <strong><a href="https://apps.shopify.com/marketplace-connect">Shopify Marketplace Connect</a></strong>, now available in the Shopify App Store. Sell across top online marketplaces like Amazon, Walmart, eBay, and Etsy, while syncing and managing your product listings, orders, fulfillment, and inventory, all within Shopify.</p>

<p>Discover more about the Shopify Marketplace Connect app by visiting our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-sales-channels/marketplace-connect">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 23:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-marketplace-connect-sell-your-shopify-products-on-top-online-marketplaces</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>App Store review summaries</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the listing page of certain apps, you can now view summaries of merchant reviews, powered by Shopify Magic. This feature allows you to quickly peruse pages of reviews in a simplified and easy-to-digest format.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 12:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/app-store-review-summaries</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Block checkouts before they become orders with Fraud Control checkout rules!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're thrilled to announce the introduction of Checkout Rules for Fraud Control. This feature empowers you to block orders right in the checkout, eliminating the need to deal with unwanted orders post-checkout.</p>

<p>We've made setting up these rules straightforward, so you can start taking control without any hassle.</p>

<p>But that's not all! We understand the importance of data. Therefore, along with this feature, we're providing insights into how many orders are being blocked. These analytics will help you assess the effectiveness of your rules and fine-tune them as needed.</p>

<p>Enjoy a cleaner, more controlled checkout process with our latest feature. Stay informed, reduce fraud, and improve your store's overall operational efficiency with Checkout Rules for Fraud Control.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/block-checkouts-before-they-become-orders-with-fraud-control-checkout-rules</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Built for Shopify apps in the Shopify App Store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Find high-quality apps with the new Built for Shopify badge. This badge means that an app has met our high standards for quality and performance.</p>

<p><a href="https://apps.shopify.com/stories/guide-built-for-shopify">Learn more</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/built-for-shopify-apps-in-the-shopify-app-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automated payment capture at fulfillment</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve launched a new option for payment capture in your Payments settings that allows you to automatically capture payment at the time of order fulfillment. </p>

<p>This update will enable you to meet specific accounting standards, reduce manual effort to capture payment at the time of fulfillment, and allow you to better meet customer expectations. </p>

<p>You can <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/payment-authorization#automatic-at-fulfillment">learn more here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 10:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automated-payment-capture-at-fulfillment</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New ways to combine discounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are now more ways to combine discounts, allowing you to drive more impact in a single order.</p>

<p>You can now combine a discount that’s on a specific product along with a discount that applies to the entire order.  You can also apply multiple discounts that apply to the entire order.  </p>

<p>For more information, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/combining-discounts">click here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 10:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Discounts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-ways-to-combine-discounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify now offers native support for product bundles</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Increase your average order value with Shopify’s new bundles offering, which includes a number of options depending on your bundle use case. All options integrate seamlessly into the admin and include real-time inventory syncing.</p>

<p>To create fixed bundles and multipacks, you can use our free new app, <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-bundles">Shopify Bundles</a>. </p>

<p>For support for mix-and-match bundles, you can download one of these <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/functions-bundles">updated bundle apps</a> from the Shopify App Store or, if you’re a Shopify Plus merchant, you can <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/selling-strategies/bundles">build your own custom bundle offering using our APIs</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about bundles at Shopify <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/bundles">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 10:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-now-offers-native-support-for-product-bundles</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Draft order support for local pickup</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added Local pickup as a Shipping and delivery option in draft orders, eliminating delivery costs for you and your customers, driving more traffic to your retail stores, and giving your customers more flexibility, regardless of how the order was placed. </p>

<p>You can <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders#add-shipping">learn more here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 10:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/draft-order-support-for-local-pickup</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing new filtering capabilities within the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery/">Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app</a> now supports more ways to customize filters. Your customers will benefit from an improved navigation experience so they can quickly find the products that interest them the most. </p>

<p>Now take advantage of the following filter updates: </p>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters#rename-filters">Rename</a> any filter in your store and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters#filter-translations">translate filters</a> to help customers find products more easily.</li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters#grouping-filter-values">Group filter values</a> under one name so it’s easier for shoppers to refine their search. For example, navy and dark blue could be grouped under the filter: blue. </li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery filter updates in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/filters">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 10:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-new-filtering-capabilities-within-the-shopify-search-discovery-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - now available to Basic plan</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Flow is now available to the Basic plan, making it available to Basic, Shopify, Advanced, and Plus. Flow is also available to SFN merchants regardless of plan. Learn more about <a href="https://www.shopify.com/pricing">differenences between plan</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-now-available-to-basic-plan</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Shopify Collective</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collective can help you <a href="https://www.shopify.com/collective/retailer">discover quality products</a> to sell from top Shopify brands who will ship directly to your customers. Connect with brands, add their products to your store in minutes, and earn margin on what you sell. </p>

<ul>
<li>Curate new products, giving your customers more variety to fill their carts</li>
<li>Grow your business without the up-front cost of additional inventory and warehousing</li>
<li>Save time with fully automated payments, order syncing, and inventory management</li>
</ul>

<p>Shopify Collective can also help you <a href="https://www.shopify.com/collective/supplier">sell your products</a> through top US retailers on Shopify looking for complementary products to sell. </p>

<ul>
<li>Boost your reach and revenue fast by connecting your stores and syncing inventory</li>
<li>Create price lists of products for specific retailers to import and sell, with pricing and margins that you decide. </li>
<li>Customers check out seamlessly on retailers’ stores; you pack and ship orders direct to their doors.</li>
</ul>

<p>Currently available to select businesses in the United States. <a href="https://www.shopify.com/collective/retailer">Learn more and get started</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-shopify-collective</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Decrease customer acquisition costs by up to 50% with Shopify Audiences</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re releasing Shopify Audiences v2.0, our latest version of the product powered by our most advanced algorithms to date. With this update we see merchants achieving up to 50% lower cost of acquisition on their paid ads.  </p>

<p>Shopify Audiences is a powerful tool that leverages constantly improving algorithms to optimize your ad performance. Shopify has access to millions of purchase intent signals, from buyer awareness all the way through to actual purchase. Shopify Audiences’ algorithms analyze this breadth of data and predict the buyers who are most likely to purchase from your specific brand based on behavioral patterns, making it possible to target and convert buyers at a lower cost. </p>

<h3>More on the algorithms</h3>

<p>The Shopify Audiences data science team launches multiple algorithms regularly in search of the model that will maximize your conversion and minimize your cost to purchase ad impressions (CPM).</p>

<p>The Shopify Audiences team discerns which models best optimize advertising performance through experimentation. Custom audience lists are generated using several algorithms. Shopify tracks which customers convert, which is then mapped back to which algorithm placed that customer in the audience list. The “winning” algorithms are the ones whose submitted set of customers included the highest proportion of conversions.</p>

<p>Our newest algorithms as of July 2023 “won” against all preceding algorithms that have been used for Shopify Audiences. A step change in performance has been hit, and we’re excited for you to try <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopify-audiences?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=post&amp;utm_campaign=editions-summer2023&amp;utm_content=try-audiences-cta">Shopify Audiences v2.0</a>! </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/decrease-customer-acquisition-costs-by-up-to-50-with-shopify-audiences</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Custom pixels now shows previous saved versions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update</strong>: We’ve added custom pixel versions to the customer events section in the Admin settings. Now you can easily switch between previously saved versions of your pixel code.</p>

<p>Check it out in <em>Admin</em> -&gt; <em>Settings</em> -&gt;* Customer Events* -&gt; Pick your custom pixel  -&gt; click <em>Current</em> in top right corner </p>

<p>Note: if you have already saved previous custom pixel versions, they will be available in the list. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jul 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/custom-pixels-now-shows-previous-saved-versions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing new ways to optimize your marketing campaigns</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now drill down into your marketing campaigns to get a granular view of your conversion funnel and identify your most effective marketing activities. Your detailed activity report includes metrics like sales, orders, AOV, conversion rate, online store conversion funnel, top products sold and others. </p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/marketing/reports/tactic">View the new activity report</a> in the marketing section.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-new-ways-to-optimize-your-marketing-campaigns</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bring flexibility to the fulfillment process with split and merge</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you can split and merge items in a single order, adding more flexibility to your fulfillment process. With this update, you can now fulfill partial orders, fulfill items across multiple locations, and as a B2B merchant, break orders with large quantities into multiple shipments ?.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/fulfill-your-own#split-a-fulfillment">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 18:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bring-flexibility-to-the-fulfillment-process-with-split-and-merge</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adjust fulfillment location and status at the order item level</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now change the location or hold products for specific line items in an order, providing you more flexibility and control during the fulfillment process ?. </p>

<p>Prior to this, you could only change location or hold fulfillment for all the items in an order.</p>

<p>Whether you want to fulfill partial orders and hold items that will be restocked or assign fulfillment for specific items to another location, this update allows you to tailor the fulfillment process to meet the needs of your business.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/fulfill-your-own#fulfill-your-own-orders-manually">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 18:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/adjust-fulfillment-location-and-status-at-the-order-item-level</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhanced Visibility on Shopify Protect Protection Status</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're excited to introduce a new feature in the Admin API that allows you to view the protection status of your Shop Pay orders. Now, each order will display one of three statuses: 'Protection Active', 'Protected', or 'Not Protected'.</p>

<p>By providing a clear view of your orders' protection status in the Admin API, we're empowering you to make more informed decisions. You can now easily track the number of orders for each protection status, helping you understand the value Shop Pay brings to your business.</p>

<p>This increased transparency will also allow you to avoid redundant costs. If you're already benefiting from Shop Pay's protection, there's no need to pay for additional protection from another provider.</p>

<p>Stay informed and save smartly with this latest Shop Pay feature update. Enjoy enhanced order protection visibility for better decision-making.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Shopify Protect API on <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/shopify-protect-protection-status-on-admin-api">Developer changelog</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jul 2023 11:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-visibility-on-shopify-protect-protection-status</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Markets Pro now automatically identifies incompatible draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using Shopify Markets Pro will be automatically informed of incompatibilities between their draft orders and Markets Pro.</p>

<p>Specifically, when at least one of the follwing are present on a draft order:<br>
- Incomplete addresses<br>
- Missing buyer email or phone number<br>
- The destination address is not in the selected market<br>
- The customer is a B2B customer<br>
- The draft order uses deferred payments<br>
- The draft order contains custom line items<br>
- The draft order has a zero value<br>
- The draft order contains items restricted by Markets Pro</p>

<p>If you wish to complete an order with those restrictions in place, you can take <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/markets/markets-pro/fulfillment#change-mor">ownership of the order</a>.</p>

<p>Read more about the requirements and considerations for using Shopify Markets Pro in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/markets/markets-pro/requirements-and-considerations#considerations">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jul 2023 13:56:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-markets-pro-now-automatically-identifies-incompatible-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated notification system for apps</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve updated the app settings page with a new notification system to inform you of notable changes for installed apps. Now, you’ll be able to quickly identify apps that are unsupported, incompatible, require action, on free trial, paid (including the cost), or least used. You can action these by clicking on the app and viewing more details on the app setting details page.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jul 2023 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-notification-system-for-apps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Longer options for order processing time</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added longer processing time options via the Shipping and Delivery settings. It is now possible to set self-identified processing time to be up to 40 business days or up to 8 weeks. This setting is used to calculate expected delivery dates at checkout for your customers. Build more transparency with your customers by displaying <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/set-up-delivery-dates">expected delivery dates at checkout</a> via the <a href="https://accounts.shopify.com/store-login?redirect=settings%2Fshipping">Shipping and Delivery settings</a> today! </p>

<p>Learn more about customizing your processing time in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/set-up-delivery-dates#custom-processing-time">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jul 2023 05:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/longer-options-for-order-processing-time</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Delayed publishing of reviews in Shopify's App Store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting July 10, 2023, merchants will experience a slight delay between the submission and publishing of new app reviews. This ensures that all reviews are automatically assessed to proactively detect and prevent potentially fake reviews from appearing in Shopify's App Store. Shopify is committed to increasing the quality and trustworthiness of reviews for all merchants.</p>

<p>Learn more about delayed publishing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/choosing-apps#app-reviews">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2023 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/delayed-publishing-of-reviews-in-shopify-s-app-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to how new, unseen alerts are identified</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We have made changes to help you better understand when new alerts appear in Shopify.</p>

<p>Now the number of alerts in the red badge that appears on the bell icon will clear each time you open the feed and see the new alerts onscreen. This allows you to clearly identify how many new, unseen alerts you’ve received. Unread alerts are still indicated by a blue dot, and you can continue mark them as read or unread.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2023 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-to-how-new-unseen-alerts-are-identified</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Smart Grid management for Point of Sale is now available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of the latest unstable GraphQL API version, we have introduced the ability to utilize the Admin API for managing Smart Grid for Point of Sale. This enhancement enables the creation and naming of Smart Grid layouts that are not yet linked to any location. Once prepared, the API facilitates the assignment of a layout to single or multiple locations. Any subsequent modifications to this layout will be reflected across all assigned locations, eliminating the necessity for individual manual adjustments.</p>

<p>Just request the appropriate access scope(s) be added to your app.</p>

<p>Learn more about Smart Grid management on <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/mutations/smartGridLayoutCreate">Shopify.dev</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2023 11:17:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/smart-grid-management-for-point-of-sale-is-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deliver products faster with Smart Order Routing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Streamline your fulfillment operations and get products to customers faster with smart order routing ?. This new feature, available to all merchants with 2+ locations, automatically prioritizes where an order gets fulfilled from based on a set of rules, determined by you.</p>

<p>With smart order routing you can:</p>

<p><strong>Reduce shipping delays and costs</strong> by assigning orders to the nearest fulfillment location for that delivery</p>

<p><strong>Increase customer satisfaction</strong> by getting products to your customers more quickly</p>

<p><strong>Fulfill orders faster</strong> and reduce manual fulfillment work by automating the order routing process</p>

<p><strong>Get more control</strong> over your fulfillment operations by setting and sequencing order rules tailored to your business needs</p>

<p>Learn more about smart order routing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/order-routing">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jul 2023 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/deliver-products-faster-with-smart-order-routing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now customize your headless store with the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app</a> is now compatible with the Storefront API. Headless stores will now be able to use the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app to customize features like: </p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Product boosts.</strong> Promote products on the search results page<br></li>
<li><strong>Synonyms</strong>. Create synonym groups to match the terms shoppers use </li>
<li><strong>Collections and search filters</strong>. Edit collections and let customers filter by product availability, price, color, and more</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jul 2023 17:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-customize-your-headless-store-with-the-shopify-search-discovery-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing new ways to slice and dice your cohorts data</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now filter the Cohort analysis report by first order attributes such as sales channel, marketing channel and others. You can also include specific customer criteria such as location to further breakdown your cohort analysis.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Customer cohort analysis report on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/customers-reports#customer-cohort-analysis">help center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-new-ways-to-slice-and-dice-your-cohorts-data</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shipments to the Republic of Ireland now require postal code/eircode</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: On July 28, 2023, we’ve modified postal code requirements for shipments to the Republic of Ireland at checkout. </p>

<p>Prior to this change, postal codes and/or eircodes were optional. We have moved the <strong>postal code field to required</strong> to align with the requirements of our shipping carriers. </p>

<p>This change is live on checkout and Shop Pay. Eircodes are required on both domestic and international orders regardless of shipping method selected.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jun 2023 16:46:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shipments-to-the-republic-of-ireland-now-require-postal-code-eircode</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collabs Network has launched to Collabs creators</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collabs has released a new, low-friction way for merchants and creators to work together.  </p>

<p>The Collabs Network allows merchants to share their products and brand profiles with all verified Collabs creators.  To opt in, merchants set an instant commission offer on either all products or at the collection level, which will be shared with all Collabs creators who complete Collabs Network onboarding.  Merchants can also opt into receiving program applications from Collabs Network creators.  </p>

<p>Creators on Collabs can now search for products and generate instant commission links to start driving sales for merchants immediately, with no additional  approvals.  </p>

<p>Collabs Network is available to all creators who meet the below criteria:<br>
Have completed Collabs onboarding<br>
Have a public social media account with at least 1K followers<br>
Are located in the US, CA or UK</p>

<p>Learn more about Collabs Network in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/collabs/merchants/collabs-network">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jun 2023 07:51:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collabs-network-has-launched-to-collabs-creators</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Pay Installments for Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shop Pay Installments is now available on Shopify POS. With this new feature, you can offer flexible, “buy now, pay later” options to customers shopping in person at your retail stores. Convert more in-store sales, increase average order value, and view all your installments transactions in one place. </p>

<p>Shop Pay Installments for POS is only available to merchants on Shopify Payments with retail locations in the United States.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-pay-installments-for-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Translate resource URL handles for different languages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It is now possible to manually enter translations for URL handles to show different versions to different customers across languages. For example, you may want your product URLs to be <code>example.com/products/en-us/red-shoes</code> for English-speaking customers and <code>example.com/products/es-us/zapatos-rojos</code> for Spanish-speaking customers. Simply use Shopify’s Translate &amp; Adapt app to translate your URL handles, then <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/international-domains/directing-customers">direct customers</a> to the appropriate experience by activating language switchers on your theme or enabling automatic redirection. Your existing urls will automatically redirect to the new translated urls (e.g. <code>example.com/es-us/products/red-shoes</code> will redirect to <code>example.com/es-us/products/zapatos-rojos</code>)</p>

<p>Translated URL handles are supported for products, collections, blogs, articles, and pages.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jun 2023 10:16:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/translate-resource-url-handles-for-different-languages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhanced sales tax reports now available for monthly filers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Tax’s <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/reports/shopify_tax_report_country?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v2&amp;utm_content=enhanced">enhanced sales tax report</a>  is available just in time for next month’s tax filing. If you’ve ever filed sales tax in the US, you’ve probably had to spend hours or even days getting your data into the right format. The United States sales tax report, available exclusively for merchants using Shopify Tax,  makes it easier than ever with state-level reports. Select the state you’re filing in, and you’ll be able to review your gross and taxable sales data broken down by county, city, and special tax jurisdiction. With this report, you’ll find the information you need to complete your sales tax filing directly in the Shopify admin.</p>

<p>As of today, monthly reports are available for orders completed on or after June 1, 2023. Try it out today by visiting the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/taxes/US?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v2&amp;utm_content=tax-settings">United States tax settings</a> page, or access it from the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/reports/?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v2&amp;utm_content=reports">Reports</a> section of your Shopify admin. </p>

<p>If you only file quarterly or annually, stay tuned for another update before your next filing period. Details and guidance are available in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/finances-report?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v2&amp;utm_content=help-center#us-sales-tax-report">Shopify Help Center. </a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jun 2023 11:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-sales-tax-reports-now-available-for-monthly-filers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use the theme content editor to change the wording that appears in your Shop Pay checkout </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We've added support for the theme content editor in Shop Pay checkout. The changes made to the wording of certain sections in the theme content editor will now be reflected in the Shop Pay checkout. Note, these changes will not apply to all sections of the Shop Pay checkout. </p>

<p>Learn more about the theme content editor and the sections of the theme editor that are supported on Shop Pay checkout in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/customizing-themes/language/change-wording#change-the-default-wording-in-your-theme">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 17:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-the-theme-content-editor-to-change-the-wording-that-appears-in-your-shop-pay-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Volume pricing for Shopify Email</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re updating Shopify Email’s pricing to help merchants start and scale with email marketing built for commerce. Now, you’ll unlock better pricing as you send higher amounts of emails every month, automatically. </p>

<p>As always, your first 10,000 emails will be free, every month. After that, you’ll pay $1/1000 emails each month. That drops down to $0.65/1000 emails after your first 300,000 emails, and drops again to $0.55/1000 emails past 750,000 emails a month.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-email/shopify-email-cost">Learn more</a> about Shopify Email pricing.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 15:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/volume-pricing-for-shopify-email</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New granular staff permissions for Draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously there was one <em>Draft orders</em> permission gating staff access to draft orders. That single permission allows staff to view, create, edit, and delete draft orders, as well as set payment terms and process payments. Now there are 7 new, more granular staff permissions: <em>View draft orders</em>, <em>Create and edit draft orders</em>, <em>Apply discounts</em>, <em>Set payment terms</em>, <em>Charge credit card</em>, <em>Mark draft orders as paid</em>, and <em>Delete draft orders</em>. This increased granularity gives merchants more control over access to specific actions on draft orders.</p>

<p>All existing staff members who have previously been given the singular <em>Draft orders</em> permission will automatically have all the new permissions selected by default to ensure backward compatibility. Merchants have the option to select (or unselect) a subset of these permissions when more granular access control is needed.</p>

<p>Learn more about these new permissions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions/staff-permissions-descriptions#general-staff-permissions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-granular-staff-permissions-for-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Change your preferred Merchant of Record on Shopify Markets Pro orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released the ability for merchants on Shopify Markets Pro to change their preferred Merchant of Record on draft orders.</p>

<p>This is helpful for scenarios where Shopify Markets Pro may not support a particular order. For example, if you want to sell a product that Markets Pro restricts in international markets, or if you want to sell B2B orders.</p>

<p>You can learn more about Shopify Markets Pro and changing the Merchant of Record on draft orders in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/fulfillment#change-mor">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2023 14:29:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/change-your-preferred-merchant-of-record-on-shopify-markets-pro-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to how payouts are presented on Shopify Markets Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Markets Pro now uses a banner at the top of the page to display payout failures. When there is new banking information provided to fix the failure, the transfer will automatically be tried again. Also, to help filter Market Pro transactions, the payment provider will now be displayed in transaction filters.</p>

<p>Learn more about Markets Pro in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2023 10:56:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-how-payouts-are-presented-on-shopify-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New DHL Express rates for Shopify Shipping </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using Shopify Shipping can now benefit from discounted international shipping rates of up to 30% with DHL Express.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2023 13:59:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-dhl-express-rates-for-shopify-shipping</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize your analytics dashboard to focus on key business metrics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now customize the analytics dashboard to focus on metrics that matter the most for their business. Simply start with clicking Edit Overview on your dashboard and choose from a library of metric cards to add/remove metrics. You can also reorder metric cards to build your own preferred dashboard experience.</p>

<p>Learn more about customizing your dashboard experience on our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/overview-dashboard">help center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jun 2023 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-your-analytics-dashboard-to-focus-on-key-business-metrics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New attribution models available in marketing reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Looking to better understand your customer's journey and the effectiveness of your marketing campaigns? Check out the new linear and any-click attribution models in your marketing reports. The linear model allows you to give equal credit to each click that contributed to a sale. Any-click gives 100% credit to each marketing channel that contributed to a sale.</p>

<p>Explore the new models in <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/marketing">marketing reports</a> or learn more about attribution models on our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/analyze-marketing/marketing-performance#attribution-models">help center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jun 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-attribution-models-available-in-marketing-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subfolders can now be used with country-code top-level domains (ccTLDs)</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create region-specific subfolders using Shopify Markets and country-code top-level domains (ccTLDs).</p>

<p>Previously, the creation of subfolders was limited to merchants with a primary domain that was a generic top-level domain (gTLD).</p>

<p>Read more about subfolders and Shopify Markets in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/international-domains/setting-up-unique-urls/set-up-urls#set-up-target-markets-using-subfolders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jun 2023 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/subfolders-can-now-be-used-with-country-code-top-level-domains-cctlds</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Limited guarantee for Shop Promise orders available in Shop App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We've introduced additional payment methods to the Shop Promise limited guarantees in the Shop App. Previously, the Shop Promise limited guarantee was only available in the Shop App for orders paid using Shop Pay. Now, the Shop Promise limited guarantee is available in the Shop App for all qualifying orders, regardless of payment method.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shop Promise in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/shop-promise">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jun 2023 11:59:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/limited-guarantee-for-shop-promise-orders-available-in-shop-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fraud analysis helps you make decisions on whether to fulfill!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our fraud analysis card has always contained all the information needed to udnerstand the risk an order presents for receiving a fraudulent chargeback. With this update we’ve added recommendations to our fraud analysis to help you understand what the best action is to take based on the riskiness of the order. </p>

<p>Learn more about the fraud analysis in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/fraud-analysis">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jun 2023 11:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fraud-analysis-helps-you-make-decisions-on-whether-to-fulfill</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thank you email template in marketing automations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now set up a thank you email automation directly in Shopify using a new marketing automation template. It’s designed to help you recognize your customers and personalize their experience based on whether they’re making their first or second purchase with you.</p>

<p><a href="https://utm.guru/uelrO">Learn more about marketing automations</a> in Shopify, or get <a href="https://utm.guru/ufLGZ">expert advice</a> on using this new template.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jun 2023 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/thank-you-email-template-in-marketing-automations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increased Admin API rate limits for the Advanced tier</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: Shopify increased Admin API rate limits for the Advanced plan by 2x over standard limits. Apps installed on Advanced plan stores will now get 100 points/second on the GraphQL Admin API and 4 requests/second on the REST Admin API.</p>

<p>Read more about the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/usage/rate-limits">Admin API rate limits</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jun 2023 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increased-admin-api-rate-limits-for-the-advanced-tier</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use Shopify Magic to create instant answers in Shopify Inbox</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Inbox instant answers lets customers get answers to frequently asked questions in chat - automatically and 24/7. </p>

<p>Shopify Magic generates instant answers that are personalized for your store. This saves you time, improves customer experience, and helps boost sales. </p>

<p>Try it out:</p>

<ul>
<li>Add <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/inbox">Shopify Inbox</a> to start chatting with customers.</li>
<li>In the Shopify admin, go to <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/inbox/chat-settings#instant-answers">Inbox &gt; Chat settings &gt; Instant answers.</a></li>
<li>Review your suggested instant answers and click on one you want to create.</li>
<li>Edit or keep the suggested wording, turn on the instant answer, and click save.</li>
</ul>

<p>That’s it! Customers will see your new instant answer when they open your store’s chat window. After selecting a question, they’ll automatically get the answer you created.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Magic for Instant Answers in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox/saved-responses/instant-answers">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2023 11:59:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-shopify-magic-to-create-instant-answers-in-shopify-inbox</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage return eligibility in self-serve returns with return rules</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now set up return rules, as part of the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/self-serve-returns">self-serve returns</a> experience, to help you prevent returns on ineligible items, saving you valuable time and improving the customer experience.  </p>

<p>With return rules you can define your return window, return fees, and final sale items for specific collections or products. An estimated refund amount for eligible items will also display during the self-serve returns process, promoting transparency and helping you build trust with your customers.</p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/legal">Enable</a> return rules within the admin settings.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/self-serve-returns/return-rules">Learn more</a> about return rules</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-return-eligibility-in-self-serve-returns-with-return-rules</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Payouts in multiple currencies available for Shopify Payments in Canada</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If your business is based in Canada and your store is on the Advanced Shopify or Plus plan, then you can now connect two bank accounts and receive payouts in CAD and USD currencies with Shopify Payments. </p>

<p>Orders placed in CAD and USD will be paid out to the bank account of their respective currency, and orders made in other international currencies will be converted at payout to the currency of your default bank account.</p>

<p>Any payout received in USD will be subject to an international currency payout fee. Learn more about receiving payouts in multiple currencies and the associated fees in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/selling-and-getting-paid-in-different-currencies#payouts-in-multiple-currencies">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 May 2023 20:19:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/payouts-in-multiple-currencies-available-for-shopify-payments-in-canada</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS Go now available in Canada</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>POS Go is now available in Canada. POS Go is an all-in-one, hand-held POS device that features an integrated barcode scanner, card reader, and Shopify POS software.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/ca/pos/pos-go">Learn more about POS Go here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 May 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-go-now-available-in-canada</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subfolders are no longer created by default for new Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made a change to behaviour when creating single-country markets. Previously, when a single-country market was created, a language/country subfolder was created for that market at the same time.</p>

<p>Now, new single-country markets default to use the same URL structure as the primary market. You can choose to configure subfolders for each of your international markets as you desire.</p>

<p>Learn more about subfolders and international domains in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/international-domains">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 19:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/subfolders-are-no-longer-created-by-default-for-new-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS printed receipts enhancements - one logo per location</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are continuing to improve the ways in which merchants can customize their POS printed receipts. Available now, manage these customization options by navigating to your Point of Sale channel view, or POS app, and then going to Settings &gt; Printed Receipts.</p>

<p>New updates include:</p>

<ul>
<li>Being able to set a different logo on printed receipts at each store location</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/receipt-management/customize-receipts">customizing receipts</a> from the Shopify Help Center</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 12:32:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-printed-receipts-enhancements-one-logo-per-location</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales attribution: Post-order editing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Whether you offer financial incentives or are looking to measure staff sales performance, getting accurate information is key for reporting and staff commission. During the checkout process, sometimes staff forget to attribute the sale, or accidentally attribute the wrong person, leading to inaccurate reporting. With this update, permissioned staff will now be able to edit sales attributions on completed orders, allowing them to correct any errors made during checkout, so you have accurate information about who earned the sale.</p>

<p>Learn more about Staff attribution in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/sales-attribution">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 12:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sales-attribution-post-order-editing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Pay now available for Markets Pro orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Exciting news! We're pleased to announce that <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shop-pay">Shop Pay</a> is now available on <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/overview">Markets Pro</a>, our merchant-of-record experience, and the simplest way to go global on Shopify.</p>

<p>Shop Pay is an accelerated wallet that is the fastest and best converting way to pay online. With Shop Pay, your customers can enjoy a quicker, more seamless checkout experience, with the added benefits of saved shipping and payment details for faster and more convenient repeat purchases.</p>

<p>By integrating Shop Pay into Markets Pro, you can expect to see a significant increase in checkout conversion rates and an overall improvement in customer experience. Since Shop Pay has been shown to boost customer loyalty, reduce cart abandonment, and uplift sales across all types of purchases, we believe that this integration will bring tremendous value to merchants who rely on Markets Pro to grow their businesses internationally.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 12:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-pay-now-available-for-markets-pro-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>B2B Checkout now supports PayPal</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>By enabling PayPal as a payment option, your wholesale customers can conveniently pay for their orders and invoices without using a credit card, and you can easily reconcile payments within the admin. </p>

<p>If you operate a blended store with PayPal enabled for direct-to-consumer purchases, PayPal will be automatically enabled as a payment option for wholesale orders without payment terms. You can also customize the availability of PayPal as a payment option using <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/apps/checkout/payment-customizations">Shopify Functions</a>.  </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/paypal">enabling PayPal</a> in the help center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 11:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>B2b</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/b2b-checkout-now-supports-paypal</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set color schemes in the theme editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added color schemes to the theme editor. Color schemes are groups of colors that are applied throughout the theme, to be used at the theme, section, and block level. We’ve also added a visual preview that makes it easier to visualize and edit theme color changes before saving changes. You can create and save many color schemes, and connect to brand settings, making updating the look and feel of your online store quicker and easier. </p>

<p>Learn more about color schemes in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/color-scheme">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 May 2023 14:07:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-color-schemes-in-the-theme-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create and save custom templates in Shopify Email</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now create and save their own email templates alongside Shopify Email’s preset templates. Customize the sections and the look and feel of your email, save it as a template, and have it ready to go next time you want to send an email or create a marketing automation. Custom templates will save you time on every email you send, and help you deliver a branded experience to every inbox.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-email/create-email#creating-and-managing-new-shopify-email-templates">Learn more</a> about using templates in Shopify Email.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 May 2023 14:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-and-save-custom-templates-in-shopify-email</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Optimize email send times with Shopify Magic</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Magic will suggest a send time for your email marketing messages in Shopify Email based on your store’s time zone and data about when you can expect the highest click-through rate to your store. You can choose the recommended time, send immediately, or set your own date and time to send the email.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 15:51:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/optimize-email-send-times-with-shopify-magic</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Generate email subject lines with Shopify Magic</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using Shopify Email can now rely on Shopify Magic to help them generate subject lines. Magic will generate keywords from your email body copy, or you can set your own, like “announce a sale” or “launch a new product". Then you choose a brand voice and Shopify Magic will generate three subject lines for you to use. You can tweak the output to get it just right—or try again with a different tone to get new results.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 15:31:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/generate-email-subject-lines-with-shopify-magic</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collabs settings for new vs. returning buyers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants now have the flexibility and control to determine whether affiliate discounts apply to only new customers, or to both new and returning customers. Merchants can also give higher commissions to creators for referring sales from new buyers. Creating new tiers or editing existing tiers gives merchants access to these new settings that offer control of the discounts and commissions they offer on affiliate sales for new customer segments.. </p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/apps/collabs/embedded/programs/tiers/new">Create a new affiliate tier</a> in Shopify Collabs to try out commission rate adjustments for new or returning customers.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 14:36:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collabs-settings-for-new-vs-returning-buyers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ShopifyQL Notebooks now support Python code blocks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With this release, merchants have the ability to leverage the Python environment and its powerful libraries to retrieve data, combine it, and visualize it using some of the most powerful data libraries available.<br>
1. Merchants can access the Python code from within the ShopifyQL Notebooks app by adding a new code block to their Notebook. <br>
2. After adding the code block, you can either type the Python code, or select from one of the pre-built templates.<br>
3. Another way to get started is to use the reference notebook titled “Lesson 3 - Working with Python code blocks” that includes pre-built  templates as examples along with a few more in depth use cases such as, joining two ShopifyQL data frames together.</p>

<p><a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopifyql-notebooks">Install the ShopifyQL Notebooks app</a> and bring in third party data into your Notebooks. To learn more about using Python code block, check out our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopifyql-notebooks/using-python-in-notebooks">help center documentation</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 May 2023 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopifyql-notebooks-now-support-python-code-blocks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use PurchasingEntity, DiscountApplications and other dynamic type fields in Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Union fields are those where a single variable has more than one possible type. There are many examples in the Shopify GraphQL API. For example, <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/2023-04/unions/PurchasingEntity">purchasingEntity</a> on an order can be either a <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/2023-04/objects/PurchasingCompany">PurchasingCompany</a> or a <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/2023-04/objects/Customer">Customer</a>. </p>

<p>Interface fields are similar, but the types share a set of fields. For example all of the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/2023-04/interfaces/DiscountApplication">DiscountApplications</a> types share a “value” object. </p>

<p>With these fields types accessible in Flow, you can build new types or workflows that make use of this data.</p>

<p>For example, you can now check if a Scripts discount was applied to an order. With PurchasingEntity, you can now check which company placed an order. </p>

<p>Because these fields might not always be the type you are expecting, it’s important to check the type in your conditions. For this purpose, you can choose the  “typename” field on the corresponding object and then select which type you want to check. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 May 2023 10:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-purchasingentity-discountapplications-and-other-dynamic-type-fields-in-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhance the quality of your storefront using the new code editor insights</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of today, you can prevent errors and improve the quality of your storefront in the code editor. Now, the code editor proactively identifies errors and warns you about potential issues in your theme code, so you can improve the quality of your storefront and fix issues before they affect the performance of your business.</p>

<p>To try out this feature and check the code of your themes, navigate to <strong>Online Store &gt; Themes</strong> in your Shopify admin, and then select <strong>Actions &gt; Edit code</strong> for the theme that you want to work on.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 May 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhance-the-quality-of-your-storefront-using-the-new-code-editor-insights</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increased number of dynamic sources available in online store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Based on your feedback, we've updated the number of dynamic sources you can add within an online store template. You can now add up to 100 dynamic sources per template, and 50 per static section. </p>

<p>To add dynamic sources to your theme visit Online Store &gt; Customize &gt; Add Section &gt; Add Block and find the dynamic source button in the settings panel.</p>

<p>Learn more about dynamic sources in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/sections-and-blocks#metafields-and-dynamic-sources">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 14:38:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increased-number-of-dynamic-sources-available-in-online-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Welcome email series templates in marketing automations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now set up a welcome email series directly in Shopify using two new marketing automation templates. They’re designed to help you connect with new subscribers and drive more sales by sending more than one email in the first few days after someone joins your marketing list.</p>

<ul>
<li>The <strong>Welcome email series (discount with reminder)</strong> starts with an email featuring a discount, followed by two emails designed to build your relationship with new subscribers. Then, if they haven’t made a purchase, a fourth email is sent out as a reminder to use the discount.</li>
<li>The <strong>Welcome email series (brand story with discount)</strong> sends three emails designed to share your story and connect with new subscribers. Then, if they haven’t made a purchase, a fourth email goes out with a discount code.</li>
</ul>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/create-marketing-automations">Learn more about marketing automations</a> in Shopify.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 13:26:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/welcome-email-series-templates-in-marketing-automations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to Asset URLs</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update</strong>: In the coming weeks we'll start serving some store assets (e.g. images, JS or CSS) from a shop’s store domain rather than a Shopify CDN domain. Certain assets will continue to use the old URL format <code>cdn.shopify.com/…</code>, while the rest will be converted to a new URL format: <code>shop.example.com/cdn/…</code>. The new URL format can be seen in action on the demo store <a href="https://www.snowdevil.ca">www.snowdevil.ca</a>. The old <code>cdn.shopify.com/…</code> URL format will continue to work indefinitely.</p>

<p>The new format will be returned by liquid tags and will be present in Shopify-rendered storefront HTML, but the old format will continue to be used in all API responses. This new asset delivery approach is not used on headless shops, which will continue to use <code>cdn.shopify.com/…</code>.</p>

<p>The domain used in the new URL format is dependent on the request context: it may be the store’s permanent <code>myshopify.com</code> domain or a custom domain depending on which one a buyer visits. Custom code that depends on the old URL format may need to be updated to support both formats.</p>

<p>In addition, new images associated with products now use the <code>/files</code> path format rather than the previous <code>/products</code>. Previously uploaded product images will continue to use the <code>/products</code> path.</p>

<p>These changes are being made to provide a variety of benefits: </p>

<ul>
<li>Improved page load times on storefronts to provide a better buyer experience and improve conversion rate. Improvements to page load speed are potentially on the order of hundreds of milliseconds.</li>
<li>Improved security: because we don't need to allow for cross-origin assets from our CDN, we can use more restrictive content security policies (CSP) and cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) policies.</li>
<li>Less Shopify branding on merchant domains.</li>
</ul>

<h2>Action Required:</h2>

<ul>
<li> Ensure that any custom code you may have is free from hard-coded assumptions on the old URL format</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-asset-urls</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved and redesigned staff permissions selector</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Managing staff access through permissions can be challenging, especially with a growing list of granular permissions. To make this easier, the newly redesigned permissions selector allows merchants to search for and find specific permissions, and bulk select permissions by category. </p>

<p>With this new design, merchants can set permissions quickly and efficiently while still benefiting from the increased granularity.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-and-redesigned-staff-permissions-selector</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unified media library pools</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve unified files across content/files and products! This means that product media is now available within the files section within content in admin. This is a big step towards media centralisation across Shopify. Furthermore, we're launching a few features to help make unified file management easier. First, we're adding a new Used-In column in the content/files section where you can see if a file is being used across Shopify. This includes files in Metaobjects, Products, and Brand Settings. We have also added a corresponding "used_in" filter to help easily find files used by products. Finally, in the online store editor we are introducing a new file selector. This new modal allows merchants to save views, filter within the selector itself, and easily toggle between different types of media as applicable. </p>

<p>Learn more about all these features in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/file-uploads">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 May 2023 00:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/unified-media-library-pools</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vaulted credit cards are now supported on B2B draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've updated our vaulted credit cards feature to give business customers greater flexibility when placing draft orders. Business customers can now add or use existing vaulted credit cards when placing draft orders at checkout or when paying for an invoice. </p>

<p>To begin using vaulted credit cards in your B2B store, <a href="http://www.shopify.com/admin/shopify-payments">enable Shopify Payments</a>, or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/vaulted-cards">go to the help center</a> to learn more.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/vaulted-credit-cards-are-now-supported-on-b2b-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to when FX conversion fees are added to a buyer's price point with automatic currency conversion</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>For merchants using automatic currency conversion with Shopify Markets the FX conversion fee will no longer be added to a buyer's price point when their presentment currency matches one of your shop's payout currencies. </p>

<p>Learn more about selling in multiple currencies with Shopify Markets in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/pricing/exchange-rates">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 May 2023 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-when-fx-conversion-fees-are-added-to-a-buyer-s-price-point-with-automatic-currency-conversion</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use Purchase orders to order and stock inventory from your suppliers </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Using purchase orders, you can track details such as incoming inventory counts, inventory costs, payment terms, and estimated times of arrival directly in Shopify. Tracking this information helps you set customer expectations for item availability, and informs decisions about restocking and moving inventory between locations.</p>

<ol>
<li>In your Shopify admin, go to <strong>Products</strong></li>
<li>Go to <strong>Purchase orders</strong>.</li>
</ol>

<p>Learn more about Purchase orders on <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/purchase-orders">the Shopify Help Centre</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 May 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-purchase-orders-to-order-and-stock-inventory-from-your-suppliers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Duties and import taxes in Draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added the ability for merchants to calcualte duties and import taxes in Draft orders. Previously, duties and taxes were only calculated at checkout, forcing merchants to use "Send Invoice" to ensure duties and taxes were included in the order. With this change, merchants will see the duties and taxes calculation in the Draft order which they can then convert into an order using any of the existing payment options. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Apr 2023 21:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/duties-and-import-taxes-in-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use Benchmarks to compare performance against shops like yours</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With Benchmarks, you can now compare your store’s data against similar stores for specific metrics within Reports. The benchmark comparisons are shown only in data charts; they are not available in the data tables. Follow these steps to access Benchmarks in a report:<br>
1. Open a report with a benchmark. <br>
2. Click the Compare menu. <br>
3. Select  Benchmarks. </p>

<p>Benchmark data is available for the following reports in Shopify: online store conversion over time, average order value over time, customer cohort analysis, and fulfillment, shipping and delivery times reports.</p>

<p>Learn more about Benchmarks on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/benchmarks_in_reports">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-benchmarks-to-compare-performance-against-shops-like-yours</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Klarna for Shopify Markets Pro now available for Canadian buyers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Klarna support has expanded for Shopify Markets Pro merchants. Klarna will now appear as a payment option for customers in Canada when Shopify Markets Pro is used to manage international sales. </p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Markets Pro in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/overview">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/klarna-for-shopify-markets-pro-now-available-for-canadian-buyers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fast track affiliate sales on Shopify Collabs by joining Collabs Network</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collabs has released a new, low-friction way for merchants and creators to work together.  </p>

<p>The Collabs Network allows merchants to share their products and brand profiles with all verified Collabs creators.  To opt in, merchants set an instant commission offer on either all products or at the collection level, which will be shared with all Collabs creators who complete Collabs Network onboarding.  Merchants can also opt into receiving program applications from Collabs Network creators.  </p>

<p>Collabs Network is available to all merchants who have installed Collabs and meet the below criteria:<br>
1. Have completed brand profile set up<br>
2. Have opted into Automatic-Payments<br>
3. Have made a minimum of $10K in sales over the past 365 days <br>
4. Are not a dropshipping store </p>

<p>Collabs Network is currently available for merchants to join, and will launch to creators soon.     </p>

<p>Learn more about Collabs Network in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/collabs/merchants/collabs-network">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 05:29:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fast-track-affiliate-sales-on-shopify-collabs-by-joining-collabs-network</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Collabs introduces new onboarding and application pages  </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collabs has released an onboarding update to help merchants get started on Collabs.  In addition to a new onboarding flow, this update also includes:  </p>

<ul>
<li>New dashboard view including top performance metrics, brand profile settings, and a news feed were merchants will find helpful tips, product news, and case studies</li>
<li>New brand profile set up and clear visibility settings</li>
<li>New online store page which works with the theme app extension, replacing Collabs’s current application page </li>
<li>The new Collabs Network feature, which allows merchants to share their products and brand profiles with creators on Collabs by sharing an instant commission link </li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Collabs in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/collabs">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 04:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-collabs-introduces-new-onboarding-and-application-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pay Shopify Collabs creators automatically through your Shopify bill</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Automatic Payments helps you save valuable time and resources by offering a reliable and consistent payment processing system for commissions earned by creators. For creators you work with, they will need to activate Automatic Payouts and can receive their payouts via PayPal or bank transfer.</p>

<p><strong>The way you pay commission to creators depends on when you've installed Shopify Collabs:</strong></p>

<ul>
<li>If you installed Shopify Collabs <strong>after</strong> April 27, 2023, then commissions are processed through automatic payments.</li>
<li>If you joined <strong>before</strong> April 27, 2023, commissions may be processed through manual payments. You can switch to automatic payments at any time in the Collabs app by clicking on Payments.</li>
</ul>

<p><strong>Here are the benefits you unlock with Automatic Payments:</strong></p>

<ul>
<li>Save time by paying creator commission automatically. Removing the need for manual payment processing.</li>
<li>Full order refunds are tracked automatically (up to 30 days after a creator refers a sale). Commissions previously earned by creators are adjusted accordingly if the order is refunded or canceled.</li>
<li>You’re still in complete control of your payments. You have 30 days to pause any commission payment you want to dispute after an affiliate commission is earned by a creator.</li>
<li>Payments are added and processed with the safety and security of your regular Shopify bill. </li>
<li>Creators will have more transparent and clear updates in their Collabs accounts for how much and when they will be paid–reducing support.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about Automatic Payments in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/collabs/merchants/payments">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 03:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pay-shopify-collabs-creators-automatically-through-your-shopify-bill</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to shipping profiles at checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We have just released an improvement to how partially deliverable carts are handled at checkout. A partially deliverable cart is one where not all items in an order can be shipped to a customer due to the presence of a shipping profile.</p>

<p>Previously, the checkout was stopped with a message citing that the order cannot be shipped to the customer's location. Now, Shopify identifies the item(s) that cannot be shipped, allows the customer to remove them from their cart, and continue their order with the items that can be shipped to their location.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shipping Profiles and partially deliverable carts in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/shipping-profiles/setting-up-shipping-profiles">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Apr 2023 11:25:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-shipping-profiles-at-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to redirects with subfolders and Shopify Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're rolling out an improvement to URL redirects when your store uses language or market subfolders with Shopify Markets.</p>

<p>Previously, an individual redirect would need to be manually created for every language or market subfolder. Now, all redirects are automatically applied to every language and market subfolder to eliminate manual work. You can still create redirects manually for each subfolder if you want different redirection behaviour for an individual market or language.</p>

<p>Learn more about this change in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/menus-and-links/url-redirect#redirects-and-subfolders">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-redirects-with-subfolders-and-shopify-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Provisioning POS access from Plus admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are reducing the number of manual, repetitive tasks that Plus merchants go through when granting large numbers of staff POS access. With this update, merchants will be able to grant POS access in their Plus admin to staff users, without having to wait for the account activation. </p>

<p>Previously, POS access could only be granted directly in the "Access and permissions" section of the user management form. </p>

<p>With our latest release, Plus merchants will be able to grant POS access as part of assigning a Plus role.</p>

<ul>
<li>When a new user is set up in this way - or when an existing user is granted POS access - they will now receive an email linking them to their “Users and permissions” page, where they can reveal their PIN.</li>
<li>The user can now reveal their own PIN in Shopify Admin by clicking their staff account under Settings &gt; Users and Permissions. </li>
<li>If POS Access is managed via Plus through a role, the checkbox for POS Access is disabled in Shopify Admin &gt; Settings &gt; Users and Permissions</li>
<li>The default POS role is assigned; changing to another role can be done at the store level</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/users/user-roles">provisioning POS access</a> from the Shopify Help Center</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:32:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/provisioning-pos-access-from-plus-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Refund to an existing gift card</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>During the return process, staff can now refund the product or order value to an existing physical or digital gift card. Reloadable gift cards simplify gift card management for staff and customers by reducing the number of gift cards issued per customer, reducing costs related to issuing physical gift cards, and acts as store credit for future transactions.</p>

<p>To improve refund details and clarity, the printed refund receipt format has also been updated.</p>

<p>Learn more about using gift cards with Shopify POS in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/payment-management/gift-cards">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/refund-to-an-existing-gift-card</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Streamlined attribution workflows in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The updated <strong>Cart attribution workflow</strong> and <strong>Exchange attribution workflow</strong> now make it possible to attribute an entire cart to a single staff member or attribute each item in the cart to a different staff member from a single place, and also do the same for any new items in an Exchange.</p>

<p>Additional updates include:<br>
* Improved <strong>Sales attribution</strong> summary in the Cart view.<br>
* Improved <strong>Exchange workflow</strong> displays attributions earlier in the Exchange process to reduce the number of taps needed to complete the exchange.<br>
* Attribution wording updated within the <strong>Exchange workflow</strong> for consistency.</p>

<p>Learn more about Staff attribution in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/sales-attribution">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/streamlined-attribution-workflows-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product details page improvements</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new organizational updates to the Product page give associates quick access to precise information like identifiers, inventory, and specifications, helping them answer customer questions and helping customers make informed buying decisions. </p>

<p><strong>New split view for tablets</strong><br>
The new split screen view for tablets improves the amount of information scannable within a single view by allowing staff to view multiple product identifiers and inventory details within a single view. </p>

<p><strong>New image viewing gestures</strong> <br>
New touch-based viewing gestures scale product images to make it easier for</p>

<p><strong>Consolidated product specifications</strong><br>
Vendor and Organization are now consolidated into a single row and expand out to drill deeper into details. Viewing pricing information now displays the price, tax exemption status and compare-at-price. </p>

<p>Apps are now better represented within a dedicated section in the list view with additional details like their app icon and subtitle.</p>

<p><strong>Rich text product descriptions</strong> <br>
Product descriptions now expand into a full view that supports plain text for basic details or rich text formatting for advanced elements like headers, lists, images, or tables.</p>

<p><strong>Fixed Add to cart button</strong> <br>
When scrolling through Product details, the Add to cart button now flows with the cart bar fixing it in place to prevent unnecessary scrolling when searching for item details.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-details-page-improvements</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Device View</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using POS Go can now view all active and offline POS Go devices in their Shopify Admin. To see this view, simply go to the “Devices” tab under the Point of Sale channel in admin.</p>

<p>Merchants will be able to filter the view using filters for status (online or offline) or location. They will also be able to search for devices by entering the device name or serial number.</p>

<p>New devices will not appear in this view until the first log-in and setup is completed. </p>

<p>This view is only available in regions where POS Go is available (i.e. US only).</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/device-view</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved locations display for in-store pickup</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>For shoppers buying online and picking up orders in-store, new checkout design improvements will now display the closest pickup locations based on their IP address. Using geo-proximity from the shopper creates the most relevant list of pickup options to your various shop locations.  </p>

<p>Learn more about the [Improved locations displayed for in-store pickup] in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/local-pickup-for-online-orders#eligibility">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 00:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-locations-display-for-in-store-pickup</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three new granular staff permissions for Online Store and Settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously, the <strong>Themes</strong> permission within Online store gave full edit access to staff, including both editing a store theme through the theme editor, and modifying the code directly through the code editor. </p>

<p>With the new <strong>Edit code</strong> permission, merchants can decide who gets access to the code editor. The <strong>Edit code</strong> permission does NOT gate access to the CLI tool, which is still controlled through the  <strong>Themes</strong> permission.</p>

<p>Before, staff needed the <strong>Manage settings</strong> permission to access Taxes and duties and Policies under Settings. Now, there are separate permissions for each.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Apr 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/three-new-granular-staff-permissions-for-online-store-and-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Custom storefronts on Hydrogen are now supported on Collabs</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the Collabs app, you can use personalized affiliate links that automatically apply discounts codes during checkout. This is now available for custom storefronts built on Hydrogen.</p>

<p>If you're using a custom storefront, then you need to meet the following requirements to use personalized affiliate links:</p>

<p><strong>Sending page view events</strong> - The Collabs app uses the same tracking data as the Shopify admin, so your custom storefront needs to send Shopify analytics.<br>
<strong>Handling URL redirects</strong> - The Collabs app uses your online store URL redirects to create personalized links.<br>
<strong>Handling the /discount route</strong> - The Collabs app uses the /discount route to automatically apply discount codes for customers.<br>
<strong>Change affiliate links domain</strong> - After you meet the requirements to set up personalized affiliate links for your custom storefront, you can change your affiliate links domain. </p>

<p>Learn more about setting up personalized affiliate links for custom storefronts in the Collabs app <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/collabs/merchants/custom-storefronts">here</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Apr 2023 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/custom-storefronts-on-hydrogen-are-now-supported-on-collabs</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sign in with Shop added to classic customer accounts </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sign in with Shop is now enabled on the customer accounts settings page for all eligible merchants on classic customer accounts, as a benefit of Shop Pay.</p>

<p>To be eligible for sign in with Shop, you must have Shop Pay enabled.</p>

<p>Sign in with Shop works alongside your existing customer accounts to offer customers a faster, more secure, passwordless sign in using their Shop credentials and saved passkeys. Customers signed in with Shop reach checkout with key shopping information pre-filled allowing them to checkout in one tap with Shop Pay. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/classic-customer-accounts#sign-in-with-shop">sign in with Shop on classic customer accounts</a> in the Shopify help center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sign-in-with-shop-added-to-classic-customer-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Write product descriptions in seconds with Shopify Magic</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Write product descriptions in seconds with Shopify Magic! List a few product keywords to automatically generate or rewrite existing product descriptions. Explore different tones of voice or add special instructions to find one that fits your brand.</p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-magic/product-descriptions">Shopify help docs.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/write-product-descriptions-in-seconds-with-shopify-magic</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing the updated Shopify Privacy and Compliance App </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/customer-privacy-banner">update</a> includes a number of improvements:</p>

<ol>
<li>New preferences pop-up. A customizable pop-up for visitors to select their choice of how you use their data.</li>
<li>Updated cookie banner wording. Improved standard wording for the cookie consent banner that builds trust with visitors. </li>
<li>New customization options. Customize your colours, wording, and placement of your cookie banner. </li>
<li>Updated Data Opt Out wording. Data Opt Out page wording now includes language for additional US privacy laws.</li>
</ol>

<p>The new version of this app will help you build trust with customers with increased customization and compliance options. Learn more about the updated Shopify Privacy &amp; Compliance app in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/privacy-and-compliance">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-the-updated-shopify-privacy-and-compliance-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Download a consolidated tax and sales report on Shopify Tax</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released improved sales tax reporting for Shopify Tax merchants in the United States. <strong>Now, both tax and sales data are available together in a single, downloadable CSV report—for any date range you choose.</strong> This will reduce the number of steps it takes to get more complete data to analyze and file your taxes. </p>

<p>This CSV report is the first step in our mission to ease the pain of reporting and filing sales tax for merchants like you. Try it out today by visiting the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/taxes/US?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v1&amp;utm_content=tax-settings">United States tax settings</a> page, or access it from the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/reports/finances/taxes?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v1&amp;utm_content=reports">Reports</a> section of your Shopify admin. </p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/us?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=web&amp;utm_campaign=tax_report_v1&amp;utm_content=help-center">Shopify Help Center</a> and look forward to more announcements this summer.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Apr 2023 09:18:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/download-a-consolidated-tax-and-sales-report-on-shopify-tax</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Calculate duties and import taxes in draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added the ability to calculate duties and import taxes within draft orders, making it simpler to sell internationally. You can read more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/duties-and-import-taxes/charging-duties#collect-duties-and-import-taxes-at-checkout">duties and import taxes in draft orders</a> in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Apr 2023 18:41:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/calculate-duties-and-import-taxes-in-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Visual changes to unstyled checkouts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We've made improvements to the default checkout look and feel to help make checking out more streamlined and usable. This includes slight changes to...</p>

<ul>
<li>Button and text colors: We've picked colors that created stronger contrast for key information and interactions in checkout</li>
<li>Heading fonts and spacing: The updated heading styles and spacing will provide a better reading experience throughout the checkout process. A more organized appearance will help reduce clutter and focus on essential information.</li>
</ul>

<p>Please note we're rolling out the change progressively to ensure a smooth transition, so not all checkouts get the update immediately.</p>

<p>Once your store receives the update, the new look and feel will be automatically applied as the default. No action is required on your part. While the updated look and feel will be the new default, customized checkouts are not affected and will maintain their original styling. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Apr 2023 14:46:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/visual-changes-to-unstyled-checkouts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Collabs now works with more subscription apps</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collabs’ subscription integration has been upgraded to use the Shopify Subscriptions API, so it works out of the box with any third party app using the API.</p>

<p>If you have a subscription app and Shopify Collabs installed, you will see subscription settings when you go to Programs &gt; Tiers, and either create or edit a tier. You can choose to enable a discount and/or commission on just the first order in a subscription series, or a specified number of orders. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-collabs-now-works-with-more-subscription-apps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automatic detection and prevention of incompatible configurations during Markets Pro activation</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: Merchants activating Markets Pro, who decide to set shipping rates manually will be notified if they have incompatible rate configurations with Markets Pro, with the goal to help merchants transition to the service. <br>
The guard rails are the following:<br>
Carrier calculated rates at checkout will be replaced with DHL Express rates by Markets Pro; any custom handling fees will be removed, and customer-facing transit times will be changed to express.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 13:12:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automatic-detection-and-prevention-of-incompatible-configurations-during-markets-pro-activation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automatic enablement to sell in 150+ countries during Markets Pro activation</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: Merchants activating Markets Pro will now benefit from an automatic update to have their Markets and shipping settings configured to sell to all Markets Pro supported countries upon activation. Merchants are prompted to accept the changes to add any new countries/regions and activate existing markets, if applicable, and are given the option to make changes, in case they do not wish the automatic configurations to be applied.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 10:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automatic-enablement-to-sell-in-150-countries-during-markets-pro-activation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Merchants with products fulfilled from app locations now eligible for Shopify Markets Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released an improvement which allows merchants with products stocked at app locations or custom fulfillment providers to be eligible for Shopify Markets Pro. App locations are commonly used by dropshipping or print-on-demand apps.</p>

<p>Previously, these merchants were not eligible to apply for Markets Pro. Products stocked at app locations or custom fulfillment providers can't yet be shipped to countries managed by Markets Pro, and will be restricted from international fulfillment during the activation process. These products can still be sold domestically.</p>

<p>Read more about Shopify Markets Pro in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro/requirements-and-considerations">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/merchants-with-products-fulfilled-from-app-locations-now-eligible-for-shopify-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Calculated rates available on Markets Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We've added the ability for merchants using Markets Pro to display and charge calculated shipping rates on international orders. When used, these rates are calculated based on the content of the cart and the default package size selected in shipping settings. <br>
Note: This feature only works with carriers supported by Markets Pro (Currently DHL Express)</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Apr 2023 21:47:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/calculated-rates-available-on-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sign in with Shop added to new customer accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sign in with Shop is now enabled for all eligible merchants on new customer accounts, as a benefit of Shop Pay.  </p>

<p>To be eligible for sign in with Shop, you must have Shop Pay enabled.</p>

<p>Sign in with Shop works alongside your store specific sign in method to allow users to sign in and create new customer accounts using the Shop account they already have. Users who have already verified their emails with Shop get the added benefit of speeding through sign in with an SMS based authentication.</p>

<p>Merchants will always have access to the email address associated with the Shop account used to sign in on their customer record. Customers signed in with Shop reach checkout with key shopping information pre-filled allowing them to checkout in one tap with Shop Pay. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts#preview-the-customer-experience">sign in with Shop on new customer accounts</a> in the Shopify help center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 19:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sign-in-with-shop-added-to-new-customer-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Personalized B2B buying with quantity rules and customer-specific product publishing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Catalogs is made up of three powerful B2B features that will allow you to easily customize the buying experience for your business customers - price lists, quantity rules, and customer-specific product publishing. </p>

<p>Quantity rules allows you to set minimum, maximum, and increment quantity rules for product purchasing, while customer-specific product publishing allows you to personalize product visibility for your business customers.</p>

<p>Get started by <a href="http://www.shopify.com/admin/catalogs">creating your first catalog</a>, or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b/catalogs">learn more</a> in the Shopify help center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/personalized-b2b-buying-with-quantity-rules-and-customer-specific-product-publishing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Collabs is now integrated with Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collabs now integrates with Flow allowing you to automate your most repetitive Collabs tasks with ready-made workflow templates. You can also build custom flows using Collabs specific triggers and actions.  </p>

<p><strong>Ready made templates include:</strong><br>
* Automatically approve an applicant<br>
* Export accepted creators to Klaviyo<br>
* Follow-up on a gift<br>
* Congratulations on first sale</p>

<p>Turn on a ready made template by:<br>
1. Open Shopify Collabs<br>
2. Go to Settings<br>
3. Under Integrations, turn on a ready-made Shopify Flow template.</p>

<p>Shopify Flow is available to merchants that subscribe to the Shopify Plus, Advanced, or Shopify plans and merchants that use the Shopify Fulfillment Network (SFN).  </p>

<p>Learn more about this integration in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/collabs/merchants/flow">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-collabs-is-now-integrated-with-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retail merchants can now accept eftpos payments in Australia</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Australian retail merchants can now accept all eftpos payments in their retail stores with Shopify Payments. Merchants can let customers pay with any of their preferred payment types. Shopify Payments now accepts any eftpos cards (including eftpos debit or eftpos co-branded Visa or Mastercard) as well as any other credit, debit, or mobile wallet such as Visa, Mastercard, American Express, JCB, Apple Pay, and Google Pay. </p>

<p>When using eftpos cards, customers will also now be able to select which account type they would like to use for the transaction. With this update, in-person payment rates will be changing on April 4, 2023. For more information on pricing, please visit shopify.com/au/pos/pricing after April 4, 2023.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 18:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/retail-merchants-can-now-accept-eftpos-payments-in-australia</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Send gift cards directly to the recipient, and include a message</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customers can now choose to send a gift card directly to the recipient's email and include a personal message. Merchants will need to be on the latest version of Dawn to enable this update.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com//en/manual/online-store/themes/customizing-themes/add-gift-card-recipient-fields">Learn how</a>  to update your theme to help your customers send gift cards.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Mar 2023 01:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/send-gift-cards-directly-to-the-recipient-and-include-a-message</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dynamic sources for blogs and articles</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released the ability to connect datasources for blogs and articles. This means that blocks can be connected to metafields and metaobjects that are connected to a blog or blog post. This will help anyone creating and managing blog posts to use custom data to streamline their workflow. </p>

<p>e.g.: Learn more about dynamic sources in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/sections-and-blocks#using-metafields-and-dynamic-sources">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Mar 2023 21:07:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/dynamic-sources-for-blogs-and-articles</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Image Replace now in Files Admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This feature allows merchants to update the byte contents within an image while keeping the same display name and URL.</p>

<p>This is a better experience for merchants, because previously, merchants had to delete and re-upload an image which was inconvenient when trying to make small fixes to an image.</p>

<p>We are committed to providing merchants with a better user experience, and this is one of the many features we are excited to launch for the Files API.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Mar 2023 12:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/image-replace-now-in-files-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New File Picker in Online Store Editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today, we're launching a new version of the file picker in the online store editor. This new version allows merchants to easily upload and select media within their online stores. It aligns with features already live in the content section of the Shopify admin for a seamless and intuitive experience. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 21:31:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-file-picker-in-online-store-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ship to customer orders in POS: Customer email now required</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ship to Customer Orders in POS now require the customer’s email address to submit the order. If a required field, such as customer email address, is blank when the Ship to Customer Order is submitted, staff will be redirected to fill all necessary fields before the order can be submitted.</p>

<p>With this update, Ship to Customer Orders will now consistently capture the customer’s email address associated with the order. The provided customer email is a point of contact for retailers to provide customers with important order updates and a positive customer experience. It is not an opt-in for marketing purposes. </p>

<p>Learn more about [Ship to Customer Orders] in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/add-shipping">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 12:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ship-to-customer-orders-in-pos-customer-email-now-required</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to how taxes and duties are presented in payouts on Shopify Markets Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've introduced changes to how collected taxes and duties appear in Shopify Markets Pro payouts.</p>

<p>Import taxes and duties collected from buyers will no longer be shown as a fee collected in payouts reports, these transactions will appear as a seperate line item. Duties and tax transactions will only appear once an order is fulfilled.</p>

<p>This change will only apply to new orders placed on Shopify Markets Pro.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Markets Pro in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-how-taxes-and-duties-are-presented-in-payouts-on-shopify-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app updates: New tools for merchants with large product catalogs </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve made it easier for merchants with large product catalogs to view and edit all search boosts and product recommendations in the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app. </p>

<p>With these new features, you will now be able to: </p>

<ul>
<li>View your full product catalog within the index table and use the new “Boosts” or “Custom” tab to identify which search boosts or product recommendations you have customized </li>
<li>Use the search, filter, and sort features within the index table to narrow down which products you want to edit<br></li>
<li>Select multiple products within the index table and use the bulk editor tool to manage product recommendations and/or search boosts </li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Mar 2023 11:29:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-search-discovery-app-updates-new-tools-for-merchants-with-large-product-catalogs</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tipping on Shop Pay</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update:  Beside guest checkout, customers can now add a tip on the Shop Pay payment page.  Tipping on Shop Pay is available when the tipping option is turned on under <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/settings/checkout">Settings &gt; Checkout</a>. Customers can add the tip as a percentage of the order total or as a custom amount.</p>

<p>Learn more about the tipping option for online orders in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/tips">Shopify Help Center</a>.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Mar 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tipping-on-shop-pay</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to payout logic on Shopify Markets Pro for refunds</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've introduced changes to the payout logic for refunded orders in Shopify Markets Pro. </p>

<p>If an order is refunded before the order is fulfilled Shopify Markets Pro will no longer withhold taxes and duties collected for said order on payout as the funds were never used. The full amount paid will continue to be returned to buyers.</p>

<p>Additionally, orders refunded before fulfillment will no longer be labeled as pending. </p>

<p>Merchants currently using Shopify Markets Pro that have orders that meet these conditions will see funds added to their next payout to account for duties and taxes that were previously withheld. </p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Markets Pro in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 21:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-payout-logic-on-shopify-markets-pro-for-refunds</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to bank account updates with Shopify Markets Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've introduced improvements for updating banking details used to receive payouts in Shopify Markets Pro. </p>

<p>When bank account details are changed in Shopify Payments they will be automatically updated in Shopify Markets Pro to ensure payouts are always directed to the most recently added account.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Markets Pro in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/markets-pro">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-bank-account-updates-with-shopify-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to address inflated checkout counts in Live View</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve updated our methodology of counting distinct checkout sessions to only count distinct checkout tokens created within a 10 minute interval in Live View. This update will ensure that bots can no longer inflate checkout counts in Live View and each bot is only counted a maximum of one time during checkout. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-to-address-inflated-checkout-counts-in-live-view</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shop sales channel has been added to Shopify admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>All <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/eligibility#merchant-requirements">eligible merchants</a> that are listed on the Shop app will now see the Shop channel in their list of sales channels in the Shopify admin. </p>

<p>Use the Shop channel to customize your Shop store, manage your product listings on Shop, respond to reviews from your customers, and run in-app offers.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop">Shop sales channel</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Mar 2023 17:09:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-shop-sales-channel-has-been-added-to-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connecting Shopify Balance with QuickBooks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Connecting Shopify Balance to Quickbooks is quick and easy. This integration allows you to automatically sync your Balance transactions between both accounts.</p>

<p>Take the guesswork out of tax season, reduce manual efforts, and easily hand off your numbers to bookkeepers and accountants.</p>

<p>Learn more about how to connect your Shopify Balance account to QuickBooks Online account at the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finances/shopify-balance/quickbooks">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Mar 2023 12:43:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/connecting-shopify-balance-with-quickbooks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discount display improvements for POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This update introduces 4 POS discount improvements making it easier for staff to access, apply, and view discount details during the checkout process. </p>

<p>New updates include:</p>

<p>A new <strong>Discounts</strong> section has been added to <strong>More actions</strong>, so staff can find and apply active discount codes more quickly.</p>

<p><strong>Apply discount code</strong> will now only display <strong>Recently used active codes</strong>, making it faster to find and apply current discount codes.</p>

<p>When applying a custom discount, <strong>Title</strong> has been renamed to <strong>Reason for discount</strong>. With this change, the purpose of this text field will be more clear and prompt staff to contribute more accurate and useful discount data. </p>

<p>Improvements have been made to how discounts are displayed once applied. When viewing the customer’s cart, a new discount icon will now be displayed, giving staff visual confirmation that a discount was applied to the item. Improved discount description and discount value will now also be displayed next to the discount icon, so staff can see discount details at a glance.</p>

<p>Learn more about Discounts for POS in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/discount-types">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2023 12:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discount-display-improvements-for-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New navigation menu bar</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>All the same tools in a new place. We’ve moved the menu bar to give you easy access to the things you need to get stuff done. To help staff navigate between different areas of Shopify POS faster, the app menu has been redesigned to surface key launch points with a single tap. </p>

<p>Key in-store actions <strong>Orders</strong>, <strong>Products</strong> and <strong>Customers</strong> are laid out in a convenient way for staff to access. Staff can easily switch between different parts of the POS app without having to navigate across multiple views. </p>

<p>Access to Analytics, Register, Staff, Settings, Support, Connectivity and Lock Screen is one tap away using the new More menu badge. Available menu items will continue to be dependent on the staff’s permission levels.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2023 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-navigation-menu-bar</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Support for API version 2022-04 extended to June 30, 2023</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify is extending support for <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/release-notes/2022-04">API version 2022-04 to June 30, 2023</a> (previously March 31, 2023). All public and custom apps using API resources which support end with the API verions <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/release-notes/2022-04#breaking-changes">2022-04</a> and <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/release-notes/2022-07#breaking-changes">2022-07</a> <strong>will stop working as intended</strong> after this date.</p>

<p><strong>Action Required</strong>: Existing apps must migrate to API version 2022-10 or later by June 30, 2023 to avoid any interruptions.</p>

<p>Below are a few important breaking changes, please make sure to review the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/release-notes/2022-07#breaking-changes">full list</a>:</p>

<ul>
<li><p>The following <code>customer</code> object properties on the REST Admin API’s <code>order</code> resources have been deprecated:  <code>last_order_id</code>, <code>last_order_name</code>, <code>orders_count</code> , <code>total_spent</code> <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/release-notes/2022-07#deprecated-properties-on-the-order-resource-in-the-rest-admin-api">(see details here)</a></p></li>
<li><p>Some Fulfillment API endpoints and mutations relating to managing fulfillments via an order have been deprecated <a href="https://shopify.dev/changelog/some-endpoint-deprecations-on-the-fulfillment-api-and-the-introduction-of-fulfillment-order-api">(see details here)</a></p></li>
</ul>

<p>Please note that this extended timeline for supporting API version 2022-04  does not impact deprecation timelines for any subsequent API releases. If you have any questions, reach out to your Shopify account manager or post in our <a href="https://community.shopify.com/c/shopify-apis-and-sdks/bd-p/shopify-apis-and-technology">community forums</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Mar 2023 00:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/support-for-api-version-2022-04-extended-to-june-30-2023</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Removed default value from the `redirectNewHandle` field on the `ProductInput` object</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Removed default value from ProductInput.redirectNewHandle field.</p>

<p>See more information on the ProductInput object on <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/2023-01/input-objects/ProductInput">shopify.dev</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Mar 2023 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/removed-default-value-from-the-redirectnewhandle-field-on-the-productinput-object</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Google Analytics 4</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>New release:</strong> <a href="https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/10089681">Google Analytics 4</a> is now available through the Google channel app on Shopify, enabling you to upgrade and take advantage of its enhanced real-time, multi-channel measurement and privacy controls. </p>

<p>Google Analytics 4 is replacing Universal Analytics, which will continue to process data until July 1, 2023 (July 1, 2024 for Analytics 360 properties).</p>

<p>Learn more about Google Analytics 4 and what this means for you <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/google-analytics/google-analytics-4">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Mar 2023 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/google-analytics-4</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cross-device data now included in marketing reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>*<em>As of March 1, 2023 all online store data in your marketing reports will include cross-device data. *</em></p>

<p>Cross-device data gives you a more complete picture of your customers’ purchase journey and interaction with your store across all of their devices. It will also improve attribution model accuracy, helping you better understand your highest-converting marketing channels and where to invest your marketing budget.</p>

<p>Learn more about cross-device data in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/analyze-marketing/marketing-performance">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cross-device-data-now-included-in-marketing-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved Shop Promise limited guarantee claims process</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To submit a claim, Buyers should visit the Shop App and click on the order that they would like to submit a claim for. If eligible, they will receive Shop Cash in the Shop App once the claim is processed. Note: At this time, we will continue to maintain the <a href="https://forms.gle/jhpFVfrrrnaFvyFk8">Shop Promise Claim Form</a> for customers who did not use Shop Pay at checkout and have not had an existing valid claim.</p>

<p>You can read more about Shop Promise and the limited guarantee process and policies in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/shop-promise">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 05:43:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-shop-promise-limited-guarantee-claims-process</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in Romania</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for merchants in Romana!<br>
Accept credit cards on your store through Shopify's integrated payments system. Use features like payouts and chargeback management and accelerated checkouts such as Apple Pay. You can also sell in 133 currencies while getting paid in Euros and Romanian lei.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 09:22:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-romania</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to Shipping and Markets settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've introduced changes in Shipping and Markets settings to make it easier to understand what countries and regions you are selling to.</p>

<p>Before a country or region can be added to a shipping zone, that country or region needs to exist within a Market first. Buyers can only checkout if their country or region is in an active market.</p>

<p>You can read more about the changes to Shipping and Markets in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/shipping-and-markets/shipping-zones-and-markets">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 09:19:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-shipping-and-markets-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New rich text features in online store editor! </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We’ve added ordered lists and headings to the rich text setting within the online store editor. Now merchants can easily configure their semantic styling for text within the online store editor wherever the rich text setting is used within a theme. Furthermore, this aligns the feature set within the rich text metafield and the rich text setting in online store editor such that semantically styling site content is a consistent experience from metafields through to the online store editor. </p>

<p>Learn more about the rich text setting in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/theme-features#rich-text">Help Center</a> or the <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/themes/architecture/settings">Dev Docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Mar 2023 14:26:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-rich-text-features-in-online-store-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fulfillment Holds heldBy field</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added a <code>heldBy</code> field on the fulfillment holds object. As of 2023-04 partners will be able to access the name of the service that has placed a fulfillment order on hold. This will allow apps more granular control over which fulfillment orders they release.</p>

<p>Learn more about this new feature <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/unstable/objects/FulfillmentHold">here</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Mar 2023 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fulfillment-holds-heldby-field</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved variant display </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The newly redesigned variant list display improves the speed and discoverability of variant configured products and inventory lookup. Key pre-purchase workflows are more efficient and streamlined to surface features when helping customers make buying decisions. </p>

<p><strong>What's New</strong><br>
Variant configurations help organize products that have multiple definitions like color and size. To help staff find and reference the right item quickly, variant products are now displayed with variant images to help staff visually scan a list of options. New variant option filters help staff narrow down their search using the Filter button. A search bar is also available for staff when lists have &gt; 10 option values.  If a variant is sold out at one location, using filters helps staff compare availability of the chosen option value across locations without drilling into each individual product variant. </p>

<p><strong>Product Variant Metafields now display in POS</strong><br>
Staff looking up product metafields can now view variant metafields. Variant metafields are defined in Admin and are now displayed in POS to provide additional information about the variant such as size, color or material. Use this view to provide additional details to customers or to access a link to the online store. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 22:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-variant-display</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New international shipping requirements in March 2023</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>New international shipping requirements beginning March 1, 2023</strong></p>

<p>We've introduced a change to international shipping requirements to help you comply with new customs rules that apply to all outbound international packages going to or through countries that follow EU customs regulations. </p>

<p>Beginning March 1, 2023, all international shipping labels require HS codes and country of origin. We'll use these HS codes to apply a detailed product description, as required by this regulation.  </p>

<p>You can add this information to products individually or via the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/bulk-editing">bulk editor</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about these requirements in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/duties-and-import-taxes/charging-duties#add-hs-codes-and-the-country-or-region-of-origin-to-your-products">Shopify Help Center </a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 14:02:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-international-shipping-requirements-in-march-2023</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS printed receipts enhancements - custom QR code</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are continuing to improve the ways in which merchants can customize their POS printed receipts. Available now, manage these customization options by navigating to your Point of Sale channel view, or POS app, and then going to Settings &gt; Printed Receipts.</p>

<p>New updates include:</p>

<ul>
<li>Being able to show a custom QR code in the receipt footer</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/receipt-management/customize-receipts">customizing receipts</a> from the Shopify Help Center</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 12:32:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-printed-receipts-enhancements-custom-qr-code</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Poor connection mode for POS checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When there are network errors or server outages detected, POS will now offer the option to <strong>Switch to offline</strong>. This allows POS users to continue making sales with payment methods that do not require a connection, including cash and external terminals. </p>

<p>Credit cards and gift cards cannot be processed when POS is offline.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/poor-connection-mode-for-pos-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Direct customers to their country or region with deep links</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just added the ability to send customers directly to the right country or region using deep links, when that country or region does not have its own subfolder, subdomain, or top-level domain.</p>

<p>Deep links use a parameter that you manually add to the end of your URLs that can be used in marketing campaigns, social sharing, or any link sharing where you're targeting a specific country or region. You can create a parameter that sends customers to the correct country or region using two digit country codes according to <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/admin-graphql/current/enums/CountryCode">ISO 3166 standards</a>.</p>

<p>For example, you have a market named <code>Europe</code> which contains 44 countries all on the domain <code>shop.com</code>. You want to do a marketing campaign specifically for Germany, that sends your German visitors directly to the right experience. To do that, you need to use the URL <code>shop.com?country=DE</code>.</p>

<p>Learn more about deep links in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/international-domains/directing-customers/deep-links">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Feb 2023 10:16:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/direct-customers-to-their-country-or-region-with-deep-links</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Role provisioning through SCIM</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previouly Plus merchants had to go through a 2-step process to provision users in Shopify from their IdPs such as Okta, OneLogin, and Azure. First they use our SCIM implementation to create users in Plus. Then they manually assign a role to the user in Plus admin. </p>

<p>With this improvement merchants can combine the 2 steps into one by adding a Shopify role (which has been defined in Shopify Plus) at the same time when new users are created in their IdPs. This helps merchants to simplify the user provisioning process and improve operational efficiency. </p>

<p>Currently this feature is supported in the latest OneLogin and Okta apps. Support in Azure apps is in the works and will come soon.</p>

<p>Learn more about role provisioning through SCIM in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/security/scim">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Feb 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/role-provisioning-through-scim</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The checkout.liquid theme file is being deprecated</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Plus merchants can now customize their in-checkout pages, which include their Information, Shipping, and Payment Pages, using <a href="https://www.shopify.com/enterprise/customize-shopify-checkout">checkout extensibility</a>—an easier way to customize Shopify Checkout in a way that’s app-based, upgrade-safe, higher-converting, and integrated with Shop Pay. It lets merchants make code-free customizations to their checkout using the new checkout editor and public apps, while also giving them the flexibility to develop custom apps for more bespoke customizations. </p>

<p>Checkout extensibility replaces checkout.liquid. As a result, checkout.liquid customizations will no longer work for in-checkout pages starting August 13, 2024. Shops that currently use checkout.liquid to customize their in-checkout pages need to upgrade their customizations to checkout extensibility before this date. Checkouts that aren’t upgraded on time will be automatically upgraded to an un-customized, out-of-the-box Shopify Checkout.</p>

<p>Shopify Plus merchants can continue customizing their post-checkout pages, which includes the Thank You and Order Status Page, with checkout.liquid. However, we’ll eventually support customization on these pages with checkout extensibility as well. </p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/extend/checkout-migration">Shopify help center</a> or <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/checkout">start your upgrade</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Feb 2023 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-checkout-liquid-theme-file-is-being-deprecated</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Promise available in early access</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shop Promise is now available for early access. A delivery badge that wins more sales by easily communicating reliable and fast delivery to customers across your online store and the Shop app. </p>

<p>New release: Delivery dates are automatically predicted by Shopify and are backed by Shop with a limited guarantee for your customers that covers their shipping fees by awarding Shop Cash if an order arrives after the Shop Promise estimated date.</p>

<p>Shop Promise displays alongside eligible products that deliver in five calendar days or less and automatically highlights fast and free shipping when offered. As part of the Shop ecosystem, Shop Promise helps you seamlessly build trust across the entire customer journey with new integrations that let you extend delivery transparency to Shop Pay—the highest converting, accelerated checkout; and with post-purchase, real-time tracking updates available in the Shop app for all Shop Promise orders.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://www.shopify.com/shop-promise">Shop Promise</a> and your eligibility. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-promise-available-in-early-access</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Search Settings are now available in the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new Settings feature in the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery App will give you more control over your site’s search. Within Settings, you’ll be able to customize result types that appear in your search bar and on the search results page. Plus, you’ll be able to choose where to surface out-of-stock products. </p>

<p>Learn more about search <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/settings">Settings</a> in the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 14:09:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/search-settings-are-now-available-in-the-shopify-search-discovery-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New On hand and Unavailable inventory states in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Following the introduction of the <strong>Incoming</strong> and <strong>Committed</strong> inventory states, Shopify POS now displays On Hand and Unavailable quantities via Product details view or Checkout. </p>

<p>Inventory states are quantities in POS that provide specific information about where your inventory is and if it can be sold. The On hand state represents the total inventory available at a location, including inventory that is committed or unavailable. The new Unavailable state is inventory that is not available to be sold because it is temporarily set aside, for a draft order for example.  </p>

<p>This will help reduce unintended overselling and gain a quick and accurate view of inventory quantities directly in POS using inventory states. </p>

<p>Learn more about inventory states in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/changing-inventory-quantities-pos">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 12:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-on-hand-and-unavailable-inventory-states-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increase conversion for free by enabling sign in with Shop</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sign in with Shop is <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/checkout/#customer-account">now available</a> on classic customer accounts. </p>

<p>Sign in with Shop is available to all merchants with <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shop-pay">Shop Pay</a> enabled. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts/classic-customer-accounts#sign-in-with-shop">sign in with Shop</a> from the Shopify help center.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 10:15:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increase-conversion-for-free-by-enabling-sign-in-with-shop</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Editions Winter ’23 is live</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Explore 100+ new product updates to help every business build for the long-term. </p>

<p><a href="https://shopify.com/editions/winter2023?utm_source=website&amp;utm_medium=announcements&amp;utm_campaign=editions_winter23&amp;utm_content=merchant-ca-en">Visit Shopify Editions</a>.</p>

<p>--&gt;</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-editions-winter-23-is-live</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Control product publishing per market</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With Shopify Markets, you can now choose whether to publish products to each global market that you sell to.</p>

<p>Product publishing per market ensures that customers only see the products that are available to them in their country or region. This is useful when you sell a different mix of products between your domestic and international business.</p>

<p>Learn more about product publishing per market in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/markets/publishing-products-with-markets">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 09:35:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/control-product-publishing-per-market</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More granular staff permissions for Products </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously there was one <em>Products</em> permission that gated staff access to product data. That single permission gave staff view, create, edit, and delete permissions. Now there are 10 new, more granular staff permissions: <em>View products</em>, <em>View cost</em>, <em>Create and edit products</em>, <em>Edit cost</em>, <em>Edit price</em>, <em>Manage inventory</em>, <em>Delete products and collections</em>, <em>View catalogs (price lists)</em>, <em>Create and edit catalogs</em>, and <em>Delete catalogs</em>. </p>

<p>The <em>View products</em> permission gives read-only access and allows merchants to make product data accessible to staff without the concern of data being accidentally modified. Merchants can assign specific permissions to staff members with different responsibilities. For example, merchandising (the <em>Create and edit products</em> permission) versus inventory management (the <em>Manage inventory</em> permission). Last but not least, merchants can have better control over access to sensitive data such as cost and price.</p>

<p>All existing staff members who have previously been given the singular <em>Products</em> permission will automatically have all the new permissions selected by default to ensure backward compatibility. Merchants have the option to select (or unselect) a subset of these permissions when more granular access control is needed.</p>

<p>Learn more about these new permissions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions/staff-permissions-descriptions#general-staff-permissions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-granular-staff-permissions-for-products</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Marketing reports on channel performance and attribution</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify is launching new reports that help simplify your marketing analysis - with accurate and useful data on your sessions, conversion rate, and sales across your marketing channels. </p>

<p><strong>Make the most of the new reports:</strong></p>

<ol>
<li><em>Marketing Summary</em> - Your marketing KPIs at a glance. </li>
<li><em>Top Channel Performance</em> - The top 5 best performing channels based on the metric of your choice. </li>
<li><em>Overall Channel Performance</em>- A deep dive into all of your marketing channels with visualization for trends over time.</li>
</ol>

<p>Across these new reports select the attribution models (First click, Last click, or Last non-direct click) that gives you the most insight on your customers journey across the marketing and sales funnel.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new marketing reports in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/analyze-marketing/marketing-performance">Shopify Help Center</a> or start exploring your new <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/marketing">marketing reports</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-marketing-reports-on-channel-performance-and-attribution</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inventory dataset added to ShopifyQL Notebooks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>ShopifyQL Notebooks now offers a powerful dataset to help you better understand and manage your inventory levels. With this dataset, you can <br>
* Track stock levels per variant over time<br>
* View quantity by location<br>
* Identify stocking and stock out trends</p>

<p>Additionally, you can compute common KPIs such as turnover and sales velocity, allowing you to make more informed decisions about your inventory. With this new dataset you can now gain a deeper understanding of your inventory and make data-driven decisions to maximize your profits.</p>

<p><strong>How can I start using ShopifyQL Notebooks?</strong><br>
Go to the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopifyql-notebooks">ShopifyQL Notebooks app store listing</a>, click “Add app” and follow the instructions to install.</p>

<p><strong>How do I use the inventory dataset?</strong><br>
Within the ShopifyQL Notebooks app go to the reference notebook “Reference 4 - All about inventory” or start with an Inventory template in your own notebook. <a href="https://shopify.dev/api/shopifyql/datasets/inventory-dataset">Learn more about the inventory dataset.</a></p>

<p><strong>Where can I get help?</strong><br>
Learn more about how the ShopifyQL Notebooks app works in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopifyql-notebooks">Shopify Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/inventory-dataset-added-to-shopifyql-notebooks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automated collections with metafield conditions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/metafields">Metafields</a> conditions to create <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/collections/automated-collections/auto-select">automated collections</a> in your Shopify Admin. Metafields help create more accurate automated collections for your products. Once you add Metafields to a product, then the product will be automatically added to the corresponding automated collections.</p>

<p>Learn more about using Smart collections with Metafields in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/metafields/automated-collections">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automated-collections-with-metafield-conditions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easily Extend your Theme with Custom CSS </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can easily add custom CSS to your online store theme without editing any theme files unlocking an additional layer of style customizations. Merchants have more control and are able to instantly preview their changes. Bonus, theme will be eligible for seamless theme version updates and transfer their custom CSS automatically.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2023 22:06:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/easily-extend-your-theme-with-custom-css</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bulk editing support for collection and customer metafields with definitions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released bulk editing support for Collection and Customer metafields with definitions in Shopify. This will help merchants who are looking for quick, efficient ways to edit Collection and Customer metafields in bulk, as opposed to individually going to each collection's or customer's detail page. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2023 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bulk-editing-support-for-collection-and-customer-metafields-with-definitions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increased API rate limits for Shopify Plus</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: Shopify increased Admin API rate limits for Shopify Plus by 10x over standard limits. In addition, merchants on <a href="https://www.shopify.com/commerce-components">Commerce Components by Shopify</a> now have unlimited API calls.</p>

<p><a href="https://shopify.dev/api/usage/rate-limits">Read more about API rate limits</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2023 12:12:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increased-api-rate-limits-for-shopify-plus</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhanced inventory tracking with On hand and Unavailable quantities</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We have added two new states - On hand and Unavailable - to Shopify Admin. On hand represents everything you physically have at a location. Unavailable represents any inventory that is part of a draft order with a reservation and anything that an app has set aside.</p>

<p>These changes help you to maintain a real-time, accurate and more granular view of your inventory across locations. With better inventory management, you'll be able to minimize lost sales, misplaced stock, and reduce excess ordering.</p>

<p>Along with these new ways to manage your inventory in Admin, we launched the <a href="https://shopify.dev/apps/fulfillment/inventory-management-apps/quantities-states">Inventory States API</a>. It allows 3rd party apps to modify inventory values at your locations, giving you better visibility into your inventory quantities from Shopify's Admin.</p>

<p>Learn more about enhanced inventory tracking in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/managing-inventory-quantities">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhanced-inventory-tracking-with-on-hand-and-unavailable-quantities</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify launches a customer self-serve returns feature</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve launched customer self-serve returns—a free tool to help merchants simplify the returns process, delight customers, and increase repeat purchases. With customer self-serve returns, merchants can allow their customers to easily request a return through the merchant’s online store. Customers will receive a decision on the return, instructions to return the item, and other updates.</p>

<p>Merchants will be notified of pending return requests. They can approve or decline the request, provide instructions for returning the item, and easily track returns in the admin to save time.</p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/checkout">Enable</a> customer self-serve returns within the admin settings.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/self-serve-returns">Learn more</a> about customer self-serve returns.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 07:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-launches-a-customer-self-serve-returns-feature</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New updates to ShopifyQL Notebooks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>ShopifyQL Notebooks now offers referencing with Liquid, block reordering, saved previous state, and a "run all" button for efficient data storytelling.</p>

<ul>
<li>Referencing in ShopifyQL Notebooks allows users to create dynamic data stories using Liquid, Shopify’s templating language. A text block now provides easier functionality to create a reference to a data element from a ShopifyQL code block. Liquid code can be used to create conditional logic using tags and filters. 
<em>Due to updates in referencing logic, previous duplications of the BFCM Summary Notebook will need to be re-created (or re-duplicated after this update)</em></li>
<li>Merchants can now reorder blocks by dragging and dropping, or through the use of a dialog at the top of each notebook, enabling easier construction of data stories.</li>
<li>Saved previous state: When loading a ShopifyQL Notebook, users will be presented with the code and text blocks in their previously run state. This can be useful for reviewing previous work and quickly loading a notebook to present without having to worry about how long it may take to execute all the query blocks. A new run all button can be used to run every block in the Notebook if needed.</li>
</ul>

<p><strong>How can I start using ShopifyQL Notebooks?</strong><br>
Go to the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopifyql-notebooks">ShopifyQL Notebooks app store listing</a>, click “Add app” and follow the instructions to install.</p>

<p><strong>Where can I get help?</strong><br>
Learn more about how the ShopifyQL Notebooks app works in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopifyql-notebooks">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Feb 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-updates-to-shopifyql-notebooks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now launched: New customer accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New customer accounts are now available for all shops. New customer accounts let your customers log in using a one-time verification code. No more memorizing passwords. Customers can monitor their order status, view their order history, update their account information, and easily reorder.</p>

<p>Creating a customer account is also hassle-free. Once you set up new customer accounts, any customer who has already made a purchase can log in and manage their account. No extra work for the customer.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts">new customer accounts</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-launched-new-customer-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Drive repeat orders for B2B </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With easy reordering, your wholesale customers can place a reorder in just a few clicks. Customers can now easily duplicate past orders using the “Buy Again” button on their order history and order details pages. </p>

<p>Once a customer selects an order to duplicate, they’ll be able to add or remove products and edit quantities, pending inventory availability. If a product or quantity is unavailable, customers will be notified at checkout and have the option to accept the changes to their cart or remove products. </p>

<p>Easy reordering is automatically enabled within any store using new customer accounts, with no action required on your part. </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-accounts?utm_source=admin&amp;utm_medium=admin-modal&amp;utm_campaign=2023-01-b2b-phase3&amp;utm_content=help_docs">Learn more</a> about easy reordering with customer accounts.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/drive-repeat-orders-for-b2b</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Collabs users can now directly invite creators to join a community</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now quickly and easily bulk-invite creators to work with you on Shopify Collabs, helping you keep and manage your community of creators all in one place. </p>

<p>Using Direct Invites in the Shopify Collabs app can more easily and efficiently assist you when onboarding creators you trust, allowing creators to bypass the application process of joining your community.</p>

<p><strong>Here’s how, in five easy steps:</strong></p>

<ol>
<li>Before inviting any creators, you first need to verify your email address if you haven’t already in the Settings section for “Contact Email”.</li>
<li>Then, head to the Affiliates tab and hit “Invite by email”.</li>
<li>Under “Import csv”, download a template and fill it with the email addresses of the creators you’d like to invite, and affiliate codes for each.</li>
<li>Personalize your invite:</li>
<li>Assign invitees an affiliate tier to offer discounts and/or set commissions. You can also add a gift if you’d like.</li>
<li>Add a custom message to send to the creator.
Preview your invite and, when you’re happy, hit “Send”.</li>
</ol>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-collabs-users-can-now-directly-invite-creators-to-join-a-community</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collabs affiliate tracking works with Markets &amp; Markets Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Collabs now works seamlessly with merchants who utilize Markets and Markets Pro. Merchants are now able to easily track sales and commissions earned by creators they work with across all expansion stores in one place on Shopify Collabs. </p>

<p><strong>What are the advantages of using Markets or Markets Pro and Shopify Collabs?</strong><br>
- Merchants with multiple markets created using subfolders, can install Collabs in the Shopify App store and support affiliate marketing.<br>
- Instant attribution and tracking for sales referred by creators you work with on Shopify Collabs across all regions.<br>
- Take advantage of cross-border tracking capabilities offered by Markets and Markets Pro so Shopify Collabs will work instantly with all the regions you sell in on Shopify.<br>
- The merchants using Shopify Markets who do not have expansion stores, will only need to install the Collabs app on their single store.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2023 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collabs-affiliate-tracking-works-with-markets-markets-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SMS Order Confirmation available only for certain countries</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>From the 28th of January, Shopify is only sending <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/settings/notifications">Order Confirmation SMS </a>on behalf of merchants whose <a href="http://shopify.com/admin/settings/general">billing address</a> is in one of the following countries :</p>

<ul>
<li>Australia </li>
<li>Brazil</li>
<li>Canada</li>
<li>France</li>
<li>Germany</li>
<li>Ireland</li>
<li>India</li>
<li>Italy</li>
<li>Japan</li>
<li>New Zealand</li>
<li>Spain</li>
<li>United Kingdom</li>
<li>United States</li>
</ul>

<p>These changes will reduce duplicate notifications, simplify notification management, and prevent spam and fraud, while powering partners to deliver custom SMS notifications that can be tailored to suit merchants.</p>

<p>Learn more about SMS notifications in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/notifications/sms-notifications">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2023 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sms-order-confirmation-available-only-for-certain-countries</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Checkout extensibility is now available on all Shopify Plus stores</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Stores on the Shopify Plus plan can now customize their checkout using checkout extensibility—a faster way to customize Shopify Checkout in a way that’s app-based, upgrade-safe, higher-converting, and integrated with Shop Pay. </p>

<p>From code-free customizations to completely bespoke customizations, It has the power and flexibility for merchants to build the experiences they want.</p>

<p><a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/checkout">Get started</a></p>

<p>Learn more about checkout extensibility on the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/enterprise/customize-shopify-checkout">Shopify Plus blog</a>. </p>

<p>*Note: If you’re currently using checkout.liquid to customize your checkout, you can <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/extend/checkout-migration">try checkout extensibility by creating a draft checkout</a>. *</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2023 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkout-extensibility-is-now-available-on-all-shopify-plus-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhancements to POS custom printed receipts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are continuing to improve the ways in which merchants can customize their POS printed receipts. Available now, manage these customization options by navigating to your Point of Sale channel view, or POS app, and then going to Settings &gt; Printed Receipts.</p>

<p>New updates include:</p>

<ul>
<li>Support for printing 1D barcodes on customer receipts </li>
<li>Being able to hide the compare-at price on printed receipts</li>
<li>Being able to hide the discount code on printed receipts</li>
<li>Being able to display sales attribution per line item</li>
<li>Being able to set a default number of copies to print</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/receipt-management/customize-receipts">customizing receipts</a> from the Shopify Help Center</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 12:32:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhancements-to-pos-custom-printed-receipts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Oversell warning and confirmation </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When an item is sold out or committed to another order and that item is added to the cart, a warning message will appear to notify sales staff that some items are not available to sell. Staff can decide to complete the sale by confirming they wish to sell the item anyway or go back to the cart for more actions like Save cart, create a Ship to customer order or remove the item from the cart. </p>

<p>We know making the sale no matter what is a top priority. Using inventory states, staff can determine the quantities of items that are committed to other orders, available for pick up at another location or incoming on purchase orders or transfers. This extra layer of inventory data gives staff options to reduce overselling items while maintaining a positive experience for shoppers.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new oversell warning and inventory states in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/changing-inventory-quantities-pos">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 12:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/oversell-warning-and-confirmation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved staff attribution visibility with new Staff on orders view</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>At a glance, staff can now quickly see who assisted the sale on completed orders by viewing Order details. Sales attribution is also now displayed during the return and exchange process.</p>

<p>This update increases applied staff attribution visibility on completed orders with the introduction of two new Staff views:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Order details</strong> view: Displays <strong>Attributed staff</strong> and <strong>Staff at register</strong> on completed orders</li>
<li><strong>Manage return item</strong> view: Displays <strong>Sales attribution</strong> of the item(s) being returned or exchanged</li>
</ul>

<p>The ability to quickly see sales attribution on completed orders is an opportunity for staff to continue to build a customer relationship and positive shopping experience. </p>

<p>Learn more about [staff attribution] in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/sales-attribution">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-staff-attribution-visibility-with-new-staff-on-orders-view</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify scales to 1,000 locations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are continuing to improve the ways in which merchants can grow and operate at scale with Shopify. Available now, merchants can add, edit and manage 1,000 locations.</p>

<p>New updates include:</p>

<p><strong>Improvements to the user experience</strong> so that merchants with many locations can find the location they’re looking for in key workflows.</p>

<ul>
<li>Consolidated location selector in Admin that scales to 1,000+ locations</li>
<li>Added location search, sort, and filtering to POS app</li>
<li>Added search, pagination, sorting, and filtering in key workflows in POS channel</li>
</ul>

<p><strong>Performance improvements in Admin</strong> for key workflows related to locations across product creation, stocking inventory, delivery settings, order routing.</p>

<p><strong>Improvements to APIs</strong> powering key use cases for merchants with 1,000+ locations including Shipping, Storefront, Ship-to-home, REST, and APIs powering POS channel.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/locations/setting-up-your-locations">setting up locations</a> from the Shopify Help Center</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jan 2023 12:32:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-scales-to-1-000-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Audiences is now available for Pinterest Ads</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Audiences is a marketing app that helps you find new customers by generating audience lists for digital advertising platforms, such as Meta, Google, and now Pinterest. Shopify Audiences generates lists of relevant buyers located in the United States and Canada who are likely to purchase from your store. Audience lists are automatically exported to your digital advertising account, where you can target the lists in your ad campaigns.</p>

<p><img src="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0611/0996/0760/files/Select_platform.png?v=1674438771" alt="shopify audiences connect ad account"></p>

<p><strong>Learn more</strong><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/shopify-audiences/setting-up-shopify-audiences#connect-to-pinterest">Setting up Shopify Audiences</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/shopify-audiences/using-audiences#types-of-audiences">Types of audiences for Pinterest Ads</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jan 2023 13:46:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-audiences-is-now-available-for-pinterest-ads</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved backup shipping rates to avoid blocked checkouts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Occasionally, third party shipping apps might experience downtime, during which they won't return rates within the timeout. This can lead to a loss of sales because checkouts get blocked and customers cannot place their orders. </p>

<p>To close this experience gap and protect your checkout, backup shipping rates are now displayed to customers. If Shopify-powered backup rates do not meet your business needs, you can customize backup shipping rates for each delivery profile and shipping zone using order value or item weight conditions.</p>

<p>Customize backup shipping rates from your <a href="http://shopify.com/admin/settings/shipping">Shipping and delivery settings</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about backup shipping rates on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/backup-rates">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jan 2023 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-backup-shipping-rates-to-avoid-blocked-checkouts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Private apps are being automatically converted to custom apps</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>From January 19th to January 20th, 2023, all private apps will be automatically converted to custom apps. </p>

<p>Custom apps support all the functionality that private apps did, and provide better security. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/custom-apps">custom apps</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 15:25:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/private-apps-are-being-automatically-converted-to-custom-apps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify admin now lives at admin.shopify.com</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve consolidated all Shopify store admin URLs under a single domain, <strong>admin.shopify.com</strong>, replacing the myshopify.com part of each store’s unique URL. This will reduce page load times and give you smoother transition between stores.</p>

<p>The new admin.shopify.com domain improves load times for apps in the admin, but requires app developers to make some <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/api/app-bridge/previous-versions/updating-overview#ensure-compatibility-with-the-new-shopify-admin-domain">updates</a>. Third-party apps that haven’t yet been updated will temporarily open in a new tab using the old myshopify.com domain, so you can continue to use them. All apps are required to update by September 2023.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jan 2023 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-admin-now-lives-at-admin-shopify-com</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Live view now has refreshed look with better search and navigation using the interactive map</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this update, we’ve introduced improvements to searching and navigation with an updated interactive map interface. By integrating session and purchase data into an interactive map, the Live View allows you to visualize where your customers are coming from and which areas are driving the most sales. We’ve also streamlined the UI to ease data comprehension. </p>

<p>Check out the new interactive map interface in your live view. Learn more about the updates <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/live-view">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jan 2023 09:01:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/live-view-now-has-refreshed-look-with-better-search-and-navigation-using-the-interactive-map</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Refunded Gift Cards are now auto disabled</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now when a Shopify Gift Card is refunded we will automatically disable it for you, saving time and reducing your fraud risk. This will work whether you refund a Gift Card from Shopify POS or your online store.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 04:58:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/refunded-gift-cards-are-now-auto-disabled</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Webhook topic for auditing the store admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added a new <a href="https://shopify.dev/api/admin-graphql/2023-01/enums/WebhookSubscriptionTopic#value-auditeventsadminapiactivity">Audit events webhook topic</a> that allows all Admin API activity to be audited, so you can understand the history of all actions that impact your store, whether they're from the store admin or public, private, or custom apps. This topic is limited to one subscription per Plus store and requires the use of <a href="https://shopify.dev/apps/webhooks/configuration/google-cloud">Google Cloud Pub/Sub</a> or <a href="https://shopify.dev/apps/webhooks/configuration/eventbridge">AWS Eventbridge</a>. Access is restricted to Custom apps only.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jan 2023 09:35:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/webhook-topic-for-auditing-the-store-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - New Scheduled time trigger, Get data actions, and tools for working with lists available  </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, Flow has begun the rollout of a new set of features to the Shopify Plus and Advanced plans. These features will be fully rolled out over the next few weeks. </p>

<p>With these new features, you can schedule workflows to run at a specific time and date, without needing a commerce event to kick things off. You can also leverage the new get data action, to fetch specific Shopify data needed for daily reports (up to 100 per workflow). </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/06-10-h4sjs-pt8gd.png" alt="Workflow that gets chargebacks and tags customer"></p>

<p>With these new Flow capabilities, you can build many new types of workflows. When you gain access to the new features, check out the template library for examples on how to:<br>
* Every day, get a summary of orders older than 2 days that are unfulfilled<br>
* Use tags to segment customers based on their orders for last 6 months<br>
* Every hour, get orders with chargebacks and tag the customer<br>
* Every day, get products that are out of stock and send a summary email<br>
* Cancel orders if customer placed too many orders today<br>
* Hold orders if customer placed more than 1 order in last 24 hours<br>
* Remove new product tag 90 days after product was created</p>

<h3>Learn more about how the new triggers and actions work here:</h3>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/triggers/scheduled-time">Scheduled time trigger</a> - run workflows up to once per hour or at a set day in the future</li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/for-each">For each action</a> - Loop over lists of data (from Get data) to check conditions or repeatedly call actions</li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/count">Count action</a> - count the number of items in a list</li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/sum">Sum action</a> - sum the values for single field across all items in a list</li>
</ul>

<p>Get data actions - Get data by querying your shop: <br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-collection-data">Get collection data</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-customer-data">Get customer data</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-draft-order-data">Get draft order data</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-order-data">Get order data</a><br>
* <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow/reference/actions/get-product-data">Get product data</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2023 10:03:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-new-scheduled-time-trigger-get-data-actions-and-tools-for-working-with-lists-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Average Order Value now has a new definition in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously, the definition of Average Order Value (AOV) in Shopify Analytics was based on the "total sales" value of an order. To better match merchant expectations, this definition has been adjusted to be based on an order's value of "gross sales minus discounts", excluding any adjustments made to the order after it was created. This adjusted definition of AOV applies to all places where AOV is shown within the Admin, including historical data. Learn more about the Average Order Value calculation in our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/sales-report#common-sales-report-terms">Help Docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jan 2023 18:31:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/your-average-order-value-now-has-a-new-definition-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>View your customer cohort analysis report by sales and average order value</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Customer Cohort Analysis report allows you to assess customer retention across different cohorts by date of acquisition. In this update, we’ve added the following additional metrics to the cohort analysis table: gross sales, net sales, and average order value. Also, we’ve expanded the drill-down capabilities to all cells (cohort and period after first acquisition) in the cohort table and added additional drill-down dimensions; these include: top products purchased, top marketing channels, top sales channels and a breakdown of sales by subscription vs one-time purchases.</p>

<p>Check out the cohort analysis report in your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/reports/customer_cohort_analysis">Shopify admin</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Jan 2023 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/view-your-customer-cohort-analysis-report-by-sales-and-average-order-value</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It is now easier to take advantage of Shopify Balance Rewards</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added a Year-to-Date Cashback Tracker to the Balance Rewards page. This will help you as a merchant better understand how much cashback you’ve earned simply by using your Balance card! Alongside this addition comes a fresh new look for the entirety of the Balance Rewards page making it easier for you to understand and  take advantage of all the great rewards that Shopify Balance and our Partners have to offer.</p>

<p>You can learn more about how you can earn Balance Rewards in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finances/shopify-balance/rewards">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2023 15:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/it-is-now-easier-to-take-advantage-of-shopify-balance-rewards</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Removing lineItemsMutable connection from Order</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This connection has been deprecated since <strong>2021-04</strong>, and will be removed entirely in <strong>2023-01</strong>.</p>

<p>The existing lineItems connection on Order should be used instead.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2023 13:35:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/removing-lineitemsmutable-connection-from-order</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tap to Pay on iPhone transaction counts in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting March 1, 2023, if you process over 100 Tap to Pay on iPhone transactions in a month, there will be an additional fee of 25¢ per Tap to Pay on iPhone transaction for the remainder of the calendar month.</p>

<p>This new view in Shopify POS enables you to track your monthly total of included and charged Tap to Pay on iPhone transactions from the POS Settings under <strong>Hardware details</strong>.  </p>

<p>Learn more about Tap to Pay on iPhone fees on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/payment-management/tap-to-pay#fees">Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2023 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tap-to-pay-on-iphone-transaction-counts-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Webhook topics specifically for activating and deactivating locations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Dedicated webhook topics have been introduced that will be sent out whenever a location is deactivated <code>locations/deactivate</code> or when a deactivated location is re-activated <code>locations/activate</code>. Currently location deactivation and activation webhooks are lumped under the <code>locations/update</code> webhook topic. </p>

<p>Webhooks on the <code>locations/update</code> topic will also continue to be sent out for location activation/deactivation, in case any clients are already consuming these <code>update</code> notifications for this purpose. It is recommended that such clients switch over to consuming the dedicated <code>locations/activate</code> and <code>locations/deactivate</code> topics, as eventually lumping them together with <code>locations/update</code> webhooks will be deprecated in a future API version.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2023 00:01:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/webhook-topics-specifically-for-activating-and-deactivating-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Index Filtering &amp; Search Redesign</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We have redesigned a set of filters for all index pages in the Shopify admin. These are filters merchants can use to create custom saved views on pages such as Products, Orders, Inventory, Collections, etc.</p>

<p>Merchants can also quickly access information from the index pages by launching search using the <strong>F</strong> key or clicking the magnifying glass.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/index-filtering-search-redesign</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to Inventory Transfers!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update</strong>: We’ve added the ability to create draft transfers to the inventory transfers feature in Admin. This will allow merchants to build an inventory transfer over time without inventory levels being affected until they are ready to mark the transfer as pending. ? ?</p>

<p><strong>Update</strong>: We’ve added support for much larger Inventory transfers to this release. Merchants can now reliably create and receive inventory transfers with hundreds of line items. You may notice your product line items broken up into multiple pages on transfers with more than 50 line items. Bulk receiving (accept all, and reject all) on transfers with hundreds of line items is now possible.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-to-inventory-transfers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bulk edit your product recommendations and product boosts with Metafields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/metafields">Metafields</a> to edit product recommendations and product boosts in your Shopify admin. Merchants can use Shopify’s <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/bulk-editing">Bulk Editor</a> to quickly edit these discovery features across their product catalog, or make changes directly on the admin product page. Any changes you make to the metafields are synced with the Search &amp; Discovery app.</p>

<p>Learn more about managing <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/product-recommendations#edit-product-recommendations-with-metafields">product recommendations</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/product-boosts#edit-product-boosts-with-metafields">product boosts</a> with metafields in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Dec 2022 14:50:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bulk-edit-your-product-recommendations-and-product-boosts-with-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Duplicate sections and blocks</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, you can now duplicate sections and blocks from the preview tool tip. All of your content and customizations will carry over. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Dec 2022 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/duplicate-sections-and-blocks</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Online store media localizable to different languages and markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It is now possible to upload different versions of media (images, videos, files) to show to customers across languages and markets. For example, you may want to show a different home page cover image for the European market as opposed to the North American market. Simply use a translation app (e.g. Shopify's <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/translate-and-adapt">Translate &amp; Adapt app</a>) to upload different media, then enable country &amp; language switchers on your theme or enable automatic redirection to land your customers in the appropriate experience.</p>

<p>Note: media localization is currently only supported for theme sections &amp; metafield file references. Product media localization is not yet supported.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Dec 2022 16:56:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/online-store-media-localizable-to-different-languages-and-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unordered Lists are now supported in the Online Store Editor's rich text fields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update:</strong> We’ve added support for <code>&lt;ul&gt;</code> unordered lists to the rich text fields in the Online Store Editor. You can now create these lists manually using the list icon in the Rich Text Editor toolbar, or you can create them automatically by adding a connection to a Metafield list using the Datasource Connection icon. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://shopify.dev/themes/architecture/settings/input-settings#richtext">input settings</a> and <a href="https://shopify.dev/themes/store/requirements#7-consistency-and-functionality">theme store requirements</a> that have been updated in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Dec 2022 13:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/unordered-lists-are-now-supported-in-the-online-store-editor-s-rich-text-fields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eligible Plus merchants can start building custom promotions with Shopify Functions </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Over the coming weeks, eligible Shopify Plus merchants, <strong>who are not leveraging checkout.liquid customizations</strong>, will start getting access to Shopify Functions. </p>

<p>This means, Shopify Plus merchants can build powerful promotions with new discount types by downloading discount apps–powered by Functions–from the Shopify App Store, or can start building their own discount Functions and deploying them with a custom app. </p>

<p><strong>Important note</strong>: Please note that the rollout to eligible Plus shops will take several weeks to complete. Plus brands that leverage a checkout.liquid customization are not eligible to use Functions at this point in time. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Dec 2022 16:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Discounts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/eligible-plus-merchants-can-start-building-custom-promotions-with-shopify-functions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summarizing your store’s Black Friday Cyber Monday 2022 performance </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the conclusion of Black Friday Cyber Monday 2022, we’ve prepared a summary notebook in ShopifyQL Notebooks for reviewing your store’s performance this season. </p>

<p>This notebook makes use of new capabilities also now available in any new  Notebook:</p>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://shopify.dev/api/shopifyql/shopifyql-reference">DURING, COMPARE TO</a> keywords that allow you  to compare data for named date ranges such as BFCM2022</li>
<li>Support for comments in ShopifyQL queries </li>
<li><a href="https://shopify.dev/api/shopifyql/datasets/benchmark-dataset">Benchmarks dataset</a> that contains benchmark numbers for average order value and online store conversion rates against merchants that are similar to your store</li>
<li>Support for <a href="https://shopify.dev/api/liquid/filters">LiquidJS filters</a> to create dynamic content that references output from code blocks in text blocks </li>
<li>Glimpse into operational data when referencing "order id" and "product id" fields</li>
</ul>

<p><strong>How can I start using ShopifyQL Notebooks?</strong><br>
Go to the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopifyql-notebooks">ShopifyQL Notebooks app store listing</a>, click “Add app” and follow the instructions to install.</p>

<p><strong>How do I access the 2022 Black Friday Cyber Monday summary?</strong><br>
Once installed, the summary is available in the ShopifyQL Notebooks index as “2022 Black Friday Cyber Monday summary”</p>

<p><strong>Where can I get help?</strong><br>
Learn more about how the ShopifyQL Notebooks app works in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopifyql-notebooks">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/summarizing-your-store-s-black-friday-cyber-monday-2022-performance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Governorates are now available for Kuwait shipping zones</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants based in Kuwait can now add governorates to their shipping zones. </p>

<p>As a result, merchants in this region can give their customers the opportunity to provide more accurate address information at checkout as well as set up more specific shipping zones for the governorates that they add. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/setting-up-shipping-zones">adding shipping zones</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Nov 2022 13:40:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/governorates-are-now-available-for-kuwait-shipping-zones</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Live View now has a lighter, brighter and fresher theme </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Live View has always been a place for you to recreate the same emotion of being in a real store. This year, we’ve updated Live View to reflect a lighter and fresher theme for 2022.  The surface will continue to showcase the same metrics in a more compact layout. The streamer mode is back for you merchants to share videos or screenshots of your live viewing experience, without having to share the specific numbers. </p>

<p>Highlights have been switched off to give you more space to focus on the experience and metrics you care about the most. </p>

<p>Check out the new Live View in your admin today.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Nov 2022 16:31:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/your-live-view-now-has-a-lighter-brighter-and-fresher-theme-1</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> Now measure your stores performance with analytics in the Search &amp; Discovery app </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Find out how customers are searching for products and better understand how product recommendations perform. Track results, including top online store searches, top online store searches with no results or no clicks, and purchase rate, using the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app. </p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/analytics">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2022 13:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-measure-your-stores-performance-with-analytics-in-the-search-discovery-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grow your marketing list for free with Shopify Forms</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Forms is <a href="https://utm.guru/ue7Ss">now available</a>—a free email capture app that works seamlessly with the tools you already use, like Shopify Email, automations, segmentation, discounts, and more. </p>

<p>Create branded forms for your online store quickly and easily, with no design or coding experience required. Choose when and where the form shows up, and include offers like discounts to encourage visitors to share their name and email. Keep all of your customers’ data securely in Shopify, and measure the success of your promotions in the same place you keep track of your sales. Learn more about <a href="https://utm.guru/ue7Sq">how to use Shopify Forms</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2022 08:56:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/grow-your-marketing-list-for-free-with-shopify-forms</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subscription Shipping Rate Names to No Longer Use Default Names</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We’ve added the functionality to enable merchants to create selling plan specific shipping rate (for subscriptions) so that the names from those rates surface in checkout. If you do not create selling plan specific shipping rates then the general rate name will be surfaced in checkout. The default shipping rate names (ie. "subscription shipping", subscription local", "subscription pickup") are gone. Now merchants can customize their shipping rates by naming them what makes the most sense for their products &amp; services. ?</p>

<p>These changes are coming soon, expect to see them in December. If you have any Scripts that depended on the old default shipping rate name of "Subscription shipping" and need time to make changes, please contact Merchant Support to have these changes temporarily disabled for your shop(s).</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Nov 2022 18:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/subscription-shipping-rate-names-to-no-longer-use-default-names</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New improvements to staff attribution</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Whether you offer commission based incentives or are looking to measure staff sales performance, getting accurate information is key for reporting and payouts. Available now, we’ve made some improvements to how staff are attributed on orders. </p>

<p>The staff attribution search bar now displays the 10 most recently attributed list of names. The new staff bar is another useful way to quickly search, find, and assign the staff member that earned the sale.</p>

<p>Staff attribution updates are the following:<br>
* When attributing a sale, the 10 most recently attributed staff names appear automatically in the staff attribution search bar<br>
* The staff attribution <strong>Smart Grid tile</strong> has been renamed to <strong>Attribute sale</strong><br>
* Under <strong>More actions</strong> in the cart, “Add staff” has been renamed to <strong>Attribute sale to staff</strong></p>

<p>Learn more about adding staff to orders in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/sales-attribution">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Nov 2022 12:05:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-improvements-to-staff-attribution</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bulk editing support for product metafields with definitions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released bulk editing support for Product metafields with definitions in Shopify. This will help merchants who are looking for quick, efficient ways to edit Product metafields in bulk, as opposed to individually going to each product's detail page. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Nov 2022 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bulk-editing-support-for-product-metafields-with-definitions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now manage discounts on sales channels in Shopify Admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Use Shopify to manage discounts on different sales channels. These discounts can be promoted on your products to help strengthen relations with customers, drive clicks, and increase conversion. </p>

<p>Learn more about Discounts on Sales Channels in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/sales-channel-discounts">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Nov 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-manage-discounts-on-sales-channels-in-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now Launched: ShopifyQL Notebooks App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>ShopifyQL Notebooks, available for all Plus merchants, help you bring together metrics from different business domains so you can explore, visualize and analyze shop data to make better business decisions. Your data exploration is guided by ShopifyQL - an intelligent query language that has commerce syntax built into it. You can now write simple queries to quickly get access to data and add business context via images or text, all within a single interface. </p>

<p>Visualize and analyze shop data with a powerful query editor.<br>
Get to answers quickly, using a query language built with commerce syntax<br>
Combine data from multiple business domains or dive deep into a single domain<br>
Everything you need to write your own data story - fresh data, text &amp; visualizations<br>
Use the presentation mode to share your data story with business stakeholders</p>

<p><strong>How can I start using ShopifyQL Notebooks?</strong><br>
Go to the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shopifyql-notebooks">ShopifyQL Notebooks app store listing</a>, click “Add app” and follow the instructions to install.</p>

<p><strong>Where can I get help?</strong><br>
Learn more about how the ShopifyQL Notebooks app works in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopifyql">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-launched-shopifyql-notebooks-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to selecting date ranges within Shopify reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The date selection widget in your reports now comes with pre-canned date ranges for important periods like BFCM so you can quickly select them with a single click. It also allows for easier comparison between time periods by introducing a new comparison date range selector. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-selecting-date-ranges-within-shopify-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Branding customizations are now available for new customer accounts </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Pages using new customer accounts will automatically inherit any changes you’ve made to checkout branding, to keep branding consistent across your site. This change impacts the order history and account information pages. </p>

<p>You can make changes to your checkout branding using the new checkout editor or in the checkout section of your online store theme, depending on which you have access to. Note, these changes will not apply to the login page for B2B stores. This will be possible with a future launch. </p>

<p>Customize your <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/settings/checkout">checkout branding</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/customers/customer-accounts/new-customer-accounts#about-new-customer-accounts">new customer accounts</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/branding-customizations-are-now-available-for-new-customer-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Find out your most loyal group of customers with the new cohort analysis.</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new Customer Cohort Analysis report allows you to assess customer retention across different cohorts by date of acquisition. You can also view the average retention rate for your shop over a period of time and compare it with previous periods. </p>

<p>In addition, the cohort analysis report allows you to drill down into a specific cohort to look at metrics like average order value, predicted spend tier and top locations by customers. With all this information, you can now identify key drivers that help improve customer retention for your store. </p>

<p>Check out the cohort analysis report <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/customers-reports#customer-cohort-analysis">here</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/find-out-your-most-loyal-group-of-customers-with-the-new-cohort-analysis</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Build customer segments based on product tags</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now group customers who have bought products with specific product tags. </p>

<p>This new filter helps you build customer groups based on their interest in specific product types. Examples include: product highlights, products with specific colours, and products made of specific materials. </p>

<p>Learn more about building customer groups based on product tags in the <a href="https://utm.guru/ue3Rf">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 09:34:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/build-customer-segments-based-on-product-tags</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easily Transfer money into Shopify Balance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update</strong>: We’ve added the ability to easily transfer money into Shopify Balance within the ‘Move Money’ feature. This feature allows our merchants to link their external Bank Accounts to Balance and move money without having to leave the Shopify Admin ?. No more copying and pasting account, routing and transit numbers.?</p>

<p>e.g.: Learn more about the feature in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/finances/shopify-balance/transactions#transfer-funds">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/easily-transfer-money-into-shopify-balance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New marketing automation templates available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added reengagement templates in our marketing automation library. Starting today, you can automate an abandoned checkout, cart, or product browse email—all within Shopify.</p>

<p><a href="https://utm.guru/uelrO">Learn more about marketing automations</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Oct 2022 08:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-marketing-automation-templates-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Shopify Tax </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Managing US sales tax is complicated, which is why we’re committed to making it better. Shopify Tax is bringing brand new features to your admin that will make it easier to collect the right amounts at the right time, and know where your business is liable.</p>

<h4>New</h4>

<h5>Rooftop accuracy</h5>

<p>Shopify deciphers the more than 11,000 US sales tax jurisdictions and applies the right rate at checkout based on your buyer’s precise address. </p>

<h5>Smart categorization</h5>

<p>Is a ? a  sandwich? As a society, we may never be able to agree on the answer, but at Shopify, we can help you categorize your hotdog for tax purposes. Shopify helps you by suggesting the proper category for your products and then automatically applies the right tax rate based on local rules. Manual tax overrides will soon be a thing of the past.</p>

<h4>Available now</h4>

<h5>Sales tax insights</h5>

<p>Know where you’re liable with a state-by-state overview of your tax obligations. Sales tax insights analyzes your store’s sales and compares it to state-level nexus requirements to let you know where you may be required to collect tax.</p>

<h4>Learn more</h4>

<p>Shopify Tax is currently being released to all Shopify stores that sell within the United States. Merchants using <em>registration-based taxes</em> in the US will automatically receive these enhancements in the coming weeks. Read about our commitment to help you manage sales tax on the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/blog/shopifytax?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=shopify_tax">Shopify Blog</a>, and learn more about these new features in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/shopify-tax?utm_source=changelog&amp;utm_medium=changelog&amp;utm_campaign=shopify_tax">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-shopify-tax</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Shopify Alerts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With Shopify alerts, you’ll be notified about critical store information directly in the Shopify admin – allowing your team to action specific tasks immediately to ensure there’s no disruption with your store’s performance.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/blog/admin-enhancements#3">Learn more about Shopify Alerts</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-shopify-alerts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tap to Pay on iPhone now available on Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants in the US using Shopify POS and Shopify Payments can now enable Apple Tap to Pay on iPhone in their hardware settings. Accept tap payments by credit, debit, or mobile device without the need for any additional hardware.</p>

<p>To enable, go to <strong><em>Settings &gt; Set up hardware and select Tap to Pay on iPhone</em></strong>. Once the account owner has enabled it for the store, all staff can pair their devices if signed into Shopify POS on an iPhone XS or higher, running iOS 15.5 or higher.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/payment-management/tap-to-pay">Tap to Pay on iPhone</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tap-to-pay-on-iphone-now-available-on-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Merge customer profiles</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, you can merge customer profiles to ensure you have the most accurate view of your customer data. </p>

<p>First, identify duplicated customer profiles with the same name, phone number, email address, or another overlapping attribute. From there, select two profiles to combine and keep the profile with the most accurate data. </p>

<p>Learn more about when you can <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/manage-customers#merging-customer-profiles">merge customer profiles</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Oct 2022 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/merge-customer-profiles</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize your B2B Checkout experience</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Each company location page now includes the ability to customize the checkout process for buyers. Using our new order confirmation setting, you can choose to automatically approve wholesale orders to streamline your order process or have them submitted as a draft order to ensure greater accuracy. No matter which option you choose, it’s all supported with Shopify’s powerful checkout. </p>

<p>Learn more about our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/b2b/draft-orders#checkout-to-draft">order confirmation setting</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-your-b2b-checkout-experience</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhancements to POS staff permissions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are continuing to improve staff permissions in POS, and with this latest version you can get more detailed than ever. Available now, manage these more granular permissions by navigating to your Point of Sale channel view, then going to Staff &gt; Manage POS Roles and clicking to edit an existing role, or create a new role</p>

<p>New updates include:</p>

<ul>
<li>Ability to separately specify which staff roles are able to set their own custom discounts, and which can use only a pre-specified list of discount codes</li>
<li>Ability to specify which staff roles are able to access the cash drawer </li>
<li>Ability to separately specify which staff roles can start/stop a payment tracking session, adjust a payment tracking session, or see payment tracking history on the web admin or in the app</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/staff-management/pos-roles">POS staff roles and permissions</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2022 10:32:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhancements-to-pos-staff-permissions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Local Delivery &amp; Pickup for Subscriptions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, your online store customers will be offered Local Delivery &amp; Pickup in your checkout when purchasing Subscriptions ?. This will help you expand your delivery offering for customers close to your merchandise.</p>

<p>To enable Local Delivery &amp; Pickup visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/local-methods">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>

<p>But that's not all, we've teamed up with our Partners so their Subscriptions apps are ready for Local Delivery &amp; Pickup to give you a better experience while managing Subscriptions.</p>

<p>Learn more about setting up and managing Subscriptions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options/subscriptions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 18:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-local-delivery-pickup-for-subscriptions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Central and secure customer behavior analysis with pixels.</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now add and manage all pixels, on your online store and checkout, from one place in the Shopify admin. Install an app containing a pixel or create a custom pixel to start generating customer behavior insights.</p>

<p>In your Shopify admin, go to Settings&gt; <a href="https://utm.guru/ue1N9">Customer Events</a> to install app pixels or add custom pixels on your online store or checkout. </p>

<p>Visit the <a href="https://utm.guru/ue1N8">Shopify Help Center</a> to learn more.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 16:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/central-and-secure-customer-behavior-analysis-with-pixels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early access to Shop Cash campaigns is open for Shopify Plus merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shop Cash campaigns help you make first-time sales on the Shop app by multiplying the value of Shop Cash at your store.</p>

<p>To apply, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop">add the Shop channel</a> and complete the form in the Marketing section. Once you’re accepted into the program, you can create Shop Cash campaigns. </p>

<p>Learn more about Shop Cash in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shop-pay/shop-cash">Shop help center.</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2022 12:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/early-access-to-shop-cash-campaigns-is-open-for-shopify-plus-merchants</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Derived compare-at prices are now hidden in Europe for compliance with the European Price Indication Directive</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To protect merchants from unknowingly violating the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/legal/pricing-indication-directive">EU Price Indication Directive</a>, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/discounts/sales"><strong>compare-at prices</strong></a> set for a country outside of the European Economic Area (EEA) are no longer shown to EEA markets. This is only available if you are using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets">Shopify Markets</a> to adapt your store, but works whether or not you are using Shopify Payments to sell in Euros.</p>

<p>This only affects all merchants whose primary market is outside of the EEA. If your primary market is in the EEA, <strong>compare-at prices</strong> are always shown. You should take care to set them in compliance with the directive.</p>

<p>Merchants with a non-EEA primary market who wish to show <strong>compare-at prices</strong> to EEA customers can do so by explicitly defining values for those markets via the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/import-export">product CSV import function</a>. Alternatively, you can opt out of this functionality entirely by going to <strong>Settings &gt; Markets &gt; Preferences</strong> and unchecking the checkbox for "Hide compare-at prices for European Economic Area (EEA) customers".</p>

<p>This content doesn't contain, and isn't meant to provide, legal advice. You should consult your own legal counsel to determine how the laws in your region and the regions in which you sell might affect your business.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Sep 2022 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/derived-compare-at-prices-are-now-hidden-in-europe-for-compliance-with-the-european-price-indication-directive</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New metafield definition types - collection_reference / list.collection_reference</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of API <strong>2022-10</strong>, two new metafield definition types are available</p>

<ul>
<li><code>collection_reference</code>: A reference to a collection on the online store.</li>
<li><code>list.collection_reference</code>: A list of collection references on the online store.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-metafield-definition-types-collection_reference-list-collection_reference</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments now available in Portugal</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants who have a store in Portugal can accept credit cards and Multibanco on your store through Shopify’s integrated payments system. Use features like payout and chargeback management and accelerated checkouts such as Apple Pay and Google Pay. You can also sell in 133 currencies while getting paid in Euros.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-now-available-in-portugal</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Build customer segments based on email-related events</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now build customer segments based on email-related behaviors and actions. Build groups based on filters like: email opens, clicks, bounced emails, emails marked as spam, and many more. </p>

<p>These new filters will give you tools to market to your audiences based on their engagement level with your emails. </p>

<p>Learn more about building customer groups based on email events in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/customers/customer-segmentation/customer-segments/customer-segmentation-reference/customer-segment-shopify#email-events">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 09:04:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/build-customer-segments-based-on-email-related-events</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments for POS now available in Finland</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for retail merchants in Finland, along with the fully integrated WisePad 3 card reader.</p>

<p>You can now accept all major payment methods, how and wherever you want. It is seamlessly integrated with Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> and the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/wisepad">WisePad 3</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-for-pos-now-available-in-finland</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments now available in Switzerland</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants who have a store in Switzerland can accept credit cards and Sofort on your store through Shopify’s integrated payments system. Use features like payout and chargeback management and accelerated checkouts such as Apple Pay and Google Pay. You can also sell in 133 currencies while getting paid in Euros.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2022 08:46:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-now-available-in-switzerland</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Access to your reports made simpler and faster </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve revamped the reports index under the Analytics section in your Shopify admin. The new index allows you quick and easy access to the specific reports you’re looking for. You can now pin multiple reports, filter reports created by specific users and sort your list in a few different ways including keeping your most frequented reports right at the top. </p>

<p>Check out the <a href="https://admin.shopify.com/reports">new reports index here</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Sep 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/access-to-your-reports-made-simpler-and-faster</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app now supports complementary product recommendations </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Meet your buyer’s needs and improve product discovery by adding complementary product recommendations to your product detail pages, using the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app</a>. </p>

<p>Complementary products are items that are often bought together or pair well. For instance, a customer buying shoes may also like a pair of socks. </p>

<p>Learn more about complementary product recommendations in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/product-recommendations">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-search-discovery-app-now-supports-complementary-product-recommendations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments now available in Czechia</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants who have a store in Czechia can accept credit cards, iDEAL, and Bancontact on your store through Shopify’s integrated payments system. Use features like payout and chargeback management and accelerated checkouts such as Apple Pay and Google Pay. You can also sell in 133 currencies while getting paid in Euros.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2022 12:50:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-now-available-in-czechia</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Send invoice emails to multiple recipients</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added the ability to send invoice emails to multiple recipients at once with a new <strong><em>CC</em></strong> field option in the email invoice modal on Orders and Draft orders. This makes it easier for merchants to share these invoices with their customers in order to collect payment. </p>

<p>Learn more about the Draft orders in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/send-invoice-emails-to-multiple-recipients</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Custom pricing by market now available on all plans</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Setting product prices and percentage price adjustments per market is now available to all subscription plans and no longer requires Shopify Payments. Showing prices in local currencies and setting manual exchange rates will still require Shopify Payments. </p>

<p>Learn more about custom pricing per market in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/pricing/price-adjustments">Shopify Help Center</a>.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Sep 2022 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/custom-pricing-by-market-now-available-on-all-plans</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updated POS gift card settings offer more flexibility</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are continuing to improve gift card management in POS, and with this latest version, issuing physical or digital gift cards is more flexible than ever. Whatever the customer’s preference may be, quickly and easily choose between issuing digital or physical gift cards during the checkout process. Available now, manage updated gift card settings by navigating to <strong>Settings &gt; Payment types &gt; Gift card</strong>.</p>

<p>New updates include:<br>
* Ability to enable both digital and physical gift cards in the setting profile so you have the flexibility to choose between issuing digital or physical gift cards during checkout</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/getting-started/setup-payment-method/enable-payments">gift card settings</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Sep 2022 12:32:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updated-pos-gift-card-settings-offer-more-flexibility</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inventory states in POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Inventory is always on the move but inventory states will help you to understand where your products are. They are designed to provide quick contextual insights into your inventory in a convenient place when making a sale.  </p>

<p>Available now, in addition to showing Available inventory, Shopify POS will also display Incoming and Committed inventory for a store location, just like you see in Shopify Admin. We’ve also made a few minor content and visual changes to inventory indicators so that staff can quickly and easily see which products are sold out and might be available elsewhere. Inventory states can reduce unintended overselling, inform selling decisions in store and provide insight into where your inventory is physically and if it can be sold. </p>

<p><strong>What is the Incoming state?</strong><br>
The Incoming state is inventory that is in transit on a transfer or partially received. If you have entered the expected arrival date and the tracking number in Admin, this will also display in POS.</p>

<p><strong>What is the Committed state?</strong><br>
The Committed state is inventory that has been sold or paid for but has not yet been fulfilled. Having visibility into what stock is available for sale and how much is committed to orders can help keep your inventory accurate. </p>

<p>To see committed state for a product in Shopify admin, create an order in Shopify admin that is paid for but not yet fulfilled. Visit the product detail page in Shopify POS to see the committed orders for that product.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new inventory states in POS in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/changing-inventory-quantities-pos#inventory-states">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Sep 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/inventory-states-in-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metafield improvements: Money content type</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Money is a new content type that you can now use to better track money related data in your business.</p>

<p>Choose the money content type for a new field when you want to:</p>

<ul>
<li>Track back-office expenses, such as distributor costs or warehouse transportation fees.</li>
<li>Add money details to products and use them as a data source for blocks in your themes.</li>
<li>Display a monetary value that uses <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets">Shopify Markets</a> to dynamically convert between currencies for international customers.</li>
<li>Set a fixed monetary value for a specific Market using the recently released <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/languages/translate-adapt-app">Translate &amp; Adapt app</a>.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/metafields/metafield-definitions/metafield-types">Money content type</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Sep 2022 10:51:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/metafield-improvements-money-content-type</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing the new Shopify Translate &amp; Adapt app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/translate-and-adapt">Shopify Translate &amp; Adapt app</a> helps give your customers a local experience wherever they are. As you add a language to your store, you will now be able to leverage automatic translations to reduce the time spent preparing to publish that language. </p>

<p>When you expand into new markets, you can customize your store content for buyers in different markets to apply seasonal, cultural, and regional nuance and make sure you are connecting with buyers everywhere (e.g., referring to “pants” in the US as “trousers” in the UK). Pairing perfectly with Shopify Markets to localize your store, the app increases international traffic and drives customer conversion to boost sales globally.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Sep 2022 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-the-new-shopify-translate-adapt-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Express Checkout Buttons in Shopify Email </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, you can add an express checkout button into your email campaigns—You can highlight your latest product launch and customers can buy in just a few clicks with Shop Pay.</p>

<p>Learn more about  express checkout buttons in the <a href="https://utm.guru/ueQ24">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Sep 2022 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-express-checkout-buttons-in-shopify-email</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sofort for Shopify Payments now available in the Netherlands</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sofort is now available for Shopify Payments merchants in the Netherlands. Merchants can enable Sofort payments for customers in Austria, Belgium, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Spain through Shopify Markets.</p>

<p>Learn more about Sofort in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/local-payment-methods/sofort">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Sep 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sofort-for-shopify-payments-now-available-in-the-netherlands</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Shipping in now available in Italy</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Shipping is now available in Italy. Merchants can get their orders out the door faster and for less. Plus, they can manage it all in the same place they manage their business.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Shipping in the<a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping"> Shopify Shipping Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2022 00:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-shipping-in-now-available-in-italy</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New: Chat with customers in the Shop App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, you can use Shopify Inbox to chat with and sell to 100+ million shoppers worldwide on Shop, the shopping and order-tracking app by Shopify.  </p>

<p><strong>Chatting in the Shop app will let you:</strong><br>
* Chat with 100+ million customers at no additional cost <br>
* Convert visitors to sales at a faster rate<br>
* Engage customers where they shop to improve their experience</p>

<p><strong>To start chatting in the Shop App, today:</strong><br>
1. Add <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/inbox">Shopify Inbox</a>, a free app, from the Shopify app store and;<br>
2. Ensure you are eligible for the Shop App according to the Shop <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/eligibility">eligibility guidelines</a>.  </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/shop-chat">Learn more</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2022 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-chat-with-customers-in-the-shop-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automatic image optimization in AVIF</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added support for delivering storefront images in AV1 Image File Format (AVIF), in addition to WebP, in order to improve performance. Shopify will detect which image formats are supported by the client browser and automatically optimize for quality and file size.</p>

<p>Learn more about the automatic image optimization in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/images/theme-images#automatic-image-compression-and-format-selection">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Aug 2022 09:59:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automatic-image-optimization-in-avif</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set shipping rates for international markets in local currencies</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now set shipping rates for your international markets in the local currencies you've configured with Shopify Markets. When creating rates in an international shipping zone, you can choose between your shop currency and the local currency that you’ve enabled for that zone’s market. This choice applies to the price itself and the cart price conditions that control the rate’s visibility. Existing rates will not be changed.</p>

<p>This means you can now set up and advertise localized shipping rates like <em>“£10 flat rate shipping, free after £100”</em> for international customers. Or, continue to set rates in your shop currency, and they’ll be automatically converted to cover your costs.</p>

<p>The option to set shipping rates in local currencies is only available for single-country zones, or those where all countries/regions share a currency. When setting rates for large zones containing countries that use many different currencies, automatic conversion from your shop’s currency remains the only option. You can preview the results of that automatic conversion in the Markets area of settings.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Aug 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-shipping-rates-for-international-markets-in-local-currencies</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make the `Filed by Channel` column available to every merchant</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Previously, the “Filed by Channel” column was only available to merchants who used marketplace channels, like Facebook. Now this column is available to all merchants. </p>

<p>We’ve made “Filed by Channel” in [admin/reports/finances/taxes] available to all merchants with new added context to help make sure that merchants are aware of the tax implications of selling through marketplace channels before they start doing so. </p>

<p>Learn more about the “Filed by Channel” column in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/finances-report#taxes-finance-report">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2022 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/make-the-filed-by-channel-column-available-to-every-merchant</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in Finland</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants who have a store in Finland can accept credit cards, iDEAL, and Bancontact on your store through Shopify’s integrated payments system. Use features like payout and chargeback management and accelerated checkouts such as Apple Pay and Google Pay. You can also sell in 133 currencies while getting paid in Euros.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2022 09:21:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-finland</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Collabs launches to help merchants connect with creators</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of August 16, 2022, Dovetale and all of its features are embedded right into your Shopify admin as <strong>Shopify Collabs</strong>. Here’s what’s new in the upgraded experience:</p>

<ol>
<li>New name and new look.</li>
<li>Access through Shopify admin, login with Shopify credentials.</li>
<li>Team members require Shopify staff accounts for access.</li>
<li>All communication through email tied to your Shopify store.</li>
<li>Creators can discover you through Shopify and apply for partnership.</li>
<li>Your application page has a new URL. Old link will redirect automatically.</li>
</ol>

<p>More details on the changes:</p>

<p><strong>1. Name and look.</strong> Dovetale as a stand-alone platform is being sunset. All the features that used to be part of the platform are migrated into Shopify and will be known as Shopify Collabs. Former Dovetale will now look similar to the rest of Shopify admin.</p>

<p><strong>2. Shopify login.</strong> You used to have a separate login for Dovetale and as of Aug 16, 2022, you’ll need your Shopify login to access Shopify Collabs. You can access it from the admin, in the left-hand panel, once you install the Shopify Collabs app. </p>

<p><strong>3. Staff accounts.</strong> Dovetale had a team manager where you could add team members to manage your creator partnerships. In Shopify Collabs, you’ll need to issue a staff account for every team member to grant them access. Here’s how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/create-staff-accounts">invite staff members into Shopify</a>.</p>

<p><strong>4. Shopify email.</strong> Dovetale used your login email for notifications and information about your account. Shopify Collabs will send all communication through the email tied to your Shopify Store.</p>

<p><strong>5. Creator discovery.</strong> The fun part! With Dovetale, you needed to manually share your application page to get creators to apply to you. Shopify Collabs has a <a href="http://shopify.com/collabs/find-brands">separate platform for creators</a> where they can discover brands and apply for partnership. If you would like to opt out of this feature and not be listed on the discovery platform for creators, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/support/login">contact Shopify support</a>.</p>

<p><strong>6. New page link.</strong> Your application page for creators will move from dovetale.com/community/ to join.collabs.shopify.com/community/. The new URL will be applied to your page automatically and all the old links you have posted will redirect to the new page. No action is required on your part.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 08:56:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Collabs</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-collabs-launches-to-help-merchants-connect-with-creators</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now Launched: Shopify Search &amp; Discovery App  </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Get more control over how customers discover your products by adding the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search-and-discovery">Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app</a> to your admin. Customize search, filtering, and product recommendations, so you can enhance your products’ relevance and sell more. </p>

<p>Learn more about the Shopify Search &amp; Discovery app in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/search-and-discovery/">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Aug 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-launched-shopify-search-discovery-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New permission to refund orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify has made <strong>Refund orders</strong> a separate permission under <strong>Orders</strong> on the user permissions page. Before this improvement the <strong>Orders</strong> permission alone would allow staff to refund orders. Now staff can initiate refunds only if the <strong>Refund orders</strong> permission is explicitly granted to their staff account.  </p>

<p>The new permission applies in the Shopify admin and mobile app, but not in other Shopify or third party apps that allow users to refund orders.  </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions/staff-permissions-descriptions">permissions</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Aug 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-permission-to-refund-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - Use assign, capture, and map in Liquid</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In fields that allow Liquid in Flow, you can now make full use of the tags <a href="https://shopify.dev/api/liquid/tags#assign">assign</a> and <a href="https://shopify.dev/api/liquid/tags#capture">capture</a> to set variables. You can use the <a href="https://shopify.dev/api/liquid/filters#map">map</a> filter to create an array of values from another array. </p>

<p>Assign<br>
Assign allows you to do complex math and string manipulations to a single field or list. It also allows you to use the output of one set of tags in another tag. For example, you can generate a random number between 1 and 10 like this:</p>

<p><code><br>
{% assign min = 1 %}<br>
{% assign max = 10 %}<br>
{% assign diff = max | minus: min %}<br>
{% assign theRandomNumber = "now" | date: "%N" | modulo: diff | plus: min %}<br>
</code></p>

<p>Capture<br>
Capture allows you to write complex logic and strings and then capture the output of a block of liquid to a variable. This means you can write functions for your liquid in one place and then use the variable in much simplified liquid. </p>

<p>```<br>
{%- capture title -%}<br>
  {% if product.title contains “XYZ” -%}<br>
    Upcase title: {{ product.title | upcase }}<br>
  {%- else -%}<br>
    Downcase title: {{ product.title | downcase }}<br>
  {%- endif %}<br>
{%- endcapture %}</p>

<p>{% comment %}Use title field{% endcomment %}<br>
{{ title }}<br>
```</p>

<p>Map<br>
Map allows you to easily create a list of values from a specific property of the items in a list. You can also combine this with assign to make a variable. For example, this outputs the titles for all the products in a collection, separated by a comma.</p>

<p><code><br>
{%- assign product_titles = collection.products | map: 'title' -%}<br>
{{ product_titles | join: ', ' }}<br>
</code></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 13:02:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-use-assign-capture-and-map-in-liquid</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Comparing performance across time periods is now simpler and faster</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Comparing your business data across time periods is an important factor in analyzing performance and making predictions for the future. You can now choose to compare the time periods that will be most meaningful for analyzing your business, for example, to compare against a seasonal change or a past promotion. You can now add the custom time period to compare and you can view the results in a graph or table. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types">reporting in Shopify</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2022 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/comparing-performance-across-time-periods-is-now-simpler-and-faster</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Copy a draft order checkout link</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To make it easier for you to share checkout links for draft orders with customers, we’ve added a quick way to copy the checkout link with a new <strong>Share</strong> action on the <strong>Draft orders</strong> page. The link will access the checkout directly, and provides an alternative to using the send invoice feature and helping your customers get payment to you faster. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders">draft orders</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2022 00:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/copy-a-draft-order-checkout-link</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New default setting for shipping custom items for draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To prevent shipping fees from being applied to draft orders that don't have any physical items in them, the checkbox labeled <strong>This is a physical product</strong> for draft order custom items is now pre-selected by default. Adding shipping charges to a draft order is limited to draft orders that have at least one physical product. This change also comes with the added benefit of helping you find the best shipping rates from your desired shipping provider.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders">draft orders</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2022 00:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-default-setting-for-shipping-custom-items-for-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Custom Fee options available for Point of Sale (POS)</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On your Point of Sale app, you can add frequently charged fees with one tap to the cart using the new Custom Fees feature. Add one or multiple Custom Fee tiles to your smart grid to add custom fees to a cart. This will speed up adding common line item fees like bottle deposits, gift wrapping, rush orders, credit card fees, and more to the customer's cart. Learn which custom fees  are added to transactions by viewing the Custom Sales reporting. The fee is specified by the title “FEE: <em>name of the fee</em>”. </p>

<p>Learn more about the Custom Fees in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/custom-fees">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Aug 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-custom-fee-options-available-for-point-of-sale-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New ways to customize POS receipts </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added new ways to customize POS receipts, so that you can make receipts more customer friendly and easy to understand. Available now, manage these display options in the receipt settings by navigating to Settings &gt; Printed receipts. </p>

<p>New customization options include: <br>
* New toggle to hide or show the SKU number by product on the printed receipt<br>
* New toggle to show the total sales box as a header on the printed receipt <br>
* New drop down to choose the logo width on printed receipts </p>

<p>Learn more about the receipt customization in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/receipt-management/customize-receipts">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-ways-to-customize-pos-receipts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New customer profile gift card view within Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When it comes to gift cards, having organized information in a single place makes gift cards easier to manage and maintain. With the new gift card view in a customer's profile, staff can see all the gift cards that have been assigned to a customer. In addition to searching for a specific gift card, staff can search for the customer and see a list of all the gift cards within their profile. </p>

<p>You can search for the customer and see a list of all the gift cards within their profile. The information includes when the gift cards were last used, expiry dates, and gift card purchase dates. Click on a specific gift card to view specific details, such as the balance of the gift card and the initial value. You can print, email, or send the gift card as an SMS text from within the gift card details view. </p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/customer-management/customer-giftcards">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jul 2022 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-customer-profile-gift-card-view-within-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Provide a better shopper experience with richer customer context in Shopify Inbox</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now see richer customer context such as the customer's profile, order history, and their order details without navigating away from a conversation. This helps you to get a better understanding of your customers right away so that you can provide a more personalized experience and faster response times.</p>

<p>If you need to include another a teammate in the conversation, or add more context about a conversation, you can also create an internal note. Learn more about customer context in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox/conversations#context">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jul 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/provide-a-better-shopper-experience-with-richer-customer-context-in-shopify-inbox</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved analytics for Shopify Inbox</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've enhanced conversation metrics for <a href="https://www.shopify.com/inbox">Shopify Inbox</a> so you can now understand how chat is performing in real time. In addition, you're now able to filter the metrics by various date ranges.</p>

<p>Learn more in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox/conversation-metrics">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jul 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-analytics-for-shopify-inbox</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to POS remote login </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Admins can now remotely authorize Shopify POS logins by scanning a QR Code or an 8 digit code.  </p>

<p>Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/login">help center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-pos-remote-login</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Upload your store to YouTube</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new YouTube Shopping integration allows you to seamlessly showcase your products on your YouTube channel and during videos.</p>

<p>A new feature within the Google Channel, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/google/sell-on-youtube/setup#requirements?utm_source=homepage&amp;utm_medium=event&amp;utm_campaign=2022-07-youtube_launch&amp;utm_content=changelog">eligible merchants</a> can now easily import their products to YouTube Studio.</p>

<p>Merchants can then take advantage of a number of surfaces where products can be sold, including the all-new Store tab on their channel and the Product Shelf below all their videos.</p>

<p>Products can also be showcased during live streams either by being tagged throughout videos or pinned at the top of the live chat while specific products are being featured on the stream.</p>

<p>Press play on your sales by installing the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/google?utm_source=homepage&amp;utm_medium=event&amp;utm_campaign=2022-07-youtube_launch&amp;utm_content=changelog">Google Channel</a> and activating YouTube Shopping.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/upload-your-store-to-youtube</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments for POS now available in Singapore</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for retail merchants in Singapore, along with the fully integrated WisePad 3 card reader.</p>

<p>You can now accept all major payment methods, how and wherever you want. It is seamlessly integrated with Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> and the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/wisepad">WisePad 3</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-for-pos-now-available-in-singapore</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New marketing channel: Merchants can now advertise on Roku</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new Roku X Shopify marketing channel enables you to easily build, buy, and measure TV streaming advertising campaigns directly on Roku, the most popular streaming platform in the United States. By connecting your store to Roku Ad Manager, merchants can quickly build a TV streaming ad campaign, drive sales, and target buyers according to their interests, demographics, and location. </p>

<p>The Roku marketing channel is only available to merchants who have stores located in the United States.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Roku app in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/roku-ads">Shopify App Store</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2022 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-marketing-channel-merchants-can-now-advertise-on-roku</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Shipping is now available in France</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Shipping is now available in France. Merchants can get their orders out the door faster and for less. Plus, they can manage it all in the same place they manage their business.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Shipping in the<a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping"> Shopify Shipping Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jul 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-shipping-is-now-available-in-france</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>India Billing Compliance - Pay with UPI</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On July 6, we released the Unified Payments Interface (UPI) for our merchants in India. This will provide Indian merchants with a new preferred payment method. ?</p>

<p>Learn more about UPI in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/india-billing">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jul 2022 10:21:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Billing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/india-billing-compliance-pay-with-upi</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to SMS Shipping notifications</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify is limiting the options for shipping notifications to the contact method used by a customer during checkout, which can be either SMS or Email, not both. Starting July 6, this change will be incrementally rolling out to all stores. </p>

<p><strong>What is changing?</strong><br>
Customers checking out with email will no longer have the option to get SMS notifications. Customers checking out with only a phone number will still receive SMS notifications at this time. </p>

<p>In your Shopify Admin settings, you will no longer have the option to select “SMS or Email” in the Customer Contact Method section. This change will be automatically applied to your store and is rolling out to all Shopify merchants. </p>

<p><strong>What are the alternatives?</strong><br>
If you wish to continue using SMS for your shipping updates, then <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search?q=SMS">visit the Shopify App Store</a> and connect with one of our SMS partners who offer best-in-class SMS automation offerings.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jul 2022 03:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-sms-shipping-notifications</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments for POS now available in Italy</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for retail merchants in Italy, along with the fully integrated WisePad 3 card reader.</p>

<p>You can now accept all major payment methods, however and wherever you want, seamlessly integrated with Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> and the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/wisepad">WisePad 3</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-for-pos-now-available-in-italy</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use all-new B2B features in the Online Store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve released a suite of powerful B2B features built directly into the Shopify admin, exclusive to Plus merchants. This gives you access to all of our platform customizations, such as themes, discounts, functions, and apps for your B2B business while also supporting company profiles with multiple locations, buyers, price lists, payment terms, cross-border commerce, and more. You don’t need siloed sales channels or third-party workarounds anymore. Choose between a single B2B + DTC store that supports both sides of your business, or a dedicated B2B-only expansion store for greater customization. The new features are enabled by default, and ready to use in the Shopify admin.</p>

<p>Learn more about B2B in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/b2b">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-all-new-b2b-features-in-the-online-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New sales channel: Merchants can now sell on Twitter</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new <strong>Shopify X Twitter sales channel</strong> allows you to put your products directly in front of your customers on Twitter, but manage it entirely within Shopify.. You can connect with an audience that is already following you and is engaged with your brand. The Twitter sales channel will also help you to reach new, enthusiastic customers who are excited to talk about your products.</p>

<p>Merchants can sync their product catalogs and seamlessly showcase up to 50 products. When buyers tap on a product, the are taken to a merchant-hosted product detail page where they can learn more and make purchases. </p>

<p>Note: The Twitter sales channel is only available to merchants who have stores located in the United States.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new Twitter sales channel in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/twitter?utm_source=homepage&amp;utm_medium=event&amp;utm_campaign=2022-06-twitter_launch&amp;utm_content=changelog">Shopify App Store</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jun 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-sales-channel-merchants-can-now-sell-on-twitter</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow now available in the Shopify plan</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Flow is now available in the Shopify plan and up (including Advanced plan and Shopify Plus plan). </p>

<h3>What is Shopify Flow?</h3>

<p>Shopify Flow is an ecommerce automation solution that lets you build workflows to automate tasks, campaigns, and processes within your store. It also lets you connect your existing apps and tools together, for even more workflow possibilities. Flow automations give you the power to build the custom solutions that your business needs to scale. Check out <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LSpHWGh6zKY">this video</a> for a quick Flow overview.  </p>

<h3>What are some workflow automation examples?</h3>

<p>Flow automations can take a host of different forms like tagging customers for segmentation and marketing, hiding products and initiating reorder emails for low or out of stock items, kicking off winback and post-purchase SMS/email campaigns, or tracking and halting high-risk orders. With each workflow, the goal is the same: to let you build the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/enterprise/ecommerce-automation-software-shopify-flow">custom workflow</a> that your business needs.</p>

<h3>How can I start using Flow?</h3>

<p>Go to Flow’s <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/flow">app store listing</a>, click “Add app” and follow the installation instructions to install. </p>

<h3>Where can I get help?</h3>

<p>Learn more about how the Flow works in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-flow">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jun 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-now-available-in-the-shopify-plan</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now Launched: Shopify Checkout-integrated pre-order and try before you buy apps </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re excited to announce that a collection of pre-order and try before you buy apps are now integrated with Shopify Checkout. Find new ways to sell with Shopify using apps that are compatible with all of Shopify’s platform features including discounts, shipping, and payments. </p>

<p>To install a pre-order or try before you buy app, <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/categories/merchandising-purchase-options">visit the App Store today</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about pre-orders and try before you buy in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/purchase-options">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-launched-shopify-checkout-integrated-pre-order-and-try-before-you-buy-apps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in France</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants who have a store located in France can accept credit cards and Cartes Bancaires using Shopify's integrated payments system. Shopify Payments includes features like payout and chargeback management, and accelerated checkouts such as Shop Pay. You can also sell in 105 currencies while getting paid in Euros.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-france</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increasing metafield definition limit from 100 to 200</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your can now create up to 200 metafield definitions per resource type, an increase from the previous limit of 100.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/metafields/metafield-definitions">creating metafield definitions</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2022 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increasing-metafield-definition-limit-from-100-to-200</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Exchanges Workflow  </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The exchange workflow now allows multiple returns or exchanges on previously exchanged orders. Available now for iOS and Android, the new exchanges workflow no longer creates a new order when you process an exchange. Now, both the original order and exchanged items are reflected in a single order. With unlimited exchanges on a single order, staff can now access all the exchange and return order history in a single view.</p>

<p>The refund to gift card workflow has now also been updated. When you refund to a gift card during a return or exchange, the gift card is added to the original order instead of a new order. You can now assign or send gift cards to any customer, either the same or different from the original order.</p>

<p>Learn more about the updates to exchanges in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/order-management/exchange-refund?utm_campaign=retail_ios7_20220606&amp;utm_medium=email&amp;utm_source=exacttarget">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-exchanges-workflow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Protect for Shop Pay early access</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released Shopify Protect, Shop Pay’s free and built-in fraud protection to eligible US merchants. With Shopify Protect, we will cover the cost of fraud, including the cost of the order and chargeback fee. This will help you to approve more orders, fulfill faster, and protect your time and revenue from fraud. </p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Protect in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/shopify-protect">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-protect-for-shop-pay-early-access</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved video support for the files page and metafields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To better allow for storytelling on your online store, videos that are added to the Files page can now be larger than the 20 MB file limit. </p>

<p>Video file requirements:<br>
* Video length: Maximum 10 minutes<br>
* Video size: Maximum 1 GB (gigabytes) <br>
* Video resolution: Maximum 4K (4096 x 2160 px)<br>
* Video file type: MOV or MP4 </p>

<p>Video edits available from Files page:<br>
* Update video cover image<br>
* Add alt text</p>

<p>File reference metafields can now also be defined to allow only videos or media (images and videos). With video hosted by Shopify, visitors to your site will get the optimal video based on their screen resolution and network bandwidth.</p>

<p>Learn more about our expanded videos support for <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/file-uploads">file uploads</a>, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/metafields/metafield-definitions/metafield-types">metafield types</a>, <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/metafields/adding-values-to-metafields">adding values to metafields</a>, and <a href="https://shopify.dev/api/liquid/filters/media-filters">using media liquid filters</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-video-support-for-the-files-page-and-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Balance low balance alerts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New feature! Shopify Balance merchants can now set up alerts to get notified when their account balance drops below a preset value.</p>

<p>Learn more about how to setup low balance alerts in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/finances/shopify-balance/account#notifications">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jun 2022 10:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-balance-low-balance-alerts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>11 New Staff Permissions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify has added 11 new staff permissions to help store owners make better use of their time by delegating tasks, such as responding to GDPR requests and enabling private apps, to their staff. In addition, store owners can use two-step authentication to secure their own accounts because they no longer need to share their account credentials with their staff.</p>

<p>The 11 new permissions are available for all staff and collaborator accounts, but not for POS-only staff accounts.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new permissions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions/staff-permissions-descriptions">Shopify Help Center</a>, as well as the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions/staff-permissions-sensitive">newly categorized sensitive permissions</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jun 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/11-new-staff-permissions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Offer carbon-neutral shipping with Planet </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On June 7th, 2022, we're releasing the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/planet">Planet</a> app for Shopify merchants globally.</p>

<p>Planet makes it easy to understand your shipping emissions, offer carbon-neutral shipping while also funding the most promising carbon removal technologies. With Planet, it's also easy to showcase your commitment to your buyers with carbon-neutral badges. Planet costs an average of $0.035 to $0.15 per order, depending on your plan.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2022 09:13:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/offer-carbon-neutral-shipping-with-planet</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>INR billing with local plan pricing via cards in India</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Enable a seamless recurring local billing experience in INR, and RBI compliant, in India with local payment partner Razorpay</p>

<p>We’ve just released INR billing with local plan pricing via cards in India. This complies with the RBI mandate and will help reduce the friction for paying Shopify bills.</p>

<p>Learn more about INR billing in the <a href="https://www.shopify.in/blog/billing-in-inr">Shopify Blog</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/india-billing?shpxid=394bf54a-9F05-460B-3102-EFD693EC491E">Help Docs</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jun 2022 09:26:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Billing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/inr-billing-with-local-plan-pricing-via-cards-in-india</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dynamic checkout buttons now work with international pricing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>International pricing now supports the use of dynamic checkout buttons. You can now allow customers to make purchases directly from your product pages when you have configured different prices for different countries or regions. You can read more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/pricing/international-prices">international pricing</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/dynamic-checkout">dynamic checkout buttons</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jun 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/dynamic-checkout-buttons-now-work-with-international-pricing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connect your Balance account to Venmo, Wise, and other financial apps</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New feature! Shopify Balance merchants in the US can now easily and securely connect their favorite financial apps to their Shopify Balance account through our partnership with Plaid.</p>

<ul>
<li><p>Use apps like Venmo or Wise to easily send money and make payments with Balance.</p></li>
<li><p>Securely connect popular financial apps to your Balance account at no additional cost.</p></li>
<li><p>Get a full picture of your finances by keeping track of all your money from one place— your Balance account. </p></li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/finances/shopify-balance/account#third-party-apps">how to connect your favorite financial apps</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jun 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/connect-your-balance-account-to-venmo-wise-and-other-financial-apps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3 new Inbox features to help you better track important conversations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>It’s now easier for you to keep track of important conversations.</strong></p>

<p>Quickly manage your conversations with new navigation and shortcuts<br>
* Tap the menu icon to access the nav, or swipe from the edge to switch filters.<br>
* Swipe or tap-and-hold shortcuts on the conversation list to close/reopen a conversation, or assign to a staff member.</p>

<p>Keep your Inbox tidy so you can easily find customers who require your attention<br>
* When you’re done with a conversation, you can tap the open icon to close it. <br>
* If a customer messages you again, the conversation will re-open and show in your Open filter.<br>
* Within a conversation, you can now view its status– open/closed, assignment, and whether a customer is online.</p>

<p>Improved support setting up and testing your notifications<br>
* Better guidance on how your device settings can impact delivery of push notifications.<br>
* New feature to test push notifications on your device, so you can be ready when a customer messages you</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox">Shopify Inbox</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/3-new-inbox-features-to-help-you-better-track-important-conversations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Google local inventory sync </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New release: Now available in the Shopify Google channel, enable local product inventory sync to help your business and products get discovered in Google search results. Sync together your location and stock levels with your Google Business Profile to have your products appear in Google Shopping, Google Search and Google Maps, as well as local inventory ads. Local inventory for local discovery lets Google show your customers where your products are, so that they can buy in a location that's convenient for them  </p>

<p>Learn more about the Google local inventory sync and how to set it up for free in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/google/local-inventory">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 May 2022 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/google-local-inventory-sync</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Export Shopify Balance transactions to a CSV file</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released the ability for you to export your Balance transactions to a CSV file. You can then import this file into a spreadsheet or your preferred accounting software for bookkeeping. This feature is now available for all Balance merchants. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2022 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/export-shopify-balance-transactions-to-a-csv-file</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop adds 3D and augmented reality (AR) previews</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released 3D and augmented reality previews for all merchants in Shop. Now it's easy for shoppers to answer questions like "will it fit in my room?" right from the product detail page, increasing buyer confidence and conversion. Merchants who add 3D content to their stores see a <a href="https://www.shopify.com/enterprise/augmented-reality-ecommerce-shopping">94% conversion lift</a>, on average.</p>

<p>Merchants can take advantage of these features by <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-sales-channels/shop">adding the Shop channel</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/product-media/add-media">uploading 3D content</a> to their catalog on Shopify. 3D and AR features automatically appear on the product detail page in Shop for products with 3D content.</p>

<p>Learn more about 3D &amp; AR features in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/add-edit-remove">Shop help center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 May 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-adds-3d-and-augmented-reality-ar-previews</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Audiences launches to help merchants find new buyers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Audiences is an app built by Shopify that helps you to find new customers by generating an audience list for digital advertising platforms, such as Facebook Ads or Instagram Ads. Shopify Audiences enables you to generate a list of buyers who are located in the United States and Canada that are likely to purchase the type of product that you want to sell more of.</p>

<p>You can export the audience list to your Facebook Ads account, and then launch ad campaigns that target that audience.</p>

<p>Shopify Audiences is available to US and Canadian merchants who are on the Shopify Plus plan.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/shopify-audiences">Shopify Audiences</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-audiences-launches-to-help-merchants-find-new-buyers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Show estimated delivery dates at checkout by enabling Processing Time </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released a feature that allows you to surface the estimated delivery dates of when a customer can expect their order to arrive on your checkout page. Our new Processing Time feature allows you to combine the time it takes you to process an order with the time that it takes you to deliver the order. This allows you to surface a complete estimated delivery window to customers at checkout to strengthen the trust with them. In order to surface delivery dates at checkout, both Processing Time and flat rates Shipping Speeds or Carrier Calculated Rates must be enabled. Learn <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/set-up-processing-times">more</a>.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 09:25:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/show-estimated-delivery-dates-at-checkout-by-enabling-processing-time</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Segment by customer metafields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create customer segments based on custom and specific customer details by using customer metafields. </p>

<p>Some examples of how to use segments based on metafields:<br>
* Send targeted emails to customers who have an interest in a specific product area.<br>
* Define loyalty tiers to segment discounts.</p>

<p>Learn more about building segments using customer metafields in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-segmentation/customer-segments/customer-segmentation-reference/customer-segment-metafield">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 May 2022 09:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/segment-by-customer-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Searching for customers from the Customer page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can search for specific customers from the Customers page of your Shopify admin. </p>

<p>You can look up customers by first name, last name, email address, and phone number. The customer search feature provides  with you quick access to specific and accurate customer information. Search is only available for the “All customers” segment, but not on smaller segments.</p>

<p>Learn more about customer search in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-search">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 May 2022 09:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/searching-for-customers-from-the-customer-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>GeoIP will be deprecated for Shopify Plus stores</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On May 3, new Shopify Plus stores will no longer automatically switch currency based on a visitors IP address. Changing content based on IP is against Google's guidelines, and is now replaced by automatic redirection.</p>

<p>Existing Shopify Plus stores that sell in multiple currencies will have GeoIP deprecated by June 30, 2022.</p>

<p>To read more about automatic redirection, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/international-domains/directing-customers/domain-redirection">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 16:14:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/geoip-will-be-deprecated-for-shopify-plus-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subscription apps now support Google Pay</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Subscription apps in the Shopify App Store collection now support Google Pay. Merchants who use Shopify Payments can now offer Google Pay as a wallet option to their buyers checking out on subscription purchases. </p>

<p>To use a subscription app with Google Pay, choose a <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/checkout-subscription">subscription app</a> from the collection, and then make sure <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/google-pay">Google Pay is set up on your store</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about subscriptions from the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/subscriptions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Apr 2022 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/subscription-apps-now-support-google-pay-1</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Original Image Download</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Update:</strong> We’ve changed the download button on the product media dark modal and Settings/Files page preview to download the original file to your device, rather than the optimized version created by Shopify. Merchants use Shopify as a trusted storage space, and need access to original images so that they can preserve the high quality resolution when making edits offline. ? ?Now, merchants can upload their high quality media to Shopify knowing they can access those originals when needed anytime using this download feature. </p>

<p>Learn more about managing files in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/file-uploads#make-a-file-available-for-download">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Apr 2022 09:46:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/original-image-download</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Turn direct messages into direct sales with Shopify Inbox’s new Instagram integration</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Connect Instagram Direct to Inbox in just a few clicks. Once connected, you can view and respond to direct messages, replies to your stories, and account mentions alongside customer conversations from other sources. You’ll also be able to share products and discounts with Instagram shoppers so that it’s even easier to turn chats into checkouts.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox">Shopify Inbox</a> and the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/inbox/integrations/instagram-direct">Instagram Direct integration</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Apr 2022 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/turn-direct-messages-into-direct-sales-with-shopify-inbox-s-new-instagram-integration</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increased number of sections and blocks within templates </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Based on your feedback, we've updated the number of sections and blocks you can add within an online store template. You can now add up to 25 sections per template, and 50 blocks per section within each template. Although Shopify supports a higher number of sections and blocks per template, your specific theme or a developer you work with may prescribe lower limits. </p>

<p>This will support customizations like: <br>
* Adding more blocks to an FAQ section<br>
* Adding multiple ‘profile’ sections on the About Us page<br>
* Creating multiple areas of focus on the homepage <br>
* Section and blocks support for very large collections </p>

<p>Increasing the number of sections and blocks on a template alone will not impact the speed of your storefront, however, using video and high resolution images in each section and block may have an impact.  </p>

<p>To add new sections visit Online Store &gt; Customize &gt; Add Section &gt; Add Block.</p>

<p>Learn more about section and block limits in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/">Shopify Help Center.</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 16:26:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/increased-number-of-sections-and-blocks-within-templates</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keep your inventory accurate from anywhere with committed quantities and inventory adjustments on the Shopify mobile app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify mobile app now includes  <code>Committed</code> inventory quantities to provide a more accurate foundation to your inventory management. </p>

<p>Committed inventory describes inventory committed to an order that has not yet been fulfilled. This new <code>Committed</code> inventory state provides a more accurate reflection of your inventory count by adding visibility to inventory that has been sold and is on hand, but has been committed to an order.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/06-30-u3fv0-4e35a.png" alt="committed inventory"></p>

<p>We’ve also added inventory adjustment reasons to the mobile app to allow you to adjust quantities, and track changes to your inventory on the go. </p>

<p>You can now provide reasons for adjusting your inventory like “damaged” or “returned”, which aids in reporting accuracy, and helps you to take control of non-sellable inventory due to damage and other reasons. You'll be able to view these inventory changes in the Shopify mobile app under a products adjustment history. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/06-41-hkxig-ang6r.png" alt="inventory adjustment"></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/managing-inventory-quantities/track_inventory#view-a-products-inventory-history">committed inventory and inventory states</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/managing-inventory-quantities/track_inventory#adjusting-inventory-quantities">inventory adjustments</a> from the Shopify Help Centre.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Apr 2022 10:26:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/keep-your-inventory-accurate-from-anywhere-with-committed-quantities-and-inventory-adjustments-on-the-shopify-mobile-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product metafields in Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To help you keep your customer experience consistent in-store and online, store staff can now access additional product information about an item by viewing product metafield data within the description page of an item in Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Product metafields in Shopify POS include the information from the metafields created for products in your Shopify admin. By making that information available in Shopify POS, your store staff can have access to all of the information that they need to better assist customers with buying decisions. You can use metafields to share helpful details with staff including care guides, assembly instructions, or restock dates without having to leave Shopify POS.  </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/inventory-management/products/metafields">viewing metafields in Shopify POS</a> on the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Apr 2022 12:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-metafields-in-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collated printing for shipping labels and packing slips</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just added support for collated printing to Shopify Shipping. Now you can print all your shipping labels, packing slips, and customs forms on a single print job.</p>

<p>If you're purchasing labels in bulk, documents will be grouped by order – no need to manually find and organize different documents for each order.</p>

<p>Collated printing is available to Shopify Shipping merchants for all documents and page sizes (Letter, Thermal, and A4).</p>

<p>Learn more about collated printing on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-labels/printing-labels-and-customs-forms">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Apr 2022 10:47:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collated-printing-for-shipping-labels-and-packing-slips</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two new free themes: Colorblock and Ride</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing 2 new free themes by Shopify.<br>
* <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/colorblock/">Colorblock</a>: A striking theme that is ideal for high-end fashion merchants.<br>
* <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/ride/">Ride</a>: A distinct, dynamic theme that champions the world of sports.</p>

<p>Shopify’s latest free themes have industry-inspired layouts to help you get started quickly. In addition, an extensive suite of global theme style settings are included to support your unique brand.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/themes-by-shopify/colorblock">Colorblock</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/themes-by-shopify/ride">Ride</a> themes.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Apr 2022 13:17:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/two-new-free-themes-colorblock-and-ride</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metafield improvements: metafield lists</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can use metafield lists to add product details, connect and recommend products or create more powerful search facets. </p>

<p>Create metafields lists in your admin settings using single line text and product reference types.<br><br>
* Populate metafield lists on your online store product pages using text or rich text sections and blocks. <br>
* If you’d like to recommend products using product reference list metafields, you’ll need to create custom blocks. <br>
* To create more powerful search facets, add a metafield list and implement using storefront filtering.</p>

<p>Learn more about metafield lists in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/metafields/metafield-definitions/metafield-types#metafield-lists">Shopify Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2022 16:43:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/metafield-improvements-metafield-lists</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make changes to your inventory faster with the improved inventory bulk editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve improved the inventory bulk editor to let you manage more of your inventory in one place, with increased editing capabilities, more customization options, and inventory management across the locations you sell.</p>

<p>The new inventory bulk editor has been redesigned so you can select which columns you want to view and edit to update all of the products that you want to update at once.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/inventory/managing-inventory-quantities/bulk-editing-inventory">improved inventory bulk editor</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2022 09:26:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/make-changes-to-your-inventory-faster-with-the-improved-inventory-bulk-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow on the Advanced Plan</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Flow is now available to all merchants on the Advanced Plan. To access Flow, merchants on the Advanced Plan need to download and install the Flow app from the Shopify App Store. After that they can start building the custom workflows that they need to scale their business. </p>

<p><a href="https://shopify.com/flow">Learn more about Shopify Flow </a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-on-the-advanced-plan</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Share personalized product recommendations with Shopify Inbox product cards</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Rich product cards give customers options to view product details, select a variant, add to cart, or checkout– without leaving the conversation. Products shared with customers through 3rd party integrations including Facebook Messenger and eventually Instagram Direct, bring customers to the online store to shop through the interactive card.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox">Shopify Inbox</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox/conversations#send-a-link-to-a-product-in-a-conversation">product sharing</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/share-personalized-product-recommendations-with-shopify-inbox-product-cards</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Predicted spend tier </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our new Predictive spend tier feature allows you to determine your customer’s spending potential in the future represented by a tier: high, medium, or low. </p>

<p>Predictive spend tier is a segment filter with our new customer segmentation tool.</p>

<p>Learn more about the predicted spend tier in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/customers/customer-segmentation/predicted-spend-tier">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2022 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/predicted-spend-tier</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Customer Segmentation</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customer Segmentation enables you to organize your customers together based on their unique behaviors. For example, how much they’ve spent, the number of orders that they’ve placed, where they are located geographically, and more. </p>

<p>Customer Segmentation will replace Saved Searches and your previous Saved Searches have been migrated into segments. </p>

<p>Learn more about customer segmentation in the <a href="https://utm.guru/uelrM">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-customer-segmentation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Marketing Automations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now automate your email campaigns in your Shopify Admin. Choose from a list of templates, or create your own workflow to send the right message, to the right customer, at the right time. </p>

<p>Shopify Automations makes it easy to automate emails so that you can focus on other areas of your business. </p>

<p>Learn more about marketing automations on the <a href="https://utm.guru/uelrO">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-marketing-automations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More free emails with Shopify Email</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, you can send 10,000 free emails per month with Shopify Email. Now you can keep more customers up to date about your latest releases, sales, and announcements at no extra cost.</p>

<p>Learn more about the Shopify Email pricing in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/shopify-email/shopify-email-cost">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-free-emails-with-shopify-email</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer country auto-populated on signup</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: If Shopify infers the country of a customer browsing the online store, and they sign up for newsletter or for a new account, Shopify will save the country as part of the default address of the new customer account.</p>

<p>For the merchant, this enables improved customer segmentation. For the customer, Shopify can deliver more accurately contextualized experiences (such as localizing transactional emails).</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Mar 2022 10:52:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customer-country-auto-populated-on-signup</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Focus on the right orders with improved order archiving</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We released better order archiving on March 15, 2022. To help you save time managing orders, order archiving now prevents orders that have no remaining work to be done from being displayed in the <strong>Unfulfilled</strong> and <strong>Open</strong> views on the orders list. In the future, partially refunded orders, fulfilled orders, and orders with no balance owing are archived when you enable automatic order archiving in your <strong>Order Processing</strong> settings.</p>

<p>Learn more about automatic order archiving in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/order-processing#set-up-automatic-order-archiving">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 14:17:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/focus-on-the-right-orders-with-improved-order-archiving</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DPD labels are now available on Shopify Shipping</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added the ability to purchase DPD labels to Shopify Shipping. Now merchants in the UK can purchase shipping labels from DPD and Hermes directly from their Shopify account. This saves merchants time and money on shipping because they can purchase labels at negotiated rates without external apps. </p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Shipping in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping">Shopify Shipping Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Mar 2022 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/dpd-labels-are-now-available-on-shopify-shipping</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow “Wait” step now has a maximum duration of 30 days</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Flow is currently only available to Shopify Plus customers.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/10-16-asqdj-reuy0.png" alt="Wait Step in Flow"></p>

<p>You can use a Wait step in Shopify Flow to force a workflow to wait for a set amount of time (as short as 1s and up to 30 days). </p>

<p>Common use cases for the Wait step include:<br>
* Automatically hide a product after 30 days have passed since adding it to the store<br>
* If an order has not been fulfilled after 7 days, notify staff<br>
* If a medium-risk order has not been reviewed after 6 hours, add a tag <br>
* Delay a workflow for 10 min, before adding a tag, so that 3p tagging apps can finish first, to prevent a “race condition”.<br>
* Delay a workflow 1 day to wait for UTM parameters to be available in the workflow </p>

<p>Learn more about how the Wait step works in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/flow2/reference/actions/wait">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Mar 2022 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-wait-step-now-has-a-maximum-duration-of-30-days</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Notifications Reminders on Shopify Inbox</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added a new feature to <a href="https://shopifyinbox.com/">Shopify Inbox</a> mobile allowing you to be able to set a notification reminder to follow up later. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox">Shopify Inbox</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Mar 2022 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/notifications-reminders-on-shopify-inbox</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Save time fulfilling orders with Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We just released new Shopify Flow templates to help you streamline your order management workflows, so you can save time and get orders out the door faster. With the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/flow">Shopify Flow app</a> you can automatically create draft shipping labels for new orders, helping you cut down on the number of repetitive actions when fulfilling orders. The new templates allow you to prepare draft labels based on a specific product, product weight, the customer's shipping method, and the fulfillment country. </p>

<p>We also launched a new Label status column in the orders page, which shows you if the shipping label has been automatically drafted, purchased, printed, or if the order has no label, making it easier for you to take action when needed.</p>

<p>Learn more about shipping label automations in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-labels/automating-shipping-labels">Shopify Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Mar 2022 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/save-time-fulfilling-orders-with-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Revamped Products Bulk Editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve made improvements to our Bulk Editor tool so that you can do more in less time. Some improvements we made are:<br>
* Editing 50+ products at a time<br>
* Seamlessly add and remove fields without a page refresh<br>
* Better form field safeguards in order to prevent invalid data entry<br>
* Clear indicators for which fields failed to update and why they did not pass validation<br>
* Fixed broken cell interactions such as; copy/paste and click &amp; drag</p>

<p>For more information on the improved Bulk Editor, visit our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/bulk-editing">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2022 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/revamped-products-bulk-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improve your inventory accuracy with the new committed inventory state </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re introducing a new inventory state called <code>Committed</code> to provide a more accurate foundation to your inventory management. </p>

<p>Committed inventory describes inventory committed to an order that has not yet been fulfilled. This new <code>Committed</code> inventory state provides a more accurate reflection of your inventory count by adding visibility to inventory that has been sold and is on hand, but has been committed to an order.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/14-19-vt1fx-7r6sl.png" alt="committed inventory"></p>

<p>For more information, refer to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/managing-inventory-quantities/track_inventory#view-a-products-inventory-history">committed inventory and inventory states</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Mar 2022 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improve-your-inventory-accuracy-with-the-new-committed-inventory-state</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A new, faster way to create and sell products</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New in the Shopify app, you can start selling new products faster than ever by:<br>
taking new product photos and adding them to your online store using only essential product details. For example, title, description, and price.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/mobile">Start doing more on the go with the Shopify app.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Mar 2022 10:26:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/a-new-faster-way-to-create-and-sell-products</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to SMS notifications</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting June 30, 2022, SMS notifications sent by your business through Shopify will default to a non-customizable template. </p>

<p>This means that any copy edits applied to transactional text messages – such as the order confirmation SMS – will revert to their original format, such as shown below.</p>

<blockquote>
<p>Hi <em>{Jane}</em>, thanks for your purchase of <em>{Snowboard}</em> from <em>{Snowdevil}</em>. <em>{We’re getting your order ready for delivery. We’ll notify you when it ships}</em>. View order&lt;</p>
</blockquote>

<p>Note that the {variables} will change based on the order details, store name, and the method of delivery (pickup or shipping).</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/notifications/sms-notifications">SMS notifications</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 14:06:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-sms-notifications</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2 new free themes: Taste and Studio</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing 2 new free themes by Shopify:</p>

<ul>
<li>Taste: Ideal for speciality products and bold branding.</li>
<li>Studio: A stylish and colorful theme with special attention to artists and collections.</li>
</ul>

<p>Shopify’s new free themes, Taste and Studio, have industry-specific layouts and an extensive suite of global theme style settings to help you get started and support your unique brand.</p>

<p><a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes?sort_by=most_recent&amp;price%5B%5D=free&amp;architecture%5B%5D=os2">Explore free themes</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/2-new-free-themes-taste-and-studio</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Speed up fulfillment with Shopify Shipping presets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released shipping presets on February 24th for Shopify Shipping. <br>
This will allow you to create, manage, and apply shipping presets, saving you time and effort when buying shipping labels.</p>

<p>When creating a preset, you can specify your shipping options like package type, shipping service, and insurance. Once saved, you can quickly apply the saved attributes to multiple selected orders at once, helping you work more efficiently.</p>

<p>Learn more about shipping presets in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-labels/bulk-order-fulfillment#using-shipping-fulfillment-presets">Shopify Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Feb 2022 14:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/speed-up-fulfillment-with-shopify-shipping-presets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3D Secure authenticated orders will not be automatically categorized as low-risk </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the past, Shopify automatically deemed orders authenticated using 3D Secure (3DS) as low-risk because the use of 3DS shifted the liability for fraudulent disputes to the credit card issuer. With recent updates to Visa’s chargeback monitoring programs, merchants who receive more than $7,500 in fraudulent chargebacks on 3DS authenticated orders are no longer able to shift the liability to the credit card issuer. This presents a risk of repercussions if too many 3DS orders are fulfilled. </p>

<p>Learn more about 3D Secure in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/faq#what-is-3d-secure-checkout">Shopify Help Centre</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 11:07:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/3d-secure-authenticated-orders-will-not-be-automatically-categorized-as-low-risk</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Filter and edit your reports by purchase option</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants on Shopify, Advanced, or Plus plans can now track subscription purchases in select reports.  To view the data, simply add the new Purchase option filter or column in all sales reports. Learn more <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/subscriptions">here</a>.</p>

<p>Note: This new reporting feature is available through subscription apps currently using the Shopify Subscriptions API. Merchants using subscription apps that are not directly integrated to Shopify Checkout will not be able to access the additional field.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Feb 2022 14:13:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/filter-and-edit-your-reports-by-purchase-option</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sell globally with Shopify Markets</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On February 11, 2022, we're introducing Shopify Markets. Shopify Markets helps merchants sell their products to customers in different countries from a single Shopify store. Merchants can also create unique experiences for their global customers from the Shopify Markets admin's Settings. </p>

<p>Shopify Markets is now available for all merchants, with <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets/stores-excluded-from-markets">some exceptions</a>.</p>

<p>For more information, refer to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/markets">Shopify Markets</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Feb 2022 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sell-globally-with-shopify-markets</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing easy theme updates </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now <strong>easily update your themes in admin</strong> to stay up-to-date with the latest version of your theme, including new features, design enhancements and bug fixes. We are making the update experience faster by automatically applying all your existing customizations.</p>

<p>Note: For this part of the rollout, theme updates will only be available if you or an installed app haven’t made any code changes to your theme. We will be looking to expand this experience to more groups in the future.</p>

<p>Learn more about the easy theme updates in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/managing-themes/updating-themes">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2022 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-easy-theme-updates</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subscription apps now support Apple Pay</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The collection of subscription apps in the Shopify App Store now supports Apple Pay. Merchants who use Shopify Payments can now offer Apple Pay as a wallet option to their buyers when they check out on subscription purchases. Note: Available in the United States, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand for Visa and Mastercard.</p>

<p>To use a subscription app with Apple Pay, choose a <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/checkout-subscription">subscription app</a>, and then make sure that <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/apple-pay">Apple Pay is set up on your store</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about subscriptions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/subscriptions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Feb 2022 09:06:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/subscription-apps-now-support-apple-pay</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - A "Wait" step is now available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>Shopify Flow is currently only available to Shopify Plus customers.</em></p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/01-12-9j7k4-xqple.png" alt="Send an email 4 days after an order was created"></p>

<p>You can now use a Wait step in Shopify Flow to force a workflow to wait for a set amount of time (from 1s to 7 days). In a future release, we will raise the limit above 7 days to support more use cases.</p>

<p>Common use cases include:<br>
* If an order has not been fulfilled after 7 days, notify staff<br>
* If a medium-risk order has not been reviewed after 6 hours, add a tag <br>
* Delay a workflow for 10 min, before adding a tag, so that 3p tagging apps can finish first, to prevent a “race condition”.<br>
* Delay a workflow 1 day to wait for UTM parameters to be available in the workflow <br>
* Automatically hide a product after 7 days have passed since adding it to the store</p>

<p>Learn more about how the Wait step works in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/flow2/reference/actions/wait">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-a-wait-step-is-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments for POS now available in Spain</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for retail merchants in Spain, along with the fully integrated WisePad 3 card reader.</p>

<p>You can now accept all major payment methods, however and wherever you want, seamlessly integrated with Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> and the <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/WisePad%203">WisePad 3</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-for-pos-now-available-in-spain</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improve product discovery with standardized product types</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Product classification is now available under standardized product types in your product admin. Shopify uses machine learning algorithms to suggest the most relevant category for your products. Use these automated suggestions to improve visibility of your product across marketplaces. </p>

<p>Learn more about product types in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/product-type">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Jan 2022 15:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improve-product-discovery-with-standardized-product-types</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Run Flow workflows from the Admin using “Automate with Flow” links</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released the ability to run Flow automations directly from the Shopify Admin.  Workflows can be run manually from the Shopify admin on individual orders, draft orders, customers, or products. You can also run a workflow manually on several orders, draft orders, customers, or products at the same time with a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/bulk-actions">bulk action</a>. Running a workflow manually allows it to be used even if the event that triggers the workflow has already occurred.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/27-22-y7ab5-ynag4.png" alt="Order list with Automate with Flow link"><br>
<img src="https://screenshot.click/27-23-9fyzb-7nt03.png" alt="Chose worklows in Flow to run"> </p>

<p>For more information on how it works, check out the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/flow2/manual">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2022 13:16:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/run-flow-workflows-from-the-admin-using-automate-with-flow-links</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3 new free themes: Sense, Craft, and Crave</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing 3 new free themes by Shopify. <br>
* <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/sense/styles/default">Sense</a>: An energizing theme featuring extensive product detail layouts. <br>
* <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/craft/styles/default">Craft</a>: A refined theme that celebrates craftsmanship.<br>
* <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/crave/styles/default">Crave</a>: An eye-catching theme optimized for shopping on the go. </p>

<p>All of Shopify’s latest free themes have industry specific layouts to help you get started and an extensive suite of global theme style settings to support your unique brand. </p>

<p><a href="https://themes.shopify.com/">Explore free themes </a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2022 12:12:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/3-new-free-themes-sense-craft-and-crave</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dawn 3.0.0 released</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Dawn’s latest release introduces new customization options that bring you significantly more flexibility to achieve your desired look and feel. </p>

<p><strong>Added</strong><br>
* A new extensive suite of global theme style settings to let you customize global theme elements like buttons and cards to define the overall look and feel of your store.<br>
* New slideshow section lets you display content in a slideshow format. Use it to feature promotions, or as a jumping point to different collections. <br>
* New Collapsible Content section lets you add content to your pages using a layout composed of collapsible rows. It’s ideal to build a Frequently Asked Questions page, or add a section with secondary information to your product pages.<br>
*  New color scheme setting is added on various sections, letting you define the color scheme on those sections.<br>
* New top and bottom padding settings are added on most sections, letting  you define the amount of padding to add at the top and bottom of those sections.<br>
* Support for app blocks is added to the featured product section. </p>

<p><strong>Removed</strong><br>
* Important: Dawn no longer includes the Craft preset. If you’re interested in achieving the Craft look, you may install the new Craft theme. </p>

<p><strong>Changed</strong><br>
* The page width layout setting that lets you set the maximum width of your online store pages on a large screen has been updated to offer a range from 1000px to 1600px. </p>

<p>Learn more about how to express your brand with Dawn through our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-structure/theme-features">updated documentation.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2022 12:12:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/dawn-3-0-0-released</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Take more control of your inventory with adjustment reasons</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added inventory adjustment reasons to allow you to assign, and better track changes to your inventory. </p>

<p>You can now provide reasons for adjusting your inventory like “damaged” or “returned”, which aids in reporting accuracy, and helps you to take control of non-sellable inventory due to damage and other reasons. You'll be able to view these inventory changes in the inventory history page. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/13-56-pwwlb-31o6d.png" alt="adjusting inventory"></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/inventory/managing-inventory-quantities/track_inventory#inventory-adjustment-reasons">adjustment reasons</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jan 2022 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/take-more-control-of-your-inventory-with-adjustment-reasons</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments for POS now available in Denmark</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for retail merchants in Denmark, along with the fully integrated WisePad 3 card reader.</p>

<p>You will now be able to accept all major payment methods however and wherever you want to, seamlessly integrated with Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> and the <a href="WisePad%203">WisePad 3</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-for-pos-now-available-in-denmark</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing a New Custom App Experience </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve simplified the app model at Shopify by introducing a new experience for creating, configuring, and building custom apps in the Shopify admin. </p>

<p>Custom apps now support all the functionality that private apps do today, and provide better security. Going forward, private apps will be replaced by custom apps; however, existing private apps can still be used and modified. </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/custom-apps">Learn more about custom apps</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jan 2022 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-a-new-custom-app-experience</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Minor UI changes for the Location card in Shipping and Location Settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The location card no longer displays the phone number in location settings.</p>

<p>Before:<br>
<img src="https://screenshot.click/before-location-card.png" alt="Old location card"></p>

<p>After: <br>
<img src="https://screenshot.click/after-location-card.png" alt="New location card"></p>

<p>The <code>Manage</code> button is removed from the locations in the shipping settings. To manage the location now, simply click on the location card.</p>

<p>Before:<br>
<img src="https://screenshot.click/before-location-card-2.png" alt="Old location card"></p>

<p>After:<br>
<img src="https://screenshot.click/after-location-card-2.png" alt="New location card"></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jan 2022 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/minor-ui-changes-for-the-location-card-in-shipping-and-location-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make better supply chain decisions with in-context product analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Managing inventory is a key part of running a successful business. In-context product analytics help you get a bird's eye view of how key inventory metrics are performing so that you can spot opportunities and take action. New metrics like sell-through rate and days of inventory remaining help you keep track of your fastest selling products and manage risks from overstocking or understocking.</p>

<p>Your in-context metrics are accompanied by detailed reports for sell-through rate, days of inventory remaining, and inventory value by ABC so that you never miss an opportunity to dive deeper. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/analytics">product analytics</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jan 2022 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/make-better-supply-chain-decisions-with-in-context-product-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing the new Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>Shopify Flow is currently only available to Shopify Plus customers.</em></p>

<p>An all-new Shopify Flow app is now generally available for merchants on Shopify Plus. The new Flow has many improvements, including a new free-form editor, access to almost any field in the API, substantial speed improvements, the ability to do sequential actions, and the ability to do “OR” logic in conditions, allowing you to build and power hundreds of new automations. </p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/11-41-ir23v-uut39.png" alt="The new Flow editor"></p>

<p>Learn more about the new Flow in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/flow2">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jan 2022 12:36:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-the-new-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments for POS now available in Belgium</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for retail merchants in Belgium, along with the fully integrated WisePad 3 card reader.</p>

<p>You will now be able to accept all major payment methods however and wherever you want to, seamlessly integrated with Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> and the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/wisepad">WisePad 3</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jan 2022 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-for-pos-now-available-in-belgium</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Canada sales tax liability insights ??</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are your sales picking up in Canada? As your business grows, you may become liable to pay sales tax to the Canadian government, even if you don’t have a physical presence. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/canada/canada-tax-liability">Canada sales tax liability insights</a> takes the complexity out of understanding these requirements, by alerting you when your Shopify sales have crossed the threshold and guiding you through the required steps to register and collect sales tax. Want to plan ahead? You can see where you stand and learn more about the specific requirements by going to <strong>Settings &gt; Taxes</strong> and then selecting <strong>Canada</strong>. </p>

<p>With sales tax liability insights now available in the US and Canada, Shopify is making it easier to navigate sales tax complexities, so you can focus on growing your business.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2022 14:45:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/canada-sales-tax-liability-insights</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Metafields now available on Orders, Collections and Customers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now add metafield definitions to <strong>Orders, Collections and Customers</strong> directly from your Shopify admin. Previously, this was only available on Products and Variants. </p>

<p>Metafields allow you to attach unique pieces of information to all parts of your store, which allow you to store and display information efficiently.</p>

<p>For an example, you can add your customers' birthdates or loyalty status in <strong>Customers</strong>, or order delivery date or packaging status in <strong>Orders</strong>.</p>

<p>Learn more about <strong>metafields</strong> in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/metafields/displaying-metafields-on-your-online-store">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jan 2022 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/metafields-now-available-on-orders-collections-and-customers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Store Details form updates</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In Settings, the Store details page will now display selected information in a summarized view, making it easier to scan and understand the information. </p>

<p>Making updates to certain fields such as Store name, Address and Contact infromation on Store details will now require you to first select <code>Edit</code> to make the card active and make it possible to add or revise information. This will help reduce the possibility of unintentional changes made to these critical fields, and ensure your Business information remains in good standing.   </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/store-details-form-updates</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subscription support for dynamic and accelerated checkout methods for PayPal Express</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added subscription support for dynamic and accelerated checkout methods for PayPal Express on some stores. Buyers can now use dynamic and acclereated checkout methods for PayPal Exprses to purchase subscriptions on some stores. </p>

<p>To use a subscription app with PayPal Express, choose a subscription app, and then make sure PayPal is set up on your store.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts">accelerated checkouts</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/subscriptions">subscriptions</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 2021 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/subscription-support-for-dynamic-and-accelerated-checkout-methods-for-paypal-express</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Save time and money with package defaults for Shopify Shipping</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added the ability to create and set your preferred default package while you're buying labels with Shopify Shipping. This helps you save time and money the next time you need to fulfill your orders, ensuring that the default package is already pre-selected, offering you the best and most accurate rates for your orders.</p>

<p>Learn more about editing your default package for purchasing Shopify shipping labels in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/getting-started#edit-your-default-package-for-purchasing-shopify-shipping-labels">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Dec 2021 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/save-time-and-money-with-package-defaults-for-shopify-shipping</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Support for .usdz 3D models as product media</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Products can now accept 3D models in the .usdz format. Apps on iPhone that scan or create 3D models from photos will often output .usdz files and now you can add these to Shopify without converting to another format.</p>

<p>Regardless of what format you upload to Shopify, visitors on the web, Android, and iOS will all be able to view your 3D models on your storefront or in AR.</p>

<p>We've also increased the maximum file size for 3D models on the products from 15MB to 500MB. Models &gt; 15MB will go through a new optimization process that will greatly reduce the filesize of the model (often to around 5MB). Optimized models deliver a fast experience to viewers on your storefront while attempting to retain all the detail of the original model.</p>

<p>You can learn more about these changes in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/product-media/product-media-types#3d-models">Shopify Help Center</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Dec 2021 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/support-for-usdz-3d-models-as-product-media</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow - use AND/OR for the same item in a list </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>Shopify Flow is only available to Shopify Plus customers.</em></p>

<p>In a Flow Condition, you can now check if more than one condition matches for a single item in a list. </p>

<p>For example, the Condition below checks whether a product variant's inventory item has &lt;= 0 in stock at the location named "MyLocationName":</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/02-05-q02dz-y88es.png" alt="Screenshot of condition"></p>

<p>Common use cases include:<br>
* Check whether a metafield with a specified namespace and key has a certain value. (<a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/web/v2/editor/templates/5786d4c7-8b78-4393-a330-6e703ad9fc19">example template</a>) <br>
* Check whether an inventory item is available at a specified location. (<a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/web/v2/editor/templates/2d62721e-eb7e-4ba2-8cbd-42f10511d05b">example template</a>)<br>
* Check whether an order contains a product that matches multiple conditions.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Dec 2021 13:47:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-use-and-or-for-the-same-item-in-a-list</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Unified Login Component for Shop Pay with Email Code Auth</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[

<p>We've just released a new login component for all Shop Pay users in checkout. This will help users authenticate with an email code when they have issues receiving their SMS code. Users also get improved copy to give them confidence confirming their identities. With email codes &amp; the new copy, more buyers are benefiting from the accelerated checkout conversion of Shop Pay. The new copy is now available for all Shop Pay users, and users with verified emails can rely on email codes as a fall back to SMS.</p>

<p>Learn more about how Shop Pay works in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shop-pay/shop-pay">Shopify Help Center</a> and in the buyer-facing <a href="https://help.shop.app/hc/en-us/articles/360060342992-How-do-I-check-out-with-Shop-Pay-">Shop Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Nov 2021 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-unified-login-component-for-shop-pay-with-email-code-auth</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More real time insights with Live View</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Live view is a great place to experience the excitement of visitors becoming customers in real time! Tune in from anywhere, on any device to spot big-picture trends. The interactive globe view keeps you updated about where your visitors and orders are coming from. You can also dive into detailed metrics like top locations, top products and customer behaviour on the analytics side panel.</p>

<p>Looking for highlights of your day? Use the new timeline feature to look back at your busiest time intervals for each day during BFCM. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Nov 2021 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-real-time-insights-with-live-view</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accurately track your inventory with unique SKUs </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When adding or modifying your product SKUs (stock keeping units) in your inventory, Shopify now provides a warning for products and variants that have SKUs that are already being used in your store. This change will help you to better control your inventory and get more accurate reporting by ensuring that your SKUs are unique across your store. </p>

<p><img src="https://snipboard.io/3ZjlXu.jpg" alt="SKU duplication warning in inventory card"></p>

<p>Learn more about SKUs and SKU formats in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/sku">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Nov 2021 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/accurately-track-your-inventory-with-unique-skus</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>View your paid subscriptions fees in your Shopify admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're excited to announce a new <strong>Active Subscriptions</strong> page in the <strong>Billing</strong> section of your Shopify admin, making it easier to find and understand your paid subscriptions. It provides a list of your subscriptions including your Shopify plan subscription and apps with recurring and/or usage charges, including apps on free trials. </p>

<p>It’s now available to permitted staff members under a new Subscriptions section in billing settings.</p>

<p>Learn more about active subscriptions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/manage-billing/your-invoice/charges#subscription-fees">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Nov 2021 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/view-your-paid-subscriptions-fees-in-your-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize your orders list and get to work faster</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Fulfill and get orders out the door faster! From the <strong>Orders</strong> page in Shopify, you can now:</p>

<ul>
<li>show, hide, and reorder columns in your order index, so that you only see the information that matters most</li>
<li>save your column arrangements within each order view, so your configurations are ready for the next time you access your orders</li>
<li>customize all order views, including default ones</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders/search-view-print-orders#order-views">order management</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Nov 2021 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-your-orders-list-and-get-to-work-faster</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Settings page redesign &amp; Domains moved into Settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Settings will now see a refreshed design that includes a new single column layout, with a fixed navigation to tab between Settings pages. </p>

<p>The new Settings experience launches as an overlay on top of the main Admin making it easier to navigate to, from, and within settings. This makes it easy to change a setting and get right back to the page in the Admin you were working on before.</p>

<p>Additionally, we've updated the Settings topics to appear in more themed groupings to help merchants navigate related items. Part of this update is introducing <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/domains">Domains</a> into the primary Settings navigation, moving it from its previous location under Online Store.  </p>

<p>Redesigned Settings as shown viewing Sales channels on Desktop:</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/01-28-9mnfi-0qggb.png" alt="settings"></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Nov 2021 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/settings-page-redesign-domains-moved-into-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adding product variants just got easier</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve made it possible to add, edit, and delete options and values directly on the product page. You can clearly identify newly added variants, as well as those recently deleted to ensure your changes are visible, reducing the risk of duplicated efforts.</p>

<p>Learn more about efficiently managing variants <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/variants/edit-variants">here</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2021 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/adding-product-variants-just-got-easier</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Save time when you update shipping labels for multiple orders at once</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Before purchasing your shipping labels, you can now modify the package type, weight, shipping method, and service for several orders in bulk, saving you time when fulfilling orders. You can also review and purchase multiple labels in one centralized view, so you can quickly skim through your labels in one screen and make necessary tweaks before buying them.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-labels/bulk-order-fulfillment">bulk fulfillment</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Nov 2021 12:03:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/save-time-when-you-update-shipping-labels-for-multiple-orders-at-once</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Email New Templates and Sections</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added new email sections and templates in time for the holidays — this includes BFCM templates and email sections in the editor. You can layout images in multiple columns, with text on top or on the side making it even easier to edit your photos without collage apps.</p>

<p><a href="https://utm.guru/udQHM">Learn more</a> about Shopify Email in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Oct 2021 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-email-new-templates-and-sections</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Handshake | The ordering widget </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Suppliers can now add the ordering widget to their Shopify store to promote their profile on Handshake marketplace. Retailers placing first-time orders using the supplier widget get free shipping, and $50 off when they spend $200 or more.</p>

<p>Learn more about adding the ordering widget in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/wholesale/handshake/handshake-marketing">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Oct 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/handshake-the-ordering-widget</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quickly resolve order and inventory issues with the new SFN app Overview page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <strong>Overview</strong> tab now displays the most important fulfillment information up front: your inventory levels across fulfillment centers, any products that have low stock, and pending issues that need your attention. </p>

<p>The updated view will be visible for all SFN merchants. You can log in to your SFN app or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tUcpVcrhtps&amp;t=29s">watch this video walkthrough</a> to learn about these changes.</p>

<ul>
<li>The <strong>Tasks</strong> section displays pending issues that need your attention. These issues can include held fulfillment requests, inbound transfers without tracking information, and special projects that need your approval.</li>
<li><strong>Open Fulfillment Requests</strong> displays a breakdown of the shipments that are in progress, on hold, or have out-of-stock inventory. </li>
<li>The <strong>Inbound Transfers</strong> section provides details on upcoming and recent inventory shipments. Upload tracking information for every transfer to help ensure that your inventory is received quickly. If any of your inbound transfers are missing tracking, that transfer will display an <strong>Add tracking</strong> label.</li>
<li><strong>Inventory Overview</strong> displays the total products that you have in the network. You can also learn which products are in low stock and currently arriving. To display the products in each category, click the <strong>▾</strong> icon in each category.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Oct 2021 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify fulfillment network</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/quickly-resolve-order-and-inventory-issues-with-the-new-sfn-app-overview-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing dark mode in Shopify Analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your Shopify Reports are now available in dark mode to help you better engage with the performance of your business. View the new and improved reports from the <strong>Reports</strong> section of your Shopify Analytics. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Oct 2021 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-dark-mode-in-shopify-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments for POS now available in The Netherlands</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for retail merchants in The Netherlands, along with the fully integrated WisePad 3 card reader.</p>

<p>You will now be able to accept all major payment methods however and wherever you want to, seamlessly integrated with Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> and the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/wisepad">WisePad 3</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Oct 2021 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-for-pos-now-available-in-the-netherlands</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Per-App and App Charge Permissions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The per-app and app charge permissions are available for all merchants. These permissions enable store owners to assign access to specific apps to each staff member. Store owners can also grant to staff members permission to approve app charges. Staff members no longer need to ask the store owner to install an app or approve an app charge, and can now accept these charges themselves.  The permissions are now available for all staff and collaborator accounts, but not for POS-only staff accounts.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions">app and channel permissions</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Oct 2021 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-per-app-and-app-charge-permissions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Facebook Pay for Shopify Payments and Checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Facebook Pay allows customers to pay for orders placed in your online store by using an accelerated checkout process. When customers are logged on to Facebook, they can check out with their saved credentials.</p>

<p>Facebook Pay is currently available only to online stores in the United States that use Shopify Payments. To use Facebook Pay for purchases, your customers also need to be in the United States and on a mobile device.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts">accelerated checkouts</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/facebook-pay">Facebook Pay</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Sep 2021 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/facebook-pay-for-shopify-payments-and-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Personalized text for Shopify Email</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added personalized text for Shopify Email. Personalized text allows you to customize an email's subject line, preview or body text with a customer's first and last name, city, country and more. </p>

<p>Learn more about personalized text from the <a href="https://utm.guru/udKi9">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/personalized-text-for-shopify-email</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Capture SMS marketing consent in Shopify!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>While 60% of marketing consent on Shopify-powered stores is gathered at checkout, it wasn’t possible to capture SMS-specific consent at checkout within Shopify until today. </p>

<p>We encourage you to assess the applicability of any SMS marketing consent requirements to your store with your legal counsel. If you determine that such a requirement applies to your store, we encourage you to confirm your store obtains required consents through features enabled by 3rd party apps or follow the steps outlined here [https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/customer-contact-information] to enable the separate SMS-consent-at-checkout feature for your store. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Sep 2021 13:38:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/capture-sms-marketing-consent-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improve product discovery with suggested product types</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Improve the visibility of your products across marketplaces using automatic suggestions to classify your products.</p>

<p>Shopify’s machine learning algorithms work behind the scenes to suggest the most relevant category for your products. You can accept these recommendations in one click and share with the (marketplace) world what your product is all about! </p>

<p>Learn more about product classification in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/product-type">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Sep 2021 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improve-product-discovery-with-suggested-product-types</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to Shopify Inbox on the web</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added new features to <a href="https://shopifyinbox.com">Shopify Inbox</a> to make it easier for you to sell more and keep track of conversations when you’re working from your web browser. Now when you use Shopify Inbox on the web, you can:<br>
* Easily share products and discounts in a conversation to help close the sale when you chat with customers.<br>
* Manage conversations more efficiently by marking their status as active, inactive, read, or unread.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox">Shopify Inbox</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Sep 2021 07:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-shopify-inbox-on-the-web</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dawn 2.1.0 released</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>*<em>? Feature enhancements *</em><br>
* Updates on the blog post hover animation. <br>
* A page width wrapper to the rich text section.<br>
* Descriptions default to <code>true</code> for a collection.<br>
* Improvements for accessibility.<br>
* Published date format on blog posts to include the day, month, and year.<br>
* And more!</p>

<p>*<em>? Bug fixes *</em><br>
* Fixed image quality in product modal.<br>
* Fixed inconsistency issues about the add to cart error messaging.<br>
* Fixed issues where elements, such as buttons, appeared above the menu slider and password modal.<br>
* Fixed line item content spacing on larger screens.<br>
* Added scroll margin for login pages.<br>
* And more!</p>

<p>The new release is available both on the theme store and on <a href="https://github.com/Shopify/dawn/releases/tag/v2.1.0">Github</a>.</p>

<p>Merchants who already use Dawn and remain on their upgrade path will see their theme updated automatically this week. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 10:33:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/dawn-2-1-0-released</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buy up to 50 shipping labels in bulk!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now purchase and print up to 50 shipping labels at once, increasing the limit from 20. This helps you work more efficiently, get orders out the door faster, and create a better experience for your customers. It's now available for merchants fulfilling orders from a US location and using Shopify Shipping with USPS, UPS and DHL carriers.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-labels/bulk-order-fulfillment">Bulk order fulfillment</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/buy-up-to-50-shipping-labels-in-bulk</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Migrate from Lightspeed with the Store Importer App</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Migrate your store data from Lightspeed to Shopify quickly and reliably with the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/store-importer">Store Importer app</a> that is available in the Shopify App Store. Using CSV exports, you can now migrate product, barcode, inventory, and customer records from Lightspeed to your Shopify store  without having to edit or transform your data manually.</p>

<p>Save time and start selling faster! Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/migrating-to-shopify/shopify-import/lightspeed-migration">migrating from Lightspeed to Shopify</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Sep 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/migrate-from-lightspeed-with-the-store-importer-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>US Sales Tax Liability Insights ??</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Stay on top of your evolving sales tax liability in the United States!</p>

<p>Being compliant with US Sales Taxes can take a lot of work, thanks to a patchwork of rules and ever-changing legislation. Let Shopify help! Today we introduce <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/us/us-tax-liability">US Sales Tax Liability Insights</a> that you can use to stay informed as your sales tax liability changes and evolves.</p>

<p>You can access the insights in two ways:</p>

<ol>
<li>You might see a home card if we have detected that you might have a sales tax liability.</li>
<li>You can keep an eye on your insights from your <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/settings/taxes">Tax Settings</a>.</li>
</ol>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Sep 2021 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/us-sales-tax-liability-insights</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shop channel has expanded to 13 new countries </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shop channel is now available in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/shopify-payments-requirements#supported-countries-and-regions">following regions</a> ?</p>

<p>From today, merchants in these countries can use the channel to customize their store on the Shop app, manage product listings and settings, run retargeting campaigns, and monitor key Shop app and Shop Pay performance metrics.</p>

<p>Merchants can install the app through the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shop?shpxid=3d50132e-FF09-4441-484C-BCE1C39094B4">Shopify app store</a></p>

<p>Learn more about the Shop channel from the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop?shpxid=3d50ae29-DB98-4BF0-B1A3-F4CD0F51D99D">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Sep 2021 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-shop-channel-has-expanded-to-13-new-countries</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Shopify theme available: Dawn  </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Dawn is Shopify’s latest free theme. It includes an adaptable layout, site-wide cross-selling sections, and media-optimized product pages to boost sales. Easier to customize than ever, sections and blocks let you add, rearrange, and edit every page without any coding.</p>

<p>Notable Dawn features include custom liquid sections, facet filtering on collection pages, adaptable layouts across pages, predictive search, and upselling/cross selling sections. Dawn also has features to help you set up and get started more easily including a simplified color system and square image settings on product grids.  </p>

<p><a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/dawn/styles/default?surface_detail=dawn&amp;surface_inter_position=1&amp;surface_intra_position=1&amp;surface_type=search">Preview Dawn</a> today, and learn more about how to express your brand with our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/themes/os20/themes-by-shopify/dawn/sections">updated documentation.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-shopify-theme-available-dawn</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments for POS now available in Germany and New Zealand</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for retail merchants in Germany and New Zealand, along with the fully integrated WisePad 3 card reader.</p>

<p>You will now be able to accept all major payment methods however and wherever you want to, seamlessly integrated with Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> and the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/wisepad">WisePad 3</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 08:59:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-for-pos-now-available-in-germany-and-new-zealand</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage your inventory from anywhere with the Shopify mobile app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve redesigned inventory management on the Shopify Mobile app so you can easily view, manage and track your inventory from anywhere. The improved inventory features include:</p>

<ul>
<li>One centralized view of your inventory to help you manage your inventory from anywhere. </li>
<li>Search, sort and inventory filtering so you can find what you’re looking for faster.</li>
<li>Inventory workflows designed for mobile so you can get more done on the go.</li>
</ul>

<p>Try the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/install">Shopify Mobile app</a> and learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory">managing inventory</a> in the Shopify Help Centre.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Aug 2021 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-your-inventory-from-anywhere-with-the-shopify-mobile-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Optimized carrier identification based on merchant history</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a merchant fulfills an order and enters the tracking number for it, we can now identify the shipping carrier with relatively 30% better accuracy for supported carriers. We also improved the drop down by showing frequently used carriers at the top of the list. This helps save merchants time when fulfilling orders.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/status-tracking/add-tracking-numbers">manual fulfillment</a> from the Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Aug 2021 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/optimized-carrier-identification-based-on-merchant-history</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meet CCPA standards to improve trust with your California buyers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://apps.shopify.com/customer-privacy-banner?surface_detail=privacy&amp;surface_inter_position=1&amp;surface_intra_position=4&amp;surface_type=search">The Customer Privacy app</a> is updated for California-based stores and stores that meet the following criteria:</p>

<ul>
<li>a gross annual revenue of $25 million a year in online sales</li>
<li>buy, receive, or sell the personal information of 50,000 or more California residents, households, or devices</li>
<li>derive 50% or more of their annual revenue from selling California residents’ personal information</li>
</ul>

<p>Under the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), California buyers need to be given the choice to opt out of the sale of their personal information. The Customer Privacy app allows you to easily communicate how you track the sale of information, allowing buyers to choose if they want to share information. </p>

<p>If you have been using the existing version of the app, then you will need to download Customer Privacy app by November 1, 2021 in order to stay in compliance with the CCPA. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Aug 2021 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/meet-ccpa-standards-to-improve-trust-with-your-california-buyers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ePostage return labels through USPS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting on August 23rd 2021, we'll be providing USPS return labels through our direct integration with USPS. This update is an extension of our ePostage roll-out to all eligible USPS shipments, which launched in February 2021. </p>

<p>You can now choose ePostage return labels through Parcel Select Ground. The ePostage return labels have the same eligibility criteria and rates as fulfillment-direction for Parcel Select Ground. </p>

<p>Also, the ePostage return labels now look more like the ePostage fulfillment labels.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-carriers/usps">ePostage shipping and return labels with USPS</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/epostage-return-labels-through-usps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New views for fulfillment details and shipping labels</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants now have an improved bulk shipping label purchase flow.</p>

<p>Until now, the bulk shipping label purchase flow in Shopify has been a copy of the single label purchase flow, but with orders stacked vertically on one page. This layout made it more difficult to keep track of your progress and position on the page.</p>

<p>Now, the purchase flow uses an order navigation menu. This navigation makes it easier to find specific orders, for example when merchants need to change a package size, weight, or shipping service. The navigation also helps with seeing progress and identifying orders with errors or warnings. Further, order notes are now displayed in the shipping label flow.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="http://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-labels/bulk-order-fulfillment">Fulfillment Detail Views - Shipping labels</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Aug 2021 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-views-for-fulfillment-details-and-shipping-labels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set payment terms on orders with deferred payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new payment terms feature allows you to easily manage orders with deferred payments.</p>

<p>With payment terms, you can complete the following tasks:</p>

<ul>
<li>Add a payment due date to a draft order or to a pending order that was created through the online store.</li>
<li>Choose between due on receipt, net terms (within 7, 15, 30, 60 or 90 days), or fixed date. </li>
<li>Sort by overdue payment status for easier order management. </li>
<li>Send an invoice to your buyer with their payment due date. </li>
</ul>

<p>You can set payment terms by selecting <strong>Payment due later</strong> in the payment section of a draft order. </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders#accept-payment">Learn more about payment terms.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Aug 2021 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-payment-terms-on-orders-with-deferred-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2021 BFCM Merchant Peak Plan </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Fulfillment Network (SFN) is introducing a Merchant Peak Plan (MPP) to support merchant's shipping needs during Black Friday Cyber Monday (BFCM). </p>

<p>The MPP will help merchants prepare for peak demands during the BFCM season and ensure SFN can successfully meet merchant's shipping needs. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://sites.google.com/shopify.com/sfnpeakplans">Merchant Peak Plan</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Aug 2021 11:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify fulfillment network</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/2021-bfcm-merchant-peak-plan</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Put fulfillments on hold</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Not everything is ready to ship right after checkout. When you need to organize your fulfillments according to what needs to be shipped separately, you can reflect that in Shopify by placing them on hold.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/fulfill-your-own#manual-fulfillment-holds">fullfillment holds</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Aug 2021 08:33:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/put-fulfillments-on-hold</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Handshake | Editing product information within Handshake</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Suppliers now have different product information on the Handshake Marketplace compared to the main online store. Within Handshake, suppliers can create product descriptions available exclusively on Handshake, select which product variants they want to showcase on Handshake and manage product images.</p>

<p>Learn more about pricing and managing your products on Handshake in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/wholesale/handshake/pricing-and-managing-your-products">Pricing and managing products on Handshake</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Aug 2021 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/handshake-editing-product-information-within-handshake</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Handshake Marketplace – Add products and suppliers to the “Favorites” list</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retailers can now add products and suppliers to a designated list called <strong>Favorites</strong>. To add a product or a supplier to the <strong>Favorites</strong> list, retailers need to click a heart icon next to them. </p>

<p>All added products and suppliers appear on the** Favorites** page and can be accessed from the navigation bar.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/handshake/finding-products">adding and viewing favorite products and suppliers</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Aug 2021 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/handshake-marketplace-add-products-and-suppliers-to-the-favorites-list</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Ping and Shopify Chat have relaunched as Shopify Inbox</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Ping and Shopify Chat have relaunched as <strong>Shopify Inbox</strong>. Now you can set up messaging for your online store, manage your FAQs, automated messages, chat appearance, and more <strong>right from your admin</strong>. </p>

<p>You’ll still use the Shopify Inbox mobile and web apps (formerly Ping) to view and respond to your customer messages from anywhere, anytime.</p>

<p>With this update, it’s even easier to manage customer conversations and sell more over chat.</p>

<ul>
<li>New conversation metrics help you understand how many chats convert to sales so you can plan for growth</li>
<li>Never miss an opportunity to connect with a customer - now you can always continue the conversation over email or SMS even after they’ve left the live chat</li>
<li>Connect with more customers on more channels like Instagram (coming soon) </li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Inbox in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/inbox">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jul 2021 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-ping-and-shopify-chat-have-relaunched-as-shopify-inbox</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Display flexible store content with Metafields</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Metafields are extra pieces of data that you can attach to products, customers, orders, and other objects in the Shopify ecosystem. Metafields are made for storing information that doesn’t otherwise have a home in your Shopify admin—think fabric care instructions, delivery time frames, and backorder dates. You can display metafield data anywhere in your store, such as your product pages and even the checkout.</p>

<p>You can use metafields for internal tracking and to display specialized information on your online store in a variety of ways. </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/metafields">Learn more in the Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jul 2021 21:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/display-flexible-store-content-with-metafields</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhancements to the theme editor </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve made enhancements to the theme editor to make it more intuitive to use.</p>

<p>Instead of needing to drill down into different sections, the editor sidebar now displays a tree view of all the content on a page. From the sidebar, merchants can hide most blocks, with the exception of the header and the footer. These changes allow you to easily update the hierarchy of a page. </p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/themes/theme-editor-updates">Learn more in the Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jul 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhancements-to-the-theme-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to Shopify's Geolocation app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, Shopify's <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/geolocation">Geolocation app</a> will have the ability to only offer country and language recommendations as a center popup.</p>

<p>The Geolocation app helps ensures international customers can view a store in their local currency and language. After thorough research, the center popup increases the rate at which customers check out in the correct currency and language, and also increases a store's conversion rate with international customers.</p>

<p>If you are a Geolocation app user and aren't currently using the center pop up for recommendations, then there is no action required and this change will be made to your store today. You can find out more about Geolocation in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/cross-border/geolocation">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-shopify-s-geolocation-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discounts for retailers on Handshake Marketplace</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Suppliers can now offer discounts for retailers on Handshake. Discounts feature allows you to set up the following:</p>

<ul>
<li>Suppliers can create an unlimited amount of discounts.</li>
<li>Suppliers can create automatic discounts without requiring a discount code.</li>
<li>Discounts can be by percentage or fixed amounts.</li>
<li>Discounts can have up to three tiers based on the order value.</li>
<li>Discounts can be timeless or be effective during a scheduled time.</li>
<li>Discounts apply only on products, they do not apply to shipping costs.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/wholesale/handshake/handshake-discounts">managing discounts on Handshate</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discounts-for-retailers-on-handshake-marketplace</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Merchant Eligibility</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On June 23rd, 2021, Shop rolled out new Merchant Guidelines which merchants must meet in order to operate on Shop. These guidelines are in place to ensure a consistent experience for everyone on the Shop app. To check your eligibility status, you can visit the <strong>Settings</strong> page in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shop">Shop channel</a>. For more information on Shop Merchant Guidelines, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/eligibility">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>

<p>Eligible merchants can also manage their brand presence and visibility on the Shop app with new <strong>Shopping</strong> and <strong>Discovery</strong> settings in the <strong>Shop</strong> channel. Learn more in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop/add-edit-remove#shopping-and-discovery-settings">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jun 2021 17:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-merchant-eligibility</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Live View now includes a two-dimensional map view</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now visualize your store performance on a two-dimensional Live View map! ?️</p>

<p>The 2D Live View map displays all your online store traffic data in a single view, allowing you to easily identify the location of your store activity and sales. The map and globe rendering was also improved for faster loading.  </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/live-view">Live View</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jun 2021 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/live-view-now-includes-a-two-dimensional-map-view</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subscription apps now support Authorize.net</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The collection of subscription apps in the Shopify App Store now support Authorize.net.</p>

<p>This update allows merchants who use Authorize.net as their payment gateway the option to use subscription apps that are integrated with Shopify Checkout.</p>

<p>To use a subscription app with Authorize.net, <a href="https:///apps.shopify.com/collections/checkout-subscription">choose a subscription app</a>, and then make sure that <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/third-party-providers/set-up-authorize-net">Authorize.net is set up on your store</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about subscriptions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/subscriptions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jun 2021 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/subscription-apps-now-support-authorize-net</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Acquirer reference number for refunds issued for Shopify Payments Visa/Mastercard transactions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now see the acquirer reference number (ARN) in your order timeline for refunds that were issued for Shopify Payments Visa/Mastercard transactions. You can use this information to facilitate conversations with customers who haven't received their refund.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/refund-cancel-order#review-an-orders-transaction-history">Refund transaction history</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jun 2021 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/acquirer-reference-number-for-refunds-issued-for-shopify-payments-visa-mastercard-transactions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize your robots.txt file</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On Monday, June 21st 2021, we will release robots.txt.liquid to give you control over how crawlers discover content in your online store. This helps ensure important pages in your store are indexed and buyers can find them in search results.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/seo/editing-robots-txt">how to customize your robots.txt file</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jun 2021 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-your-robots-txt-file</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Replace unavailable order items for unfulfilled orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To replace out-of-stock products in your unfulfilled orders, we've added the new <strong>Replace order item</strong> feature that’s available on all Oberlo plans . You can now replace a temporarily unavailable or out-of-stock products in unfulfilled orders directly from the <strong>Orders</strong> page in Oberlo. </p>

<p>You can learn more about the <a href="https://help.oberlo.com/en/articles/1033933-edit-your-orders#h_92e85f9fec">replate order item feature</a> on Oberlo Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jun 2021 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/replace-unavailable-order-items-for-unfulfilled-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments supports Discover and Diners Club cards in the United Kingdom</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use Discover and Diners Club cards for Shopify Payments.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Jun 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-supports-discover-and-diners-club-cards-in-the-united-kingdom</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add filters to your draft order product picker</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of recent improvements to the Draft Order details page, the Product Picker now allows product variant search results to be filtered by barcode, SKU, variant ID or variant title. This feature brings back functionality of the previous product picker, with the added benefits in speed performance.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders">creating draft orders</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jun 2021 13:50:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-filters-to-your-draft-order-product-picker</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Pay Installments in Shop App Accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On June 10, we will release Shop Pay Installments on the Shop App accounts tab. Shop Pay Installments enables customers to see and manage their active installments directly from their account settings in the Shop App.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Jun 2021 06:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-pay-installments-in-shop-app-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easier to get app refund support from developers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To help you receive billing support for apps more quickly, app developers can now issue <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/manage-billing/your-invoice/apps#request-an-app-refund-or-credit">app refunds</a> to Merchants directly without including Shopify Support in the process. You can expect faster turnaround for app refund requests.</p>

<p>Visit the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/">Shopify App Store</a> to find new tools and plugins to grow your business. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/easier-to-get-app-refund-support-from-developers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connecting disconnected Shopify products to Oberlo</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now connect disconnected Shopify products or map variants to Oberlo. Moreover, all unfulfilled Shopify orders containing these products will be synced to Oberlo. </p>

<p>Learn more about this in the Oberlo Help Center:<br>
<a href="https://help.oberlo.com/en/articles/952239-reconnect-your-shopify-products-and-remap-variants-to-oberlo">Reconnect your Shopify products and remap variants to Oberlo</a><br>
<a href="https://help.oberlo.com/en/articles/5245718-connect-your-shopify-product-to-oberlo">Connect your Shopify product to Oberlo</a><br>
<a href="https://help.oberlo.com/en/articles/947581-fix-your-orders-that-don-t-show-up-in-oberlo">Fix your orders that don’t show up in Oberlo</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/connecting-disconnected-shopify-products-to-oberlo</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Track and receive stock transfers with the Shopify mobile app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, you can use to Shopify mobile app to track and receive stock transfers between your suppliers and locations.</p>

<p>Using the Shopify mobile app to access transfer information lets you have the portability and control to easily view incoming products from your suppliers, and to move inventory between your locations and that places where you sell. </p>

<p>Once your inventory arrives, you can use the inventory scanner on the mobile app to count and receive your incoming products,  so you’ll always have accurate inventory across your locations.</p>

<p><strong>Steps:</strong><br>
1. On the Shopify mobile app select the <strong>Products</strong> tab.<br>
2. Select <strong>Transfers</strong>.<br>
3. When you’re ready to receive a transfer, select the transfer from the list.</p>

<p>Once you select <strong>Transfers</strong>:<br>
* The transfers you’ve created or are expecting between locations are displayed.<br>
* All of the products associated with a transfer are displayed.<br>
* You'll receive items in bulk, or individually, to ensure inventory accuracy across your locations.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/inventory/transfer-locations">Learn more about stock transfers on the mobile app</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Jun 2021 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/track-and-receive-stock-transfers-with-the-shopify-mobile-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rounding Rules for Shipping Rates</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Rounding rules now apply to shipping costs when prices are converted to another currency. This provides a more consistent experience for your customers.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency/conversions#rounding-rules">rounding rules for shipping rates</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Jun 2021 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/rounding-rules-for-shipping-rates</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage Theme Kit passwords using the Theme Kit Access app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new Theme Kit Access app makes it easier for merchants to give developer partners access to their theme. Instead of relying on a private app API password to authenticate, the Theme Kit Access app lets merchants: </p>

<ul>
<li>create as many Theme Kit passwords as they want </li>
<li>share passwords that provide theme-only access without the need to create a staff account </li>
<li>view and manage all Theme Kit passwords in one place </li>
<li>revoke anyone’s theme access with one click </li>
<li>share Theme Kit passwords over email using a secure link that expires in 7 days </li>
</ul>

<p>Merchants can install the app through the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/theme-kit-access">Shopify App Store</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about the Theme Kit Access app <a href="https://shopify.dev/tools/theme-kit/manage-theme-kit-access">here</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-theme-kit-passwords-using-the-theme-kit-access-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hiding variants on the SFN inventory list</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now hide variants on your Shopify Fulfillment Network (SFN) inventory list. This enables you to declutter your inventory list by hiding variants that you no longer want to fulfill.</p>

<p>You can make hidden variants visible again.</p>

<p>Learn more about hiding variants on you SFN inventory list [here].(https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-fulfillment-network/inventory-management)</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 12:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shopify fulfillment network</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/hiding-variants-on-the-sfn-inventory-list</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easier to browse categories on the Shopify App Store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To help you find the right apps for your business more quickly and easily, we’ve updated and simplified our categories on the Shopify App Store. No more searching through a long list of app types to find what you need!</p>

<p>Check it out for yourself, by visiting the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/">Shopify App Store</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 May 2021 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/easier-to-browse-categories-on-the-shopify-app-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments for POS in Australia</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for retail merchants in Australia, along with the fully integrated WisePad 3 card reader. </p>

<p>You will now be able to accept all major payment methods however and wherever you want to, seamlessly integrated with Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> and the <a href="https://hardware.shopify.com.au/products/wisepad-3-reader">WisePad 3</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 May 2021 08:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-for-pos-in-australia</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improve your order fulfillment process with new metrics and reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting today, your orders index page will display important metrics, such as contextual analytics.</p>

<p>Contextual analytics lets you efficiently check the health of your operations, from order entry to delivery. It also helps you identify areas of opportunity on the same screen you use to execute tasks.</p>

<p>These new metrics help you to spot trends, visualize new pockets of improvement, and confirm if changes are paying off. For more detailed information, every metric leads to a new detailed report.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/order-reports">order analytics</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improve-your-order-fulfillment-process-with-new-metrics-and-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved draft order details experience</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released an improved draft order details page to our merchants. These changes help merchants enjoy a better order creation experience, and also presents a few visual changes that are easy on the eyes. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders">creating draft orders</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>

<p>The draft order details page now has the following changes:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>An improved summary section</strong> in the order creation flow. Merchants can now view payment options helper-text in the draft order summary area. This helps to easily identify what actions need to be taken to be able to view and use invoice sending and payment options on the order. Disabled invoice send and payment options have been replaced with the help text; no more angry clicking on greyed out disabled buttons.</li>
<li><strong>Improved shipping rates message banner and shipping options list</strong> when adding shipping to draft orders.</li>
<li><strong>Improved order level discount modal dialog</strong> with explicit fields for discount type and value making it easier for merchants to identify what text needs to be added to the text input field.</li>
<li><strong>Improved item discount modal dialog</strong> with explicit fields for discount type and value making it easier for merchants to identify what text needs to be added to the text input field.</li>
<li><strong>Improved customer contact details display</strong> with the added bonus of giving merchants the ability to easily copy a customer’s email address and shipping address to the clipboard via the new copy icons that have been added. </li>
<li><strong>Improved shipping and billing address editing</strong> layout with better visual separation of fields and a country flag icon added beside the phone number field.
Improved reserve items modal dialog with explicit date and time fields, and appropriate icons for clarity.</li>
<li><strong>Improved line items display</strong> with better item and associated unit price alignment, and better line totals display.</li>
<li><strong>Improved product browsing and adding experiences</strong> with a better display of helper text when items and variants have already been added to the order, a better display of the number of available items remaining, and the price of already added items remaining visible in the modal dialog.</li>
<li><strong>An information dense and easy to read draft order details print preview</strong> that does not include page elements like buttons, banners, icons, etc. Now merchants can use less paper when printing draft order details.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-draft-order-details-experience</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subscription apps now support PayPal Express</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The collection of subscription apps in the Shopify App Store now support PayPal Express. </p>

<p>This update allows merchants who can't use Shopify Payments the option to use subscription apps integrated with Shopify Checkout for the first time. </p>

<p>To use a subscription app with PayPal Express, <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/checkout-subscription">choose a subscription app</a>, and then make sure <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/paypal/set-up-paypal#using-paypal-for-automatic-billing">PayPal is set up on your store</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about subscriptions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/subscriptions">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 May 2021 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/subscription-apps-now-support-paypal-express</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add backup shipping rates to avoid abandoned checkouts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Occasionally, third party shipping apps might experience downtime, during which time they won't respond within 10 seconds. This can lead to a loss of sales because your customer checkouts might fail, and customer's might not complete their order as a result. In these cases, backup shipping rates are displayed to customers so that they can complete their purchase.</p>

<p>You can add backup shipping rates from your <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/settings/shipping">Shipping and Delivery settings</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about backup shipping rates in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/backup-shipping-rates">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 May 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-backup-shipping-rates-to-avoid-abandoned-checkouts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automatically redirect customers between international domains</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now redirect customers between international domains based on their location. For example, if you use a <code>.com</code> domain to target the United States and a <code>.ca</code> domain to target Canada, then a Canadian visitor who lands on <code>johns-apparel.com</code> is automatically redirected to <code>johns-apparel.ca</code>. This helps your customers from different countries or regions get correctly localized when they land on a wrong domain.</p>

<p>You can enable automatic redirection for international domains in Online Store Preferences.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/13-40-5az1i-2idl0.png" alt=""></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/domains/managing-domains/international-domains#switch-between-international-domains">international domains</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 May 2021 17:07:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automatically-redirect-customers-between-international-domains</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improve inventory tracking with locations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On May 12th, locations was automatically enabled on all stores that weren't already using the feature.</p>

<p>Locations makes it easier to track and manage your inventory across multiple locations. By using locations, you can also use other features such as <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/local-methods/local-pickup">local pick up</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/shipping-profiles">shipping profiles</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/locations">locations</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 May 2021 09:14:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Inventory</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improve-inventory-tracking-with-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Migrate from Square POS with the Store Importer app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Migrate store data from Square POS to Shopify quickly and reliably with the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/store-importer">Store Importer</a> app, available through the Shopify App Store. Using a CSV export, you can now migrate product, inventory, and customer records from Square to your Shopify store without having to manually edit or transform your data.</p>

<p>Save time and get to selling faster! Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/migrating-to-shopify/shopify-import/square-migration">migrating from Square to Shopify</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 May 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/migrate-from-square-pos-with-the-store-importer-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create shipping zones within the United Kingdom</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The cost to ship to and within the United Kingdom after Brexit can vary depending on where you are shipping. Before, you could set only one shipping rate for all buyers across the UK. Now, when you set shipping rates for the UK, you can create a different rate for each of the following countries:</p>

<ul>
<li>Northern Ireland</li>
<li>Scotland</li>
<li>Wales</li>
<li>England</li>
<li>British Forces</li>
</ul>

<p>You can edit shipping rates, or add or remove each constituent country, in your <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/settings/shipping">Shipping and delivery settings</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about setting up shipping zones in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/setting-up-shipping-zones">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 May 2021 09:19:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-shipping-zones-within-the-united-kingdom</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shop channel is now available in Australia and the UK</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants in the UK and Australia can now install the Shop channel ?</p>

<p>Up until now, the Shop channel has only been available to merchants in North America but from today, merchants in the UK and Australia can use the channel to customize their store on the Shop app, manage product listings and settings, and monitor key Shop app and Shop Pay performance metrics. </p>

<p>Merchants can install the app through the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shop?shpxid=3d50132e-FF09-4441-484C-BCE1C39094B4">Shopify app store</a></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop?shpxid=3d50ae29-DB98-4BF0-B1A3-F4CD0F51D99D">the Shop channel</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 May 2021 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-shop-channel-is-now-available-in-australia-and-the-uk</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to the variant mapping feature availability</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The variant mapping feature is now available on the Explorer Oberlo plan. If you're on this plan, then you can connect up to two supplier products into one Shopify product.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.oberlo.com/en/articles/2908005-mapping-different-product-variants-into-one-product">mapping different product variants into one product</a> in the Oberlo Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 06:02:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-the-variant-mapping-feature-availability</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Geolocation app receives an updated recommendation modal</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Geolocation app recommendation modal has been redesigned. This helps more of your buyers discover the right currency, pricing, and language on your site if you sell to more than one country or region.</p>

<p>The new modal significantly increases the amount of cross-border customers checking out in their local currency, and can improve your store's overall conversion rate.</p>

<p>You can find out more about the Geolocation app in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/cross-border/geolocation">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 May 2021 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/geolocation-app-receives-an-updated-recommendation-modal</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wholesale channel maintenance window on May 8th</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The wholesale channel will be temporarily unavailable for approximately 2 hours at 8 pm EST on Saturday, May 8th as we refresh the database.</p>

<p>During this maintenance window, the wholesale channel will show up as "in maintenance" in the admin and your customers will not be able to place orders. Once service has been restored, the wholesale channel will work as expected.</p>

<p>We appreciate your cooperation through this process and apologize for any inconvenience.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Apr 2021 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/wholesale-channel-maintenance-window-on-may-8th</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New performance analytics dashboard for Shop </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shop performance metrics are now available in the Shop channel. Understand the impact of Shop on your business with key metrics on sales, orders, follower count, tracking and impressions from the Shop app and Shop Pay. To access these metrics, you need to have the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/shop?surface_detail=sales-channels&amp;surface_inter_position=1&amp;surface_intra_position=1&amp;surface_type=collection">Shop sales channel</a> installed. </p>

<p>To learn more about Shop performance metrics, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop#view-performance-metrics">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-performance-analytics-dashboard-for-shop</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accessing an AliExpress product page from your Shopify admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now access the original AliExpress product page from your Shopify admin. To do so, visit any product details page from your Shopify admin, and then click <strong>More actions</strong> &gt; <strong>Open original product</strong>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 02:08:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/accessing-an-aliexpress-product-page-from-your-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved UI for Select A Plan Page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A new Select A Plan page has been released on April 21, 2021 that contains richer featural information. This will help you to have a fuller understanding of plan distinctions when you sign up and select the plan that's best suited for you.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Apr 2021 10:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-ui-for-select-a-plan-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two-step authentication resets for Shopify Plus organizations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Plus organizations that have <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/security/verified-domains">verified ownership of their domain</a> can now reset two-step authentication for users that have an email address that is associated with the verified domain. This process lets you restore access for locked out users quickly and securely, and without the assistance of Shopify Support.</p>

<p>Learn more about resetting two-step authentication in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/security/resetting-two-factor-authentication">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/two-step-authentication-resets-for-shopify-plus-organizations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accept payments in multiple currencies with PayPal</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>PayPal Express Checkout now accepts payments in multiple currencies. When a customer pays for an order using PayPal, they will be able to complete checkout in their local currency, just like when they pay using a credit card. Any refunds issued through PayPal are also handled in the customer’s local currency.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/paypal/multicurrency">accepting multiple currencies with PayPal</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/accept-payments-in-multiple-currencies-with-paypal</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Support for multiple currencies in draft orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you use Shopify Payments with multiple currencies enabled, you can now create draft order invoices in your customer's local currency.</p>

<p>This feature helps your customers see the total cost of their purchases in their local currency, including currency conversion fees.  </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/draft-orders-multicurrency">multi currency support for draft orders</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Apr 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/support-for-multiple-currencies-in-draft-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop Pay Installments banner available on Debut product pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Debut version 17.12.0 includes native support for the Shop Pay Installments banner on product pages. Qualifying merchants who have Shop Pay Installments enabled will see a new banner displayed next to the product price on product pages, with a mention of the Shop Pay Installments payment option.</p>

<p>For the banner to display on a product page, the merchant must sell in the US and the product price must be between $50 and $1000. The merchant must also have Shop Pay enabled as a payment method.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shop Pay Installments in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/shop-pay-installments">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2021 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-pay-installments-banner-available-on-debut-product-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>WisePad 3 card reader now available in the UK and Ireland</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The WisePad 3 card reader is now available to all retail merchants in the UK &amp; Ireland. The WisePad 3 is integrated with Shopify POS and accepts Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Apple Pay, and Google Pay.</p>

<p>With the WisePad 3 you get the power of all-new Shopify POS, integrated payments, and great hardware.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/06-27-jqbgj-5aabo.png" alt=""></p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/wisepad">WisePad 3</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/wisepad-3-card-reader-now-available-in-the-uk-and-ireland</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Billing emails for staff</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now give staff the ability to receive billing emails with the new <strong>View billing and receive billing emails</strong> permission. Billing emails are sent when invoices are paid or require action. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions#administration-permissions">View billing and receive billing emails permission</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Mar 2021 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/billing-emails-for-staff</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved UI and files creation process for the files section</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new <strong>Files</strong> section UI has the following improvements:</p>

<ul>
<li>The old <strong>File</strong> column has been replaced by a new <strong>File name</strong> column that includes the file's name and extension. </li>
<li>The old <strong>URL</strong> column has been replaced by a new <strong>Link</strong> column making it easier to copy URLs.</li>
<li> A new <strong>Date added</strong> column indicating when the file was created has been added.</li>
<li>New default thumbnails have been added and capture more file types than before.</li>
</ul>

<p>The improved creation process includes:</p>

<ul>
<li>An <strong>Upload Banner</strong> that indicates that files are being uploaded with a progress bar.</li>
<li>A <strong>Processing Banner</strong> that indicates that files are being processed. You don't have to stay on the page for the processing to finish. It happens in the background.</li>
<li>An <strong>Error Banner</strong> to indicate any errors that occurred during the uploading and processing stages.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/file-uploads">uploading files</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-ui-and-files-creation-process-for-the-files-section</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Simplified cash reconciliation for retail stores</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The retail cash tracking report, available from the Point of Sale channel in your Shopify admin, simplifies cash reconciliation for retail stores by giving your admin staff a centralized view of cash session activity across all of the registers at your POS Pro locations.</p>

<p>The report has three sections that make it easy to remotely audit, identify, and reconcile cash discrepancies at any POS Pro location:<br>
* Discrepancy summary: Provides an overview of the expected cash amounts and what was actually counted for all the cash sessions that occured at a given location within a selected time range<br>
* Cash payments summary: Displays the gross payments amount and refunds total for all cash sessions that occured at a given location within a selected time range<br>
* Session list: Displays all the cash sessions that occured at a given location within a selected time range. This list can be filtered by register ID or register status (open or closed)</p>

<p>Session data from the report can also be exported into a CSV.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/cash-register-management/cash-tracking">the retail cash tracking report</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/simplified-cash-reconciliation-for-retail-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create an automated collection based on the compare at price field</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Filter your automated collections more easily by adding a condition to check whether or not a product has a <strong>compare at</strong> price. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/collections/automated-collections/auto-select">conditions for automated collections</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Mar 2021 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-an-automated-collection-based-on-the-compare-at-price-field</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New permissions available for staff accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can give staff permission to view billing details and add or remove other staff. Now you can delegate more, and give staff the information and access they need. </p>

<p>Staff that previously had full permissions are marked as limited unless you give them these new permissions.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts">permissions</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Mar 2021 14:11:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-permissions-available-for-staff-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New editing features for Shopify Email</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've revamped the Shopify Email editor with new features to make it easier to level up your email creativity—This includes product grids, button styling and a divider section. </p>

<p>Product Grids are a simple way for merchants to add multiple products in columns and rows to their email campaigns. You can customize the style of buttons and add a divider anywhere in the email.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new editing features from the <a href="https://utm.guru/uc7t5">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Mar 2021 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-editing-features-for-shopify-email</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cancel a return is now available </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Managing returns is an essential part of the customer experience. But just like any other order action, mistakes can happen or a buyer can change their mind about returning your product. That's why we’ve added the ability to cancel a return in Shopify. You can cancel a return after a return request has been initiated, giving you the flexibility to accommodate changes or restart the return if a mistake has been made.</p>

<p>To learn more about returns, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/refund-cancel-order">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Mar 2021 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/cancel-a-return-is-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Geolocation app now supports regions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Buyers expect to select their region when buying internationally, not their currency. That's why the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/geolocation">Geolocation app</a> has been improved to offer your buyers intelligent country &amp; region recommendations and selectors:</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/08-38-fn85p-ny5kr.gif" alt=""></p>

<p>This is especially useful for stores that sell to to multiple regions that use the same currency (for example, within the Eurozone). If you set different prices for specific regions using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency/international-pricing">international pricing</a>, then the Geolocation app can now accurately guide your buyers to the right price for their region.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/cross-border/geolocation">Geolocation app</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Mar 2021 13:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-geolocation-app-now-supports-regions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Control pricing by region with international pricing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you use Shopify Payments, then you can now control your prices by region using international pricing:<br>
- On the Shopify plan or higher, you can use percentage price adjustments to increase or decrease prices across your entire store in certain countries or regions.<br>
- On the Advanced and Shopify Plus plans, you can upload specific prices per product, per country using a csv file.</p>

<p>You can continue to use automatic or manual FX rates for different currencies and customize your business's rounding rules to control how the final prices appear in your online store.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency/international-pricing">international pricing</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Mar 2021 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/control-pricing-by-region-with-international-pricing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enable passwordless login at POS Pro locations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Store owners, or admin staff who have the permissions to initialize POS, can now generate and send QR codes that store staff can use to log in to POS devices quickly and securely at POS Pro locations. No sharing of passwords is necessary.</p>

<p>Through the Point of Sale channel of the Shopify admin, authorized admin staff can generate QR codes that correspond to Pro locations. Codes can be emailed to store staff who can use them to initialize or log in to POS devices at a particular location. If initalizing multiple devices, a new code must be generated for each device, and each code is valid for 8 hours. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="http://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/staff-management/qr-code">setting up QR code logins for Pro locations</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Mar 2021 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enable-passwordless-login-at-pos-pro-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Google recaptcha for customer login</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Minimize abusive bot traffic on your online store by enabling Google recaptcha for customer login, account, and password pages. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/os/preferences#enable-or-disable-recaptcha-v3-for-contact-forms">enabling or disabling recaptcha</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/google-recaptcha-for-customer-login</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Express V1.11.0</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Version 1.11.0 of Express is now available on the Shopify Theme Store. </p>

<p>Version 1.11.0 introduces the following features:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>New Banner section</strong>: Create visual impact in your store and highlight your brand. You can also use the new banner section to advertise a promotion, or feature a product or collection.</li>
<li><strong>New multi-column section</strong>: Add up to four columns of content in a single section on your home page.</li>
<li><strong><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/local-methods/local-pickup#show-pickup-availability-to-your-customers">Pickup availability</a></strong>: Show customers whether a product in your online store is available for local pickup on your product pages.</li>
<li><strong>New collection display settings</strong>: Display a collection's image and description in your featured collections sections and your collection pages.</li>
<li><strong>New style settings</strong>: Pick between sharp and rounded edge styles for elements such as buttons, badges and cards. </li>
<li><strong>New announcement bar settings</strong>: Add a URL to the announcement bar in your header.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about these features in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/os/using-themes/themes-by-shopify/express">Express theme manual</a>.</p>

<p>Express version 1.11.0 is now available in the Shopify Theme Store. All merchants who are currently using Express and are eligible for an upgrade will be upgraded over the week of March 1.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Mar 2021 10:02:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/express-v1-11-0</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More bulk order actions added to the Shopify mobile app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Order management on mobile lets you process orders from the palm of your hand as you pick, pack and prepare orders for delivery. We've added four more bulk order actions  to the mobile experience, so that you can fulfill orders more efficiently. </p>

<p>You can now use the following bulk order actions:<br>
* Print packing slips<br>
* Add tags<br>
* Remove tags<br>
* Take an action with a Shopify app</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/bulk-actions">bulk actions</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Feb 2021 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-bulk-order-actions-added-to-the-shopify-mobile-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Embed Vimeo videos on product pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now add Vimeo-hosted videos to your products, giving you more options for displaying media on product pages. Using product media lets your customers see what your products look like and gives them a better idea of how they appear in real life.  </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/product-media/add-media">adding product media</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Feb 2021 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/embed-vimeo-videos-on-product-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Organization names in Shopify organization admin URLs</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve updated the Shopify.Plus URL to a more meaningful format, making the URL easier to remember and share. </p>

<p>The new URL replaces the segment that contains the organization ID with a string generated from the organization’s name. The previous URL containing organization ID will redirect to the new URL format.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus">Shopify organization admin</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/organization-names-in-shopify-organization-admin-urls</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Oberlo becomes different currency friendly</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use the Oberlo app in the same currency that's set in your Shopify admin. This means that you no longer need to manually convert product costs and prices from USD to your target currency – everything is now converted by Oberlo. </p>

<p>To learn more about selling in other than the USD currency, visit the <a href="https://help.oberlo.com/en/articles/952395-selling-in-other-currencies">Oberlo Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Feb 2021 11:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/oberlo-becomes-different-currency-friendly</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Flow adds support for liquid filters url_encode and json in HTTP actions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To ensure your HTTP requests are as secure as possible, we’ve added two liquid filters to be used in an HTTP action:</p>

<ul>
<li>You can now use <code>| url_encode</code>  to any liquid variables in the path section of the HTTP action URL configuration field. The web server that receives the request must support decoding urls.</li>
<li>Add either <code>| url_encode</code> or <code>| json</code> to each template variable that is used in the body section of the HTTP action body configuration field. The web server that receives the request must support decoding URLs or JSON decoding.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about using these filters to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/flow/create-workflow/messages/http-requests#security">improve your HTTP request security</a> and find examples from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2021 13:32:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-flow-adds-support-for-liquid-filters-url_encode-and-json-in-http-actions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Browsing and buying on Shop </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Buyers browsing your products from the Shop app now enjoy an enhanced in-app experience thanks to more fully featured product pages in Shop. Additionally, a new <strong>Buy now</strong> button on products listed in Shop can reduce friction for buyers and potentially drive repeat purchases from your store. The new experience is available for buyers in the US, Canada, UK and Australia on select stores.</p>

<p>Learn more about your products in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop">Shop</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/browsing-and-buying-on-shop</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Scripts x Subscription Apps</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now use <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/browse/sales-and-conversion-optimization-subscriptions">Subscription Apps</a> on Shopify Plus stores that utilize Shopify Scripts.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/script-editor">Shopify Scripts</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2021 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-scripts-x-subscription-apps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Simplified tax registrations for Australia, New Zealand, Switzerland, and Norway</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Keeping your tax rates up to date and knowing how much tax to charge on sales  can be time consuming, so we've streamlined the experience to make it faster and easier.</p>

<p>When you add information in your store's tax settings about your registrations in Australia, New Zealand, Switzerland, or Norway, the tax rates that apply in the areas that you have registered for are automatically set - no more manually updating rates, no more deciding what rates to set based on your sales tax liability!</p>

<p>Learn more about setting up <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/location-based">location-based taxes</a> for your store from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Feb 2021 11:55:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/simplified-tax-registrations-for-australia-new-zealand-switzerland-and-norway</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Offer automatic discounts at point of sale with POS Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Offer customers a consistent shopping experience, and bring speed and accuracy to your in-store checkout with automatic discounts, now available on Shopify POS with a POS Pro subscription.</p>

<p>For stores using POS Pro, you can offer automatic percentage, fixed amount, or buy X get Y discounts to retail customers by selecting <strong>Also offer on Point of Sale</strong>. When you select the option to share the automatic discount, it's available to all Pro retail locations.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/discounts/automatic-discounts">setting up automatic discounts for POS</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Feb 2021 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/offer-automatic-discounts-at-point-of-sale-with-pos-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create orders directly from the customer page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now pre-fill a draft order with the customer's address and contact information directly from the customer page. This makes creating orders for repeat customers even simpler. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/customer-service#creating-orders-for-customers">creating orders for customers</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jan 2021 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-orders-directly-from-the-customer-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Shopify Flow trigger for subscriptions!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added a new trigger to Shopify Flow for when subscription contracts are created. The new trigger starts when a customer buys a subscription-based product.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow/">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-shopify-flow-trigger-for-subscriptions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Access detailed insights into retail store performance with enhanced POS analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>POS analytics, available as a part of POS Pro, now include the following new reports to help you better understand store performance over time:</p>

<ul>
<li>Product report to see top selling products (by net sales or units sold) over time</li>
<li>Product type report to see top selling product types (by net sales or units sold) over time</li>
<li>Staff report to see top-performing staff by net sales over time</li>
<li>Payments report to see net sales by payment type over time</li>
<li>Gift cards report to see net sales by gift card over time</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/analytics-on-pos">Shopify POS analytics</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Jan 2021 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/access-detailed-insights-into-retail-store-performance-with-enhanced-pos-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Upgrade your customized checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Stores with checkout.liquid enabled can now upgrade to a new version of Shopify Checkout, unlocking powerful new checkout features—like subscription apps and local pickup—while keeping their checkout.liquid customizations intact. </p>

<p>All checkout upgrades need to be completed by February 26, 2021. Stores that don’t complete the upgrade within the checkout upgrade window (January 25, 2021 to February 26, 2021) will be upgraded automatically, which might cause some customizations to break. </p>

<p>Find instructions for the checkout upgrade process in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-upgrade">Shopify help center</a>.</p>

<p>Only stores with checkout.liquid enabled need to perform the upgrade.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jan 2021 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/upgrade-your-customized-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make shipping speeds available to your customers at checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Communicating shipping speeds at checkout to your customers can help improve cart conversion, and provide clarity and transparency so that your customers are more confident making purchases because they know when their packages will arrive. </p>

<p>When you add shipping speeds to your shipping rates in Shipping and Delivery Settings, your customers will see a range of days at checkout that will reflect the estimated transit time of their purchase.  This will be automatically estimated without you having to do any manual calculations!   </p>

<p>Learn about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/shipping-speeds">adding shipping speeds to your shipping rates</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jan 2021 10:38:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/make-shipping-speeds-available-to-your-customers-at-checkout-1</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Local delivery now supports cross-state deliveries, multiple zones, and customized pricing conditions</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve recently updated local delivery to give you more flexible options when it comes to setting your delivery zones and creating your pricing conditions. </p>

<p>Local-delivery now supports cross-states (or cross-regions). By default, local deliveries are restricted to the location state/region. Now, you can configure local delivery based on distance, so that you can enable this service for adjacent states and regions.</p>

<p>Multiple delivery zones are also now available for local delivery. You can create up to five delivery zones, allowing you to reach a wider base of local delivery customers. These zones can be created either using select postal codes or a delivery radius. Additionally, you can create one or more custom pricing conditions within each zone based on order value or delivery distance. The buyer will see the cheapest delivery fee that is relevant to them at checkout based on their location and cart price. </p>

<p>Learn more about local delivery from the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/local-methods/local-delivery">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2021 16:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/local-delivery-now-supports-cross-state-deliveries-multiple-zones-and-customized-pricing-conditions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Express: V1.10.0</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Version 1.10.0 of Express is now available on the Shopify Theme Store. </p>

<p>This update introduces a new page section for the home page. The new section enables you to feature content from a page, like your About Us or Contact page, directly on the homepage.</p>

<p>This feature only surfaces the content that was added by using the rich text editor for that page. </p>

<p>A mass upgrade is planned to go out in a few days for stores using Express that can be automatically updated.</p>

<p>To learn more about the page section, visit the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/os/using-themes/themes-by-shopify/express/sections#page">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2021 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/express-v1-10-0</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fulfill orders more efficiently with the Shopify mobile app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Order management on mobile lets you process orders from the palm of your hand as you pick, pack and prepare orders for delivery. Now available is the ability to use bulk actions for order and fulfillment tasks, so that you can bring more flexibility and speed to your fulfillment process and get products to customers faster. </p>

<p>Bulk order actions on mobile include:</p>

<ul>
<li>Mark as fulfilled</li>
<li>Capture payment</li>
<li>Archive products</li>
<li>Unarchive products</li>
<li>Create shipping labels (US, Canada, and Australia only)</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about bulk actions in order fulfillment from the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/fulfill-your-own#fulfill-multiple-orders-at-the-same-time">Shopify Help Center</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2021 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fulfill-orders-more-efficiently-with-the-shopify-mobile-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Shopify Flow trigger for product statuses!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With the recent release of <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/manage-your-products-with-statuses">product statuses</a> we've added a new trigger "Product status updated". Use this trigger to build automated workflows that begin when a product’s status changes to another state including draft, active, and archived. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/flow">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 14:09:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-shopify-flow-trigger-for-product-statuses</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create a SCAN form with the Shipping Manifests app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now to create and print USPS SCAN forms using the Shipping Manifests app. With a SCAN form, multiple USPS shipping labels can be linked under a single barcode, making package drop-off or pickup quick and safe.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-labels/manifests">Shipping Manifests</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-a-scan-form-with-the-shipping-manifests-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New performant font options for themes</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve released a new font picker for the theme editor. The new font picker lets you choose system fonts for elements in your theme. Using system fonts in your theme avoids downloading extra resources to your customer’s computer, which can decrease the time your store takes to load.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/os/store-speed/improving-speed#fonts">Learn more about how fonts can improve performance</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-performant-font-options-for-themes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discover and Diners Club cards accepted for Shopify Payments in Canada</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>For stores using Shopify Payments in Canada, Diners Club and Discover card payments are now accepted credit cards.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 09:31:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/discover-and-diners-club-cards-accepted-for-shopify-payments-in-canada</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage your products with statuses</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Product statuses help you manage and organize products as you're getting ready to sell them, or retiring the ones you no longer sell.</p>

<p>Use the <strong>draft</strong> product status to work on products at your own pace until you're ready to make them available. Once you've got all of the details down, set the product status as <strong>active</strong>, so your products can be made available to customers through selected sales channels and apps. Use <strong>archive</strong> for products that you no longer sell to keep your product lists organized and free from clutter without losing the information for these products.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/add-update-products">product status</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jan 2021 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-your-products-with-statuses</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Checkout upgrade for Plus shops using checkout.liquid</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>The next checkout upgrade will take place between January 25, 2021 to February 26, 2021.</strong> </p>

<p>On the Shopify Plus plan, you get exclusive access to the checkout.liquid file, enabling you to make flexible customizations to Shopify Checkout. However, you need to upgrade Shopify Checkout periodically in order to unlock new features while ensuring your checkout.liquid customizations remain in-tact. </p>

<p>Only shops with checkout.liquid enabled need to perform the upgrade.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-upgrade">checkout upgrade process</a> and view a full list of the new Shopify Checkout features in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jan 2021 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/checkout-upgrade-for-plus-shops-using-checkout-liquid</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to collection of VAT for orders to the United Kingdom</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of January 1, 2021 (GMT), the following changes apply to the movement of goods to and from the United Kingdom:</p>

<ul>
<li>Merchants shipping goods located outside of the UK at the point of sale into the UK are now <a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/changes-to-vat-treatment-of-overseas-goods-sold-to-customers-from-1-january-2021/changes-to-vat-treatment-of-overseas-goods-sold-to-customers-from-1-january-2021#goods-located-outside-the-uk-at-the-point-of-sale">required to collect and remit VAT</a> on orders not exceeding £135 in value. Merchants who have an active tax registration for the UK in Shopify will now automatically collect VAT on all orders not exceeding £135. Orders over £135 will continue to exclude all taxes.</li>
<li>VAT will no longer be automatically applied on orders shipped between the UK and European Union countries (and vice versa) if there is no tax registration added.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about this change and other changes related to Brexit in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/eu/uk#vat">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Dec 2020 19:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-collection-of-vat-for-orders-to-the-united-kingdom</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Store session and conversion rate KPI's in Overview analytics</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To help you understand better the health of your business, we're introducing additional key performance indicator store metrics in the Overview analytics for Plus stores. If you have multiple stores, then you can see an overview of key metrics for all your stores in one central place.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/overview">Overview analytics</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Dec 2020 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/store-session-and-conversion-rate-kpi-s-in-overview-analytics</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Merchants can now configure country specific tax inclusive pricing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants with prices inclusive of tax can now charge the correct price at checkout based on their tax obligations when shipping to buyers in different countries.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/16-33-k2ird-jgpmh.png" alt="screenshot of the Include or exclude tax based on your customer's country setting"></p>

<p>This is particularly useful for merchants who ship to different countries and have their shop configured to use tax inclusive pricing, who want to see prices at checkout correctly reflect the VAT/tax rate of their buyers.</p>

<p>Learn more about the change and how to enable it on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/taxes/location-based#include-or-exclude-tax-based-on-your-customers-country">Shopify Help Centre</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/merchants-can-now-configure-country-specific-tax-inclusive-pricing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accept Interac Chip &amp; PIN at Canadian retail stores</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Interac Chip &amp; PIN can now be accepted by to Canadian stores using Shopify’s <a href="https://hardware.shopify.ca/products/shopify-tap-chip-card-reader?itcat=pos-hardware&amp;itterm=pos-hardware-hardware-card-readers-learn-more">Tap &amp; Chip Reader</a> with Shopify POS. </p>

<p>You can now accept Interac payments for all transactions, regardless of dollar amount or tap limits, and at a cost of only $0.10 per transaction. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/hardware/card-readers/tap-chip">Tap &amp; Chip Reader and Interac</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Dec 2020 09:24:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/accept-interac-chip-pin-at-canadian-retail-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Daily Sales tiles offer more time-based views for the POS Daily Sales report</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New Daily Sales tiles at the top of the POS Daily Sales report, available through POS Pro, make it easier to see whether your store is on pace to meet or exceed your sales targets.</p>

<p>You can now track each retail location's performance over time with new time-based views (Today, Yesterday, Week to Date, Month to Date, Quarter to Date, and Year to Date) for top-level metrics like Net sales, Average order value, and Items per order.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/analytics-on-pos">POS Daily Sales report and Daily Sales tiles</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Nov 2020 10:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/daily-sales-tiles-offer-more-time-based-views-for-the-pos-daily-sales-report</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Watch BFCM 2020 in real-time with Live Map</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Watch BFCM 2020 unfold in real-time with the BFCM Live Map. This year, the Live Map was completely rebuilt with a few major improvements to reflect the scale and shared success of more than 1 million independent businesses powered by Shopify.</p>

<p>Explore the Live Map to watch key milestones such as: </p>

<ul>
<li>Sales per minute</li>
<li>Orders per minute</li>
<li>? Carbon offsets made through our <a href="https://www.shopify.com/blog/bfcm-carbon-offsets">BFCM offset commitment</a></li>
</ul>

<p>View the <a href="https://datastories.shopify.com/?itcat=blog&amp;itterm=383054184482">BFCM Live Map</a> </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Nov 2020 00:09:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/watch-bfcm-2020-in-real-time-with-live-map</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Watch your store activity come to life in real time with Live View</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve improved the Live View to provide an immersive real time look at activity across your store so you can stay up to date on your store’s performance. No matter where you are, or when you need it, Live View will give you a visualization of key metrics so you can tailor your customer experience to be more efficient and enjoyable for BFCM and beyond.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/live-view">Live View</a> from the Shopify Help Center or <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/dashboards/live">explore Live View</a> in your Shopify Admin.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2020 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/watch-your-store-activity-come-to-life-in-real-time-with-live-view</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Carbon-neutral BFCM shopping</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This year, Shopify is paying to offset all carbon emissions from the delivery of every single order placed on our platform during the BFCM weekend. No matter how many packages you ship or how far they're going—we'll offset the carbon emissions of each shipment at no cost to you. </p>

<p>This initiative ends after BFCM, but we are committed to sustainability year-round. Shopify always offsets the carbon emissions of all orders made with <a href="https://shop.app/shop-pay">Shop Pay</a>. You can also download the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/offset">Offset app</a> and opt-in to offset carbon emissions for all deliveries from your Shopify store.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://shopify.com/blog/bfcm-carbon-offsets">how and why we're offsetting shipping emissions this BFCM</a> from the Shopify Blog.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/offset">Offset</a> from the Shopify Help Center, and <a href="https://shop.app/help/carbon-offsets#OffsetCarbonByProtectingTrees">carbon offsets for orders placed through Shop Pay</a> from Shop Help.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2020 10:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/carbon-neutral-bfcm-shopping</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product recommendations for POS Pro</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify-powered product recommendations in POS, now available through the POS Pro subscription, make it easy to leverage insights from your online store to optimize your in-store selling.</p>

<p>When products are added to the cart, use the instant suggestions are available in POS for items that your online customers commonly purchase together, so you can make smarter cross-sell recommendations in-store to increase order sizes and sales.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/process-sales-transaction#view-product-recommendations">product recommendations for POS</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2020 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-recommendations-for-pos-pro</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More actions and triggers extending what Shopify Flow can do for you!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added even more actions and triggers to Flow allowing you to automate even more tasks!</p>

<p><strong>New triggers:</strong></p>

<ul>
<li>Draft order deleted</li>
<li><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/admin-api/rest/reference/tendertransaction">Tender transaction created</a></li>
<li><a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/admin-api/rest/reference/inventory/inventoryitem">Inventory item created and deleted</a></li>
</ul>

<p><strong>New actions:</strong></p>

<ul>
<li>Create or delete redirect URL</li>
<li>Mark order as paid</li>
<li>Set and remove metafields on these objects: Collection, Customer, Draft Order, Order, Product, Product Variant, and Shop. <a href="https://shopify.dev/docs/themes/liquid/reference/objects/metafield">These can then be accessed on the storefront using Liquid</a>.</li>
</ul>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/30-45-0oban-jf64g.jpg" alt="Metafields in Shopify Flow"></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow/create-workflow/triggers#reference">Shopify Flow triggers</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2020 10:28:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/more-actions-and-triggers-extending-what-shopify-flow-can-do-for-you</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New post-purchase upsell app collection available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve introduced a new collection of post-purchase <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/checkout-upsells">upsell apps</a> in the Shopify App Store. Post-purchase upsells can boost average order value by presenting one-click offers to customers in Shopify checkout after payment is confirmed, without interrupting the customer experience. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-style#using-a-third-party-app-to-add-a-post-purchase-offer-to-checkout">post-purchase upsells</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2020 10:01:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-post-purchase-upsell-app-collection-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New subscription app collection available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve introduced a <a href="http://apps.shopify.com/collections/checkout">new collection of subscription apps</a> for your Shopify checkout in the Shopify App Store. These are the first apps built directly for Shopify checkout, which means they offer a smooth shopping experience for your customers and a better management experience for you.</p>

<p>Subscriptions can add predictable recurring revenue to your existing business, and by using apps that are built for Shopify, you can ensure that subscriptions are fully integrated with the rest of your business in Shopify. To use subscriptions, you must be using Shopify Payments as your primary payment gateway.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/subscriptions">subscriptions</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2020 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-subscription-app-collection-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fixed amount discounts now use manual FX rates when selling in multiple currencies</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When selling in multiple currencies using Shopify Payments, fixed discount amounts are now converted from your shop currency into the buyer's currency according to the pricing rule you have set up for that currency; either manual or automatic FX rates.</p>

<p>Previously, <em>all</em> fixed discount amounts were converted using a live FX rate at checkout, even if you had a manual FX rate setup. This change ensures that the experience of getting a fixed discount is consistent across multiple buyer currencies at checkout.</p>

<p>You can read more about this in our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency/discounts#fixed-amount-discounts">help centre</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2020 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Discounts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fixed-amount-discounts-now-use-manual-fx-rates-when-selling-in-multiple-currencies</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Ping is now available on desktop</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Ping is a free messaging solution that lets you manage all of your customer and team conversations from one place. Previously only on mobile devices, Shopify Ping is now available for desktop at <a href="https://shopifyping.com">shopifyping.com</a>.</p>

<p>With Shopify Ping now available on desktop, you can more easily:</p>

<ul>
<li>Reply to customer conversations and help them make purchases with confidence</li>
<li>Collaborate with your team to deliver improved shopping experiences through chat</li>
<li>Integrate chat into your business workflows</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/ping">Shopify Ping on desktop</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-ping-is-now-available-on-desktop</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Show whether products are available for local pickup right from the product page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Pickup availability complements the local pickup option at checkout to turn proximity into your most powerful selling feature.</p>

<p>Increase online order conversions by letting shoppers know when the items that they’re browsing are in stock and available for pickup at your nearby store locations directly from the product page on your online store. </p>

<p>Pickup availability for the product page is available for online stores using the latest version of the select <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes?sort_by=most_recent&amp;product-page%5B%5D=product-pickup-availability">themes</a>. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/local-methods/local-pickup#show-pickup-availability-to-your-customers">showing pickup availability to your customers</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/show-whether-products-are-available-for-local-pickup-right-from-the-product-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage returns directly in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The product return process is an essential part of the customer experience. That's why you can now manage returns directly from the Orders page in Shopify, so you can fulfill, edit, refund, or return an order from one central location. </p>

<p>Follow a simple step-by-step workflow to create and manage the return process, including the following tasks:</p>

<ul>
<li>Create a return request</li>
<li>Identify the reason for the return</li>
<li>Set up and track the shipping details</li>
<li>Communicate the instructions for the return to the customer in an email</li>
<li>Restock the inventory to your store</li>
<li>Issue the refund to the customer</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders/refund-cancel-order">product returns</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2020 10:25:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-returns-directly-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage deferred payments seamlessly in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Place or fulfill an order and collect payment at a later date more easily by managing deferred payments in Shopify.</p>

<p>With deferred payments, you can:</p>

<ul>
<li>Collect payment on any unpaid order directly in Shopify, to accommodate flexible payment agreements that enable your customers to purchase products and pay at a later date</li>
<li>Easily follow up or resend an invoice on any unpaid orders</li>
<li>Send invoices or charge credit cards directly for orders that have been edited, at any time</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/deferred-payments">deferred payments</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-deferred-payments-seamlessly-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Print packing slips in bulk from the orders list</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Speed up your fulfillment workflow by printing packing slips in bulk from the <strong>Orders</strong> page. </p>

<p>Select multiple orders from the orders list and then click <strong>Print packing slips</strong> under the <strong>More actions</strong> menu. Packing slips are created for each selected fulfillment. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders/packing-slips">packing slips</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 13:29:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/print-packing-slips-in-bulk-from-the-orders-list</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apply bulk discount settings in Shopify Launchpad</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve made creating discount events in Shopify Launchpad easier!<br>
After adding collections or products to your Launchpad event, apply bulk discount settings to these items at the same time. Three bulk discount settings are available:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Percentage</strong>: Apply a discount percentage to selected collections and products</li>
<li><strong>New unit price</strong>: Set a new price for all of the selected products</li>
<li><strong>Fixed amount</strong>: Reduce the price of selected products by a fixed amount</li>
</ul>

<p>Applying new bulk settings overwrites existing discounts in the event.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/launchpad/create-events">creating Launchpad Events</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/apply-bulk-discount-settings-in-shopify-launchpad</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New security feature for collaborator account access</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you can enable a 4-digit collaborator request code, an added layer of security designed to improve your control over collaborator requests sent by Shopify Partners. When enabled, only partners that you have shared your code with will be able to request access to your store. </p>

<p>Learn how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/collaborator-accounts">enable collaborator request codes</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Partners</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-security-feature-for-collaborator-account-access</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New updates to the online store speed report</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve introduced the ability to track your speed score over time through the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/os/store-speed/speed-report">Online store speed report</a>. Optimizing your online store speed can improve the shopping experience for customers, make your store more discoverable, and increase conversion. </p>

<p>We've also added visibility into when apps are installed and uninstalled to help you troubleshoot speed score changes. Many factors can influence your online store speed, but the speed report will help you determine what those factors may be.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/os/store-speed/speed-report#speed-score-over-time">the changes to the report</a> from the Shopify Help Center, or check out the new Compass Tutorial on <a href="https://www.shopifycompass.com/tutorials/optimizing-store-speed-for-holiday-selling">Optimizing Store Speed</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2020 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-updates-to-the-online-store-speed-report</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Plus extended authorization periods for Shopify Payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With extended authorization periods for Shopify Payments, you now have more time to fulfill orders and manually capture credit card payments—from 7 days to up to 30 days for some payment types. This provides added flexibility when inventory delays and logistical issues occur due to the ongoing challenges of COVID-19 or the upcoming holiday rush.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/payment-authorization">extended authorization periods</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>

<p>This feature is only available on the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/intro-to-shopify/pricing-plans/shopify-plus">Shopify Plus plan</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2020 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-plus-extended-authorization-periods-for-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Design updates in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You may notice some changes to the look and feel of your Shopify admin, including updated colors, simplified illustrations, and a cleaner design. These improvements were inspired by feedback from merchants, and they appear across all store admins, including Plus stores.</p>

<p>The goal with these updates was to make the powerful tools and features across Shopify feel more approachable and accessible for everyone to use. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/design-updates-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shop package tracking is now available for UK stores </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting October 15, UK merchants can enable customers to opt in to track orders on iOS and Android devices through the Shop app, by making the opt-in available on the order status page. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-sales-channels/shop#enable-or-disable-the-shop-opt-in">enabling the track with Shop feature</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 17:49:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shop-package-tracking-is-now-available-for-uk-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Country fields in checkout for customers in China, Italy, and South Korea</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customers in China, Italy, and South Korea will now see an additional field in the checkout to collect required info for customs, shipping labels, or invoices. This means that you can collect the required customer information specific to these regions without using customizations in your online store. For example, customers in China can now enter their Resident ID number at checkout.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/understanding-shipping/understanding-shipping-labels#international-considerations">country-specific fields at checkout</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2020 16:03:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/country-fields-in-checkout-for-customers-in-china-italy-and-south-korea</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Additional options when canceling orders with Shopify Flow!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added additional options when using the cancel order action in Shopify Flow! </p>

<p>You can now choose to refund items, refund shipping charges, restock items, and send a canceled order email notification to the customer when a cancelation is made in Shopify Flow.</p>

<p><img src="https://screenshot.click/14-54-0h8i9-xktar.jpg" alt=""></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/flow/guidelines#canceling-order-workflows">canceling orders with Shopify Flow</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2020 11:13:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/additional-options-when-canceling-orders-with-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Upgrades to the theme editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve made setting up and customizing your store faster and more intuitive.<br>
The theme editor now includes updated editing workflows, an optimized mobile editing experience, and improved theme loading times to help you make the changes you need faster. You’ll see the improvements to your theme editor start to roll out from the end of September through to the end of October 2020 .</p>

<p>Learn more about using the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/os/using-themes/change-the-layout/theme-settings/enhancements">theme editor</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2020 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/upgrades-to-the-theme-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to product camera on mobile</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released an improved product camera for Shopify Mobile. The latest enhancements allow you to do the following:</p>

<ul>
<li>Consistently take product photos at the right aspect ratio for your online store.</li>
<li>Display grid lines to perfectly center the product in the frame.</li>
<li>Quickly review all the photos in the drawer to make sure they display nicely together.</li>
<li>Take short product videos using video mode.</li>
</ul>

<p>To learn more, refer to our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/product-media/add-media#add-media-to-your-products">documentation in the Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2020 13:04:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-product-camera-on-mobile</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in Belgium</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for merchants in Belgium!</p>

<p>Accept credit cards, Bancontact, and iDEAL on your store through Shopify's integrated payments system. Use features like payout and chargeback management and accelerated checkouts such as Shop Pay, Apple Pay, and Google Pay. You can also sell in 133 currencies while getting paid in Euros.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-belgium</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Custom store names and identifiers in Shopify Plus organization admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now customize the internal store name and identifier for each store in your Shopify Plus organization admin navigation, making it easier—and faster—for your team to identify which stores are which.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/global-navigation">Store Identification</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2020 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/custom-store-names-and-identifiers-in-shopify-plus-organization-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New triggers in Shopify Flow!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added more triggers to Shopify Flow to help you automate and get more done. With Flow you can now use the following events to trigger a workflow:</p>

<ul>
<li>Customer enabled or disabled</li>
<li>Collection created or deleted</li>
<li>Fulfillment event created </li>
<li>Product variant deleted</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow/create-workflow/triggers#reference">Shopify Flow triggers</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 16:11:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-triggers-in-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make more informed inventory decisions with ABC analysis</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added a new inventory report to Shopify - ABC analysis by product. This report can be used to identify your best and worst performing inventory over the past 28 days. </p>

<p><strong>A grade</strong> is your best performing inventory and represents the specific inventory that accounts for 80% of your revenue. </p>

<p><strong>B grade</strong> is your middle of the road inventory and represents the specific inventory that accounts for the next 15% of your revenue. </p>

<p><strong>C grade</strong> identifies your worst performing inventory and represents the specific inventory that accounts for the remaining 5% of your revenue. </p>

<p>This analysis is designed to help you optimize your investment in inventory by understanding which products to purchase and which products to avoid. With ABC analysis, you can continuously monitor the value of your stock, so you can make better decisions about your inventory. </p>

<p>The ABC analysis by product report is available to all merchants on the Shopify plan or above. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/abc-analysis">ABC analysis by product report</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 13:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/make-more-informed-inventory-decisions-with-abc-analysis</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Update to the rich text editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made improvements to the rich text editor for Blogs posts, Pages, Products and  Collections. You can now manually add RGB/HEX codes into the rich text editor with the new color picker, making it easier to precisely match text and background color to your brand and style.</p>

<p>Learn more about using the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-admin/productivity-tools/rich-text-editor#change-text-colors-with-the-rich-text-editor-desktop-specific">rich text editor</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/update-to-the-rich-text-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> Added security and time savings with SCIM in the Plus Admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve previously connected Shopify with an identity provider to securely authenticate your users, you can take this integration a step further with SCIM to seamlessly manage the addition and removal of users across your Shopify Plus organization. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/security/scim">setting up SCIM</a> in the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/added-security-and-time-savings-with-scim-in-the-plus-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apply discounts to newly added items when editing orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Improve your customer experience by applying fixed or percentage discounts, to items that are added when you're editing an order.  Increase your store’s average order value and improve customer retention by offering discounted item upgrades, complementary products, or free gifts added a customer's existing order. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/edit-orders#apply-discounts-to-a-new-item-on-an-order">adding discounts in order editing</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/apply-discounts-to-newly-added-items-when-editing-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved event monitoring in Launchpad</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>All scheduled and new events in Launchpad will come with a brand new status panel. The status panel brings visibility into the execution of tasks during an event. You can monitor each phase of an event(starting, active, and completed) in one place, and get detailed information for each change to identify if a failure occurs so adjustments can be made.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/launchpad/monitoring-events">Launchpad event monitoring</a> in the Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 09:39:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-event-monitoring-in-launchpad</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Choose the time period for viewing sales reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Custom date ranges are now available from the <strong>Overview</strong> page of the Shopify Plus Admin.</p>

<p>Now, you can display combined sales for all stores in your organization over a custom time period. Previously, the time periods were fixed to a preset number of options. Keep in mind when you have stores in different time zones within your organization that sales are shown in the time zone for each store.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/overview">Shopify Plus Admin</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2020 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/choose-the-time-period-for-viewing-sales-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enhancement to sitemaps for international selling</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify now generates sitemaps that contain all published languages, as well as generating sitemaps for all domains when using the international domains feature. This change helps Shopify stores to be indexed more accurately in regional search when selling into international markets.</p>

<p>Prior to today, Shopify only generated a sitemap for a store's primary domain and language. There is no action required, however:<br>
- Merchants can opt to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/seo/find-site-map">resubmit their sitemaps</a>, if they are selling in multiple languages<br>
- Merchants using international domains can submit sitemaps for all of their domains now, not just their primary.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/cross-border/multilingual-online-store">selling in multiple languages</a> or using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/domains/managing-domains/international-domains">international domains</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2020 16:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enhancement-to-sitemaps-for-international-selling</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Share checkout links from your mobile app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now create and share checkout links for draft orders through SMS or any messenger app on your mobile device. To create a checkout link, go to draft orders on the Shopify Mobile app and click <strong>share draft order</strong>.</p>

<p><img src="https://photos.app.goo.gl/y2kgM1XWZH63TDPRA" alt=""> <img src="https://photos.app.goo.gl/insJMs5GqGad5VDf7" alt=""> <img src="https://photos.app.goo.gl/mytdD81ocCHxGMEv8" alt=""></p>

<p>Whether you are selling products or offering support to customers through direct message, sharing a checkout link from mobile will offer a more personalized shopping experience for your buyers, while also making it easier for you to collect payments. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/create-orders#share-checkout-link-on-mobile-apps">sharing checkout links on mobile</a>. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2020 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/share-checkout-links-from-your-mobile-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Request Fulfillment on an Order through Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Using Shopify Flow, you can now use the action <code>Request Fulfillment</code> to send a notification to your fulfillment service. This will begin the fulfillment process, as determined by your fulfillment service.</p>

<p>Fulfillment services are set on each product. Please ensure you have the correct fulfillment settings on your products before using this action.</p>

<p>This action is available to any trigger that has the order resource available. eg <code>Order Created</code></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Sep 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/request-fulfillment-on-an-order-through-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use dynamic URL’s and headers in Shopify Flow’s Send HTTP Request action.</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now dynamically change the URL or header fields in Shopify Flow’s <code>Send HTTP request</code> action by using template variables.</p>

<p>For example, to change the URL’s path based on an ID, you could write the URL like so: <code>https://shopify.com/customer/{{customer.id}}</code>. There are no restrictions on where to put template variables in the action’s headers. You can also add template variables to both the header values and keys.</p>

<p><img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/5014112/92649607-4b096580-f2b9-11ea-8ce1-fef1060875df.png" alt="Here is an example configuration"></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Sep 2020 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-dynamic-url-s-and-headers-in-shopify-flow-s-send-http-request-action</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shopify Theme store is available in 20 languages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <a href="https://themes.shopify.com">Shopify Theme Store</a> is now available in the following languages: </p>

<ul>
<li>Chinese (Traditional)</li>
<li>Czech</li>
<li>Danish</li>
<li>Dutch</li>
<li>English</li>
<li>Finnish</li>
<li>French</li>
<li>German</li>
<li>Italian</li>
<li>Japanese</li>
<li>Korean</li>
<li>Norwegian</li>
<li>Polish</li>
<li>Portuguese (Brazilian)</li>
<li>Portuguese (Portugal)</li>
<li>Spanish</li>
<li>Swedish</li>
<li>Thai</li>
<li>Turkish</li>
<li>Vietnamese</li>
</ul>

<p>You can select a language from the locale picker in the footer of the Theme store. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2020 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-shopify-theme-store-is-available-in-20-languages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set up manager approvals for more control over new POS permissions ✅</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Manager approvals for new staff permissions bring another level of oversight to Shopify POS, giving you even more control over the actions that staff members can access and perform.</p>

<p>In addition to <strong>Allowed</strong> or <strong>Denied</strong>, new POS Permissions come with a third access level: <strong>Approval required</strong>, which means that a staff member’s ability to perform an action requires explicit approval from another member of staff.</p>

<p>Manager approval is available for the following permissions:<br>
* Apply discount<br>
* Ship to customer<br>
* Edit taxes<br>
* Add custom sales<br>
* Refund and exchange orders </p>

<p>See a full list of POS permissions and learn more about setting up <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/staff-management/pos-roles">manager approvals</a> for your store in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-up-manager-approvals-for-more-control-over-new-pos-permissions</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Simplified EU/UK tax registrations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Keeping your tax rates up to date and knowing how much VAT to charge on sales in different EU countries and the UK can be time consuming, so we've streamlined the experience to make it faster and easier.</p>

<p>In your taxes settings, when you provide the information about where you're registered in the EU or UK, Shopify automatically sets the tax rates that apply in the areas you've registered for - no more manually updating rates, no more deciding what rates to set based on your sales tax liability!</p>

<p>Learn more about setting up <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/eu/eu-tax-migrate">EU taxes</a> using the new feature from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 09:53:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/simplified-eu-uk-tax-registrations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product recommendations in Shopify POS </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Product recommendations in Shopify POS enable you to leverage online insights to drive consistency, confidence, and conversion in your offline selling. </p>

<p>Data-backed, just-in-time product recommendations on the POS home screen, individual product pages, and customer profiles create cross-sell and upsell opportunities that make it easy for staff to personalize buyer experiences and make smarter recommendations that are guaranteed to increase cart sizes and sales — wherever your customers choose to shop.</p>

<p>Product recommendations are available as a POS extension through <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/pos-product-recommendations">select Shopify app partners</a>. Learn more about setting up <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/getting-started/shopify-pos-from-admin/embedded-apps#access-embedded-apps-in-shopify-pos">product recommendations in POS</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-recommendations-in-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Expand globally with International Domains</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now add and assign individual domains to a country to offer an improved localized buying experience for international buyers. When buyers land on the country domain, they will automatically see the store in their local currency and language.</p>

<p>International domains rely on merchants selling in multiple currencies with <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency">Shopify Payments</a>, and translation via compatible <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/apps-for-store-languages">3rd party translations app</a>. This feature is available to merchants on the Shopify, Advanced, and Plus plans. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/domains/managing-domains/international-domains">international domains</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/expand-globally-with-international-domains</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Added `Order Cancelled` trigger to Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A new trigger has been added to Shopify Flow.</p>

<p>You can use the trigger <code>Order Cancelled</code> to create workflows that will be started when you cancel an order.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2020 15:43:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/added-order-cancelled-trigger-to-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automated Order Lookup in Shopify Chat</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released an automated flow for customers to get the status of their recent orders using Shopify Chat on your online store. ?</p>

<p>This new feature allows customers to provide their order number and email address and receive an automated response that includes the fulfillment status of their order, and a tracking link or order status link. </p>

<p>In Ping you will see these conversations as automated messages in your inbox, and you will be notified if the customer sends a follow-up message and needs further assistance. </p>

<p>This feature is enabled for all users of Shopify Chat.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/ping/shopify-chat#customer-experience">automated order lookup</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2020 12:04:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automated-order-lookup-in-shopify-chat</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add `is any of` and `is not any of` to more field types in Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Flow now includes the operator <code>is any of</code> and <code>is not any of</code> to more field types!</p>

<p>You can now use the operator on ENUM and Number fields such as orders's <code>currencyCode</code> or customer's <code>orderCount</code>.</p>

<p>To use the operator, add commas between the values that you want to compare against. For example, you could enter <code>CA,US</code> to check whether an order's <code>currencyCode</code> is either Canada or USA.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-is-any-of-and-is-not-any-of-to-more-field-types-in-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three new delete triggers for Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Three new triggers have been added to Shopify Flow:<br>
<code>order deleted</code>, <code>customer deleted</code>, and <code>product deleted</code>.</p>

<p>You can trigger a workflow using one of these three triggers by deleting an order, customer or product.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/three-new-delete-triggers-for-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A more local address form experience in checkout ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To help you capture accurate shipping addresses with the details needed to fulfill orders successfully and build trust with your buyers by meeting their local expectations, we've made improvements to the address form experience in checkout.</p>

<p>The following changes are included:</p>

<ul>
<li>localized address form labels for Germany, Spain, Italy, China, Japan, Hong Kong, Brazil, Netherlands, Switzerland, Austria, Sweden, Norway, Denmark, and Mexico</li>
<li>re-ordered zip code fields for Spain, Italy, Austria, Switzerland, Denmark, Norway, Netherlands, and Sweden</li>
<li>a prompt to add a house number if missed for Germany, Spain, Italy, The Netherlands, Austria, Switzerland, Brazil, and Mexico</li>
</ul>

<p>Now your customers will enjoy a more familiar checkout, no matter where they're located.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2020 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/a-more-local-address-form-experience-in-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Country Fields in Checkout (Brazil)</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify now supports the ability for Brazilian Merchants to collect CPF/CNPJ information at checkout using built in functionality.</p>

<p>This ensure that merchants are able to collect country specific information from buyers in countries where this additional information is a requirement (e.g. Brazilian tax IDs from Brazilian buyers).</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/order-processing#enable-country-specific-information-fields">country fields</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2020 10:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/country-fields-in-checkout-brazil</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create and manage user roles in the Plus admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Save hours of administrative time with Users Roles in the Plus Admin. Efficiently and securely manage staff by creating consistent permissions and access for specific roles within your organization. </p>

<p>This is exclusive to Shopify Plus merchants with access to user management in the Plus Admin.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/users/user-roles">setting Roles for user permissions</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-and-manage-user-roles-in-the-plus-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Important changes to new development stores</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting on August 17, 2020, all newly created development stores will be password protected. Moving forward, Partners will not be able to disable the password page unless they transfer the store to a merchant or select a plan. This means that visitors to development stores will need to enter a password to view the store.</p>

<p>App and theme developers can still use development stores for App and Theme Store listings. You don't need to change any settings on the store to enable this functionality.</p>

<p>Existing development stores are not impacted.</p>

<p>This update ensures the best experience of Shopify for merchants, buyers and our Partners. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/partners/dashboard/managing-stores/development-stores">password-protected development stores</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2020 10:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Partners</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/important-changes-to-new-development-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Monitor workflows in Shopify Flow with search and filtering options</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Monitoring workflow runs in Shopify Flow now provides search and filter options giving you a clearer picture of your automated tasks.</p>

<p>On the Workflow summary page in Flow the Recent activity and Recent results cards have been replaced by a single Workflow runs card which has granular filtering options and search capabilities.</p>

<p>You can now search by run ID as well as filter by date and status (In progress, Succeeded with actions, Succeeded without actions, and Failed).</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/flow/monitor-workflow">monitoring workflows</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2020 16:29:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/monitor-workflows-in-shopify-flow-with-search-and-filtering-options</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Offer local delivery at checkout with optimized delivery routes ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Delivering your products locally is a powerful way to connect with your community through thoughtful shopping experiences and to help generate sales and revenue. That’s why we built tools to help you manage your entire local delivery flow from checkout through to a delivered order.</p>

<ul>
<li><p>Set up <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/local-delivery-is-now-available">local delivery</a> at checkout. You can define your delivery prices, set delivery zones, and set a minimum order that qualifies for local delivery.</p></li>
<li><p>Install the <a href="apps.shopify.com/local-delivery">Shopify Local Delivery app</a> to create optimized delivery routes and share them with drivers. Give drivers the ability to access directions, send notifications, and update delivery statuses while you manage deliveries in real-time.</p></li>
<li><p>You and your delivery staff can download the Shopify Local Delivery mobile app on <a href="https://apps.apple.com/ca/app/shopify-local-delivery/id1524432567">iOS</a> or <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.shopify.localdelivery">Android</a> to connect drivers to optimized routes and get orders to customers faster.  </p></li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/apps-by-shopify/local-delivery-app">Local Delivery</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/offer-local-delivery-at-checkout-with-optimized-delivery-routes</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Find out how fast your store is with a new Online store speed report</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Online store speed is an important factor in your search ranking, providing your customers the shopping experience they expect, and increasing your conversion rate - but it can be hard to make time to do the analysis and understand how your store speed stacks up. </p>

<p>The new <strong>Online store speed</strong> report runs speed tests for your home page and highest-traffic collection and product pages, and then combines each page’s <a href="https://developers.google.com/web/tools/lighthouse/">Google Lighthouse</a> speed score into one speed score.  You’ll also get a comparison of how your store’s speed compares to similar online stores. </p>

<p>The Online store speed report will roll out to all merchants over the coming weeks. Learn more about your online store speed and how to make informed decisions with speed in mind from the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/legacy/store-speed/">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/find-out-how-fast-your-store-is-with-a-new-online-store-speed-report</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manual exchange rates for Shopify Payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants can now set manual exchange rates for international currencies with Shopify Payments. Products will now have stable prices in other currencies which do not change with market exchange rates. Similar to automatic exchange rates, merchants can continue to round their prices up for a consistent pricing presentation. </p>

<p>Manual exchange rates is now available to merchants on the Shopify, Advanced, and Plus plans. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency/conversions#manual-exchange-rate-conversions">manual exchange rates</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 13:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manual-exchange-rates-for-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ReCAPTCHA v3 on Online Store built-in contact forms &amp; blog comments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Google’s reCAPTCHA v3 has been added to online store contact forms and blog comments to reduce incoming spam. reCAPTCHA v3 analyzes visitor behavior to block spam from bots, and reduces friction for real users by eliminating CAPTCHA challenges.  This feature is enabled by on all stores by default, but can be disabled in your online store preferences. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/online-store/legacy/preferences#enable-or-disable-recaptcha-v3-for-contact-forms">reCAPTCHA v3</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2020 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/recaptcha-v3-on-online-store-built-in-contact-forms-blog-comments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments now supports more payment methods</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments in Germany, Austria, Sweden, Denmark, Italy, Spain, and the Netherlands now include local payment methods iDEAL and Bancontact; popular in the Netherlands and Belgium. </p>

<p>With local payment methods through Shopify Payments, you can maximize conversion by offering customers their preferred option during checkout. Even more, we dynamically position relevant local payment options most likely to improve conversion. For example, buyers from the Netherlands will see iDEAL at the top of the payment options, rather than having to look for it further down the checkout page.</p>

<p>Merchants can take advantage of these payment methods confirming they are enabed by navigating to Payment Settings in our Admin Settings page. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/local-payment-methods">local payment methods</a> from the Shopify Help Centre.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 02:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-now-supports-more-payment-methods</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>?  Shipping Tax Options for US States</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>??  New options for shipping taxes will let merchants selling in California, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Louisiana, Maine, or Maryland choose whether or not to tax shipping. We've added this because you've let us know you need more flexibility on whether or not you charge taxes on your shipping, based on your business. </p>

<p>The default option will be automatic, which means Shopify will intelligently choose whether or not to tax your shipping based on your shop settings. The new "on" or "off" functions will allow you more fine-grained control over your tax settings.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/taxes/us/us-tax-setup">shipping tax options</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2020 17:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shipping-tax-options-for-us-states</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SMS Support in Shopify Chat</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today we released SMS support in Shopify Chat. If you're using Shopify Chat for live chat on your online store, then customers now have the option to receive a response through SMS instead of waiting for a response in the chat. This way, you can respond to a question even after the customer has left your online store. </p>

<p>SMS support is available for use with customer phone numbers in the United States and Canada. There is no cost to sellers, but messaging and data rates might apply for the customer receiving the SMS message.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/ping/shopify-chat#sms-messaging-using-shopify-chat">SMS support in Shopify Chat</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2020 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sms-support-in-shopify-chat</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product performance insights on the product page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made it easier to gain insight into your products' performance. You can now understand how an individual product has been selling over time, what type of customers are buying it, and where traffic is coming from - directly from the product detail page!</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/product-analytics">Product analytics</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2020 14:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-performance-insights-on-the-product-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to Instagram feed in Theme Editor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Because Instagram has discontinued its legacy API, if you entered an Instagram access token to the <strong>Instagram feed</strong> section in the Theme Editor, then the Instagram feed no longer displays images. You can <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/works-with-instagram">use a third party app to add an Instagram feed</a> to your online store.</p>

<p>We recommend that you remove the Instagram feed from the Theme Editor to prevent display issues in your online store.</p>

<p>This doesn't impact sales channels like the Instagram channel. Instagram feeds installed by third party apps might not be impacted.</p>

<p>Learn how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/online-store/legacy/using-themes/change-the-layout/instagram-feed-changes#how-to-remove-the-instagram-section">remove the Instagram feed from the Theme Editor</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-instagram-feed-in-theme-editor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Integrate your identity provider with Shopify in the Plus admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now integrate existing identity providers, enforcing secure authentication on Shopify for users across your entire business. First-party integrations are available for <a href="https://www.okta.com/integrations/shopify-plus">Okta</a> and <a href="https://azuremarketplace.microsoft.com/en-us/marketplace/apps/aad.shopifyplus">Azure Active Directory</a>. </p>

<p>This is exclusive to Shopify Plus merchants. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/saml">SAML integrations</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/integrate-your-identity-provider-with-shopify-in-the-plus-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create or edit customers from the gift card issue page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've just released the ability to create or edit customers from the gift card issue page for all merchants. This will help you save time by creating customers and gift cards in the same place. For example, if your customer says that they accidentally gave you the wrong email address, then you can easily edit the customer's address and resend the gift card.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/gift-card-products/issue-gift-card">creating or editing customers from the gift card issue page</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-or-edit-customers-from-the-gift-card-issue-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Google Shopping app is now the Google channel</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Google Shopping app has a new name and a new home base, but the same great features! Find the Google channel in the <strong>Sales channels</strong> menu of your Shopify admin. </p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify's <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/google">Google channel</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2020 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-google-shopping-app-is-now-the-google-channel</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early access for Shopify Ping on Android ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've released the Android version of <a href="https://www.shopify.com/ping">Shopify Ping</a>. Ping is a free messaging app that lets merchants chat to customers in real time as they shop. Previously only available on iOS, with this release we have made Ping available to all of Shopify's eligible merchants. </p>

<p>Shopify Ping works with Shopify Chat, Apple Business Chat, and Facebook Messenger. You can save time by managing all of your communications and customer service in one place. This gives your customers a better buying experience and makes it easier for you to make sales and build strong customer relationships. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/ping">Shopify Ping</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2020 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/early-access-for-shopify-ping-on-android</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Storefront Signage Maker </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let your customers know where they can shop online with a retail storefront sign. The storefront signage maker is an easy way to share with your customers that you are open, available for curbside pickup, delivery, online and more. Choose from a variety of templates and customize it with a personal message. </p>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/tools/signage-maker">Create a sign</a> for your storefront today. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-storefront-signage-maker</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to shipping pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made it easier to use the <strong>Shipping profiles</strong> page in the Shopify admin with the following updates:<br>
* View your rates separately from carrier and app rates in the rate display table.<br>
* Sort the shipping profile list by carrier name and rate name.<br>
* Load more items on the page so that you can view them all at once.</p>

<p>We've also changed the name of the shipping settings page to <strong>Shipping and delivery</strong> to reflect additional order delivery methods, including <strong>Local delivery</strong>.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/shipping-profiles">Shipping profiles</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jun 2020 16:22:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-shipping-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The new Shopify Plus admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new Shopify Plus admin will be released in phases over the next month to all Shopify Plus merchants. The new admin includes four new features, and an improved navigation for your entire organization. </p>

<p>Please note these features are only available to users with <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/users#organization-access">Organization access</a>.</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Overview</strong>  Ensure your business is running as expected. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shopify-plus/overview">View and compare your live performance</a> of key business metrics across multiple time periods for all stores in your organization. </li>
<li><strong>User Management</strong>. Trust the right users with the right tasks. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/users#organization-access">Manage staff across all stores in your organization</a> from one central location. </li>
<li><strong>Store Creation</strong>. Turn an idea into a new store in 10 seconds. Experiment with new strategies and development environments by <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/stores">creating new stores</a> and copying existing users and pre-installed first party apps from current stores. </li>
<li><strong>Organization-level Flow</strong>. Save time and effort by automating repetitive tasks in your business. <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow#organization-level-flow">Build and manage Shopify Flow workflows</a> from one central location and then share them with any store in your organization.</li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jun 2020 13:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-new-shopify-plus-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Light mode for Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now switch to the Shopify POS display mode that best suits the environment you sell in.</p>

<p>Go to <strong>Settings</strong> to choose light mode or dark mode, or just match to your device’s display settings.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos">Shopify POS</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/light-mode-for-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tag workflows in Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now add tags to workflows in Shopify Flow from the workflow summary page. </p>

<p>Use tags to organize workflows and improve the filtering of the workflows list.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2020 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tag-workflows-in-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Mobile iOS 9 support deprecation</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of today, software updates for Shopify Mobile, including new features and bug fixes, will be available only on Apple devices using iOS version 10 or higher.</p>

<p>We want to ensure that you have the best experience using Shopify Mobile including app reliability and access to new features. If possible, update your device to iOS 10 or greater. </p>

<p>Learn how to <a href="https://support.apple.com/en-ca/HT204204">update your device</a> from Apple support. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-mobile-ios-9-support-deprecation</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two new operators in Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Two new operators are available for string-based conditions in Shopify Flow:</p>

<ul>
<li>is any of</li>
<li>is not any of</li>
</ul>

<p>If the field that you want to create a condition on is a string, such as order.billingAddress.firstName, then you can check if it's equal (or not equal) to a comma-separated list of strings.</p>

<p>For example:<br>
If you create a condition such as <code>order.billingAddress.firstName is any of "Bob,Michal,mary"</code>, the condition branch would go to <code>yes</code> if the order's billing address first name was either Bob, Michal or Mary (case insensitive).</p>

<p>Similarily, <code>is not any of</code> is the negation of <code>is any of</code>. For the example above but using the <code>is not any of</code> operator, if the order's billing address first name was Victoria, then the <code>yes</code> branch would execute.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shopify-plus/flow/">Shopify Flow</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2020 15:39:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/two-new-operators-in-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Local delivery is now available</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now set up an option for local customers to have their orders delivered. You can choose to have you or your staff deliver orders, or use a third-party delivery service. You can offer delivery within a set distance from your location, or for certain postal codes. </p>

<p>Local deliveries can be fulfilled in the Shopify Admin, using the Shopify POS, and on the Shopify mobile app. Local delivery is compatible with Shop Pay.</p>

<p>Learn more about local delivery in the Shopify Help Center:</p>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/local-methods/local-delivery">Setting up local delivery for online orders</a></li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/local-methods/migrate-local-method">Migrating your local delivery method</a></li>
<li><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/fulfillment/fulfilling-orders/fulfill-local-delivery">Fulfilling local delivery orders</a></li>
</ul>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 May 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/local-delivery-is-now-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Express, a theme built for your food and beverage business</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Express is a free, fast theme that lets businesses take orders online while keeping control of their customers, profits, and brand.</p>

<p>Express includes the following features:</p>

<ul>
<li>A <strong>home page layout</strong> perfect for one-page stores with minimal content.</li>
<li>A <strong>menu-inspired design</strong> that lets customers focus on ordering, rather than product discovery.</li>
<li>A <strong>collapsible cart drawer</strong> and <strong>product modals</strong> that make it easy for your customers to build an order.</li>
</ul>

<p><a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/express/styles/bistro">Express is available in the theme store.</a></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/themes-by-shopify/express">Express</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2020 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-express-a-theme-built-for-your-food-and-beverage-business</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing tipping options for online orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tipping can now be enabled for your online checkout in one click. When tipping is enabled, your customer can choose the option to tip based on a percentage of their total order or a custom amount. </p>

<p>Previously only available through Shopify POS, tipping options for online orders make it easy for customers to show their support for the stores they love.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/tips">online tipping</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2020 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-tipping-options-for-online-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tap &amp; Chip Reader with Interac Flash now available in Canada</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Tap &amp; Chip Reader is now available to Canadian sellers! The Retail Kit and Tap &amp; Chip Case are also available.</p>

<p>The Tap &amp; Chip Reader accepts Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Google Pay, Apple Pay, and for the first time ever - contactless Interac Flash transactions. Transaction fees apply. With the Tap &amp; Chip Reader and Retail Kit, Canadian sellers can use the all-new Shopify POS, integrated payments, and award-winning hardware. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos/hardware/card-readers/tap-chip">Tap &amp; Chip Reader</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tap-chip-reader-with-interac-flash-now-available-in-canada</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Shipping available in Australia ??</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants in Australia can now purchase discounted shipping labels from Sendle directly through Shopify.</p>

<p>Get up to 33% off Sendle costs, free parcel pickups, and $300 of cover against loss on every shipment. There are no additional subscription fees and no special equipment is required. </p>

<p>You create a shipping label from an order page, choose a parcel collection method, and print your discounted label from a desktop printer. Customs forms for international orders and parcel tracking are also built-in. </p>

<p>Even better: Every Sendle shipment is 100% carbon-neutral.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-labels/australia">Shopify Shipping in Australia</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2020 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-shipping-available-in-australia</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fulfill products more efficiently with the redesigned Orders list</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To get orders out the door quickly, you need the right information at your fingertips.</p>

<p>The <strong>Orders</strong> list page helps you prioritize fulfillment workflows more effectively by providing relevant information at-a-glance. This includes customer details, order items, delivery method, order notes, and tags.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/search-view-print-orders">searching for and filtering orders</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 May 2020 16:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fulfill-products-more-efficiently-with-the-redesigned-orders-list</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Share a gift card for local customers on Facebook</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To help retail stores during COVID-19, Facebook is promoting gift cards from retail stores to local customers. </p>

<p>Gift card listings appear on Facebook mobile for customers located within 5 miles of your retail store. Customers can click the listing to buy a gift card from your online store.</p>

<p>Learn more about [sharing gift cards on Facebook](https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/gift-card-products/add-update-gift-card-products#facebook from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 May 2020 11:08:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/share-a-gift-card-for-local-customers-on-facebook</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Change in tax override behaviour</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update: We're changing the way tax overrides work with smart collections.</p>

<p>Previously, you could create tax overrides with smart collections. Now these will be restricted to manual collections. We're doing this because we want to make sure there are no unexpected surprises with your tax settings. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/tax-overrides">tax overrides</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 May 2020 09:43:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/change-in-tax-override-behaviour</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Collaborate with your team on product pages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Remote collaboration is more important than ever before. Page activity is a new feature that gives you the ability to see who else is working on the same product as you. Avoid losing work; if someone is editing or saving changes to a product page, then anyone else viewing that page will be notified.</p>

<p>This feature is only available to stores on a Plus plan. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/add-update-products#edit-a-product">page activity</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 May 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/collaborate-with-your-team-on-product-pages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inventory reports now include costs</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Inventory can be one of the biggest expenses for a business. To help you keep track of this expense, view product costs for the <strong>Month-end inventory snapshot</strong> in your Shopify reports. See the total value of the inventory that you have on a monthly basis to use for your business accounting.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/inventory-reports">inventory reports</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 16:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/inventory-reports-now-include-costs</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add an image to variants on mobile</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's faster and more convenient to add an image to a variant! You can now add an image to an existing variant from the Shopify mobile app.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/product-media/add-images-variants">adding images to variants</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2020 13:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-an-image-to-variants-on-mobile</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Terms of Service for gift cards </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are pleased to offer you the opportunity to participate in and use our Gift Card Services, made available to you based on our terms of service. </p>

<p>Read the full <a href="https://www.shopify.com/legal/terms-gift-cards">gift card terms of service</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-terms-of-service-for-gift-cards</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All-new Shopify POS is now available for iOS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/pos">Shopify POS</a> has been rebuilt and redesigned.</p>

<p>Explore new features like local pickup, ship to home, daily sales analytics, staff permissions, and more. If you're already using Shopify POS, then you can upgrade from the Store tab in the Shopify POS app. You can switch back at any time.</p>

<p>Learn more about the all-new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos">Shopify POS</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2020 07:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/all-new-shopify-pos-is-now-available-for-ios</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Local pickup for orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Local pickup is now available to all stores with fewer than 20 locations.</p>

<p>Offer local pickup during checkout as an alternative to shipping. You can fulfill orders that use local pickup from Shopify, the Shopify mobile app, or Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/pos-classic/shopify-pos-from-admin/buy-online-pickup-in-store">local pickup</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/local-pickup-for-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Event duplication for Launchpad</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now Shopify Plus stores that have Launchpad installed can duplicate an existing event with a single click.</p>

<p>Event duplication makes it easier to create similar events and then edit details so you don't have to set up everything from scratch.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/apps-by-shopify/launchpad">Launchpad</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2020 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/event-duplication-for-launchpad</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in Austria</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for merchants in Austria!</p>

<p>Accept credit cards, Klarna payments, and eps überweisung on your store through Shopify's integrated payments system. Use features like payout and chargeback management and accelerated checkouts such as Apple Pay and Shop Pay. You can also sell in 133 currencies while getting paid in Euros.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2020 18:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-austria</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Arrive is now Shop! </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify's delivery tracking app has a new name and an improved set of features. Now known as <a href="https://shop.app">Shop</a>, the app is an online shopping assistant helping customers and merchants alike. </p>

<p>Today, Shop goes beyond tracking to help customers shop better. It helps shoppers find and support local businesses, makes browsing recommendations and deals from your store easy, and provides seamless checkout across Shopify with Shop Pay. The best part? It's free.</p>

<p>There is no action required for stores that already have the Arrive opt-in enabled on the order status page. </p>

<p>Learn more about how <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/apps-by-shopify/shop-app">Shop</a> can drive customer traffic back to your store from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shop</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/arrive-is-now-shop</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Have more control when you duplicate products</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In addition to having the option to copy images when you duplicate products, you also now have the option to copy SKUs, barcodes, and inventory quantities.</p>

<p>You can also hide the duplicated product on all channels and apps when you create it. This gives you a chance to edit the product details before it's live in your store!</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="help.shopify.com/manual/products/add-update-products#duplicate-a-product">duplicating products</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/have-more-control-when-you-duplicate-products</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eligible stores can now list their products for free on the Google Shopping tab</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Products synced to Google Merchant Center using Shopify's Google Shopping app can appear in relevant Google Shopping tab search results for free. This feature is available to eligible stores selling in the United States and Google is planning for global availability by the end of 2020.</p>

<p>Learn more about<a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/google/shopping-listings"> free listings on the Google Shopping tab</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2020 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/eligible-stores-can-now-list-their-products-for-free-on-the-google-shopping-tab</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mark orders as fulfilled with Japanese carriers in Japan ??</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Save time fulfilling orders!  If you are a seller in Japan, you can now mark orders as fulfilled with the following Japanese carriers from the order fulfillment page:</p>

<ul>
<li>  Ecohai</li>
<li>  Meitetsu Transportation</li>
<li>  Daiichi Freight System</li>
<li>  Seino Super Express</li>
</ul>

<p>Orders automatically include the correct tracking URL, so you don't need to find and enter the tracking URL every time an order is fulfilled. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders/status-tracking/add-a-tracking-number-while-fulfilling-an-order">adding a tracking number while fulfilling an order</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2020 09:27:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/mark-orders-as-fulfilled-with-japanese-carriers-in-japan</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now it's easier to sort and filter your list of gift cards</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Gift cards can now be sorted by creation date, customer, gift code, balance, and expiration date. New filters include the method used to create the gift card and an expiration date range. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/gift-card-products/manage-purchased-gift-cards">managing gift cards</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-it-s-easier-to-sort-and-filter-your-list-of-gift-cards</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to your Marketing overview ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your Marketing overview now uses industry standard language to describe marketing campaign creation in a familiar way. Click <strong>Create campaign</strong> to create activities like Facebook ads for a set time frame. </p>

<p>As a result, marketing automations like Google Smart Shopping campaigns can now be created and managed from the <strong>Automations</strong> page. </p>

<p>These changes appear in Shopify, and will be updated in the Shopify mobile app on Monday April 27. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing">setting up marketing in Shopify</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2020 20:13:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-your-marketing-overview</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Offset your store's shipping emissions with Offset (by Shopify)! </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We released Offset (by Shopify) in the <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/offset">Shopify App Store</a> on Earth Day, April 22, for all Shopify stores. Offset (by Shopify) calculates the cost to neutralize your shipping emissions that contribute to climate change. </p>

<p>Every month, Offset calculates the total emissions generated by shipped orders and your monthly cost to offset the emissions. The cost is low, and your payments go towards forest protection initiatives. Charges appear on your monthly Shopify bill, and you can opt out at any time.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/offset">Offset (by Shopify)</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2020 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/offset-your-store-s-shipping-emissions-with-offset-by-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Upload an image for sharing your online store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now upload an image to use when you share a link on social media in your online store preferences. The image you upload to your online store preferences is used on the social media platform when no other image can be found within your theme. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com//en/manual/using-themes/change-the-layout/theme-settings/showing-social-media-thumbnail-images#setting-the-social-sharing-image">uploading an image when sharing your online store</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2020 11:15:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/upload-an-image-for-sharing-your-online-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Simple, clear, and accurate US sales tax setup</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Collecting sales taxes in the United States ?? has gotten easier. Tell Shopify where you’re registered for sales taxes, and Shopify automatically determines the tax to collect on orders. </p>

<p>The following details apply to this update:<br>
- Rounding on orders is now at the line level.<br>
- Adding a location no longer automatically turns on tax collection for the state where the location is located.<br>
- Tax overrides are applicable at a state level only, allowing you to easily exempt products that shouldn’t be taxed.<br>
- Add registrations for states where you don’t have a location but where you have an economic nexus.<br>
- Select between destination and hybrid origin sales tax in California.</p>

<p>This feature is available to most merchants selling within the United States. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/taxes/us/us-tax-migrate">US Tax Registrations</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 15:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/simple-clear-and-accurate-us-sales-tax-setup</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Billing payment methods redesign</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Manage your payment methods from one central place in a redesigned list of billing payment methods. In addition to a more streamlined design, your primary method of payment now has a <strong>Primary</strong> indicator, unless you're using Pay with Balance.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/manage-billing/billing-information#update-your-billing-information">updating your billing information</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 10:02:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Billing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/billing-payment-methods-redesign</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New filtering options are available from the Products page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Searching your products is easier with the following new and improved filter options:</p>

<ul>
<li>Click the new <strong>Sort</strong> button to rearrange the order of your products.</li>
<li>Access popular filters, like <strong>Availability</strong> and <strong>Product vendor</strong>, from the <strong>Products</strong> page with one click.</li>
<li>Use new sorting options to sort by product creation date and sort by the last time a product was updated.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/searching-filtering">filtering products</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-filtering-options-are-available-from-the-products-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product filtering and saved searches now available on mobile</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Filter your products from the Shopify app for iOS and Android to find exactly what you’re looking for. You can now also access the saved searches that you create in Shopify from the Shopify app.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/searching-filtering">filtering products</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2020 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-filtering-and-saved-searches-now-available-on-mobile</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New and improved Customers page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Use new filters on the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/customers"><strong>Customers</strong> page </a> to quickly find the customer records that you're looking for.</p>

<p>Sort customers based on the date that they were added to your store, filter by account status, and view a customer count that reflects the number of customers that meet filter criteria. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/manage-customers#sort-the-customer-list">sorting and filtering your customer list</a> from the Shopify Help Center</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 15:11:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-and-improved-customers-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Now it's faster to complete some actions on orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you're using a bulk action to make changes to several orders at once, you can do more with fewer clicks. You can access the following popular actions by clicking dedicated buttons directly from the orders list:</p>

<ul>
<li>create shipping labels</li>
<li>capture payments</li>
<li>fulfill labels</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders">managing orders</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2020 16:51:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/now-it-s-faster-to-complete-some-actions-on-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video &amp; 3D product media</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In addition to images, videos and 3D models can now be added to products on the product details page. Support for these media types opens up new opportunities for you to show off your products in your online store: in action with a video, from every angle with a 3D model, and at real-world scale on iOS and Android devices using augmented reality (AR).  </p>

<p>You need to update your online store theme to display videos and 3D models correctly to customers. Learn more about <a href="https://shopify.dev/tutorials/add-theme-support-for-rich-media-3d-and-video">updating your theme</a> from the Shopify developer site.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/product-media">using Video &amp; 3D for Products</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/video-3d-product-media</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Export an individual bill</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now export a CSV for the details of an individual bill from the invoice details in Shopify. You can find a list of your invoices in your billing history.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/manage-billing/billing-information#export-billing-information">exporting a bill</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Mar 2020 10:34:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Billing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/export-an-individual-bill</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sell in 133 currencies with Shopify Payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Selling in multiple currencies with Shopify Payments now supports 133 global currencies, so that you can have more options for expanding your business.</p>

<p>When you sell in multiple currencies with Shopify Payments, your prices are automatically converted to a customer's local currency and rounded up to give online store visitors a localized experience. In addition, you can also choose to disable rounding rules. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency/">selling in multiple currencies</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 07:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sell-in-133-currencies-with-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You can no longer use Facebook Messenger with Kit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Due to new limitations imposed by Facebook, Kit can no longer start a conversation with you through Facebook Messenger. If you are a Kit user and you are communicating with Kit by using Messenger, then you won't recieve messages from Kit unless you start a conversation. You can still start a conversation by saying "Hi Kit" on Messenger, but Kit can't message you unless there is an active conversation thread in the last 24 hours. </p>

<p>If you are using Kit through Messenger, then please do one of the following as soon as possible to keep working with Kit:</p>

<ul>
<li><p>If you use an iPhone or iPad, then you can install <a href="https://apps.apple.com/app/apple-store/id1301681854?mt=8">Shopify Ping</a>, a free iOS app that you can use to talk to Kit. </p></li>
<li><p>If you use an Android device, then you can <a href="https://www.kitcrm.com/confirm">change your messaging preference with Kit to SMS</a>. </p></li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/kit/setting-up#choosing-how-to-talk-to-kit">ways to talk to Kit</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2020 15:51:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/you-can-no-longer-use-facebook-messenger-with-kit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pay for recurring charges with Shopify balance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Don't wait for payouts to pay for things on Shopify! </p>

<p>You can now use your Shopify balance to pay for recurring payments like monthly Shopify bills, threshold-based bills, shipping labels, and domains.</p>

<p>This is available to sellers based in the United States ??with enough funds in Shopify balance to cover the bill that you want to pay. </p>

<p>When opening a new store, you can enable Shopify balance during onboarding. For existing stores, you can enable Shopify balance from your billing settings.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/billing-information">how to pay with Shopify balance</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2020 15:32:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Balance</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pay-for-recurring-charges-with-shopify-balance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Pay is now Shop Pay</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Pay, an accelerated checkout that lets customers save their shipping and billing information so that they can check out faster from Shopify stores, now has a new name: <strong>Shop Pay</strong>.  This is a part of our ongoing effort to offer the best online shopping experiences for your customers.</p>

<p>There is no action required and there are no changes to the product at this time. Stores with Shop Pay enabled will continue to benefit from  increased conversion rates for returning customers.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/shop-pay">Shop Pay</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2020 14:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pay-is-now-shop-pay</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Recommend a local currency and language to online store visitor</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/geolocation">Geolocation app</a> uses an online store visitor's IP address and browser language to recommend the right experience for them. You can also use the app to customize how these recommendations are displayed. </p>

<p>This feature is available for merchants who use <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency">multi-currency for Shopify Payments</a> or <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/multilingual-online-store">sell in multiple languages</a>. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/apps-by-shopify/geolocation">Geolocation app</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/recommend-a-local-currency-and-language-to-online-store-visitor</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Order editing is now available for Plus stores</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Order editing enables you to make changes to existing orders within Shopify. Use order editing to provide a better customer experience by accommodating customer requests, even after an order is paid. </p>

<p>Order editing is available on Shopify Plus and all other store plans. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/edit-orders">order editing</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 13:15:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/order-editing-is-now-available-for-plus-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Check your store’s status on the updated Shopify status page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With over a million stores on Shopify, it’s rare that an incident impacts everyone. That’s why a single status page isn’t always able to answer the question, “Is my store affected?”  </p>

<p>Now, you can view a status page that's specific to your store at <a href="https://shopifystatus.com">shopifystatus.com</a>. Find the information that you need to make key business decisions based on what’s happening with your store.</p>

<p>To view the store-specific status page, you need to be using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/logging-in/sso-migration-guide">single sign-on</a>,  to log into your Shopify account. Single sign-on is available for all Shopify accounts.</p>

<p>As part of this update, status subscription options (SMS alerts and RSS feed) have been removed.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 11:15:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/check-your-store-s-status-on-the-updated-shopify-status-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Predictive search in the latest version of Debut</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If your online store uses Shopify's free Debut theme, then customers who search for products in your store search can find them faster now with predictive search.</p>

<p>Predictive search shows matching products to customers immediately as they start entering search queries, and lets them easily view the related product pages by selecting items from the search menu.</p>

<p>This feature is automatically enabled in the latest version of <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/debut/styles/default">Debut</a>, now available in the Theme Store.  Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/themes-by-shopify/debut#search-theme-settings-specific">Debut theme features</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jan 2020 12:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/predictive-search-in-the-latest-version-of-debut</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Preview and upgrade your customized checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're on the Shopify Plus plan and use a customized checkout, then an upgrade is available.</p>

<p>Upgrade your checkout to access new features, security updates, and accessibility improvements. You can preview the changes to make sure your customized checkout template works with the upgrade.</p>

<p>You have from <strong>January 20 to February 20, 2020</strong> to preview, upgrade, and make necessary changes to your checkout. After this date, you will be automatically upgraded to the new checkout version. </p>

<p>To learn more about the upgrade and for a full list of changes, read the guide in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-upgrade">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jan 2020 12:04:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/preview-and-upgrade-your-customized-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Captcha now required to create customer accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customers who create customer accounts on your online store now complete a captcha (most frequently encountered as a "I am not a robot" checkbox). This step helps to ensure accurate account creation. </p>

<p>This change doesn't automatically affect Plus stores, but if you're a Plus merchant you can request it.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/captcha-now-required-to-create-customer-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in Sweden</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for merchants in Sweden! ??</p>

<p>Accept both credit card and Klarna payments on your store through Shopify's integrated payments system. Use features like payout and chargeback management and accelerated checkouts such as Apple Pay and Shopify Pay. You can also sell in multiple currencies while getting paid in either Euros or Swedish kronor.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="en.shopify.com.se/payments">Shopify Payments in Sweden</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2020 14:14:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-sweden</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Australian customers can opt in to Arrive from your order status page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If the Arrive opt-in for the order status page is enabled for your store, then your Australian customers can now see the option to use Arrive for order tracking on iOS and Android devices.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/status-tracking/arrive">enabling the Arrive opt-in for your order status page</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2020 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/australian-customers-can-opt-in-to-arrive-from-your-order-status-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>VAT charged in South Africa </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify is now required to charge value-added tax (VAT) in South Africa. </p>

<p>Stores located in South Africa will see VAT applied to their Shopify bills beginning in January 2020. As part of this change stores in South Africa will be able to provide a VAT number to Shopify, or else indicate that they do not have a VAT number. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/your-invoice/charges#vat-number-for-stores-in-south-africa">South African VAT</a> from the Shopify Help Center.  </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jan 2020 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/vat-charged-in-south-africa</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Abandoned checkout emails for Buy Button</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now recover abandoned checkouts that customers start through Buy Buttons. For stores using the Buy Button channel, abandoned checkout emails will automatically send to customers who don't complete a checkout using the Buy Button.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/abandoned-checkouts">abandoned checkout emails</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2019 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/abandoned-checkout-emails-for-buy-button</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mark orders as fulfilled through Japanese carriers in Japan ??</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Save time fulfilling orders!  If you are a seller in Japan, you can now mark orders as fulfilled with the following Japanese carriers from the order fulfillment page:</p>

<ul>
<li>  Seino Transportation</li>
<li>  Nippon Express&nbsp;</li>
<li>  Fukuyama Transportation</li>
</ul>

<p>Orders automatically include the correct tracking URL, so you don't need to find and enter the tracking URL every time an order is fulfilled. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders/status-tracking/add-a-tracking-number-while-fulfilling-an-order">adding a tracking number while fulfilling an order</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Dec 2019 14:53:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/mark-orders-as-fulfilled-through-japanese-carriers-in-japan</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved support for selling in multiple languages with third party apps</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sell in multiple languages more easily when using a <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/apps-for-store-languages">compatible third party translation app</a>. You can now preview translations and publish languages from a new <strong>Store languages</strong> settings page. After you publish a language to your online store, Shopify creates separate URLs for that language (like example.com in English and example.com/fr in French) and manages SEO tags to make sure Google directs customers to the right version of your store. Customers get a consistent language experience from online store and checkout to notifications. </p>

<p>To use these features, your store needs to use a <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/apps-for-store-languages">compatible translation apps</a>. You might need to contact the app's developer to get upgraded to a new version, and you might need to update your store's theme before the new multi-language capabilities work.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com//en/manual/sell-online/multilingual-online-store">selling in multiple languages</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2019 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-support-for-selling-in-multiple-languages-with-third-party-apps</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mark orders as fulfilled through Deutsche Post in Germany ??</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now sellers in Germany can mark their orders as fulfilled with Deutsche Post from the order fulfillment page! This will save time by automatically using the correct tracking URL, so you don't need to find and enter the tracking URL every time an order is fulfilled.</p>

<p>To use the tracking URL translated in German, select the shipping carrier <strong>Deutsche Post (DE)</strong>. To use the tracking URL translated in English, select the shipping carrier <strong>Deutsche Post (EN)</strong>. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders/status-tracking/add-a-tracking-number-while-fulfilling-an-order">adding a tracking number while fulfilling an order</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2019 09:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/mark-orders-as-fulfilled-through-deutsche-post-in-germany</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Post to your Facebook Page through Shopify Marketing</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>After you set up the Facebook Marketing app, you can now post to your Facebook Page from Shopify. Posting to your Facebook Page is free, and it can help you to engage with your existing Facebook audience and turn that engagement into visits to your online store. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/facebook/setup">setting up the Facebook Marketing app</a>and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/facebook/facebook-post">creating Facebook Page posts in Shopify<br>
</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/post-to-your-facebook-page-through-shopify-marketing</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set availability hours and automatic greeting messages in Shopify Ping</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the latest version of Shopify Ping, you can set availability hours for when your store is available to chat. You can also write custom messages that automatically greet your customers and that change based on whether your store is available to chat or away. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/ping/setup#set-your-chat-availability">setting chat availability hours</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/ping/setup#create-automated-greeting-messages">customizing your greeting messages</a> in Shopify Ping from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Dec 2019 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-availability-hours-and-automatic-greeting-messages-in-shopify-ping</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buy Button now supports checkout in same tab</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now, you can set up your Buy Buttons so that the checkout will appear in the same browser window when a customer clicks the button, instead of opening up in a new window! </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-online/buy-button/create-buy-button">creating Buy Buttons</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Dec 2019 16:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/buy-button-now-supports-checkout-in-same-tab</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customers using Shopify Pay can choose a payment method other than a credit card</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Pay’s one-step checkout now allows customers to choose a payment method other than a credit card when checking out from a store with other payment options available. </p>

<p>Your customers can click <strong>Use a different payment method</strong> in the <strong>Payment</strong> drop-down in Shopify Pay to select from the full list of payment methods that you offer, including payment methods like AfterPay, Affirm, or Cash on Delivery. This makes the Shopify Pay checkout process even more convenient and flexible for your customers. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/shopify-pay">Shopify Pay</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Nov 2019 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customers-using-shopify-pay-can-choose-a-payment-method-other-than-a-credit-card</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>GST charged in Singapore</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify is now required to charge goods and services tax (GST) in Singapore. Stores located in Singapore will see GST applied to their Shopify bills beginning in December 2019.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/your-invoice/charges#Singapore-GST">Singapore GST</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2019 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/gst-charged-in-singapore</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add your custom branding to Apple Business Chat</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customize Apple Business Chat so that customers chatting with you in Messages will see an avatar, logo, and header color that match your brand. This will build trust with customers who contact you through Business Chat.</p>

<p>Apple Business Chat customization is available for all users. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/ping/apple-business-chat">Apple Business Chat</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2019 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-your-custom-branding-to-apple-business-chat</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edit existing orders in Shopify </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>With order editing, you can now make changes to an order without using workarounds, saving you time and effort. Fulfill customer requests more easily, even after an order has been paid. Have more control over order details by using the following features:</p>

<ul>
<li>Add new items or custom items to an order.</li>
<li>Remove existing items from an order and restock them to your store's inventory.</li>
<li>Adjust the quantity of an item in an order.</li>
<li>Send invoices to customers when the order total increases. </li>
<li>Send order change notifications to customers.</li>
<li>View accurate reporting about orders with changes.</li>
<li>Choose the staff members who can edit orders by using staff permissions.</li>
</ul>

<p>This feature is not yet available for all stores. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/orders/edit-orders">order editing</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Nov 2019 15:45:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/edit-existing-orders-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marketing automations in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Organize, manage and measure your marketing efforts more easily in Shopify with new sections in Shopify Marketing:</p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Overview</strong> - View a summary of all your marketing efforts and performance metrics.</li>
<li> <strong>Campaigns</strong> -Create a marketing campaign, and group marketing activities together to work toward a specific objective.  Campaigns are published within a set timeframe, so they're best for specific goals or events,  for example advertising for a promotion or a season. </li>
<li> <strong>Automations</strong> - Create marketing automations including Google Smart Shopping Campaigns. Automations are best for building a customer base and improving online store traffic on an ongoing basis. You can use automations to capture new store visitors, improve online store conversions, and market to existing store visitors.</li>
</ul>

<p>As a part of this update, you can now measure the performance of Shopify's abandoned checkout service from the <strong>Automations</strong> page. The report contains attributed sessions and sales metrics. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/create-marketing-campaigns">Marketing in Shopify</a> from the Shopify Help Center, or install <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/works-with-shopify-marketing">apps that work with Shopify Marketing</a> from the Shopify App store.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Nov 2019 09:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/marketing-automations-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add product or location specific shipping rates with shipping profiles</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing shipping profiles, a new way to customize shipping settings for specific products and locations. Assign different rates depending on what you sell, where you ship from, and your customer’s location to optimize your checkout experience. </p>

<p>Some uses for shipping profiles could include:</p>

<ul>
<li>You sell fragile or bulky items and want to cover the cost of extra packaging, handling, or insurance.</li>
<li>You ship from multiple locations and want to ship from the one that’s closest to your customer.</li>
<li>You work with multiple vendors and want to charge different rates based on where the product is shipping from. </li>
<li>You ship some products with specific mail classes (for example, you sell books using USPS media mail).</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/setting-up-and-managing-your-shipping/shipping-profiles">shipping profiles</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Nov 2019 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-product-or-location-specific-shipping-rates-with-shipping-profiles</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get insights about your online store traffic from the Marketing page in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now see insights about your online store traffic from the <strong>Marketing</strong> page in Shopify, so you can make more informed marketing decisions! Find data to help you answer the following questions: </p>

<ul>
<li> Which referrers drive the most traffic to your online store?</li>
<li> Which geographic locations does your online store traffic come from?</li>
<li> Which online sources bring traffic that converts to sales at the highest rates?</li>
</ul>

<p>To access these insights, tap on <strong>Online store sessions</strong> on the <strong>Marketing</strong> page. To see more detailed information, click <strong>View report</strong> in the traffic insights. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/analyze-marketing/marketing-performance">Measuring marketing performance</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Oct 2019 13:08:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/get-insights-about-your-online-store-traffic-from-the-marketing-page-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Ping v2.0</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Ping 2.0 is now available in the Apple App Store. Here's what's new in the latest version:</p>

<ul>
<li>Ping is now available for the iPad! ?</li>
<li>You can now create saved replies to speed up your response time in conversations with customers. </li>
<li>We've improved the experience of managing the apps that work with Ping to make it easier to set up and use new apps.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/ping">Ping</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-ping-v2-0</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New customizations introduced to storefront search</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<ul>
<li>You can set up your store search to work with words that don't have a complete ending. For example, if a customer searches for <code>sno</code>, then the search returns results that include the incomplete word like <code>snow goggles</code> and <code>snowboard</code>. To set this up, you add a prefix on the last term to enable partial word matches with the prefix parameter. This is only available to merchants who have their store’s locale set to English.</li>
<li>Out of stock products will now be shown last on the search results page.  There are options to hide out of stock products completely, or show them together with available products. </li>
</ul>

<p>These customizations can be done through liquid and tutorials are available for reference in our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/online-store/storefront-search">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Oct 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-customizations-introduced-to-storefront-search</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Updates to the Buy Button channel </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To better help you create Buy Buttons and checkout links for your website or blog, we've made the following updates the the Buy Button channel:</p>

<ul>
<li> It's easier to customize your Buy Buttons - we reorganized the appearance of your settings based on user feedback.</li>
<li>It's faster to create <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/checkout-link">checkout links</a>, which can now be done from the Product details page under <strong>More Actions</strong> when you have the Buy Button channel installed.</li>
<li>You can add <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/buy-button/create-buy-button#buy-button-appearance">order notes</a> to your shopping cart so you can collect special insturctions from customers on how to prepare and deliver an order.</li>
<li>You can more easily preview your Buy Buttons with the new full-screen app.</li>
<li> Customers now see <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/discount-codes">discounts</a> in the cart so they can see their total cost before checkout.</li>
</ul>

<p><a href="https://apps.shopify.com/buy-button">Install</a> the Buy Button channel, or learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/buy-button">Buy Button channel</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Oct 2019 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/updates-to-the-buy-button-channel</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Set a purchase amount for Buy X Get Y discounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Setting a purchase amount for Buy X Get Y discounts helps you create promotions like “Spend $100, get a free gift,” or “Spend $200 on skincare, get 50% off a water bottle.” You can set up these promotions as an automatic discount or a discount code.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/discount-codes">creating discounts</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2019 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Discounts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/set-a-purchase-amount-for-buy-x-get-y-discounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buy .de domains from Shopify ??</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>New for sellers in Germany - you can now buy .de domains from Shopify.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/domains/add-a-domain/buying-domains">buying a domain from Shopify</a> on the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Oct 2019 14:44:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/buy-de-domains-from-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Visual improvements to product and variant details</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As part of keeping Shopify's framework running on the latest and greatest technology, we have made significant behind the scenes changes to the product details and variant details pages. </p>

<p>Although the function remains the same, you'll notice some visual improvements on these pages that have been made to fit with Shopify's <a href="https://polaris.shopify.com/">Polaris design system</a>.</p>

<p>The following improvements are included:</p>

<ul>
<li>Updated styles for better accessibility on the <strong>Images</strong>, <strong>Variants</strong>, <strong>Product availability</strong>, and <strong>Organization</strong> sections of the product details page.</li>
<li>New drag and drop areas for product and variant images, so that you can more easily add valid images.</li>
<li>Repositioned menu items for better accessibility in the <strong>Variants</strong> section and variant details page.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/product-variant-images">product images</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2019 15:34:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/visual-improvements-to-product-and-variant-details</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Parcel insurance for Shopify Shipping shipments </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you ship from the United States using Shopify Shipping, you can now add parcel insurance for your domestic and international shipments through Shipsurance. ?</p>

<p>When you purchase a USPS, UPS, or DHL Express shipping label on Shopify you can insure the package for up to $5,000 against loss or damage. Some restrictions apply.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/shipping-insurance">Shipsurance parcel insurance on Shopify</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2019 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/parcel-insurance-for-shopify-shipping-shipments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to Shopify Pay</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify’s fastest way to check out just got even more features!</p>

<p>Customers with Shopify Pay can now use the following features in the convenient one-step checkout:</p>

<ul>
<li>Add and edit up to 3 saved credit cards</li>
<li>Choose between multiple available billing addresses, or add your own</li>
</ul>

<p>These new features are automatically available for all stores with Shopify Pay enabled.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Pay and your business from <a href="https://pay.shopify.com/">pay.shopify.com</a> and learn how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/shopify-pay">enable Shopify Pay in your checkout</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2019 11:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-shopify-pay</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in Italy</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Accept credit card payments with Shopify Payments—now available in Italy! ??</p>

<p>Stores in Italy can use Shopify Payments for payment processing with features like payout and chargeback management as well as accelerated checkouts such as Apple Pay and Shopify Pay.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://it.shopify.com/payments">Shopify Payments in Italy</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Sep 2019 06:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-italy</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create customized orders to share in customer conversations with Shopify Ping v1.7</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the latest version of Shopify Ping, you'll find big improvements to the way you create new orders for customers in conversations. Now you can add mulitple products to the order, add a discount, and add a special shipping rate. Set up the order and share it right in the conversation so the customer can check out with just a few clicks.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/ping#send-orders">sending orders in Shopify Ping</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Sep 2019 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-customized-orders-to-share-in-customer-conversations-with-shopify-ping-v1-7</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Buy shipping labels faster!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you use Shopify Shipping, then you can now buy shipping labels more quickly thanks to some improvements we've made. The shipping label purchase page has been rebuilt using React components and is now much faster.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/buy-and-print">buying shipping labels with Shopify Shipping</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Sep 2019 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/buy-shipping-labels-faster</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New customer tag limit</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In your Shopify admin, a saved customer now has a limit of 250 tags on the details page. This limit was added to improve the performance of your Shopify store, and applies whether a tag is created manually or automatically by an app. </p>

<p>A customer that already includes more than 250 tags keeps the existing tags, but no more tags can be added to that customer until it has fewer than 250 tags. You can delete tags from the customer details page.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/customers/manage-customers">managing customers in Shopify</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Sep 2019 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-customer-tag-limit</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize your greeting message and widget color for Shopify Chat</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now customize Shopify Chat for your online store!</p>

<p>Choose a color to customize the look of your chat button and chat window, and write a custom welcome message that visitors will see when they start a conversation with you. These two new features can help you to provide a more branded, personalized chat experience for visitors to your store. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/ping/shopify-chat">Shopify Chat</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Sep 2019 14:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-your-greeting-message-and-widget-color-for-shopify-chat</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to shipping delivery notifications</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The "Shipment out for delivery" and "Shipment delivered" customer notification emails can now be disabled from your Shopify admin. </p>

<p>In addition, we have made a small update to include available tracking information, such as tracking number and carrier, in plain text on all shipping notifications.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/notifications/order-notifications#disable-a-notification">disabling a notification</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2019 18:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-shipping-delivery-notifications</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New inventory reports</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're launching a set of reports to help you control your inventory. The new inventory reports can help you to make decisions about ordering and transferring stock. </p>

<p>You can access the three new inventory reports from the <strong>Reports</strong> section of Shopify.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/inventory-reports">inventory reports</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Sep 2019 16:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Analytics</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-inventory-reports</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retry failed bill payments manually from Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If your bill payment fails, then you no longer need to wait for Shopify to automatically retry the payment. Instead, you can now go to the bill in Shopify and click <strong>Pay bill</strong> to manually send a payment.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/manage-billing">your Shopify bill</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Sep 2019 16:02:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/retry-failed-bill-payments-manually-from-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shopify Chat widget is available in your store language</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you have Shopify Chat installed on your online store, then the chat widget now automatically appears in the same language as your online store theme for all <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/language_beta">supported languages</a>. This means that the welcome message, send button, and all other text built-in to the widget match the rest of your store, so customers browsing your store get a more consistent experience!</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/ping/shopify-chat">setting up Shopify Chat</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 17:20:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-shopify-chat-widget-is-available-in-your-store-language</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customers can send you images through Apple Business Chat ?️</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you have Apple Business Chat enabled on your store, customers can now send you images through Messages. You see images and can read and respond to customer messages from Shopify Ping. </p>

<p>This is an easy way for your customers to send you a picture of a damaged item, for example, or an image of a product they are looking for on your store.</p>

<p>Learn more about using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/ping/apple-business-chat">Apple Business Chat</a> with Shopify Ping from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 15:58:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customers-can-send-you-images-through-apple-business-chat</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customer tax exemptions for Canada ??</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sometimes, customers don't have to pay sales taxes. We're making it easier to handle this on your store, with new tax exemption options for Canada.</p>

<p>This feature adds exemption types (like status card, or reseller) to your store, so that you can charge and report the correct taxes for your exempt customers. </p>

<p>Tax exemption options are available for stores that use the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/canada/canada-tax-migrate">new Canadian taxes feature</a> and sell to customers in Canada.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/taxes/canada/canada-tax-exemptions">customer tax exemptions for Canada</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 10:11:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customer-tax-exemptions-for-canada</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pay your Shopify bill with PayPal!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Good news - when it's time to pay your Shopify bill, use a payment method you know and trust by paying with PayPal. You can link PayPal to a payment method of your choice, and then use PayPal to pay your Shopify bill. </p>

<p>This option is available to merchants outside the United States.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/your-invoice/faq#which-payment-methods-are-accepted-for-my-shopify-bill">using PayPal as your bill payment method</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2019 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pay-your-shopify-bill-with-paypal</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improvements to express checkout on cart</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your customers can enjoy a more seamless express checkout experience from your store's cart page. We've made some minor improvements to the express checkout buttons on the cart page, including performance improvements and more consistent button sizes. </p>

<p>Supported themes automatically receive this update.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/themes/customization/cart/add-more-checkout-buttons-to-cart-page">customizing the location of express checkout buttons</a> on the cart or checkout from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2019 10:13:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improvements-to-express-checkout-on-cart</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Typo tolerance in storefront search ⌨️</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re making sure your customers can find the products they’re searching for, even if their search has typos!</p>

<p>With typo tolerance, results that differ from the search term by 1 letter or that have 2 letters in a different order still display.  The first 4 letters of a search term need to match before typo tolerance works.</p>

<p>Typo tolerance is available for stores with the theme language set to English.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/online-store/storefront-search">searching your store</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Aug 2019 14:44:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/typo-tolerance-in-storefront-search</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Announcing Shopify Chat ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Connect with your customers and help them find products they'll love. </p>

<p>After you set up Shopify Chat, customers can start a conversation with you from any page of your online store. You read and respond to messages on your iOS device in <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/ping">Shopify Ping</a>. In your conversations with customers, you can also share products and discount codes, and send draft orders to help a customer check out quickly.</p>

<p>Shopify Chat is available to all online store visitors. Customers browsing your store can click a button to start a chat with you in the browser window. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/ping/shopify-chat">Shopify Chat</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Aug 2019 10:59:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/announcing-shopify-chat</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Multi-currency available for all stores using Shopify Payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let your customers shop in their local currency, and they will be more likely to place an order.</p>

<p>When you use Shopify Payments, you can now sell in up to 10 currencies and get paid in your local currency from a single store. After you add a  <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency/currency-selector">currency selector</a>, international customers can shop and check out in their local currency.</p>

<p>This feature is available for all stores using Shopify Payments.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/multi-currency/setup">selling in multiple currencies</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2019 11:32:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/multi-currency-available-for-all-stores-using-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pay for one-time purchases with your Shopify Payments balance </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're in the United States, you can use your Shopify Payments balance to pay for themes and one-time app purchases. Your Shopify Payments balance needs to be high enough to pay for the transaction before you see the option.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/payments/shopify-payments">Shopify Payments</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2019 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pay-for-one-time-purchases-with-your-shopify-payments-balance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Filter products by collection</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you can filter the list of products in the admin by collection. Quickly view all of the products in a collection right from the <strong>Products</strong> page.</p>

<p>When the collection filter is applied to your product list, you can't search, add other filters, or sort by inventory. If you have other filters or a search applied to your product list, then the collection filter will be unavailable.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/searching-filtering">filtering your products</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jul 2019 12:54:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/filter-products-by-collection</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New look for storefront search URLs ?️</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve added 3 URL parameters to storefront search results.</p>

<p>The new search parameters help us to measure the performance of search so that we can continuously improve the search functionality and surface the most relevant results to your customers. Search result URLs now look like <code>/products/snowboard?pos=1&amp;sid=4a0bb92f4&amp;ss=r.</code></p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/online-store/storefront-search">searching your store</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jul 2019 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-look-for-storefront-search-urls</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Scripts character limit has increased</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The character limit for Shopify Scripts has been increased to 24,576 (from 16,384). Now Shopify Plus merchants have the flexibility and space they need to build more complex line item, shipping, and payment customizations at checkout.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/apps-by-shopify/script-editor">Shopify Scripts</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jul 2019 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-scripts-character-limit-has-increased</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Online stores automatically serve WebP images</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>WebP is a modern image format that provides superior compression for images on the web, with an average savings of over 30% in file size over traditional file formats like PNG and JPEG. Smaller images means faster download times and less network bandwidth usage, which both contribute to online store pages appearing to customers noticeably faster!</p>

<p>There are no settings or code changes required to take advantage of this feature. Lossless WebP is automatically available when using browsers that support the format. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://developers.google.com/speed/webp/">WebP</a> from Google Developers support.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jul 2019 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/online-stores-automatically-serve-webp-images</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Community forums are open in Brazilian Portuguese, Dutch, German and Italian</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Shopify Community is now available in <a href="https://pt.shopify.com/community">Brazilian Portuguese</a>, <a href="https://www.shopify.nl/community/">Dutch</a>, <a href="https://www.shopify.de/community">German</a> and <a href="https://it.shopify.com/community">Italian</a>.</p>

<p>Join the community to engage in meaningful conversations with other Shopify merchants and partners today!</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2019 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-community-forums-are-open-in-brazilian-portuguese-dutch-german-and-italian</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use discounts and gift cards with Shopify Pay</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When your customers use Shopify Pay, they can now input discount codes and gift cards from the order confirmation step.</p>

<p>This feature is  available for all stores with Shopify Pay enabled, with no action required in your store settings or from your customers. </p>

<p>To learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/shopify-pay">Shopify Pay</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2019 13:44:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-discounts-and-gift-cards-with-shopify-pay</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Announcing Shopify’s new Hardware Rental program</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're located in the United States, then you can rent from <a href="https://www.shopify.fello.com">Shopify's Hardware Rental</a>  program. If you’re opening a pop-up shop or exhibiting at a convention, then Shopify has you covered. Rent the retail hardware you need for the days that you need it.</p>

<p>To help you focus on your business, we simplify the rental process with the following included benefits:<br>
* rental bundles include an iPad Air with LTE data to make sure that you never miss a transaction<br>
* we ship directly to your desired location to save you the trouble of traveling with your hardware <br>
* you receive a prepaid return shipping label included in your package, so sending the rental hardware back is quick and easy  </p>

<p>Learn more about the available <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/shopify-pos-hardware-kit#shopify-hardware-rental-kits">Shopify hardware rental kits</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2019 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/announcing-shopify-s-new-hardware-rental-program</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All of your discounts in one place</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now it's easier to view and create discount codes and automatic discounts.  </p>

<p>You can find all of your discounts in one location, and create new ones from the same page. This change makes it easier to see the discounts you have, and leaves space for future discount types to be added by Shopify.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/discount-codes">discount codes and automatic discounts</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jun 2019 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Discounts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/all-of-your-discounts-in-one-place</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Communicate with your customers by using Apple Business Chat with Shopify Ping!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now add Apple Business Chat to your online store, and read and respond to Business Chat messages from Shopify Ping. </p>

<p>Apple Business Chat allows customers who are browsing your online store from iPhone, iPad, or Mac to start a chat with you from any page of your store.  Conversations open in the Messages app, so customers can re-engage with you without returning to your store. You read and respond to messages from the Shopify Ping app on an iOS device.</p>

<p><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/shopify-ping/id1301681854?mt=8">Download Shopify Ping from the Apple App Store</a> and enable Apple Business Chat from Ping. Apple Business Chat and Shopify Ping are both free for sellers. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/ping/apple-business-chat">using Apple Business Chat with Ping</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jun 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/communicate-with-your-customers-by-using-apple-business-chat-with-shopify-ping</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New features for Shopify Pay</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify’s fastest way to check out just got even better. </p>

<p>Customers with Shopify Pay can now use the following features in the convenient one-step checkout:</p>

<ul>
<li>input a discount code</li>
<li>add and edit their saved shipping addresses</li>
<li>select between your store's available shipping methods</li>
</ul>

<p>These new features are available for all stores with Shopify Pay enabled.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify Pay and your business from <a href="https://pay.shopify.com/">pay.shopify.com</a> and learn how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/shopify-pay">enable Shopify Pay in your checkout</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-features-for-shopify-pay</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enable product recommendations for your online store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Data-driven product recommendations for your online store are now included by default in the new versions of the following Shopify free themes:</p>

<ul>
<li> Debut</li>
<li> Brooklyn</li>
<li> Minimal</li>
<li> Simple</li>
<li> Venture</li>
<li> Boundless</li>
<li> Narrative</li>
</ul>

<p>Enable the section to show product recommendations to your customers. The product recommendations are based on products that are commonly purchased together and similar products, so that customers see the most relevant suggestions.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/using-themes/change-the-layout/theme-settings/product-recommendations">product recommendations</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jun 2019 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/enable-product-recommendations-for-your-online-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sell in multiple currencies available for all stores using Shopify Payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your customers are more likely to make a purchase if they can shop in their local currency. </p>

<p>When you use Shopify Payments, you can now sell in up to 10 currencies and get paid in your local currency, all from a single store. International customers can see their local currency all the way through the purchase experience, from your online store home page through to checkout. </p>

<p>This feature will be gradually released to stores using Shopify Payments over the next few weeks. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/multi-currency">selling in multiple currencies</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sell-in-multiple-currencies-available-for-all-stores-using-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Find help for your business in Experts Marketplace</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The new Shopify Experts Marketplace connects you with Shopify Experts who you can hire to help you with complicated or difficult tasks related to building your business. On the Experts Marketplace, you can browse experts by services they provide, or create a job and receive proposals from recommended experts.</p>

<p>Discover the services offered by experts and hire them directly from <a href="https://experts.shopify.com">experts.shopify.com</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/experts-marketplace/hiring-help">hiring help for your business on Shopify Experts Marketplace</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 13:10:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Partners</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/find-help-for-your-business-in-experts-marketplace</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Access loyalty and rewards apps from the POS checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you use a third-party app to manage a loyalty program, then your retail checkout just got faster. ⏩</p>

<p>Third-party app developers can now add cart editing actions to POS, which means that you can access participating loyalty and rewards apps from within the POS cart. When the app supports it, checkout is easier for your staff and faster for customers. Your staff won't have to navigate away from checkout to look for loyalty program details, and it takes less time to apply a relevant discount. </p>

<p>Make your customers feel appreciated for shopping with you, without any hassle.</p>

<p>View a list of <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/pos-loyaltyapps">loyalty and reward apps that support cart editing on POS</a> in the Shopify App Store. Availability of this feature is determined by an app's developer. Learn how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/apps/getting-support">get help for a third-party app</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 10:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/access-loyalty-and-rewards-apps-from-the-pos-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Maestro debit card support for Apple Pay in Europe</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants using Shopify Payments in Ireland, Great Britain, the Netherlands, Germany, and Spain can now accept Maestro debit cards with Apple Pay for online payments.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/apple-pay">Apple Pay</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2019 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/maestro-debit-card-support-for-apple-pay-in-europe</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify is available in new languages ?️?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your Shopify admin and the Shopify Help Center are now available in the following languages:</p>

<ul>
<li>Malay</li>
<li>Hindi</li>
<li>Danish</li>
<li>Finnish</li>
<li>Swedish</li>
<li>Norwegian</li>
<li>Thai</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/language_beta">using Shopify in your language of choice</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jun 2019 10:33:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-is-available-in-new-languages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Single sign on for your Shopify accounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>No more struggling to remember passwords - combine your Shopify accounts into one!</p>

<p>Shopify is moving to a single sign on (SSO) system, so that you can use a single email address and password for all the stores and Shopify services that you have access to. This single account makes it faster and easier to switch between stores as well as other Shopify services. You can combine Shopify accounts that use the same email address.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/logging-in/sso-migration-guide">migrating to single sign on</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jun 2019 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/single-sign-on-for-your-shopify-accounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Pay now supports even more languages! </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>More of your international customers can use Shopify Pay in their own language, with the following new supported languages:</p>

<ul>
<li>Czech </li>
<li>Finnish</li>
<li>Hindi</li>
<li>Korean</li>
<li>Malay</li>
<li>Norwegian Bokmål</li>
<li>Polish</li>
<li>Swedish</li>
<li>Thai</li>
<li>Turkish</li>
</ul>

<p>Shopify Pay is an accelerated checkout that lets customers save their payment and shipping information so they can check out from Shopify stores faster. When you enable Shopify Pay on your store, you can provide faster service to your international customers - now in more languages.</p>

<p>View a full list of <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/accelerated-checkouts/shopify-pay#supported-languages">Shopify Pay's supported languages</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Jun 2019 19:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pay-now-supports-even-more-languages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Track inventory transfers between locations ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you manage inventory at more than one location, you can now accurately track your inventory transfers between locations in Shopify. </p>

<p>When you create a transfer between locations, inventory is deducted from the origin location and marked as incoming at its destination. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/products/inventory/transfer-locations">inventory transfers</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 May 2019 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/track-inventory-transfers-between-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>See the performance of your retail locations at a glance</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you’re running a retail business, you’ve got a lot on your to-do list. </p>

<p>Now, get a high-level view of how your retail locations are performing with a new dashboard in your Shopify admin. </p>

<p>The Point of Sale overview highlights key details about your retail locations like total sales, total refunds, average order value, and more. You can filter the information by location and by date, so that you can quickly find the information that you need when making decisions for your business.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/sell-in-person/shopify-pos-from-admin/overview">POS overview</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 May 2019 14:31:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/see-the-performance-of-your-retail-locations-at-a-glance</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New and improved billing settings</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've updated the billing settings administration page to make it easier for you to see your upcoming charges, billing history, and credits.</p>

<p>This is not currently available for Shopify Plus stores.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/billing-information">billing settings</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 May 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-and-improved-billing-settings</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New payment error notification for customers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re always looking for ways to improve the checkout experience for your customers, even when something’s going wrong. That's why we built a new customizable email notification to let your customers know when a payment has failed due to an error outside of their control. </p>

<p>Beginning May 31st, when a payment fails due to a connection issue with a customer's bank or your payment provider, the customer receives an email notifying them of the error and confirming they haven’t been charged.</p>

<p>This email will contain a link to their cart, and a link back to your store. Emails are highly effective in recapturing lost traffic, and we want to make sure that if anything goes wrong, your customers are the first to know. </p>

<p>The template is available now, so you have two weeks to customize the notifications before the emails are enabled.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/notifications/edit-template">customizing your notification templates</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2019 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-payment-error-notification-for-customers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product recommendations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify has released product recommendation features, which leverage data on products purchased together as well as similar products to surface the most relevant potential purchases to your customers. There are a few ways to take advantage of this powerful new functionality:</p>

<ul>
<li>Through our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/themes/development/recommended-products/using-json-api">JSON API</a></li>
<li>By adding <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/themes/customization/products/features/recommend-products">the required liquid code to your current theme</a></li>
<li>Through our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/api/custom-storefronts/storefront-api/reference/queryroot#fields">Storefront API</a></li>
</ul>

<p>Coming soon: integrations in the latest versions of our Shopify themes… stay tuned!</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/themes/development/recommended-products">showing product recommendations</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 15:04:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-recommendations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> Image editing tool returned to Shopify admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A simple image editing tool has been added to the Shopify admin. This is a replacement for the image editing tool that was <a href="https://changelog.shopify.com/posts/image-editing-tool-removed-from-shopify-admin">removed in April</a>.</p>

<p>You can now crop, resize, rotate and use a draw tool to tweak your images – directly within the Shopify Admin. Happy editing!</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2019 13:53:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/image-editing-tool-returned-to-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Shopify Payments Netherlands </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments is now available for merchants growing their businesses in The Netherlands??! </p>

<p>Accept both credit card and iDEAL transactions on your store through Shopify's integrated payments system. Shopify Payments offers a streamlined payment experience including order and chargeback management, Shopify Pay, Apple Pay, and in-house payouts from within your Shopify admin to help simplify your payments experience. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/">Shopify Payments</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2019 15:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-shopify-payments-netherlands</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New types of automatic discounts</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you can offer your customers automatic discounts that take a percentage or fixed amount off of eligible orders.</p>

<p>In 2018, we launched Buy X Get Y automatic discounts that allow sellers to create code-free discounts that automatically appear on checkout. We've increased your options by introducing new types of automatic discounts: percentage off, and fixed amount off. </p>

<p>Customers will now see automatic discounts on their cart and at checkout for eligible orders.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/discount-codes/create-discount-codes#create-a-percentage-or-fixed-amount-automatic-discount">creating percentage or fixed amount off automatic discounts</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 May 2019 12:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Discounts</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-types-of-automatic-discounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing receipt numbers for Android POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you can more easily match orders between the Android and iOS POS apps using receipt numbers.</p>

<p>When you print out a receipt using Android POS, you can find a receipt number. You can use this number to match a purchase, return, or exchange to an order tracked in your POS, Admin, and Shopify mobile app. You can find the receipt number in the header area of each POS order.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/transactions/orders/search-orders">searching for orders in Shopify POS</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 May 2019 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-receipt-numbers-for-android-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New versions of Narrative theme available ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've released versions 7.0.0 and 6.0.7 of our free Narrative theme for Shopify online stores.</p>

<p>Narrative 7.0.0 includes the new language options, and new slideshow features:</p>

<ul>
<li>Slide height options, including <code>Adapt to first slide</code>, which automatically adapts the slideshow to fit the image in the first slide</li>
<li>Add a unique label to buttons on slides, instead of one button label for the whole slideshow</li>
</ul>

<p>It also adds a button to pause and play the background video on desktop.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify's <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/themes-by-shopify/narrative">Narrative</a> theme from the Shopify Help Center.</p>

<p>With version 6.0.7, we've added theme translations for your online store in the following languages: Finnish, Hindi, Malay, Norwegian, and Swedish.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/translate-theme#choose-a-language-for-your-theme">selecting a language for your theme</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Apr 2019 12:40:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-versions-of-narrative-theme-available</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing Shopify Retail Kit - our new point of sale hardware</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Manage a unified business and improve your customers’ experience—online, offline, and everywhere in between—with <a href="https://www.shopify.com/pos/retail-kit">Shopify’s new point of sale hardware</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2019 09:22:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-shopify-retail-kit-our-new-point-of-sale-hardware</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shorter pay periods for Australian sellers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Good news! You’re getting paid faster.</p>

<p>Starting today, all Australian merchants using Shopify Payments will receive payouts in 2 business days instead of 3. This means you get money in your account faster than ever.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/getting-paid-with-shopify-payments">payouts</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2019 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shorter-pay-periods-for-australian-sellers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You can now view the compare at price on Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>View the <code>compare at</code> price for products from the product details screen on Shopify POS. This helps sales staff look up and communicate the markdown to customers without leaving the app. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/transactions/products/view-products">product details in Shopify POS</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2019 13:50:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/you-can-now-view-the-compare-at-price-on-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Request third-party app support on mobile</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Send support requests to third-party app developers directly from within the Shopify mobile app. </p>

<p>Requesting help is now easier and more convenient. Simply click the ellipsis - the three little dots - to the right on the app name and click <strong>Get support</strong> to submit your support request to the app developer. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/getting-support">getting help for third-party apps</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Apr 2019 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/request-third-party-app-support-on-mobile</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product recommendation API available to Plus merchants</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re thrilled to share that we’re beta testing a product recommendations API that returns smart recommendations for the product page. This is released as a JSON API for our Plus merchants and Plus Partners, bundled with reporting for the performance of this feature.</p>

<p>With the product recommendations API, smart recommendations are shown on the store's product pages. This helps customers discover more products with a better browsing experience, and boosts sales. </p>

<p>Other features:</p>

<ul>
<li>Real-time native reporting: Understand product recommendation trends and performance with native analytics in real-time, alongside the rest of the sales and conversion data within Shopify. </li>
<li>Smarter recommendations with less investment: Shopify’s AI algorithm uses the store’s data to provide smarter recommendations based on product descriptions and customer behavior. </li>
<li>Storefront customization flexibility: Customize the look and feel of the product recommendations on the store. </li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/themes/development/getting-started/using-ajax-api#recommended-products">product recommendations API</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 13:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-recommendation-api-available-to-plus-merchants-1</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>View sales attributed to staff by line item on POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Select a staff member to attribute to line item sales from Shopify POS.</p>

<p>If you use Shopify POS on iPad, you can select a staff member on items in the cart and attribute the sale to them. You can attribute sales to staff in bulk, and review the attributions in the cost breakdown section of the cart. </p>

<p>You can also run a new <strong>Retail sales by staff who helped with sale</strong> report to see the sale attributions.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/transactions/cart/sales-attribution">sale attribution on Shopify POS</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 12:55:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/view-sales-attributed-to-staff-by-line-item-on-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>View your upcoming bill</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've added a new way for you to see the charges that will appear on your next bill.</p>

<p>You can access your upcoming bill from your billing settings in the Shopify admin.  View the billing date, amount, set payment method, and a breakdown of the charges that will be applied to your next bill.  The breakown of charges gives you an overview of subscription costs, app charges, shipping fees, and any credits that you may have.</p>

<p>Learn how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/billing-information#view-your-upcoming-bill">view your upcoming bill</a>.</p>

<p>This is not yet available for Shopify Plus stores.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2019 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/view-your-upcoming-bill</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Image editing tool removed from Shopify admin </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The image editing app was removed from the <strong>Files</strong>, <strong>Products</strong>, and <strong>Online Store</strong> pages in the Shopify admin. The image editor was a third party app that was unexpectedly shut down.</p>

<p>We're working hard to find a replacement for the app. In the meantime, you can use image editing software or install an app from the Shopify App Store.</p>

<p>View a collection of <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/collections/image-editing">image editing apps</a> on the Shopify App store.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2019 18:49:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/image-editing-tool-removed-from-shopify-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customize the Customer View app on Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Build a stronger in-store brand identity with a custom message at checkout.</p>

<p>You can change the message that retail customers see on the Customer View app, and enable or disable email capture. You can also use a landscape orientation for the display. You adjust settings for the display from the Shopify POS app.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/customer-view#customize-the-customer-view-app">customizing the Customer View app</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2019 09:19:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/customize-the-customer-view-app-on-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Swipe (30 Pin) Card Reader discontinued</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify has discontinued the Swipe (30 Pin) Card reader. </p>

<p>The Swipe (30 Pin) reader was designed to be used with iPhone 4/4S and iPad 2/3. With changes to the supported devices and iOS versions for Shopify POS, the reader no longer meets our performance standards.</p>

<p>If you're using the reader, then you can continue to do so. We recommend that you upgrade to a device that supports iOS 10 or above and a supported card reader from the <a href="https://hardware.shopify.ca/">Shopify Hardware Store</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/30-pin-reader">Swipe (30 Pin) Card Reader</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2019 08:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/swipe-30-pin-card-reader-discontinued</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New slideshow options for Simple theme </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've released version 9.0.0 of our free Simple theme for Shopify online stores. </p>

<p>The new version features an updated slideshow section with the following features:</p>

<ul>
<li>Slide height options including <code>Adapt to first slide</code>, which automatically adapts the slideshow to fit the image in the first slide</li>
<li>Position a slide image to feature the area of interest in the slide</li>
<li>Add a slide heading</li>
</ul>

<p>If you're already using Simple, you need to install the latest version to see the new features.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify's <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/themes-by-shopify/simple">Simple</a> theme from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Apr 2019 11:23:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-slideshow-options-for-simple-theme</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create Facebook Dynamic Ads in Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retarget your store’s visitors by promoting relevant products through Facebook dynamic ads, which you can now create from your Shopify admin. Dynamic ads might be a good choice for your store if you have a high volume of shoppers on your online stores and you're looking for an ad type that's geared towards conversions. </p>

<p>You can go to the marketing section in your admin and set up a dynamic ad as a new marketing activity. We sync your product catalog to Facebook to make the setup simple and easy. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/facebook-dynamic-ads">creating Facebook dynamic ads in Shopify</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2019 14:03:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Marketing</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-facebook-dynamic-ads-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New slideshow options for Boundless theme ?️?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've released version 8.0.0 of our free Boundless theme for Shopify online stores. </p>

<p>The new version features an updated slideshow section with the following features:</p>

<ul>
<li>Slide height options</li>
<li>Auto-rotate slides</li>
<li>Adjust slide change frequency</li>
<li>Add a slide heading and a button</li>
</ul>

<p>If you're already using Boundless, you need to install the latest version to see the new features.</p>

<p>Learn more about Shopify's <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/themes-by-shopify/boundless">Boundless</a> theme from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2019 11:02:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-slideshow-options-for-boundless-theme</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marketing section on Shopify mobile app moved</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've removed the <strong>Marketing</strong> tab from the Shopify mobile app. This change improves the performance of the app.</p>

<p>To access marketing campaigns from the app, tap the <strong>Store</strong> tab. </p>

<p>You see the change after you upgrade to version 8.10 of the Shopify mobile app:</p>

<ul>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.shopify.mobile">Shopify app for Android</a></li>
<li><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/ca/app/shopify-ecommerce-business/id371294472">Shopify app for iOS</a></li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/create-marketing-campaigns">creating marketing campaings in Shopify</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 10:39:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/marketing-section-on-shopify-mobile-app-moved</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barcode Printer app sunset</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The original Barcode Printer app, created by Shopify to work with Dymo printers, is being sunsetted and will no longer be available to use with your Shopify store. </p>

<p>Instead, you can use the new Retail Barcode Labels app to print labels. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/barcode-printer/retail-barcode-labels">Retail Barcode Labels app</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2019 11:56:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/barcode-printer-app-sunset</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easily switch between multiple stores ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released a simpler way for you to navigate between your Shopify stores. </p>

<p>Now, when you log in to your Shopify admin, you'll see a new dropdown menu in the upper left corner. This dropdown contains all of the stores where you have an account with the same email address. Clicking on a store name will bring you to that store’s Shopify admin.</p>

<p>To help make your stores more secure, your email address (as well as those of your staff) needs to be verified for each store. If your email is not yet verified, then you will be asked to verify your email address before you can switch to other stores.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/logging-in/shopify-admin-dropdown">switching between Shopify stores</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/easily-switch-between-multiple-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify's Facebook social marketing app is deprecated</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The <strong>Share on Facebook</strong> button is no longer available from product and discount pages in your Shopify admin. To share on Facebook, you can use Kit or <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/browse/marketing-social-media-marketing">another app for social media marketing</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/promoting-marketing/kit/">Kit</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2019 09:14:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-s-facebook-social-marketing-app-is-deprecated</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manually sort your products in a collection</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Click and drag products in your collections so they appear in any order that you want!</p>

<p>You can still sort by other existing options, such as best selling products, alphabetically by product title, newest or oldest, and price.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/collections/collection-layout#change-the-sort-order-for-the-products-in-a-collection">changing the sort order of products in a collection</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Mar 2019 17:37:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manually-sort-your-products-in-a-collection</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changes to credit and debit card fields in checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In order to provide greater clarity and ease of use to your customers during checkout, Shopify's checkout team has made some changes to the credit card and debit card input fields!  </p>

<ul>
<li><strong>Cardholder name</strong> is becoming <strong>Name on card</strong></li>
<li><strong>CVV</strong> is becoming <strong>Security code</strong></li>
<li><strong>MM / YY</strong> is becoming <strong>Expiry date (MM / YY)</strong></li>
</ul>

<p>For a more consistent customer experience, the name of input fields related to expiry and issue dates of cards are now standardized to <strong>Expiry Date (MM/YY)</strong> and <strong>Issue Date (MM/YY</strong>).</p>

<p>If you use one of your theme’s supported languages, then you don't need to do anything. We'll update the translation automatically. </p>

<p>If you use custom translations for these fields, then we’ll update your existing translations so that they match the new standardization. </p>

<p>If you need to change your custom translation as a result of this, then you can do so from your Shopify admin. Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/translate-theme#create-a-translation-for-your-theme">creating custom translations for your theme </a>and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-language">translating your checkout</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Mar 2019 11:09:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/changes-to-credit-and-debit-card-fields-in-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Receipt printing for Android POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're excited to share that our team has been hard at work to bring receipt printing to the Shopify POS app for Android. If you're using the Android POS version 3.5.0 or newer, then you'll see new receipt printing options in the app:</p>

<ul>
<li>connect a receipt printer from the POS app</li>
<li>print a transaction receipt or a gift receipt </li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/receipt-printers/tsp100-android">compatible printers </a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/hardware-overview#where-to-buy-hardware">where to buy printers</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>

<p>Provide feedback on the new features directly to Shopify's retail service specialists by sending an email to <a href="mailto:retail-service@shopify.com">retail-service@shopify.com</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 09:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/receipt-printing-for-android-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>POS receipt numbers on the Order details page</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now you can find POS receipt numbers from an order's details page in both web and mobile. </p>

<p>By using receipt numbers instead of order numbers for customer receipts, Shopify has made notable improvements to the speed of POS checkouts. When your in-person customers can check out faster, it's good for everyone!</p>

<p>You can find the receipt number in the header area of each POS order from your Shopify admin and from the Shopify Mobile app.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Mar 2019 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pos-receipt-numbers-on-the-order-details-page</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Products now have a limit of 250 tags</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>To speed up performance, products can no longer have more than 250 tags (whether they're created automatically by an app or created manually in the Shopify admin). Any products that already have more than 250 tags will keep their existing tags, but they can't have more tags added to them unless enough of their existing tags are deleted to bring them under the new limit. This limit currently applies to stores on the Advanced Shopify plan and below.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/details/tags">managing product tags</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Mar 2019 00:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/products-now-have-a-limit-of-250-tags</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add information required to calculate custom duties on your products</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We're making international selling easier!</p>

<p>When shipping products to international buyers, you need to provide a Harmonized System (HS) code and a country of origin for the products. This information is used by customs to calculate duties.  </p>

<p>We've introduced a new way to look up HS codes from the product details page, so you don't need to visit an external website. You can also specifiy the country of origin from the product details page. </p>

<p>When you print international shipping labels by using Shopify Shipping, the HS code and country of origin are automatically added to labels, which saves you from repetitive work. Other shipping apps can also use this information through our API. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/import-fees">import fees</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2019 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-information-required-to-calculate-custom-duties-on-your-products</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Upcoming deprecation: Google Shopping app (old version)</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify has a new version of the Google Shopping app, and the old version is being deprecated and won't be available any more. </p>

<p>You can learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/apps/apps-by-shopify/google-shopping-app/switching-to-the-new-app">switching to the new Google Shopping app</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2019 09:05:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/upcoming-deprecation-google-shopping-app-old-version</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edit the Shopify Payments payout description</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you receive a payout from Shopify Payments, it's labelled "Shopify" on your bank statement by default. You can now edit the payout statement descriptor from the Shopify Payments settings in your admin.</p>

<p>This change can help merchants with more than one store to identify payouts from each store on their bank statements.</p>

<p>Learn how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/getting-paid-with-shopify-payments#view-your-payouts">view your Shopify Payments payouts</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Feb 2019 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/edit-the-shopify-payments-payout-description</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Look up your product inventory at multiple locations from Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've improved the product details screen in Shopify POS so that you can look up inventory quantities across multiple locations. </p>

<p>Retail staff can use Shopify POS to identify out of stock products in-store. They can also tell shoppers about the product inventory that's available at other locations to help make the sale. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/transactions/products/view-products">product details in Shopify POS</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Feb 2019 08:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/look-up-your-product-inventory-at-multiple-locations-from-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved return labels ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Give your customers a more seamless return process!</p>

<p>You can now print return labels from your Shopify admin, so that you can include them in shipments. If a customer has to return a product, they can use the label that you sent.</p>

<p>You can also create, send, download, and print return labels from the Shopify mobile app - no need to do it from your computer!</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/return-labels#create-and-send-return-label">creating and sending return labels</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Feb 2019 13:59:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-return-labels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learn more about changes to Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can sign up now to attend a webinar about updates to Shopify with our Support team. </p>

<p>This hour-long webinar is focused on the changes Shopify's made in the last month. You'll be in touch with the Support team, so you can ask any questions about updates to Shopify that impact your business. Get more info about what's new in Shopify!  </p>

<p>Sign up to learn more about <a href="https://attendee.gotowebinar.com/register/7459040001556556299?source=Changelog">what's new</a> on the Shopify Webinars page.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Feb 2019 13:16:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/learn-more-about-changes-to-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>European Union merchants need to provide their VAT number</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Merchants in the European Union are being asked to submit or verify their VAT number, or let Shopify know that they don't have a VAT number. Account owners who are affected by this change will receive an email from Shopify. The European Union requires VAT registrants to provide their VAT numbers to Shopify, and requires Shopify to collect VAT numbers.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Feb 2019 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/european-union-merchants-need-to-provide-their-vat-number</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Browse a library of workflow templates in Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing a simpler way for Shopify Plus merchants to automate their business with <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/flow">Flow</a>. Templates are sample workflows that you can use right away or customize for your store. Find the most popular workflows in a template library that's organized by business area.</p>

<p>Templates make it easy to automate your business so you spend less time building workflows. Get started by <a href="https://shopify.com/admin/apps/flow/web/templates">visiting the <strong>Templates</strong> tab in Flow</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Feb 2019 13:32:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/browse-a-library-of-workflow-templates-in-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grant access to the marketing tools your staff members need ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You can now control access to the <strong>Marketing</strong> and <strong>Discount</strong> sections of your Shopify admin. </p>

<p><strong>Give the right permissions to the right people</strong></p>

<p>Give your marketers the <strong>Marketing</strong> permission and let them create new campaigns and view past campaigns. Give your customer service reps  the <strong>Discounts</strong> permission and let them create and manage discounts.</p>

<p>You can manage these permissions in the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/settings/account">Accounts</a> section of your admin. Learn more about using permissions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/staff-permissions#all-available-staff-permissions">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 14:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/grant-access-to-the-marketing-tools-your-staff-members-need</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Remove a primary domain from Shopify more quickly</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've made it faster to remove a domain that's set as the primary domain for your Shopify online store. </p>

<p>In the past, you needed to change the primary domain before you would see an option to remove it. Now, just click <strong>Remove</strong> beside your online store's primary domain to remove it from Shopify - done and done!</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/domains/managing-domains#remove-a-third-party-domain">removing a third-party domain from Shopify</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 14:14:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/remove-a-primary-domain-from-shopify-more-quickly</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Venture 9.0.0 released on the Shopify Themes Store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Get more control over your slideshows when you use the latest version of Venture, a free Shopify theme for your online store.</p>

<p>With Venture's options, you can customize your slideshow in the following ways:<br>
* set the slide height to match the first image in a slideshow<br>
* display part of a slideshow image that you want to feature<br>
* pause the slideshow and change the slideshow speed.</p>

<p><a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/venture/styles/snowboards">Download the new version of Venture</a> from the Shopify Themes Store, or learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/themes-by-shopify/venture">Venture</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Feb 2019 13:41:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/venture-9-0-0-released-on-the-shopify-themes-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Personalize interactions with the new POS Customers Tab</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify's new Customers Tab on POS helps you give your shoppers a great experience.</p>

<p>The Customers Tab gives you a quick and easy way to access, add, and update customer profiles. You can contact your customers directly from their profile using email, phone, or SMS, or use it to personalize in-store interactions. </p>

<p>Open a customer’s profile during checkout to access their entire order history. Then, use their order history to make personalized product recommendations or to quickly process returns and exchanges.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/transactions/associate-customer">customer profiles</a> from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 11:26:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/personalize-interactions-with-the-new-pos-customers-tab</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sell in multiple currencies with Shopify Payments on Shopify Plus</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sell globally in up to 9 currencies and get paid in your local currency all on a single store! </p>

<p>Selling in multiple currencies is now available for Shopify Plus stores using Shopify Payments, for all of the countries where Shopify Payments is available.</p>

<p>Learn more about multi-currency from the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/multi-currency">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sell-in-multiple-currencies-with-shopify-payments-on-shopify-plus</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Plus checkout upgrade</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Between February 4th and March 4th, Shopify Plus merchants with customized checkouts will have the opportunity to upgrade to the latest version of Shopify's checkout, getting access to increased stability, better security, and new features. </p>

<p>For merchants who don't upgrade during this time, Shopify will be automatically upgrading checkouts between March 4th and March 14th. </p>

<p>To learn more about the preview and upgrade process, and see the full list of changes included in this version, you can view this document in our Help Center: https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/checkout-settings/checkout-upgrade</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Feb 2019 10:32:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-plus-checkout-upgrade</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>0% VAT on Shopify Payments fees in Germany and Spain</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments merchants in Germany and Spain will begin seeing 0% VAT on their Shopify Payments fees starting on their February invoice. The fees are subject to the reverse charge. Merchants will need to account for the VAT in their country. The Shopify Payments Terms of Service will be updated to reflect this change. Account owners who are affected by this change will receive a notification from Shopify. Merchants will need to verify their VAT number with Shopify as a part of this change.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Feb 2019 20:13:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/0-vat-on-shopify-payments-fees-in-germany-and-spain</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>USPS on Shopify Shipping now has the lowest rates and more options</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Shipping offers the lowest USPS shipping rates available anywhere and access to two additional mail classes.</p>

<p>Here’s what’s new:</p>

<ul>
<li><p><strong>Priority Mail Cubic pricing</strong> is available to merchants on the Shopify and Advanced plans. Cubic pricing is a deeply discounted rate for shipping small packages weighing up to 20 lbs. Save up to 90% off retail Priority Mail costs. This is a great incentive to offer free expedited shipping to customers.</p></li>
<li><p>Shopify continues to offer <strong>First-Class Package International Service</strong> (FCPIS) at 2018 rates instead of 2019 rates. You get up to 21% off retail shipping costs when you ship internationally. These are the lowest FCPIS rate available anywhere.</p></li>
<li><p><strong>Parcel Select Ground</strong> and <strong>Media Mail</strong> have been added as shipping methods. These are low-cost options for shipping packages that aren’t in a hurry. Include these methods to build a free shipping strategy for your store.</p></li>
</ul>

<p><a href="https://www.shopify.com/blog//usps-shipping-2019">Learn more about these updates</a> and see how much it costs to ship with USPS on Shopify using the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/toolbox/shipping/calculator">Shopify Shipping calculator</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 27 Jan 2019 00:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/usps-on-shopify-shipping-now-has-the-lowest-rates-and-more-options</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It’s now easier to switch between Shopify Plus stores ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve just released a simpler way for you to navigate between your Shopify Plus stores. Now, when you log in to your Shopify admin, you will see a new dropdown menu in the upper left corner. This dropdown contains all the Shopify Plus stores where you have an account with the same email address (account name). The stores are grouped in the dropdown by business (based on your Shopify contracts). Clicking on a store name will bring you to that store’s admin. </p>

<p>To help make your stores more secure, your email address (as well as those of your staff) should be verified. When your email is verified, then you can switch to your other stores without being prompted for your passwords. If your email is not verified, then you will be asked for your password.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/logging-in/shopify-admin-dropdown">the dropdown</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jan 2019 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/it-s-now-easier-to-switch-between-shopify-plus-stores</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let your wholesale customers mix and match variants with volume pricing by product ?️</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Introducing a new pricing strategy for the Shopify Plus wholesale channel that lets wholesale customers order the products they want!</p>

<p>Volume pricing by product allows your wholesale customers to mix and match product variants to meet your store's wholesale pricing requirements.  When you set up volume pricing by product, the minimum order quantity, maximum order quantity, and volume is calculated based on the total quantity of all of the variants for each product. You can still choose offer pricing based on the specific quantity of individual variants in an order, too.</p>

<p>Learn More about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/wholesale/channel/price-lists-customers/reference">wholesale pricing</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jan 2019 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/let-your-wholesale-customers-mix-and-match-variants-with-volume-pricing-by-product</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Postmates integration removed from Shopify</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Recent product features in Shopify caused changes that made Postmates incompatible as a delivery method. We are exploring other options to support on-demand delivery in the future. </p>

<p>You can also <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/search?q=local+delivery">search the Shopify App Store</a> for available third-party local delivery apps.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jan 2019 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/postmates-integration-removed-from-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Canada Post for Shopify app removed</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've removed the Canada Post for Shopify app. If you're located in Canada, you can show Canada Post rates at checkout and buy discounted shipping labels directly from your Shopify admin. There's no need to install an app to do this any more.</p>

<p>This doesn't impact stores using Shopify Shipping with Canada Post.</p>

<p>Learn more about how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/rates-and-methods/custom-calculated-rates/setup-custom-calculated-rate">set up calculated rates</a>, and how to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/buy-and-print">buy and print Canada Post labels</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jan 2019 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/canada-post-for-shopify-app-removed</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create marketing campaigns with a goal in mind</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Now, when you create a marketing campaign in Shopify, you can base your campaign on a goal instead of starting a campaign at the same time as a specific marketing activity. </p>

<p>By thinking of a goal or objective before starting a marketing activity, you can more easily plan for and organize the marketing activities that you create on Shopify.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/create-marketing-campaigns">marketing campaigns</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jan 2019 14:41:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-marketing-campaigns-with-a-goal-in-mind</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ecommerce University Forums have moved to Shopify Community</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Visit Shopify Community to engage in meaningful conversations with other Shopify merchants and partners. Use new features like accepted solutions, search subscriptions, and private messaging. Register and join the conversation at<a href="https://community.shopify.com"> Shopify Community</a>! </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jan 2019 13:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Customers</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/ecommerce-university-forums-have-moved-to-shopify-community</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Canadian sales taxes just got simpler ??</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tax calculation is challenging, and mistakes impact your operations and customers, and can also make you vulnerable to penalties. Now, worry less about your Canadian sales taxes with automated rate updates and registration-based sales tax collection.</p>

<p><strong>Automated rate updates</strong></p>

<p>Never track sales tax rate changes in Canada again! Shopify will handle this from now on - GST, PST, HST - all automatically updated so you have up to the minute sales tax rates across Canada.</p>

<p><strong>Registration-based sales tax collection</strong></p>

<p>Not sure where you should be charging taxes? Check out our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/taxes/canada/canada-tax-reference">Canadian Sales Tax Guide</a>. Once you’ve got an idea of where you should be charging taxes, Shopify removes the guesswork. Select the provinces you’re registered in and get going!    </p>

<p>Learn more about setting up <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/taxes/canada">Canadian taxes</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Jan 2019 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/canadian-sales-taxes-just-got-simpler</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apple Pay Cash and Discover tap payments - Now supported in the US</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Offer your customers more options to pay with tap transactions for Shopify POS. </p>

<p>If your store uses the the Tap, Chip, and Swipe reader in the US, then you can now accept Apple Pay Cash and Discover tap payments. Tap transactions reduce the time at checkout, making payment quick and easy.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/card-readers/tap-chip-swipe">Tap, Chip &amp; Swipe Reader </a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jan 2019 11:09:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/apple-pay-cash-and-discover-tap-payments-now-supported-in-the-us</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grant your staff access to specific apps and channels</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Control the access that your staff members have to the apps and channels in your Shopify Plus store. Now you're able to give the right user the right access - reducing the risk of mistakes.</p>

<p>Existing staff permissions have not changed. Users who had the old Apps setting will continue to have access to all apps. Full permissions users can modify apps and channels access for your staff members from the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/settings/account">Account</a> page in Shopify. Learn more about restricting app and channel access in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/plus-staff-permissions">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jan 2019 11:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/grant-your-staff-access-to-specific-apps-and-channels</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Restrict your staff members from downloading shop data</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Plus merchants can now prevent select staff members from exporting store data. You are now able to grant access to areas of the admin, such as orders, without allowing staff members to export data.</p>

<p>Export permissions are now separate from the existing customer, product, order, and draft order permissions. Any staff that had permissions for Customer, Product or Order will still be able to export these records. If you want to prevent staff from exporting data, you need to remove the export permission from their profile.</p>

<p>You can manage these permissions in the <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/settings/account">Accounts</a> section of your admin. Learn more about the new permissions in the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/staff-accounts/plus-staff-permissions">Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Jan 2019 15:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/restrict-your-staff-members-from-downloading-shop-data</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add a shipping policy to build trust with customers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Easily add your own shipping policy to your store! 64% of customers look for a shipping policy on the product page. Once you add your shipping policy, customers can view it from links on the product page, the cart, and checkout.</p>

<p>Learn more about adding a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/checkout-settings/refund-privacy-tos">shipping policy</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Dec 2018 17:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-a-shipping-policy-to-build-trust-with-customers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Klarna Pay Later is available on Shopify Payments </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Offer invoicing as a payment option to your customers.  Klarna Pay Later allows customers to defer payment interest-free, at no risk to you. </p>

<p>Klarna Pay Later is available only to merchants in Germany using Shopify Payments.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/klarna">Klarna Pay Later</a> for Shopify Payments from the Shopify Help Center. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Dec 2018 12:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/klarna-pay-later-is-available-on-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In-person customers can manage their own split and partial payments using the Customer View display app</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customers can enjoy a smooth checkout, because now they can manage their split payments and partial payments using the Shopify Customer View display app. This app operates on a separate Android device that works with Shopify POS iOS, currently in beta.  </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/customer-view">Customer View app</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Dec 2018 09:47:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Checkout</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/in-person-customers-can-manage-their-own-split-and-partial-payments-using-the-customer-view-display-app</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create barcode labels for your products, using any printer!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You've been asking for it, and we heard you loud and clear. </p>

<p>Introducing a new way to assign and print barcode labels for your products. Continue to use your Dymo label printer, or take advantage of new label sheet printing with your laser or inkjet printer.</p>

<p>These barcodes work with your current barcode scanner, or within Shopify POS using your device's camera.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/hardware/barcode-printer/retail-barcode-labels">retail barcode labels</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Dec 2018 14:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-barcode-labels-for-your-products-using-any-printer</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Express checkout options for customers in all languages</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your customers can check out faster using the improved <strong>Express checkout</strong> section. The express checkout is personalized to highlight the most convenient checkout method for a customer when the information can be detected.</p>

<p>The personalized checkout is now available for stores in all supported languages. While it's available on all Shopify plans, Plus stores will get this feature as a part of the next checkout upgrade.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Dec 2018 09:41:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/express-checkout-options-for-customers-in-all-languages</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sell in your preferred currency and get paid in your local currency - Now in the US</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Sell and get paid in different currencies is now available for stores using Shopify Payments in the US! Sell to customers who are in a different country than the country where your business is located, without needing to set up a separate bank account.</p>

<p>Selling and getting paid in different currencies is now available for all of the countries where Shopify Payments is available.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/selling-and-getting-paid-in-different-currencies">selling and getting paid in different currencies</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Nov 2018 14:22:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sell-in-your-preferred-currency-and-get-paid-in-your-local-currency-now-in-the-us</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Search endpoints are no longer indexed by crawlers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've disabled the Online Store search endpoint from being indexed by malicious and fraudulent search queries routed through search engine crawlers, to provide greater stability for your store and admin search. </p>

<p>As a result, crawlers like Googlebot will no longer index pages that begin with <code>/search</code>. This will have no effect on product pages, collections or any other Online Store page. It also has no effect on visitors using your store's search.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Nov 2018 18:58:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/search-endpoints-are-no-longer-indexed-by-crawlers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Faster checkout for customers during flash sales</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>During the busiest times of the year, like Black Friday and Cyber Monday, customers can check out faster.</p>

<p>When there’s high sales volume, processing payments at checkout happens separately from creating orders in your Shopify admin. Customers can check out right away, but there’s a delay before order confirmation emails send, and before you see the order in your Shopify admin.</p>

<p>For example, if you have a flash sale and get thousands of orders a minute, you’ll see a banner on your orders list notifying you of the delay, but you’ll be making sales normally.</p>

<p>This helps improve customer satisfaction with your store and increase conversion rates.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Nov 2018 10:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/faster-checkout-for-customers-during-flash-sales</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Refund POS purchases directly to gift cards</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Process refunds and exchanges faster by refunding the balance directly to a gift card. Credit the balance from refunds and exchanges directly to a gift card in Shopify POS.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/transactions/gift-cards/refund-to-gift-card">refunding to gift cards</a> in the Shopify Help Center</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Nov 2018 17:30:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/refund-pos-purchases-directly-to-gift-cards</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3D Secure available on Shopify Payments</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Protect your store with 3D secure authentication, which provides an additional layer of security for online credit and debit card transactions. When you use 3D Secure with Shopify Payments, your customers need to verify their identity with their bank during checkout. After a customer’s identity is confirmed using 3D Secure, a fraudulent chargeback can’t be filed for the order.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/configuring-shopify-payments#3d-secure">3D Secure</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Nov 2018 10:10:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/3d-secure-available-on-shopify-payments</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Create return labels directly from an order  ? </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Process returns more quickly by creating return labels for Shopify Shipping in your Shopify admin. No need for a separate account or additional steps.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/shipping/shopify-shipping/return-labels">return labels</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>

<p>This feature is available only for US stores on domestic orders at this time. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Nov 2018 05:39:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/create-return-labels-directly-from-an-order</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved storefront search - better results ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customers can more easily find what they're looking for using improved storefront search in English and Japanese. </p>

<p>The improved search applies weights to specific fields, to make matches for search terms in those fields appear higher in results. For example, we've given titles more weight than descriptions, so products with titles that match search terms are listed above those with descriptions that match. </p>

<p>We've also applied stemming to some fields, which reduces words to their root form.  So if someone searches for "knitted sweater", a product called "knit sweater" matches, because "knit" and "knitted" have the same root form.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/online-store/storefront-search">storefront search</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Oct 2018 08:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-storefront-search-better-results</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments available in Spain </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Accept credit card payments with Shopify Payments - now available in Spain! Stores in Spain can use Shopify Payments for payment processing with features like chargeback management, accelerated checkouts like Apple Pay and Shopify Pay, and payout management. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://www.shopify.es/payments">Shopify Payments in Spain</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Oct 2018 18:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-available-in-spain</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Venmo button available on dynamic checkout!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Customers on your store can now pay by Venmo. </p>

<p>Venmo appears as an accellerated payment option on your Shopify store as well as on dynamic checkout for customers that use the Venmo app. Your store needs to be in the United States and to have PayPal Express Checkout enabled for checkout, and the customer needs to have the Venmo app installed.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/change-the-layout/theme-settings/dynamic-checkout">dynamic checkout</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/paypal/supported-providers#venmo">Venmo</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Oct 2018 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/venmo-button-available-on-dynamic-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Express checkout options for customers</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your customers can check out faster using the improved <strong>Express checkout</strong> section. The express checkout is personalized to highlight the most convenient checkout method for a customer when the information can be detected.</p>

<p>The personalized checkout is now available on English language stores, with more languages to come. While it's available on all Shopify plans, Plus stores will get this feature as a part of the next checkout upgrade.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Oct 2018 15:12:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/express-checkout-options-for-customers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A new design for your Shopify bill </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Read and understand your bill more easily with the updated bill design! </p>

<p>The updated bill clarifies the total breakdown of your fees and provides direct links to charges. A new bill summary includes a payment timeline that shows how and when your bill is paid.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/manage-billing/your-invoice">Understanding your bill</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Oct 2018 15:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/a-new-design-for-your-shopify-bill</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product cost and profit reporting is here!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Record each product’s cost to see how they contribute to your business’s profit margin.</p>

<p>You can now add the <strong>Cost per item</strong> to products in your Shopify admin. If you're on the Shopify Plan or higher, then you can use three new profit margin reports and five new profit finance summaries to better understand your profit. </p>

<p>Developers can leverage the API to manage product cost data in third-party apps.</p>

<p>Learn more about adding a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/understanding-products">Cost per item</a>, understanding the new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/reports-and-analytics/shopify-reports/report-types/profit-reports">Profit Reports</a>, and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/api/guides/supporting-product-cost">supporting product cost</a> using Shopify's API.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Oct 2018 08:36:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/product-cost-and-profit-reporting-is-here</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automatic BXGY discounts ??️</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Create discounts that apply automatically at checkout! Customers who add products eligible for your Buy X Get Y discounts to their carts see the discount applied to their orders at checkout. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/discount-codes/automatic-discounts">automatic buy X get Y discounts</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Oct 2018 11:40:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automatic-bxgy-discounts</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Pay is now on dynamic checkout</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Returning customers who use Shopify Pay see a <strong>Buy with Shopify Pay</strong> button when they check out. This is part of our continued efforts to remove friction at checkout and to reduce abandoned carts.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/change-the-layout/theme-settings/dynamic-checkout">dynamic checkout</a> and <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-pay">Shopify Pay</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Oct 2018 09:49:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pay-is-now-on-dynamic-checkout</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improved item refunding for orders</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've improved how you refund an order from the Shopify admin. You can now use a dedicated view to select items and process a refund. Improvements also include showing any applied discounts on items and more clearly indicating the fulfillment status of items.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/refund-cancel-order#refund-an-entire-order">refunding an order</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Oct 2018 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/improved-item-refunding-for-orders</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify POS app version 5.2 (iOS) and 3.2 (Android) release</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This version of the Shopify POS app adds support for Brazilian Portuguese, French, German, Italian, and Spanish, and includes the following features:<br>
- Scan a barcode to add products to exchanges and add information about reason for exchange.<br>
- Add tax exemptions on line items.</p>

<p>App Versions<br>
iOS: 5.2<br>
Android 3.2</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person">Shopify POS</a> from the Shopify Help Center. Download the app from the <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/ca/app/shopify-pos-point-of-sale/id686830644?mt=8">App store</a>, or from <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.shopify.pos">Google Play</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Oct 2018 01:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pos-app-version-5-2-ios-and-3-2-android-release</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pinterest no longer supports Buyable Pins</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As of October 16th, Pinterest no longer supports Buyable Pins. </p>

<p>If you're using the Pinterest sales channel, then no action is required. Pinterest will convert your existing Buyable Pins into Product Pins. Product Pins link directly to the product page on your online store, making it easy for Pinterest users to checkout on Shopify. You can continue to sync your Shopify products to Pinterest through the sales channel, as these will now be discoverable through search on Pinterest as Product Pins.</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/pinterest">Pinterest sales channel</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Oct 2018 10:38:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/pinterest-no-longer-supports-buyable-pins</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automate across apps with Connectors for Shopify Flow</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Create automated workflows across your Shopify Plus store and apps. Connectors extend the power of <a href="https://apps.shopify.com/flow">Shopify Flow</a> to the tools you use every day, eliminating many of the tasks you’re manually doing or patching together with custom code or third-party solutions.</p>

<p>If you have an app installed that has built a connector, the app's custom triggers and actions are available when you create a new workflow. You can start a workflow from an event triggered in one app, and end it with a task actioned in another.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/apps-by-shopify/flow/connectors">Connectors for Shopify Flow</a> and download example workflows for your favorite apps.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Oct 2018 00:01:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Plus</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/automate-across-apps-with-connectors-for-shopify-flow</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Better slideshows in the latest version of Debut</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Create better slideshows for your online store when you're using Shopify's free Debut theme, now with more options for images and layout.  Improved settings include image cropping, text alignment, and call-to-action buttons, as well as mobile layout updates.</p>

<p>Learn more about the new <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/using-themes/themes-by-shopify/debut#slideshow-sections-specific">Debut slideshow settings</a> from our Help Center, and check out <a href="https://themes.shopify.com/themes/debut/styles/default">version 10.0.0 of Debut in our Theme Store</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Oct 2018 14:05:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Themes</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/better-slideshows-in-the-latest-version-of-debut</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify App version 8.0 release</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This version of the Shopify app adds support for Brazilian Portuguese, French, German, Italian, and Spanish, and includes the following features:<br>
- Run ad campaigns directly in Shopify from the new Marketing tab.<br>
- View permissions, charges, and privacy policies for your apps within app details.</p>

<p><strong>App Versions</strong><br>
iOS: 8.1.0<br>
Android 8.0.0</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/apps-by-shopify/shopify-app/using-the-shopify-app">Shopify app</a> from the Shopify Help Center. Download the app from the <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/ca/app/shopify/id371294472?mt=8">App store</a>, or from <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.shopify.mobile">Google Play</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Oct 2018 13:17:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Mobile</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-app-version-8-0-release</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A home for Shopify Capital in your admin</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Access your Shopify Capital information from the <strong>Settings</strong> page in your Shopify admin. Previously, you could  access Shopify Capital only with a direct link or by viewing your Home page analytics. Now, you can see the <strong>Capital</strong> section from the <strong>Settings</strong> page if you are at any of the stages of funding:</p>

<ul>
<li>You have an open offer.</li>
<li>You're waiting for approval.</li>
<li>You have active financing.</li>
<li>You've repaid the full amount.</li>
</ul>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/your-account/shopify-capital">Shopify Capital</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Oct 2018 12:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/a-home-for-shopify-capital-in-your-admin</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fulfill orders with peace of mind using Fraud Protect</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Activate Fraud Protect for Shopify payments to protect eligible orders against fraudulent chargebacks. When Fraud Protect is activated, online orders processed through Shopify Payments are analyzed and classified as either "protected" or "not protected". This means that you can fulfill orders with confidence, knowing that payment is guaranteed on protected orders. </p>

<p>Fraud Protect is currently available only to select merchants within the United States. </p>

<p>Learn more about Fraud Protect at the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/orders/fraud-protect">Shopify Help Center</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Oct 2018 08:41:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/fulfill-orders-with-peace-of-mind-using-fraud-protect</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grow your business with the new Marketing section ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Simplify your marketing efforts! We just launched <strong>Marketing</strong>, a brand new section in Shopify designed as a central location for your marketing campaigns. The Marketing section includes our first Shopify-built marketing tools for advertising on Google and Facebook.</p>

<p>Learn how to create a <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/create-marketing/create-marketing-campaigns">marketing campaign</a> or visit <a href="https://www.shopify.com/admin/marketing">Marketing</a> today.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Oct 2018 14:07:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/grow-your-business-with-the-new-marketing-section</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use your own UPS account to create shipping labels in Shopify ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve heard your feedback loud and clear: now you can use your own UPS rates to create labels in Shopify and save time while fulfilling orders by managing everything in one spot!</p>

<p>Instead of leaving Shopify to fulfill UPS orders, quickly and easily print your UPS labels during the order fulfillment process in your admin. You’ll be billed directly by UPS for your label purchases.</p>

<p>If you already have a UPS account connected, then you can <a href="http://bit.ly/ups-labels">enable labels from your UPS settings</a>. Otherwise,<a href="http://bit.ly/connect-ups">get started by connecting a UPS account</a>.</p>

<p>Note: This feature is only available for U.S. stores on the Advanced or Plus plan.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Oct 2018 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Shipping</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/use-your-own-ups-account-to-create-shipping-labels-in-shopify</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Google Shopping has moved</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've restructured Google Shopping so that features are available from the places in the admin where they make the most sense. Instead of accessing the Google Shopping app from the <strong>Sales channels</strong> list, sync your products to Google Shopping from the <strong>Apps</strong> page in your Shopify admin, and create Google Smart Shopping campaigns from the <strong>Marketing</strong> page. </p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/apps/apps-by-shopify/google-shopping-app">Google Shopping app</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Oct 2018 12:04:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/google-shopping-has-moved</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scan product barcodes in POS with your device cameras!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Use your phone or tablet's camera to scan product barcodes! Quickly add items to cart, and check out your customers without any extra hardware.</p>

<p>Available for Shopify POS on both <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/ca/app/shopify-pos-point-of-sale/id686830644?mt=8">iOS</a> and <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.shopify.pos&amp;hl=en_CA">Android</a>.</p>

<p>Learn more about using <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/transactions/products/add-product">Barcode Scanning</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Sep 2018 15:58:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/scan-product-barcodes-in-pos-with-your-device-cameras</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Buy Button channel has fresh updates!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've simplified the steps to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/buy-button/create-buy-button#create-a-checkout-link">creating a checkout link</a> from the Buy Button channel. Select any product, and simply copy the link into an email campaign, social media post, or text message to send customers directly to a checkout. It’s a fast way to promote any product, anywhere! ?</p>

<p>Also, if you’re creating an embedded collection, you can now set images to a fixed size to create a uniform look for each product! </p>

<p>Finally, we’ve made it easier for you to get started with the Buy Button channel by including more educational content and clear next steps. ?</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/buy-button/">Buy Button channel</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Sep 2018 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/the-buy-button-channel-has-fresh-updates</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Removed: Generate access tokens for the JavaScript Buy SDK from within the Buy Button channel</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've removed the option to generate access tokens for the JavaScript Buy SDK from the Buy Button sales channel. If you're using the JavaScript Buy SDK, create a private app to generate your access token instead. No need to install the Buy Button channel to do this any more.</p>

<p>Check out our <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/api/custom-storefronts/js-buy-sdk/getting-started#generate-an-access-token-for-the-javascript-buy-sdk">Developer resources</a> on the JavaScript Buy SDK for more information.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Sep 2018 12:45:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/removed-generate-access-tokens-for-the-javascript-buy-sdk-from-within-the-buy-button-channel</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Transfer your Shopify domain to a different Shopify store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify managed domains can now be transferred between stores from your Shopify admin - no need to contact Shopify Support in most cases! This is great if you own multiple stores and you want to transfer your domain from one store to another, or if you're transferring a Shopify domain to any other store.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/domains/managing-domains/advanced-settings#transfer-your-shopify-domain-to-a-different-shopify-store">transferring Shopify domains</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Sep 2018 10:03:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Online store</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/transfer-your-shopify-domain-to-a-different-shopify-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage inventory and orders across multiple locations</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Track inventory accurately, everywhere it's stocked! If your business has multiple locations, like retail stores, pop-ups, or warehouses, you can now manage inventory and orders across all your locations in Shopify. </p>

<p>To make sure your inventory quantities are always up to date and you don't oversell, orders and sales are also assigned to locations. </p>

<p>There are a few new ways to <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/locations/changing-quantities">update your inventory quantities</a> across all your locations too. Use the inventory list, bulk editor, product page, or a CSV file. You have complete visibility into where all your products are stocked. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/locations">locations</a> in the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Sep 2018 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/manage-inventory-and-orders-across-multiple-locations</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New feature: Packing slips</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Print packing slips while you’re fulfilling your orders. If you buy shipping labels in bulk with Shopify Shipping, you can print packing slips at the same time. Edit your default packing slip template using HTML, CSS, and Liquid from your shipping settings.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Sep 2018 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-feature-packing-slips</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add shopping stickers to products in Instagram Stories</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Selling your Shopify products on Instagram just got better! Add shopping stickers to your products in Instagram Stories to make it easy for customers to find them. You can also tag your products in Instagram posts. Customers who find your products on Instagram can tap a link to view and buy them from your online store.</p>

<p>Instagram stories let people share as much as they want throughout the day, with the ability to share multiple moments in photos and videos, which appear together in a slideshow on a user’s story. </p>

<p>Good to know:  Shopping stickers can be added to images in Stories, but not videos. </p>

<p>Learn more about selling on Instagram by using the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/instagram">Instagram sales channel</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Sep 2018 15:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/add-shopping-stickers-to-products-in-instagram-stories</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Payments Germany launch </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shopify Payments Germany ??is available for stores located in Germany! Accept both credit card and SOFORT transactions on your store through Shopify's integrated payments system. Shopify Payments offers a streamlined payment experience including order and chargeback management, Shopify Pay, Apple Pay, and in-house payouts from within your Shopify admin to help simplify your payments. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://www.shopify.de/payments">Shopify Payments Germany</a> and how it can benefit your business. </p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Sep 2018 17:57:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-payments-germany-launch</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New inventory CSV file for quickly updating inventory quantities</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Update inventory quantities without risking making changes to other product details, using the new CSV export and import tool. </p>

<p>Unlike the existing <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/import-export/import-products">CSV file for products</a>, this CSV is focused exclusively on updating inventory quantities. The benefit of a more focused spreadsheet is that it's faster and easier to update inventory quantites in bulk, without risking overwriting other product information (such as publishing details or product images). </p>

<p>This feature is extra useful to support your inventory cycle or annual inventory counts! </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/products/inventory/inventory-csv">exporting or importing inventory with a CSV file </a> in the Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Sep 2018 15:42:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Products</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/new-inventory-csv-file-for-quickly-updating-inventory-quantities</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All your store policies in one convenient place </title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You don't have to create custom pages for your store policies any more! ?</p>

<p>Add and update your store policies from an easy-to-find, dedicated section, and link to them from your store menus. In the past, you could see your store policies, like your Terms of Service, on your checkout page, and you could update them from the Checkout settings. Now, you can find policies in the <em>Settings</em> &gt; <em>Legal</em> section.</p>

<p>Best of all - Add any policy to any menu in your online store, to make it easier to keep them up to date. One source of truth! You won't have to worry about forgetting to update these legal documents in two different places. </p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/checkout-settings/refund-privacy-tos">store policies</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Sep 2018 09:13:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Admin</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/all-your-store-policies-in-one-convenient-place</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shopify Pay is even faster for returning customers ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a customer who uses Shopify Pay returns to your store within 30 days, they can check out faster than ever.</p>

<p>Customers returning to the same store can now use Shopify Pay without an SMS validation. This will work for customers using the same device and browser within 30 days of their last order. Instead, customers will be redirected to the <em>new</em> pay.shopify.com landing page to confirm their details. </p>

<p>This is another big step to reducing friction on the checkout!</p>

<p>Learn more about the <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-pay#customer-experience">Shopify Pay customer experience</a> at the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Sep 2018 14:50:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/shopify-pay-is-even-faster-for-returning-customers</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing the redesigned Shopify App Store</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We've beautifully redesigned the Shopify App Store from ground up to help you find the right app for your unique business.</p>

<p>Choose the best app for your business with streamlined listings, clear app information, and a simplified pricing structure.  Search is now more accurate than ever, with relevant information available right on the search results page. Finally, app recommendations are smarter than ever and tailored to you. </p>

<p>Learn more about the new <a href="https://www.shopify.ca/blog/new-shopify-app-store">Shopify App Store</a> and <a href="https://apps.shopify.com">visit it today</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Sep 2018 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/introducing-the-redesigned-shopify-app-store</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tipping on Shopify POS</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Give your customers the chance to leave a tip! Add tipping to the checkout for in-person orders processed with the credit payment method. Your customers can have the opportunity to share their appreciation for great service in your store.</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-in-person/transactions/tips">Learn more</a>  about collecting, tracking and refunding Shopify POS Tips.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Sep 2018 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Pos</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/tipping-on-shopify-pos</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sell in your preferred currency and get paid in your local currency</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Good news! With Shopify Payments, now you can sell in a preferred currency and get paid in your local currency. This means you can sell to customers who are in a different country than the country where your business is located, without needing to set up a separate bank account for that currency.</p>

<p>Selling and getting paid in different currencies is available to stores in Australia, Canada, Hong Kong, Ireland, Japan, New Zealand, Singapore, Germany, and the United Kingdom.</p>

<p>Learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/payments/shopify-payments/selling-and-getting-paid-in-different-currencies">selling and getting paid in different currencies</a> from the Shopify Help Center.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Aug 2018 13:30:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Payments</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/sell-in-your-preferred-currency-and-get-paid-in-your-local-currency</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Include more of your product images with the updated Buy Button template!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Share more of your beautiful product photos with customers in the same Buy Button template! ?</p>

<p>We’ve made an update to the first Buy Button template (product image, price, and button) so you can include all of your product images, instead of just variant images.  </p>

<p>In addition, we’ve updated the <strong>Change product</strong> and <strong>Full width preview</strong> buttons in the Buy Button sales channel to make them more visible. You might not spot the difference at first glance, but we wanted to mention it anyway. ?</p>

<p>Visit the Shopify Help Center to learn more about <a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/sell-online/buy-button">Buy Button</a>.</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Aug 2018 10:35:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Channels</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/include-more-of-your-product-images-with-the-updated-buy-button-template</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>BXGY discounts just got even better!</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Include freebies with any number of eligible products in an order! Buy X Get Y can now be applied multiple times per order, so you have a lot more control over your giveaways. ?</p>

<p><a href="https://help.shopify.com/en/manual/promoting-marketing/discount-codes/create-discount-codes">Learn more about Buy X get Y promotions at the Shopify Help Center.</a></p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Aug 2018 10:26:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Orders</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/bxgy-discounts-just-got-even-better</link>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>App trial duration ? and billing information ?</title>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Check which apps are currently on a trial and how many days you have left. Account owners can view specific billing information for apps. ?</p>
]]>
      </description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Aug 2018 10:26:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <category>Apps</category>
      <link>https://documentation-changelog.shopifysvc.com/posts/app-trial-duration-and-billing-information</link>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
